JP7396685B2 - game machine - Google Patents

Description

The present invention relates to a game machine typified by a pinball game machine (pachinko machine) and a reel game machine (slot machine).

In game machines such as pachinko machines, the playing area of the game board is equipped with obstacles that change the direction in which game balls fall, as well as winning holes, starting holes, and variable winning holes through which game balls can win. Common. When a game ball wins in these games, the player is given benefits such as paying out prize balls (see, for example, Patent Document 1).

Moreover, among such game machines, those equipped with presentation means are known.

Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2008-200302

However, in conventional game machines, there is room for improvement in the performance means.

In view of the above circumstances, it is an object of the present invention to provide a game machine with unique presentation means.

The gaming machine of the present invention that solves the above object is:
A game control means capable of executing control to shift to one game state among a plurality of game states;
a holding means capable of holding off the start of symbol variation display;
A production means capable of performing the first production;
A game machine comprising:
One of the plurality of gaming states is a first gaming state,
One of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state,
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the first gaming state,
The third gaming state is a gaming state in which prize balls are likely to be obtained in connection with a small winning game,
The first performance is a performance that may be started in a certain symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "first symbol variation display") in the third gaming state,
The first effect includes a small hit in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "second symbol variation display"). This is a production that can be executed in the first mode when the symbol fluctuation display is not included.
The first performance is a performance that can be executed in the second mode when the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit,
While the first performance according to the second aspect is being executed, the start of the symbol variation is further postponed until the second symbol variation display that is the target of the first production ends. It is configured such that when the display includes a symbol variation display that results in a small hit, the first performance according to the third aspect can be executed,
The first aspect and the second aspect are at least partially different aspects,
The first aspect and the third aspect are at least partially different aspects,
The second aspect and the third aspect are at least partially different aspects,
It is characterized by

According to the game machine of the present invention, it is possible to realize a game machine having characteristics in its performance means.

FIG. 1 is an external perspective view of the pachinko machine according to the present embodiment, viewed from the front side (player side). It is a rear view of the pachinko machine seen from the back side. (a) is a schematic front view of the game board seen from the front side (player side), and (b) is an enlarged view of various lamps mounted on the main control lamp board arranged on the game board. FIG. 4 is a perspective view showing a state in which an attacker front plate 2301 is removed from the attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. 3. FIG. 5 is a diagram showing the back side of the attacker front plate 2301 removed in FIG. 4. FIG. 4A is a cross-sectional view of the attacker unit 23 taken along the line B-B' shown in FIG. (a) is a perspective view showing the state after the second variable winning hole 235 of the attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. It is a perspective view showing the situation after the special figure 1 starting port (variable) 231 of the attacker unit 23 shown in the drawing changes to the winning easy state. (a) is a diagram showing the attacker unit 23 in which the second variable winning opening 235 is in a winning difficult state, and (b) is a diagram showing the attacking unit 23 in which the second variable winning opening 235 is in an easy winning state. be. 3 is a diagram for explaining a light emitting structure of an attacker unit 23. FIG. It is a functional block diagram of a pachinko machine. An example of a display pattern of a pachinko machine, in which (a) shows an example of a stop display pattern of special drawing 1, (b) shows an example of a stop display pattern of special drawing 2, and (c) shows a decorative pattern. (d) is a diagram showing an example of a stop display pattern of a common map. 5 is a flowchart showing the flow of main control unit main processing. 5 is a flowchart showing the flow of main control unit timer interrupt processing. (a) is a diagram showing an example of the contents of the table for determining the validity of regular symbols, and (b) is a diagram showing an example of the contents of the table for determining the validity of special symbols 1 and 2. (a) is a diagram showing an example of the contents of the distribution table for determining the special pattern 1 jackpot symbol, and (b) is a diagram showing an example of the contents of the distribution table for determining the special pattern 2 jackpot symbol. 2 is a flowchart showing the flow of processing in the first sub-control unit of the pachinko machine, (a) is a flowchart of the first sub-control unit main processing, and (b) is a flowchart of the first sub-control unit command reception interrupt processing. 3 is a flowchart, and (c) is a flowchart of first sub-control unit timer interrupt processing. 2 is a flowchart showing the flow of processing in the second sub-control unit of the pachinko machine, (a) is a flowchart of the second sub-control unit main processing, and (b) is a flowchart of the second sub-control unit command reception interrupt processing. 3 is a flowchart, (c) is a flowchart of second sub-control unit timer interrupt processing, and (d) is a flowchart of second sub-control unit image control processing. They are tables used in the first sub-control unit of the pachinko machine, and (a) is a diagram showing an example of the contents of an A route/battle mode effect selection table, and (b) is a diagram showing an example of the contents of a B route/battle mode effect selection table. It is a figure which shows an example of the content. (A) is a diagram showing an example of a specific configuration of an accessory ratio/setting display, and (B) is a diagram showing an example of a specific configuration of a dip switch board. It is a figure explaining a game flow. (a) is a timing chart explaining an example of the operation of each symbol display device in the normal gaming state, and (b) is a timing chart explaining an example of the operation of each symbol display device during battle mode or challenge mode. . (a) is a timing chart explaining the operation of each symbol display device when transitioning from battle mode to small hit rush in a conventional game machine, and (b) is a timing chart illustrating the operation of each symbol display device when the game machine according to the present embodiment changes from battle mode to small hit rush. It is a timing chart explaining an example of the operation in each symbol display device at the time of transition to a winning rush. It is a figure which shows step-by-step an example of the performance concerning the decorative pattern variation display centering on the decorative pattern display device of the pachinko machine of this embodiment. 24 is a diagram showing step by step a continuation of the example of the effect shown in FIG. 23. FIG. 24(q) is a diagram illustrating step-by-step another production example following the production shown in FIG. 24(q). FIG. It is a diagram showing step by step an example of a performance in a jackpot game centered on a decorative symbol display device. It is a figure which shows step-by-step an example of the performance in challenge mode centering on a decorative pattern display device. It is a figure which shows step by step an example of the production|presentation in the battle mode centering on a decorative pattern display device. It is a figure which shows step by step another example of a performance in a battle mode centering on a decorative pattern display device. It is a diagram showing step by step how continuous effects are performed in battle mode. FIG. 6 is a diagram showing step by step how a pending notice is being given in battle mode. FIG. 6 is a diagram showing step by step how a pending notice is being given in battle mode. It is a figure which shows step by step an example of the production|presentation in a small win rush centering on a decorative pattern display device. 33(n) is a diagram showing step by step another example of the effect following the effect shown in FIG. 33(n). FIG. It is a diagram showing step by step how continuous notices are given in the small winning rush. It is a figure which shows step by step another example of the production|presentation of the continuous notice performed in a small-hit rush. FIG. 37 is a diagram showing step by step a continuation of the example of the effect shown in FIG. 36. 37(22) is a diagram illustrating step-by-step another production example following the production shown in FIG. 37(22). FIG. 36(11) is a diagram illustrating step-by-step another production example following the production shown in FIG. 36(11). FIG. It is a figure which shows step by step another example of the production|presentation of the continuous notice performed in a small-hit rush. 41 is a diagram showing step by step a continuation of the example of the effect shown in FIG. 40. FIG. 40(11) is a diagram illustrating step-by-step another production example following the production shown in FIG. 40(11). It is a figure which shows step by step another example of the production|presentation of the continuous notice performed in a small-hit rush. FIG. 44 is a diagram showing step by step a continuation of the example of the effect shown in FIG. 43. FIG. 4 is a perspective view showing a modification of the attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. 3, with an attacker front plate 2301 removed from the attacker unit 23. FIG. Another example of the display pattern of a pachinko machine, (a) shows an example of the stop display pattern of special map 1, (b) shows an example of the stop display pattern of special map 2, and (c) shows an example of the stop display pattern of special map 2. An example of a decorative pattern is shown, and (d) is a diagram showing an example of a stop display pattern of a regular pattern. (a) is a diagram showing another example of the contents of the distribution table for determining the special pattern 1 jackpot symbol, and (b) is a diagram showing another example of the contents of the distribution table for determining the special pattern 2 jackpot symbol, (c) is a diagram showing an example of the contents of the allocation table for determining the special pattern 2 small winning symbols. FIG. 7 is a diagram illustrating another example of the game flow. (a) is a timing chart explaining a modified example of the operation of each symbol display device during battle mode and challenge mode, and (b) is a timing chart when transitioning to a small hit rush that becomes a special small hit during battle mode. It is a timing chart explaining an example of operation in each symbol display device. It is a figure which shows step by step another example of a performance in a battle mode centering on a decorative pattern display device. It is a figure which shows step by step another example of a performance in a battle mode centering on a decorative pattern display device. It is a figure which shows step by step another example of a performance in a battle mode centering on a decorative pattern display device. It is a figure which shows step by step another example of a performance in a battle mode centering on a decorative pattern display device. It is a figure which shows step by step another example of a performance in a battle mode centering on a decorative pattern display device. It is a figure which shows step by step another example of a performance in a battle mode centering on a decorative pattern display device. It is a figure which shows step by step another example of a performance in a battle mode centering on a decorative pattern display device. It is a figure which shows step by step another example of a performance in a battle mode centering on a decorative pattern display device. It is a figure which shows step by step another example of a performance in a battle mode centering on a decorative pattern display device. It is a figure which shows step by step another example of the production|presentation of the continuous notice performed in a small-hit rush. FIG. 1 is a front view of an enclosed type pachinko machine to which the present invention can be applied. FIG. 1 is an external perspective view of a slot machine applicable to the present invention, viewed from the front side (player side). 3A and 3B are diagrams showing game machines according to modified examples of the present invention, in which (a) shows a casino machine, (b) shows a mobile phone equipped with a storage unit for storing electronic data that implements the present invention, and (c) shows a (d) shows a portable game machine equipped with a storage unit that stores electronic data that implements the present invention; (d) shows a home video game machine that includes a storage unit that stores electronic data that implements the present invention; (e) shows a data server that stores electronic data that implements the present invention.

DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS Hereinafter, a game machine according to the present invention (for example, a pinball game machine such as the pachinko machine 100 or a reel game machine such as a slot machine) will be described in detail with reference to the drawings.

<Overall configuration>
First, the overall configuration of a pachinko machine 100 according to a first embodiment of the present invention will be described using FIG. 1. Note that this figure is an external perspective view of the pachinko machine 100 viewed from the front side (player side).

The pachinko machine 100 is a game machine in which a player can earn a profit when a predetermined condition is met, and includes an outer frame 102, a main body 104, a front frame door 106, a door with a ball storage tray 108, and a ball storage tray door 108. A device 110 and a game board 200 are provided on the front side (on the player side).

The outer frame 102 is a wooden frame member in a vertical rectangular shape for fixing to an installation location (such as an island facility) provided at a game machine installation store.

The main body 104 is a door member that is provided inside the outer frame 102, has a locking function, and is rotatably attached to the outer frame 102 via a hinge part 112, and serves as a vertical rectangular gaming machine base body. . Further, the main body 104 is formed into a frame shape and has a space 114 inside. A clerk at a store (gaming parlor) in which this pachinko machine 100 is installed can open and close this main body 104, and a main body open sensor 1041 is provided to detect when the main body 104 is opened.

The front frame door 106 has a locking function and is attached to the front side of the main body 104, which is the front side of the pachinko machine 100, via a hinge part 112 so that it can be opened and closed freely. This is a door member with an opening. A clerk at the game parlor can also open and close this front frame door 106, and a front frame door sensor 1061 is also provided to detect when the front frame door 106 is opened. A transparent plate member 118 made of glass or resin is provided at the opening of the front frame door 106, and a speaker 120, a left frame lamp 122L, a right frame lamp 122R, and an upper frame lamp 122U are provided on the front side. is installed. The rear surface of the front frame door 106 and the front surface of the game board 200 define a space in which a game area 124 is provided. The front frame door 106 corresponds to an example of a door body. Note that in this embodiment, a device whose light source is an LED is also referred to as a lamp.

The ball storage tray door 108 is a door member attached to the lower side of the main body 104 at the front of the Pachinko machine 100 so as to have a locking function and to be openable and closable. This ball storage tray door 108 is opened by pushing a release lever 1081 that can be operated with the front frame door 106 open. Further, a ball storage dish door sensor 1082 is also provided to detect when the ball storage dish door 108 is opened. The ball storage tray door 108 includes a ball storage tray 126 that can store a plurality of game balls (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as "balls") and is provided with a passageway for guiding the game balls to the firing device 110. , a ball extraction button 130 that allows the game balls stored in the ball storage tray 126 to be ejected from the ball storage tray 126 by the player's operation, and a ball removal button 130 that allows the game balls that have been guided to the firing device 110 by the player's operation to be ejected from the game board. A ball firing handle 134 that launches the ball into the game area 124, a performance button 136 that changes the performance mode of various performance devices according to the player's operation, and a button lamp 138 that is built into the performance button 136 and causes the performance button 136 to emit light. , and a ball lending operation button 140 for issuing a ball lending instruction to a card unit (CR unit) installed in a game parlor. Although not shown in FIG. 1, a return operation button is also provided on the right side of the ball lending operation button 140 for instructing the card unit to return the player's balance. Furthermore, an operation key unit 190 in which a cross key and a decision button are arranged is also provided.

The firing device 110 includes a firing rod 146 that is attached below the main body 104 and rotates when the ball firing handle 134 is operated by the player, and a firing mallet 148 that hits the game ball with the tip of the firing rod 146. , is provided. This firing device 110, while the ball firing handle 134 is continuously operated by the player, releases the game ball to the game area 124 of the game board every predetermined firing period (for example, 0.6 seconds). This corresponds to an example of a firing means.

FIG. 2 is a rear view of the pachinko machine 100 of FIG. 1 seen from the back side.

The upper part of the back of the pachinko machine 100 has a ball tank 150 which has an opening opening upward and is used to temporarily store game balls. A tank rail 154 is provided for guiding balls falling through the formed communication hole to a dispensing device 152 located on the right side of the rear surface.

The dispensing device 152 is made of a cylindrical member, and includes a dispensing motor, a sprocket, and a dispensing sensor (not shown) therein. This dispensing device 152 is detachable and connects to the downstream end of the tank rail 154 when attached to a predetermined position.

The sprocket is configured to be rotatable by the payout motor, and temporarily retains the game ball that has passed through the tank rail 154 and descended into the payout device 152, and rotates by a predetermined angle by driving the payout motor. Accordingly, the temporarily retained game balls are sent out one by one below the payout device 152. That is, the payout device 152 is a type of ball feeding device that conveys the game ball by applying a driving force to the game ball.

The payout sensor is a sensor that detects the passing of the game ball sent out by the sprocket, and it sends either a high or low signal when the game ball is passing, and when the game ball is not passing, it sends either a high or low signal. The other signal, either high or low, is output to the payout control section 600 (see FIG. 4). The game balls that have passed through this payout sensor are configured to pass through a ball rail (not shown) and reach a ball storage tray 126 arranged on the front side of the pachinko machine 100. Based on the fulfillment of the granting conditions, the game value (game balls) in an amount corresponding to the granting conditions is awarded (paid out) to the player using this configuration.

On the left side of the payout device 152 in the figure, there is a main board case 158 that houses the main board 156 that constitutes the main control unit 300 (see FIG. 10) that performs control processing for the overall game, and a main board case 158 that stores the main board 156 that configures the main control unit 300 (see FIG. 10) that performs control processing for the overall game. A first sub-board case 162 that houses a first sub-board 160 that constitutes a first sub-control unit 400 (see FIG. 10) that performs control processing related to production based on processing information generated by the first sub-control unit 400. A second sub-board case 166 that houses a second sub-board 164 constituting a second sub-control unit 500 (see FIG. 10) that performs control processing related to production, and a payout control unit 600 (which performs control processing related to payout of game balls). 10) and a payout board case 172 that houses a payout board 170 that is equipped with an error cancellation switch 168 that cancels an error by the operation of a game store clerk, and a launch control unit 630 that performs control processing regarding the launch of game balls (see FIG. 10). A launch board case 176 houses a launch board 174 constituting the launch board 174 (see FIG. 10), and a power switch that constitutes a power supply control unit 660 (see FIG. 10) that supplies power to various electrical gaming devices and turns the power on and off by operation by a gaming store clerk. 178 and a RAM clear switch 180 that outputs a RAM clear signal to the main control unit 300 when the power is turned on. A power supply board case 184 houses a power supply board 182, and a signal between the payout control unit 600 and the card unit. A CR interface section 186 for transmitting and receiving is provided.

Further, in this embodiment, a setting change key 192, a setting change button 194, and an accessory ratio/setting display 196 are provided on the main board 156. In this embodiment, when the setting change key 192 is operated on the condition that the RAM clear switch 180 is pressed when the power is turned on, the setting change mode allows setting at least one of a plurality of settings with different jackpot probabilities. can be moved to. In the setting change mode, the current settings are displayed on the accessory ratio/setting display 196, and the store clerk can change the settings by pressing the setting change button 194 while checking this. Note that the configuration may be such that the settings can be changed when the setting change key 192 is operated when the power is turned on, even if the RAM clear switch 180 is not pressed when the power is turned on.

The accessory ratio/setting display 196 is a 7-segment LED board mounted on the main board 156 and placed inside the main board case 158, and is attached in a manner that is visible to the store clerk. As shown in FIG. 19(A), the accessory ratio/setting display 196 has 2-digit 7-segment LEDs arranged above and below, and a 1-digit 7-segment LED on the right side as a module. The accessory ratio monitor is an indicator that notifies the accessory ratio (YH) and the continuous accessory ratio (RY), and the setting monitor is a monitor for checking the current settings. The accessory ratio/setting display 196 is composed of, for example, single-color LEDs such as red, green, blue, and white, but it may also be a device capable of emitting light in three colors of red, green, and orange, or it may be a full-color LED. It may be. Note that at least a part of the accessory ratio/setting display 196 may be provided on the game board 200 so as to be visible to the player.

Further, in this embodiment, a dip switch board 198 is disposed on the back surface of the first sub-board case 162. Details of the dip switch board 198 will be described later.

FIG. 3(a) is a schematic front view of the game board 200 seen from the front. Here, arrows d2 and d3 indicate directions when the pachinko machine 100 is fixed at the installation location. The arrow d2 indicates the width direction (sometimes called the left-right direction) of the pachinko machine 100, and when viewed from the front, the left hand is sometimes called the left and the right hand is sometimes called the right. The arrow d3 indicates the height direction (sometimes referred to as the vertical direction) of the pachinko machine 100, with the higher one being referred to as the top and the lower one being referred to as the bottom. Although not shown in FIG. 3, in the depth direction (sometimes referred to as the front-back direction) of the pachinko machine 100, the front side is sometimes called the front side or front side, and the back side is called the rear side or back side. There are cases.

The game board 200 has a game area 124 on the front side, and is detachably attached to the main body 104 using a predetermined fixing member so as to face the space 114 of the main body 104. Note that the game area 124 can be observed from the opening after the game board 200 is attached to the main body 104.

Various structures can be adopted as the mounting structure of the game board 200 to the main body 104, but for example, the left side part 200a of the game board 200 in the front view is inserted into the left side of the main body 104 in the front view (hinge part 112 side), and the left side part 200a in the front view is inserted here. It is possible to adopt a structure in which the right side 200b of the game board 200 when viewed from the front is pressed against the main body 104 while rotating the game board 200 with the center of rotation as the rotation center. There are cases.

The game board 200 is a unit in which various parts are attached to a game board 201 serving as a plate-shaped main body. The game board 201 is made of resin, for example, and its surface (front surface) constitutes a decorative surface on which characters of the pachinko machine 100 and the like are displayed. The decorative surface may be formed, for example, by pasting a sheet on which characters of the pachinko machine 100 are printed. A vibration sensor SR3 is arranged on the lower right side of the game board 201. When detected by the vibration sensor SR3, error processing (for example, notification by image or sound, stopping of the game to make it impossible to continue the game, etc.) can be performed. The vibration sensor SR3 may be another fraud detection sensor such as a magnetic sensor.

The game board 200 is provided with an outer rail 202 and an inner rail 204 to define a game area 124 in which game balls can roll. A portion of the outer rail 202 is formed by a rail member 209 that is detachable from the main body 104. In the game area 124, the area between the outer rail 202 and the inner rail 204 forms a guide area 201a that guides the shot game ball.

Areas other than the gaming area 124 of the gaming board 200 may be referred to as non-gaming areas. The gaming area 124 and the non-gaming area can be distinguished using the outer rail 202 as a boundary. Furthermore, at least the area inside the area through which the game ball passes when the game ball launch intensity is maximized can be called the game area 124. The game area 124 may include an area through which the game ball does not pass due to the presence of a production device or the like within the game area 124. The game area 124 is called a downstream area in that game balls flow down during a game, and the non-gaming area is sometimes called a non-drift area in that game balls do not flow down during a game except for maintenance or accidents. The entire area of the game area 124 can be called a downstream area, but the area where the game ball does not flow down due to the presence of a presentation device or the like may be called a non-flow area.

A decorative symbol display device 208 is arranged approximately in the center of the gaming area 124. A main control lamp board 254 is provided below the gaming area 124, and as shown in FIG. 3(b), a normal symbol display device 210 and a first special symbol are provided on the main control lamp board 254. Display device 212, second special symbol display device 214, normal symbol retention lamp 216, first special symbol retention lamp 218, second special symbol retention lamp 220, high accuracy medium lamp RK, electric support medium lamp An RD, a right-handed lamp RM, and a round display lamp RR are provided. Note that, hereinafter, the ordinary pattern may be referred to as a "normal pattern" and the special pattern may be referred to as a "special pattern".

The decorative pattern display device 208 is a display device for performing various displays used for decorative patterns and performances, and in this embodiment is configured by a liquid crystal display (LCD). This decorative pattern display device 208 is divided into four display areas: a left pattern display area 208a, a middle pattern display area 208b, a right pattern display area 208c, and a production display area 208d. The right symbol display area 208c displays different decorative symbols, and the performance display area 208d displays images used for performance. Furthermore, the position and size of each display area 208a, 208b, 208c, and 208d can be freely changed within the display screen of the decorative pattern display device 208. Although a liquid crystal display device is used as the decorative pattern display device 208, it does not need to be a liquid crystal display device as long as it can display various effects and various game information. For example, a dot matrix display device may be used. , a 7-segment display, an organic EL (Electro Luminescence) display, a reel (drum) display, a leaf display, a plasma display, and a projector.

As shown in FIG. 3(b), the ordinary figure display device 210 is a display device for displaying ordinary figures, and in this embodiment is configured by two vertical LEDs. The first special figure display device 212 and the second special figure display device 214 are display devices for displaying special figures, and in this embodiment, each is configured with eight LEDs in two stages, upper and lower.

The general pattern holding lamp 216 is a lamp for indicating the number of general pattern fluctuation games (details will be described later) that are on hold. In this embodiment, the general pattern fluctuation games are held until a predetermined number (for example, four). It is possible to do so. The first special figure holding lamp 218 is a lamp for indicating the number of reserved special figure variable games, and in this embodiment, it is possible to reserve up to a predetermined number (for example, four) of special figure variable games. It is possible. In addition, the second special symbol holding lamp 220 is a lamp for indicating the number of reserved special symbol variable games, and in this embodiment, the special symbol variable games are reserved up to a predetermined number (for example, four). This makes it possible.

Further, the high probability medium lamp RK is a lamp for indicating that the gaming state is a high probability state in which a jackpot is likely to occur, or a high probability state. The electric support mode lamp RD indicates that the fluctuation display time of the normal symbol is shortened and that the electric tulip blade member 2311 (see FIG. 4), which will be described later, is in the electric support state where it is easy to open for a long time. This is a lamp for. The right-hand hitting display lamp RM is a lamp for indicating that the player is in a state where he or she can obtain benefits by playing right-handed, in a jackpot game state, a variable probability state, and an electric support state. The round display lamp RR is a lamp for indicating the number of rounds in the jackpot game related to the jackpot when the jackpot is won.

The game board 200 shown in FIG. 3(a) is provided with a warp device 242 and a stage 244 in an area where game balls can roll. The warp device 242 discharges the game ball that entered the warp entrance 242a provided on the left side of the decorative pattern display device 208 to the stage 244 from the warp exit 242b. The stage 244 is provided below and in front of the decorative pattern display device 208, and is a stage on which the game ball that has passed through the warp device 242 exhibits movements such as reciprocating motion and rotational motion. In this stage 244, the game ball reciprocates or rotates, which increases the residence time of the game ball. A stage cover 245 is provided on the stage 244.

Further, in the upper part of the game area 124, the first performance movable unit 7 is disposed so as to be supported by the main body 104. Further, below and behind the stage 244, a second effect movable unit 8 is supported by the main body 104, but the second effect movable unit 8 is not visible in FIG. 3(a). .

As shown in FIG. 3(a), a part of the upper part of the game area 124 is covered with a decorative cover 203. Further, the upper right part of the game area 124 is covered with a decorative upper right cover 205, and a regular figure starting opening 228 is arranged at the back (rear side) of the decorative upper right cover 205. The normal figure starting port 228 is composed of a device called a gate or a through chucker for determining whether or not the ball has passed through a predetermined area of the game area 124, and in this embodiment, the right side of the game board 200 There is one installed in The ball that has passed through the normal game starting port 228 is not discharged to the game island side, but when it enters the ball, a predetermined number of prize balls (for example, one) are paid out, and the entered game ball is It is also possible to guide it to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 and discharge it to the game island side. When a predetermined ball detection sensor detects that the ball has passed through the normal pattern starting port 228, the pachinko machine 100 starts a normal pattern fluctuation game using the normal pattern display device 210.

Furthermore, in this embodiment, one first special figure start opening 230 is provided at the lower center of the game board 200. This first special figure starting port 230 is provided at the right end of the lamp unit 9 extending to the left. This lamp unit 9 also has a general winning opening. Although the general winning hole is not shown in the figure, there are other places in the gaming area.When a ball enters the general winning hole, a predetermined ball detection sensor (not shown) detects it Assuming that a prize has been won, the payout device 152 is driven to discharge a predetermined number of balls (for example, 4 balls) into the ball storage tray 126 as prize balls. The players can freely take out the balls discharged into the ball storage tray 126, and with these configurations, prize balls are paid out to the players based on winnings. The balls that entered the general winning hole are guided to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 and then discharged to the game island side.

In addition, when a predetermined ball detection sensor detects the entry of a ball into the first special figure starting port 230 provided one at the lower center of the game board 200, the payout device 152 shown in FIG. A number of balls (for example, 4 balls) are discharged into the ball storage tray 126 as prize balls, and a special pattern variable game using the first special pattern display device 212 is started. The ball entering the first special figure starting port 230 is guided to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 and then discharged to the game island side. In this embodiment, an attacker unit 23 is provided at the lower right portion of the game area 124, and this attacker unit 23 is also separately provided with an electric chew type first special figure starting opening. Hereinafter, the first special pattern starting port 230 provided at the lower center of the game board 200 will be referred to as the first special pattern starting port (fixed) 230, and the electric chew type first special pattern starting port provided separately in the attacker unit 23 will be referred to as the first special pattern starting port (fixed) 230. The opening is sometimes referred to as the first special figure starting opening (variable) 231 to distinguish between the two. The first special figure starting port (variable) 231 will be described in detail in the description of the attacker unit 23, which will be described later.

In addition, the attacker unit 23 is provided with a second special pattern starting hole 232 and a plurality of variable winning holes (attackers) 234, 235 in addition to the first special pattern starting hole (variable) 231. Due to its arrangement, the first special figure starting hole (fixed) 230 provided at the lower center shown in FIG. 3(a) has a configuration that makes it difficult for the game ball to enter when the game ball is hit to the right. . On the other hand, in the center of the stage 244 mentioned above, there is a special route 244a that makes it easier for the ball that has reached the stage 244 to enter the first special figure start opening (fixed) 230 provided at the lower center of the game board 200. It is provided. Note that it is also possible to aim at the first special figure starting port (fixed) 230 from the left side without going through the stage 244. Therefore, the first special figure starting hole (fixed) 230 provided at the lower center of the game board 200 is a starting hole through which a ball can be expected to enter by hitting the ball to the left.

Furthermore, in the game area 124, a disc-shaped ball hitting direction converting member 236 called a windmill and a plurality of game nails are arranged. An out port 240 is provided for guiding balls that have not won a prize to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 and then discharging them to the game island side.

In this pachinko machine 100, the player supplies the balls stored in the ball storage tray 126 to the firing position of the firing rail, drives the firing motor with an intensity corresponding to the amount of operation of the operating handle by the player, and the firing rod is activated. Then, the ball passes through the outer rail 202 and the inner rail 204 and is launched into the game area 124 using a firing mallet. The ball that has reached the upper part of the game area 124 flows downward while changing its traveling direction by the ball hitting direction conversion member 236, a game nail, etc., and either enters various winning holes or starting holes, or enters any winning hole or starting hole. The player reaches the out port 240 without winning the starting port or only by passing through the regular pattern starting port 228. In addition, in this embodiment, a discharge ball receiving port (not shown) for receiving all the game balls discharged from the game board 200 is formed at the lower side of the space 114 of the main body 104 so as to open upward. An out ball detection sensor SWout is provided at a predetermined position on the main body 104 to detect passage of a game ball received in the ejected ball receiving port. Note that the out ball detection sensor SWout may be provided on the game board 200 side. In this embodiment, all the game balls ejected from the game board 200 (including the game balls ejected from the out port 240 and the game balls that have entered various winning holes) are received in this ejected ball receiving port, Although it is configured to be discharged to the outside of the pachinko machine 100 via a predetermined discharge path, only the game balls discharged from the out port 240 may pass through the out ball detection sensor SWout.

Next, the attacker unit 23 provided at the lower right portion of the gaming area 124 will be explained.

The attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. 3 has an attacker sticker 2302 pasted on an attacker front plate 2301 (see FIG. 8). Note that in FIG. 3, the decorative pattern of the attacker seal 2302 is omitted from illustration.

FIG. 4 is a perspective view showing the attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. 3 with the attacker front plate 2301 removed.

The attacker unit 23 includes an electric chew type special figure 1 starting opening (variable) 231, a first variable winning opening 234 serving as a first attacker, a second variable winning opening 235 serving as a second attacker, and a second special figure starting opening 232. , and has an out port 236 opened to the attacker base plate 2303. In this embodiment, when a ball enters the special figure 1 starting hole (variable) 231, the ball detection sensor 2312 detects it, and assuming that the ball has won in the special figure 1 starting hole (variable) 231, the payout device 152 is driven and a predetermined number of balls are won. (For example, one ball) is discharged into the ball storage tray 126 as a prize ball. Also, when the ball enters the first variable winning hole 234, the ball detection sensor 2342 detects it, and assuming that the ball has won in the first variable winning hole 234, the payout device 152 is driven to release a predetermined number of balls (for example, 6 balls). The ball is discharged to the ball storage tray 126 as a prize ball. In addition, when the ball enters the second variable winning hole 235, the ball detection sensor 2352 detects it, and assuming that the ball has won in the second variable winning hole 235, the payout device 152 is driven to release a predetermined number of balls (for example, 10). The ball is discharged to the ball storage tray 126 as a prize ball. In addition, when the ball enters the special figure 2 starting hole 232, the ball detection sensor 2321 detects it, and assuming that the ball has entered the special figure 2 starting hole 232, the payout device 152 is driven and a predetermined number of balls (for example, 1) are sent out. The ball is discharged to the ball storage tray 126 as a prize ball.

The special figure 1 starting opening (variable) 231 has a starting opening whose size is variable by a shutter member 2311, and the shutter member 2311 shown in FIG. 4(a) extends forward. With the shutter member 2311 advanced forward in this manner, the game ball passes over the advanced shutter member 2311. That is, in FIG. 4(a), the game ball passes from the left side to the right side of the figure. The ball detection sensor 2312 of the special figure 1 starting port (variable) 231 is disposed below the shutter member 2311 and on the downstream side, facing upstream. Therefore, in the special figure 1 starting port (variable) 231 shown in FIG. 4(a), it is difficult for the game ball to pass the ball detection sensor 2312, and ) 231 is in a state where winning is difficult.

The second variable winning hole 235, which is the second attacker, is arranged upstream in the rolling (downstream) direction of the game ball than the first variable winning hole 234, which is the first attacker. The size of the second variable winning opening 235 is changed by a shutter member 2351, and the shutter member 2351 shown in FIG. 4(a) extends forward. Moreover, the ball detection sensor 2352 for the second variable winning a prize opening is disposed facing upward and below the shutter member 2351 that has advanced to the front side. In a state where the shutter member 2351 has advanced forward, it is difficult for the game ball to pass over the advanced shutter member 2351 and to pass the ball detection sensor 2352. Therefore, the second variable winning hole 235 shown in FIG. 4(a) is in a state where winning is difficult.

Like the second variable winning opening 235, the first variable winning opening 234 also has a variable winning opening size by the shutter member 2341, but the arrangement position of the ball detection sensor is different from the second variable winning opening 235. . The game balls rolling toward the first variable winning opening 234 roll from the right side to the left side in FIG. 4(a). The ball detection sensor 2342 for the first variable winning a prize opening 234 is arranged not below the shutter member 2341 but on the downstream side of the shutter member 2341 and facing upstream. In the first variable prize opening 234, when the shutter member 2341 advances forward, the game ball passes over the advanced shutter member 2341 and reaches the ball detection sensor 2342. On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 4(a), when the shutter member 2341 is retracted to the rear side, the game ball falls to a place where the ball detection sensor 2342 is not present. Therefore, the first variable winning hole 234 shown in FIG. 4(a) is in a state where winning is difficult.

A second special figure starting port 232 is arranged at the end where the game ball falls. This second special figure starting opening 232 has a fixed winning opening size, and the ball detection sensor 2321 for the second special figure starting opening 232 is arranged facing upward. The game ball that has passed through the ball detection sensor 2321 is guided to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 through the first guide port 2322, and then discharged to the game island side.

To summarize the above, in the attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. 4(a), the special figure 1 starting opening (variable) 231 located at the most upstream position is in a winning state, and the second variable winning opening 235 located next is also in a winning state. It is in a difficult state, and the first variable winning a prize opening 234 is also in a difficult state.

Since the attacker unit 23 is configured in this way, as will be described later, in game states other than small hit rush, the symbol variation of special pattern 2 is discarded by displaying the result of the symbol variation display of special pattern 1. Therefore, the possibility that the second variable winning hole 235 will open is extremely low, making it difficult to take advantage of the timing of opening the second variable winning hole 235.

FIG. 5 is a diagram showing the back side of the attacker front plate 2301 removed in FIG. 4.

As shown in FIG. 5, a ball passage forming wall 230r that protrudes toward the attacker base plate 2303 is provided on the back surface of the attacker front plate 2301. The ball passage forming wall 230r forms a ball passage inclined toward the downstream side, through which the game ball that has entered the attacker unit 23 rolls. In addition, the ball passage forming wall 230r is not provided at the position where the shutter member 2311 advances and the position where the shutter members 2341, 2351 advance, and the shutter member 2311 and the shutter members 2341, 2351 that advance form the ball passage. Become a wall. That is, the shutter member 2311 and the shutter members 2341, 2351 are inclined downwardly toward the downstream side when they are advanced to the front side, and the game ball is rolled toward the downstream side using this inclination. go.

The solid line arrow shown in FIG. 4(a) indicates the path of the game ball rolling or falling on the ball path forming wall 230r shown in FIG. 5, the advanced shutter member 2311, and the shutter member 2351. (The same applies to the arrows in the figures below.) In addition, the game ball that enters the attacker unit 23 is directed either to the route on the special figure 1 starting port (variable) 231 side indicated by the solid line arrow, or to the out port 236 provided in the attacker unit 23. be.

Most of the game balls that have fallen in front of the second special figure starting opening 232 enter the second special figure starting opening 232, and the special figure 2 variable game is started. The game balls that have not entered the second special figure starting port 232 reach the out port 240 shown in FIG. 3 and are discharged to the game island side (see the solid line arrow divided into two).

As shown in FIG. 4, the attacker base plate 2303 is provided with a plurality of ribs. Further, as shown in FIG. 5, the attacker front plate 2301 is also provided with a plurality of ribs. If you look from the upstream side along the flow of the game ball, it will go from the middle position of the shutter member 2311 of the special figure 1 starting opening (variable) 231 to the right end, and then turn around and move to the shutter member 2351 of the second variable winning opening 235. Ribs are provided beyond the intermediate position. That is, a plurality of vertical ribs are provided in two stages, upper and lower, and one horizontal rib is provided in the folded portion. Hereinafter, the four vertical ribs on the upper stage of the special figure 1 starting port (variable) 231 side of the attacker base plate 2303 will be referred to as the rear first rib 23r1, and the one horizontal rib on the folded part will be referred to as the rear first rib 23r1. It is called the rear side horizontal rib 23r2, and the four lower vertical ribs on the second variable winning a prize opening 235 side are called the rear side second rib 23r3. In addition, the three vertical ribs in the upper row on the special figure 1 starting port (variable) 231 side of the attacker front plate 2301 are referred to as the first front rib 23f1, and the one horizontal rib in the folded part is referred to as the front side first rib 23f1. It is called a horizontal rib 23f2, and the three lower vertical ribs on the second variable prize opening 235 side are called a front second rib 23f3.

Note that the attacker front plate 2301 shown in FIG. 5 includes various ball guide ribs 23f6 to 23f8 in addition to a first front rib 23f1, a front horizontal rib 23f2, a second front rib 23f3, and a front vertical rib 23f5, which will be described later. It is provided.

Whether it is the rear first rib 23r1, the rear horizontal rib 23r2, the rear second rib 23r3, the front first rib 23f1, or the front horizontal rib 23f2, the front side The 2-rib 23f3 is also a deceleration rib for reducing the rolling speed of the game ball.

The game ball whose rolling speed has been lowered by the rear second rib 23r3 and the front second rib 23f3 is likely to stay on the shutter member 2351 of the second variable prize opening 235. In particular, the two rear second ribs 23r3 on the downstream side among the four rear second ribs 23r3 are provided in the ball path formed by the advanced shutter member 2351, and the three front second ribs 23r3 are The two front second ribs 23f3 on the downstream side among the second ribs 23f3 are also provided in the spherical path formed by the advanced shutter member 2351.

FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view of the attacker unit 23 taken along the line B-B' shown in FIG. 4(a), and is a view showing the state seen from directly above, and the lower side of the figure is the front side. Note that hatching representing a cross section is omitted in FIG.

In FIG. 6, the second variable winning hole 235 is shown on the right side, and the first variable winning hole 234 is shown on the left side. The shutter member 2351 of the second variable winning opening 235 shown in FIG. 6 is in a state of advancing forward, and the second variable winning opening 235 is in a state where it is difficult to win. On the other hand, the shutter member 2341 of the first variable winning opening 234 shown in FIG. 6 is also in a state of advancing forward, but this first variable winning opening 234 is in an easy winning state. Further, in this FIG. 6, game balls Ba to Bc are also shown. In FIG. 6, the game ball rolls (flows down) from the right side to the left side of the figure.

Near the second variable prize opening 235, four rear second ribs 23r3 and three front second ribs 23f3 are shown. The game balls Ba and Bb are caught on these seven second ribs 23r3 and 23f3 and easily stay on the shutter member 2351. In addition, the interval between adjacent ribs in the four rear second ribs 23r3 is greater than or equal to the diameter of the game ball, and the interval between adjacent ribs in the three front second ribs 23f3 is also greater than or equal to the diameter of the game ball. .

Both the rear second rib 23r3 and the front second rib 23f3 described above are provided upstream of the first variable prize opening 234 in the rolling (downward) direction of the game ball. In addition, whether it is the rear second rib 23r3 or the front second rib 23f3, only some of the ribs are provided upstream of the second variable prize opening 235, but all the ribs are provided in the second It may be provided upstream of the variable winning a prize opening 235.

Alternatively, only one of the second rear rib 23r3 and the second front rib 23f3 may be provided. This is not limited to the second rib, but if there are both ribs provided on the rear side and ribs provided on the front side (for example, in the case of the first rib), the rib on either side It is also possible to provide only one.

Further, as shown in FIG. 6, a gap CS1 is provided between the front end of the shutter member 2351 in a state of advancing forward and the attacker front plate 2301. This gap CS1 is less than half the diameter of the game balls Ba and Bb, but is wider than the protrusion length of the second front rib 23f3 to the rear side. On the other hand, the length (width) of the shutter member 2351 in the front-rear direction is approximately the diameter of the game balls Ba and Bb. By providing this gap CS1, it is possible to change from the difficult-to-win state to the easy-to-win state in a short time.

FIG. 4(b) shows the state after the second variable winning opening 235 of the attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. 4(a) changes to the winning easy state. That is, the shutter member 2351 of the second variable winning a prize opening 235 shown in FIG. 4(b) has retreated to the rear side.

When the shutter member 2351 retreats with the game balls staying on the shutter member 2351, the game balls staying on the shutter member 2351 fall all at once, and the ball detection sensor 2352 for the second variable winning opening Detected. Therefore, compared to the case where the shutter member 2351 retreats while the game ball is passing through the shutter member 2351, the winning rate to the second variable prize opening 235 is improved, and the second rib 23r3 on the rear side and the second rib on the front side The rib 23f3 also serves as a winning rate improvement means. While the second variable winning hole 235 is in the winning easy state, the game ball that has passed through the shutter member 2311 of the special figure 1 starting hole (variable) 231 and rolled into the second variable winning hole 235 is It does not roll downstream from the winning opening 235, but after passing through the ball detection sensor 2352, passing through the second guide opening 2353, and being guided to the back side of the pachinko machine 100, as shown by the arrow shown by the solid line. , is discharged to the game island side.

In FIG. 4(a), the flow of the game ball is also shown by a chain double-dashed line. This two-dot chain line shows the flow of game balls that have jumped out from the shutter member 2351 of the second variable winning opening 235 toward the first variable winning opening 234.

As described above, in the first variable winning opening 234 shown in FIG. 4(a), the shutter member 2341 is in a backward state, making it difficult to win. However, if the game ball flies in the flow shown by the two-dot chain line, there is a risk that it will pass the ball detection sensor 2342. In other words, there is a possibility that a player may win a prize in the first variable winning hole 234 even though it is difficult to win a prize.

However, the game ball whose rolling speed has been lowered by the rear second rib 23r3 and the front second rib 23f3 does not have enough momentum to jump out from the shutter member 2351 of the second variable winning opening 235 toward the first variable winning opening 234. After the ball travels from the shutter member 2351 onto the attacker intermediate portion 230r1 of the ball passage forming wall 230r shown in FIG. 5, it immediately falls as shown by the solid line in FIG. 4(a). Therefore, the rear second rib 23r3 and the front second rib 23f3 are also means for reducing the winning rate to the first variable winning opening 234. Strictly speaking, the second rib 23r3 on the rear side and the second rib 23f3 on the front side are means for reducing the winning rate of winnings to the first variable winning opening 234 that would otherwise not be allowed (irregular winnings). It can be said.

However, even if the second rib 23r3 on the rear side and the second rib 23f3 on the front side are provided, which reduce the winning rate to the first variable prize opening 234 as described above, the speed should be reduced by these ribs 23r3, 23f3. It is difficult to completely prevent the game ball from flying out toward the first variable winning hole 234. For example, if a game ball bounces on the shutter member 2351, it may fly out toward the first variable prize opening 234. Therefore, a winning prevention protrusion 2341a that protrudes forward is provided at the downstream end (ball detection sensor 2342 side) of the shutter member 2341 of the first variable winning opening 234. This winning prevention protrusion 2341a protrudes in front of the ball detection sensor 2342 even when the shutter member 2341 is in the position retreated to the rear side. Therefore, even if there is a game ball that jumps out toward the first variable winning opening 234, the game ball will collide with the winning prevention protrusion 2341a and will not be able to pass through the ball detection sensor 2342, as shown by the dotted line. Fall. Furthermore, a vertical rib winning preventing rib 23r4 is also provided on the winning preventing projection 2341a of the shutter member 2341 in the retreated position shown in FIG. 4(a). The game ball that has jumped out toward the first variable winning opening 234 collides with this winning prevention rib 23r4, and is not able to pass through the ball detection sensor 2342, as in the case where it collides with the winning prevention protrusion 2341a, and is marked with a dotted line. It may fall as shown.

In addition, the game ball that immediately falls from the shutter member 2351 of the second variable winning a prize opening 235 may fall on the rear vertical rib 23r5 shown in FIG. 4(a) or the front vertical rib shown in FIG. The ball collides with 23f5 and decelerates, or the ball is more likely to enter the second special figure starting port 232.

FIG. 7(a) is a perspective view showing the state after the first variable winning opening 234 of the attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. 4(a) changes to the winning easy state.

The shutter member 2341 of the first variable prize opening 234 shown in FIG. 7(a) extends forward. As a result, in the attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. 7(a), the special figure 1 starting opening (variable) 231 located at the most upstream position is in a winning difficult state, and the second variable winning opening 235 located next is also in a winning difficult state. , and the first variable winning hole 234 is in the winning easy state. The shutter member 2341 of the first variable winning opening 234 is provided at a lower position than the shutter member 2351 of the second variable winning opening 235, and a ball passage shown in FIG. 5 is formed between the shutter members 2341 and 2351. An attacker intermediate portion 230r1 of the wall 230r is arranged. As shown in FIG. 6, the attacker intermediate portion 230r1 and the shutter member 2341 of the first variable prize opening 234 are slightly apart. For this reason, while the first variable winning a prize opening 234 is in the winning easy state, many of the game balls ride on the shutter member 2341 of the first variable winning a prize opening 234, as shown by the arrow shown by the solid line. It rolls on the shutter member 2341 and reaches the ball detection sensor 2342, but it cannot get on the shutter member 2341 of the first variable prize opening 234 and falls down, and the second special figure starting opening There are also game balls flowing down to the 232 side. The game ball that has passed through the ball detection sensor 2342 of the first variable winning hole 234 is guided to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 through the third guide hole 2343, and then discharged to the game island side.

Further, as shown in FIG. 6, a gap CS2 of the same size as the gap CS1 is provided between the front end of the shutter member 2341 in a state of advancing forward and the attacker front plate 2301. This gap CS2 allows the first variable winning opening 234 to change from the difficult winning state to the easy winning state in a short time, and also makes the protruding length of the winning preventing protrusion 2341a provided on the shutter member 2341 longer. Therefore, even if the shutter member 2341 is in a position retreated to the rear side, irregular game balls flying out toward the first variable prize opening 234 will surely collide with the winning prevention protrusion 2341a. Furthermore, when the shutter member 2341 of the first variable prize opening 234 opens only once for a very short time such as 0.06 seconds, the rolling speed is reduced by the rear second rib 23r3 and the front second rib 23f3. Even if the game ball rides on the shutter member 2341, by the time it rolls on the shutter member 2341 and reaches the ball detection sensor 2342, the shutter member 2341 has retreated backward from the forward position due to the gap CS2. Since the ball can be moved to the desired position in a short time, the game ball will fall down and the winning rate due to the release can be reduced.

FIG. 7(b) is a perspective view showing the state after the special figure 1 starting port (variable) 231 of the attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. 4(a) changes to the winning easy state.

The shutter member 2311 of the special figure 1 starting port (variable) 231 shown in FIG. 7(b) has retreated to the rear side. While the special figure 1 starting hole (variable) 231 is in the winning easy state, the game ball that enters the attacker unit 23 will not roll downstream from the special figure 1 starting hole (variable) 231, As indicated by the solid line arrow, the ball passes through the ball detection sensor 2312 and the special figure 1 variable game is started. The game balls that have passed through the ball detection sensor 2312 are guided to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 through the fourth guide port 2313, and then discharged to the game island side.

In the attacker unit 23 whose structure has been described in detail above, both the attacker of the first variable winning hole 234 and the attacker of the second variable winning hole 235 become attackers that open and close when a jackpot or a small win occurs. In the special pattern high probability normal pattern high probability state (battle mode described later), the ball is hit to the right as described later, and the ball enters the special pattern 1 starting hole (variable) 231 easily, and the special pattern 1 A symbol variation display with the main character is displayed. In addition, in this embodiment, for the special drawing 1, if it is not a jackpot, it will always be a small hit, and if it is a small hit, the first variable prize opening 234 will be opened for a very short time (for example, 0.2 seconds x 2 time) When the special figure 2 is opened and the special figure 2 is being displayed in a variable manner, the symbol variable display of the special figure 2 which is being displayed in a variable manner is discarded and becomes a miss. For this reason, in battle mode, it is almost impossible to expect the attacker to win a prize. On the other hand, in the special pattern high probability normal pattern low probability state (small hit rush described later), the special pattern 1 starting port (variable) 231 does not enter the ball easy state, and therefore the game ball hit right The ball enters the 2 starting hole 232 easily, and a symbol variation display in which the special figure 2 is the main one is performed. In addition, in this embodiment, there may be a small hit in the special drawing 2 (in addition, there may be a case of a miss), and when a small hit is made, the second variable prize opening 235 will be held for a relatively long time ( For example, since it is opened (0.8 seconds x 12 times), it is possible to create expectations for the game ball to enter the second variable winning hole 235 in some cases.

FIG. 8(a) is a diagram showing the attacker unit 23 in which the first variable winning hole 234 is in a difficult-to-win state. In the attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. 8(a), only the attacker seal 2302 is removed, leaving the attacker front plate 2301. The attacker front plate 2301 is provided with an escape opening 2301a at a position corresponding to the downstream side (ball detection sensor 2342 side) end of the shutter member 2341 in the first variable prize opening 234. When the attacker sticker 2302 is attached to the escape opening 2301a, it is blocked from the front side, making it difficult for the player to see it.

FIG. 8(b) is a diagram showing the attacker unit 23 in which the first variable winning opening 234 is in the winning easy state. Also in the attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. 8(b), the attacker front plate 2301 is left and only the attacker seal 2302 is removed. A winning prevention protrusion 2341a of the shutter member 2341 that has advanced forward is inserted into the escape opening 2301a shown in FIG. 8(b). The escape opening 2301a is a space in which the winning prevention protrusion 2341a protruding forward is housed when the first variable winning opening 234 is in the winning easy state. The tip of the winning prevention projection 2341a does not protrude further forward from the escape opening 2301a, and when the attacker sticker 2302 is pasted, the existence of the winning prevention projection 2341a becomes invisible to the player. However, it is also possible to provide an opening in the attacker seal 2302 so that the tip of the winning prevention protrusion 2341a protrudes further forward from the escape opening 2301a as part of the effect. The winning prevention protrusion 2341a of the shutter member 2341 that has advanced forward is also inserted into the relief opening 2301a shown in FIG. Note that an attacker seal 2302 is attached to the attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. 6, and the escape opening 2301a is closed by the attacker seal 2302. By providing the relief opening 2301a, the protrusion length of the winning prevention protrusion 2341a can be made long, similar to the gap CS2 shown in FIG. Irregular game balls flying out toward the first variable prize opening 234 will surely collide with the protrusion 2341a.

FIG. 9 is a diagram for explaining the light emitting structure of the attacker unit 23. FIG. 9(a) is a diagram of the attacker base plate 2303 viewed from the front side.

As shown in FIG. 4 as well as in FIG. 9A, in the lower right portion of the attacker unit 23, a front LED board 2304 on which a plurality of light emitting diodes D1 are mounted is mounted on the front side of the attacker base plate 2303. installed. On the back side of the attacker front plate 2301 (not shown), in addition to the above-mentioned ball passage forming wall, a plurality of elongated light guiding ribs (not shown) extending to the rear side are provided. A light guide rib is in contact with some of the light emitting diodes D1 among the plurality of light emitting diodes D1. The light from the light emitting diode D1 that is in contact with the light guide rib is emitted forward through the light guide rib.

In addition to the front LED board 2304, the attacker unit 23 is also provided with a rear LED board 2305 and an intermediate LED board 2306. In FIG. 9(a), the shutter member 2311 of the special figure 1 starting opening (variable) 231 is removed, and the shutter member 2341 of the first variable winning opening 234 and the shutter member 2351 of the second variable winning opening 235 are also removed. In the attacker base plate 2303, behind each of the shutter opening 2303a through which the shutter member 2311 advances and retreats, the first opening 2303b through which the shutter member 2351 advances and retreats, and the second opening 2303c through which the shutter member 2341 advances and retreats, there is a rear LED board 2305. A plurality of mounted light emitting diodes D3 are visible. The light emitting diode D3 located at the back side of the shutter opening 2303a emits light during the operation period of the shutter member 2311, and the light appears to leak from the back of the special figure 1 starting opening (variable) 231. The light emitting diode D3 located on the back side of the first opening 2303b emits light during the operation period of the shutter member 2351, and the light appears to be leaking from the back of the second variable prize opening 235. The light emitting diode D3 located on the back side of the second opening 2303c emits light during the operation period of the shutter member 2341, and the light appears to leak from the back of the first variable prize opening 234.

FIG. 9(b) is a perspective view showing the three LED boards 2304, 2305, and 2306 from the side so that the positional relationship among the front LED board 2304, middle LED board 2306, and rear LED board 2305 can be seen. , the left side of the figure is the front side.

The intermediate LED board 2306 is arranged at a distance from the rear surface (rear surface) of the attacker base plate 2303 to the rear side, and the space between the intermediate LED board 2306 and the attacker base plate 2303 is covered by a reflector member (not shown). ing. The attacker base plate 2303 is a light-transmitting member that cannot be seen through the rear side, and the plurality of light emitting diodes D2 mounted on the intermediate LED board 2306 are hidden by the attacker base plate 2303 when they are not emitting light. It is not visible. On the other hand, when these light emitting diodes D2 emit light, it appears as if the light is being emitted from the attacker base plate 2303 (surface emitting).

As described above, in the attacker unit 23, a plurality of LED boards (2304 to 2306) are arranged at intervals in the front and rear direction. Although the light emitting diodes D1 to D3 provided on each LED board (2304 to 2306) do not overlap, they may overlap, and the irradiation ranges of the light emitting diodes D1 to D3 may overlap.

Next, the circuit configuration of the control section of this pachinko machine 100 will be explained in detail using FIG. 10. Note that this figure shows a functional block diagram of the control section. The control unit of the pachinko machine 100 can be roughly divided into a main control unit 300 that controls the central part of the game, and a main control unit 300 that mainly controls the performance according to command signals (hereinafter simply referred to as “commands”) sent by the main control unit 300. A first sub-control unit 400 performs control; a second sub-control unit 500 controls various devices based on commands sent from the first sub-control unit 400; A payout control unit 600 that controls the payout of game balls, a launch control unit 630 that controls the launch of game balls, and a power supply control unit 660 that controls the power supplied to the pachinko machine 100. There is.

First, the main control section 300 of the pachinko machine 100 will be explained. The main control section 300 includes a basic circuit 302 that controls the entire main control section 300 . The basic circuit 302 includes a CPU 304, a ROM 306 for storing control programs and various data, a RAM 308 for temporarily storing data, an I/O 310 for controlling input/output of various devices, and a timer. a counter timer 312 for measuring times and times, a WDT 314 for monitoring abnormalities in program processing, and a random number generation circuit (counter circuit) 318 (this circuit is assumed to have two counters built-in). It is equipped with Note that other storage devices may be used for the ROM 306 and RAM 308, and the same applies to the first sub-control unit 400 and second sub-control unit 500, which will be described later. The CPU 304 of this basic circuit 302 operates by inputting a clock signal of a predetermined period outputted from the crystal oscillator 316b as a system clock. Further, the random number generation circuit 318 is used as a hardware random number counter that changes the number in the range of 0 to 65535 every time it receives the clock signal output from the crystal oscillator 316a. Although the random number generation circuit 318 is built into the basic circuit 302, it may be connected to the basic circuit 302.

The basic circuit 302 also receives signals output by various sensors 320 including predetermined ball detection sensors, such as sensors that detect game balls passing through each starting port, winning port, and variable winning port, and a ball storage tray full sensor. A sensor circuit 322 receives and outputs amplification results and comparison results with a reference voltage to the CPU 304, random number generation circuit 318, etc. in the basic circuit 302, and a predetermined symbol display device, such as the first special symbol display device 212 or the like. A drive circuit 324 for controlling the display of the second special symbol display device 214, a drive circuit 326 for controlling the display of a predetermined symbol display device, for example, the regular symbol display device 210, and various status display sections 328 (for example, , regular map holding lamp 216, special drawing 1 holding lamp 218, special drawing 2 holding lamp 220, high precision medium lamp RK, electric support medium lamp RD, right-hand hitting lamp RM, round display lamp RR, etc.) drive circuit 330 and a predetermined movable member, for example, a driving means for driving the shutter member 2311 (see FIG. 35) of the first special figure start opening (variable) 231 as a normal electric accessory, or as a special electric accessory. A drive circuit 334 for controlling various solenoids 332 including drive means for driving shutter members 2341, 2351 (see FIG. 38) of the variable winning openings 234, 235 is connected. In this example, the crystal oscillator 316a and the random number generation circuit 318 are provided separately, but the crystal oscillator 316a may be included in the random number generation circuit 318.

In addition, when the ball detection sensor detects that a ball has won in the first special figure starting port 230, 231, the sensor circuit 322 sends a signal indicating that the ball has been detected to the random value generation circuit 318 in the basic circuit 302. Output to. Upon receiving this signal, the random value generation circuit 318 latches the value of the counter corresponding to the first special figure starting opening 230, 231 at that timing, and stores the latched value in the built-in counter value memory corresponding to the special figure 1. stored in the register. Furthermore, when the random number generation circuit 318 receives a signal indicating that a ball has won in the second special figure starting hole 232, the random value generation circuit 318 similarly calculates the value of the counter corresponding to the second special figure starting hole 232 at that timing. The latched value is stored in the built-in counter value storage register corresponding to special figure 2.

Further, an information output circuit 336 is connected to the basic circuit 302, and the main control section 300 is connected to an external hall computer (not shown) via this information output circuit 336 and an external terminal board (not shown). The game information (for example, game status) of the pachinko machine 100 is output to the information input circuit 350 included in the pachinko machine 100.

The main control unit 300 is also provided with a voltage monitoring circuit 338 that monitors the voltage value of the power supply supplied from the power supply control unit 660 to the main control unit 300. is less than a predetermined value (9V in this example), a low voltage signal indicating that the voltage has decreased is output to the basic circuit 302.

The main control unit 300 is also provided with a startup signal output circuit (reset signal output circuit) 340 that outputs a startup signal (reset signal) when the power is turned on. When the start signal is input, game control is started (main control unit main processing described later is started).

Further, the main control unit 300 includes an output interface for transmitting commands to the first sub-control unit 400 and an output interface for transmitting commands to the payout control unit 600, and with this configuration, the Communication with the first sub-control unit 400 and the payout control unit 600 is possible. Note that the information communication between the main control section 300 and the first sub-control section 400 is one-way communication, and the information communication between the main control section 300 and the payout control section 600 is two-way communication. The main control unit 300 is configured to be able to send signals such as commands to the first sub-control unit 400, but it is configured such that the first sub-control unit 400 cannot send signals such as commands to the main control unit 300. are doing. However, the information communication between the main control section 300 and the first sub-control section 400 may be configured to be performed by two-way communication. Further, the payout control unit 600 is configured to be able to send signals such as commands to the main control unit 300, but it is configured such that signals such as commands cannot be sent from the payout control unit 600 to the main control unit 300. Good too.

Next, the first sub-control unit 400 of the pachinko machine 100 will be explained. The first sub-control unit 400 includes a basic circuit 402 that controls the entire first sub-control unit 400 mainly based on commands and the like transmitted by the main control unit 300. The basic circuit 402 includes a CPU 404, a RAM 408 for temporarily storing data, an I/O 410 for controlling input/output of various devices, and a counter timer 412 for measuring time, number of times, etc. It is equipped with a serial communication control circuit 424. The CPU 404 of this basic circuit 402 operates by inputting a clock signal of a predetermined period outputted from a crystal oscillator 414 as a system clock. Further, a ROM 406 for storing control programs and various performance data is connected to the basic circuit 402. Note that the ROM 406 may store the control program and various performance data in separate ROMs. Further, the configuration may be such that the ROM 406 is included in the basic circuit 402. The serial communication control circuit 424 connects the game board lamp drive circuit 440 for controlling the game board lamp 442 and the game table frame lamp drive circuit 450 for controlling the game table frame lamp 452. Then, lighting control is performed by serial communication between the game board lamp drive circuit 440 and the game table frame lamp drive circuit 450. The game board lamp 442 includes light emitting diodes placed in the second performance movable unit 8, light emitting diodes placed in the lamp unit 9, and light emitting diodes D1 to D3 placed in the attacker unit 23 (FIG. 9). Reference) etc. are included.

The basic circuit 402 also includes a sound source IC (S-ROM) 416 for controlling the speaker 120 (and amplifier), a first production movable unit 7 in the upper part shown in FIG. A drive circuit 422 for controlling the motors of various performance devices such as the second performance movable unit 8, a sensor circuit 428, and a volume switch 163 for adjusting the volume output from the speaker 120 are connected. ing. The sensor circuit 428 is a basic circuit that receives detection signals from various movable body sensors 430 that detect the current positions of various performance devices, etc., and button sensors 426 that detect presses of various buttons that constitute the performance button 136 and the operation key unit 190. 402.

Next, the second sub-control unit 500 of the pachinko machine 100 will be explained. The second sub-control unit 500 includes a basic circuit 502 that receives the control command transmitted by the first sub-control unit 400 via an input interface and controls the entire second sub-control unit 500 based on this control command. ing. The basic circuit 502 includes a CPU 504, a memory 508 for temporarily storing data, an I/O 510 for controlling input/output of various devices, and a counter timer 512 for measuring time, number of times, etc. A VDP (Video Display Processor) that reads image data etc. stored in the ROM 506 based on a signal from the CPU 504, generates a display image using the work area of the VRAM 518, and displays the image on the decorative pattern display device 208. It is equipped with 516. The CPU 504 of the basic circuit 502 operates by inputting a clock signal of a predetermined period output from the crystal oscillator 514 as a system clock. Further, connected to the basic circuit 502 is a ROM 506 that stores a control program and data for controlling the entire second sub-control unit 500, data for image display, and the like. In this embodiment, a memory 508 is used as a temporary storage area, and the memory 508 is constituted by a recording medium (for example, an EEPROM, a flash memory, etc.) that can maintain a stored state even if the power is cut off. Thereby, for example, information for displaying a display related to the jackpot history can be retained even when the main control unit 300 initializes or changes settings. Note that a RAM whose stored information evaporates when the power is cut off may be used.

Next, the payout control section 600, firing control section 630, and power supply control section 660 of the pachinko machine 100 will be explained. The payout control unit 600 mainly controls the payout motor 602 of the payout device 152 based on signals such as commands transmitted by the main control unit 300, and also controls the payout motor 602 of the payout device 152 based on the control signal output by the payout sensor 604. It is detected whether or not the payout has been completed. Further, the payout control section 600 communicates with a card unit 608 provided separately from the pachinko machine 100 via an interface section 606. The payout control unit 600 also provides prize ball information indicating that a predetermined number (for example, 10) of prize balls have been paid out, and prize ball information indicating that a predetermined number (for example, 25) of rental balls have been paid out. Ball rental information indicating this is output to the information input circuit 350 via an external terminal board (not shown). Further, a frame sensor 605 is connected to the payout control unit 600. The frame sensor 605 includes a main body open sensor 1041 that detects that the main body 104 is opened, a front frame door sensor 1061 that detects that the front frame door 106 is opened, and the like. When 106 is open, these sensors detect and output an open signal. When the payout control unit 600 outputs the opening signal from the frame sensor 605, it outputs door opening information to the main control unit 300.

The firing control unit 630 receives control signals output by the payout control unit 600 that instructs to permit or stop firing, and the operation of the ball firing handle 134 by the player, which is output by a firing intensity output circuit provided in the ball firing handle 134. Based on the control signal that instructs the firing intensity according to the amount, the firing solenoid 632 that drives the firing rod 146 and the firing mallet 148 is controlled, and the ball feeding device 634 that supplies balls from the ball storage tray 126 to the firing device 110 is controlled. Take control.

The power supply control unit 660 converts the AC power supplied from the outside to the pachinko machine 100 into DC power, converts it to a predetermined voltage, and controls each control unit such as the main control unit 300, the first sub-control unit 400, the payout device 152, etc. Supply each device. Further, the power supply control unit 660 includes a power storage circuit (for example, , capacitor). In this embodiment, power of a predetermined voltage is supplied from the power supply control unit 660 to the payout control unit 600 and the second sub-control unit 500, and the payout control unit 600 connects the main control unit 300 and the second sub-control unit 500 with each other. Although power at a predetermined voltage is supplied to the control unit 630, power at a predetermined voltage may be supplied to each control unit or each device through another power supply path.

Next, using FIGS. 11A to 11D, the first special symbol display device 212, second special symbol display device 214, decorative symbol display device 208, and general symbol display device 210 of the pachinko machine 100 display a stop display. We will explain the types of special and regular maps.

The special figure 1 variable game is started on the condition that the first starting hole sensor, which is a ball detection sensor, detects that the ball has entered the special figure 1 starting hole 230, 231, and the ball enters the special figure 2 starting hole 232. The special figure 2 variable game is started on the condition that the second starting port sensor, which is a ball detection sensor, detects that the ball has entered the ball. When the special figure 1 variable game is started, the first special figure display device 212 causes some of the eight lamps (for example, the first lower lamp from the left) to blink. "Fluctuation display" (special figure fluctuation game). In addition, when the special figure 2 variable game is started, the second special figure display device 214 causes a part of the eight lamps (for example, the first lower lamp from the left) to blink. 2 fluctuation display" (special figure fluctuation game). Then, when the variation time determined before the start of variation of special figure 1 has elapsed, the first special figure display device 212 stops displaying the stop symbol mode of special figure 1, and the variation time determined before the start of variation of special figure 2 After lapse of time, the second special figure display device 214 stops displaying the stop symbol mode of the special figure 2. Hereinafter, the variable display from the start of this "variable display of special figure 1 or 2" to the stop display of the stop symbol mode of special figure 1 or 2 may be referred to as the variable display of the special figure. The variable display of this special figure may be performed several times in a row.

In addition, in this embodiment, the specification (such as Pachinko machines with similar specifications are sometimes called ``simultaneous variable machines.'')

FIG. 11(a) shows an example of the stop symbol mode of the special drawing 1. In FIG. 11(a), 17 types of special drawings from "special drawing A" to "special drawing Q" are shown. In FIG. 11(a), the white portions in the figure represent lamps that are turned off, and the black portions represent lamps that are turned on.

In this embodiment, 15 types of jackpot symbols ("Special Pattern A", "Special Pattern B", "Special Pattern E" to "Special Pattern Q") are prepared as the stop pattern mode of the special pattern 1. "Special drawing A" is a 5th round (R) normal jackpot symbol, and when "special drawing A" is stopped and displayed, the first variable prize opening 234 (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "S attacker") opens. After shifting to the jackpot game state and finishing the jackpot game, the control state becomes a special pattern low probability normal pattern high probability state (challenge mode). In addition, if you hit the jackpot with "Special Map A", the challenge mode will continue until the 100th total symbol change display starts on Special Map 1 and Special Map 2, or the 51st symbol fluctuation display starts on Special Map 1. will continue. When the challenge mode ends without a jackpot occurring, a transition is made to a special pattern low probability regular pattern low probability state (normal game state). In addition, "Special drawing B" is a 10R fixed variable super jackpot symbol that transitions to a small hit rush described later, and when "Special drawing B" is stopped and displayed, the second variable prize opening 235 (hereinafter referred to as "R attacker") ) is released, and after the jackpot game ends, the control state changes to a special pattern high probability regular pattern low probability state (small winning rush).

In addition, "Special drawing E" is a 5R guaranteed variable jackpot symbol that moves to the battle mode described later, and when "Special drawing E" is stopped and displayed, it moves to the jackpot game state in which the first variable prize opening 234 is opened, and the jackpot is won. After the game is finished, the control state becomes a special pattern high probability general pattern high probability state (battle mode). In addition, if you hit the jackpot with "Special Map E", the battle mode will continue until the 100th total symbol change display starts on Special Map 1 and Special Map 2, or the 51st symbol fluctuation display starts on Special Map 1. will continue. When the battle mode ends without a jackpot occurring, the game shifts to a small win rush. In addition, "Special Figure F" is a 5R guaranteed variable jackpot symbol that transitions to battle mode, and when "Special Figure F" is stopped and displayed, it transitions to a jackpot game state in which the first variable prize opening 234 is opened, and the jackpot game starts. After finishing, the control state becomes battle mode. In addition, if you hit the jackpot with "Special Map F", the battle mode will continue until the 100th total symbol change display starts on Special Map 1 and Special Map 2, or the 46th symbol fluctuation display starts on Special Map 1. will continue. When the battle mode ends without a jackpot occurring, the game shifts to a small win rush. In addition, "Special Figure G" is a 5R guaranteed variable jackpot symbol that transitions to the battle mode, and when "Special Figure G" is stopped and displayed, the first variable prize opening 234 is opened, the jackpot game state is entered, and the jackpot game is started. After finishing, the control state becomes battle mode. In addition, if you hit the jackpot with "Special Map G", the battle mode will continue until the 100th total symbol change display starts on Special Map 1 and Special Map 2, or the 41st symbol fluctuation display starts on Special Map 1. will continue. When the battle mode ends without a jackpot occurring, the game shifts to a small win rush.

In addition, "Special Figure H" is a 5R guaranteed variable jackpot symbol that transitions to the battle mode, and when "Special Figure H" is stopped and displayed, it transitions to the jackpot game state in which the first variable prize opening 234 is opened, and the jackpot game starts. After finishing, the control state becomes battle mode. In addition, if you hit the jackpot with "Special Map H", you will remain in battle mode until the 100th total symbol change display starts on Special Map 1 and Special Map 2, or until the 36th symbol fluctuation display starts on Special Map 1. will continue. When the battle mode ends without a jackpot occurring, the game shifts to a small win rush. In addition, "Tokuzu I" is a 5R guaranteed variable jackpot symbol that moves to the battle mode, and when "Tokuzu I" is stopped and displayed, it shifts to the jackpot game state where the first variable prize opening 234 is opened, and the jackpot game starts. After finishing, the control state becomes battle mode. In addition, if you hit the jackpot with "Special Map I", the battle mode will remain until the 100th total symbol change display starts on Special Map 1 and Special Map 2, or the 31st symbol fluctuation display starts on Special Map 1. will continue. When the battle mode ends without a jackpot occurring, the game shifts to a small win rush. In addition, "Special Figure J" is a 5R guaranteed variable jackpot symbol that transitions to the battle mode, and when "Special Figure J" is stopped and displayed, it transitions to the jackpot game state in which the first variable prize opening 234 is opened, and the jackpot game starts. After finishing, the control state becomes battle mode. In addition, if you hit the jackpot with "Special Map J", you will remain in battle mode until the 100th total symbol change display starts on Special Map 1 and Special Map 2, or until the 26th symbol fluctuation display starts on Special Map 1. will continue. When the battle mode ends without a jackpot occurring, the game shifts to a small win rush.

In addition, "Tokuzu K" is a 5R guaranteed variable jackpot symbol that shifts to the battle mode, and when "Tokuzu K" is stopped and displayed, it shifts to the jackpot game state in which the first variable prize opening 234 is opened, and the jackpot game starts. After finishing, the control state becomes battle mode. In addition, if you hit the jackpot with "Special Map K", the battle mode will continue until the 100th total symbol change display starts on Special Map 1 and Special Map 2, or the 21st symbol fluctuation display starts on Special Map 1. will continue. When the battle mode ends without a jackpot occurring, the game shifts to a small win rush. In addition, "Special drawing L" is a 5R guaranteed variable jackpot symbol that transitions to the battle mode, and when "Special drawing L" is stopped and displayed, it shifts to the jackpot game state where the first variable prize opening 234 is opened, and the jackpot game starts. After finishing, the control state becomes battle mode. In addition, if you hit the jackpot with "Special Map L", you will remain in battle mode until the 100th total symbol change display starts on Special Map 1 and Special Map 2, or until the 16th symbol fluctuation display starts on Special Map 1. will continue. When the battle mode ends without a jackpot occurring, the game shifts to a small win rush. In addition, "Special Map M" to "Special Map Q" are 5R guaranteed variable jackpot symbols that transition to the battle mode, and when "Special Map M" to "Special Map Q" are stopped and displayed, the first variable prize opening 234 opens. The control state shifts to a jackpot game state to be released, and after the jackpot game ends, the control state becomes a battle mode. In addition, if you hit the jackpot with "Special Map M" to "Special Map Q", the total 100th symbol variation display will start on Special Diagram 1 and Special Diagram 2, or the 11th symbol variation display will start on Special Diagram 1. Battle mode will continue until it starts. When the battle mode ends without a jackpot occurring, the game shifts to a small win rush.

In addition, in this embodiment, 15 types of jackpot patterns are prepared for special drawing 1, but fewer types of jackpot patterns may be prepared, or more types of jackpot patterns may be prepared. Needless to say, it's fine. Further, a jackpot that is substantially difficult to win in some rounds (for example, it is difficult to win due to a short opening) may be prepared.

In the pachinko machine 100 of this embodiment, the determination of whether or not it is a jackpot in the special symbol variation game is made by a hardware random number lottery, and the determination of which symbol will be considered a jackpot is made by a software random number lottery. The difference between a normal jackpot and a variable probability jackpot is whether the probability of winning the jackpot in the next special symbol variable game is high (probability variable jackpot) or low (normal jackpot). Hereinafter, the state in which the probability of winning the jackpot is high will be referred to as the special pattern high probability state (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "special pattern probability change" or simply "probability change"), and the state in which the probability is low will be referred to as the special pattern high probability state (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "special pattern probability change" or simply "probability change"). This is called a low probability state. In addition, in this embodiment, as will be described later, the fluctuation time of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is configured to vary greatly depending on the gaming state. Further, after the end of the jackpot game, the game may shift to a time saving state (electric support state). Here, the electric support state is a predetermined state in which the player's advantage is higher than the non-electric support state by shortening the time from the end of a jackpot in the special figure fluctuation game to the start of the next jackpot, etc. Refers to the state. Although time saving will be described in detail later, a time saving state is referred to as a high probability state (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a "probability state"), and a state that is not in a time saving state is referred to as a low probability state. In this way, the electric support state (time saving state) is started on the condition that the jackpot game ends. Strictly speaking, the "electric support state" is only a state related to regular cards, and the "time saving state" is a state related to special charts or a state related to general cards and special charts. A time-saving flag is prepared in the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300, and when the time-saving flag is set to on, it is an electric support state and a normal rate high probability state. In a state with a high probability of a common figure, it is easier to win a variable game of a common figure compared to a state with a low probability of a common figure (a certain probability of a common figure). For example, the probability of winning a general figure fluctuation game is 0/100 (in other words, you will always lose) in a general figure low probability state (non-electronic support state), but in a general figure high probability state (electronic support state) ), it increases to 100/100 (that is, it is always a hit). In addition, in the electric support state, the fluctuation time of the regular figure fluctuation game is shorter than in the non-electric support state (general figure change short). For example, the fluctuation time of the regular figure fluctuation game is 10 seconds in the non-electric support state, but is shortened to 2 seconds in the electric support state. In addition, in the electric support state, compared to the non-electric support state, the opening time for one opening of the shutter member 2311 of the special figure 1 starting port (variable) 231 tends to be longer (the electric chew open period is extended). For example, an electric chew open period of 0.5 seconds in the non-electric support state is extended to 2 seconds in the electric support state. Furthermore, in the electrically supported state, the shutter member 2311 is more likely to open (the number of times the electrical tube is opened increases) than in the non-electrically supported state. For example, the shutter member 2311, which opens only once in the non-electric support state per winning entry to the general figure starting opening 228, opens twice in the electric support state (opens for 2 seconds, closes for 1 second, and then closes for 2 seconds again). open). By extending the opening period of the electric chute and increasing the number of times the electric chute is opened, the probability of a ball entering the special map 1 starting hole (variable) 231 increases. Note that the time saving flag is set to OFF during the jackpot game. Therefore, during the jackpot game, the non-electric support state is maintained. This is because, especially in jackpot games, game balls are picked up by an electric chew with a small number of prize balls, and the first variable prize opening 234 or the second variable prize opening 235 (these variable prize openings are sometimes referred to as "attackers") This is because if the number of winnings of game balls in .) is reduced, the player may be disadvantaged. In addition, in this embodiment, in the electric support state (time saving state), all of the following are performed: changing the regular figure, changing the regular figure, shortening the electric chew, extending the electric chew opening period, and increasing the number of times the electric chew is opened. If any one of them is performed, the player will be in a state with a high advantage, and may be placed in an electric support state (time saving state). Alternatively, if one of the following is performed, which increases the probability of a ball entering the special map 1 starting port (variable) 231, an extension of the electric chute open period or an increase in the number of times the electric chute is opened, the electric chute is set as an electric support state (time saving state). Good too. In the non-electric support state, it is more difficult for the game ball to enter the special figure 1 starting opening (variable) 231 than in the electric support state. As mentioned above, the special figure 1 starting opening (variable) 231 changes between the difficult winning state where it is difficult for game balls to enter and the easy winning state where it is easy for game balls to enter. In this special figure 1 starting opening (variable) 231, the entrance is in an easy-to-win state for a longer period of time in the electric support state than in the non-electric support state. In this embodiment, when "Special Figure A", "Special Figure E" to "Special Figure Q" are stopped and displayed, after the end of the subsequent jackpot game, the special figure changes a predetermined number of times for each jackpot symbol. The electric support state is maintained until the game starts, and then shifts to the non-electric support state (normal figure low probability state). On the other hand, if a jackpot without electric support ("special map B") is won, the state does not shift to electric support after the jackpot game ends.

As described above, in this embodiment, when "Tokuzu A" is stopped and displayed, after the jackpot game ends, the control state changes to the Tokuzu low probability, general and high probability state (challenge mode), and the "Tokuzu A" is stopped and displayed. B" When the stop display is displayed, after the jackpot game ends, the control state changes to the special pattern high probability general pattern low probability state (small hit rush), and "special pattern E" to "special pattern Q" are stopped and displayed. Then, after the jackpot game ends, the control state becomes a special pattern high probability general pattern high probability state (battle mode).

Further, in this embodiment, for the special drawing 1, a small winning pattern ("special drawing C") is also prepared in addition to the jackpot pattern. When a small hit is made with "Special Figure C", the shutter member 2341 of the first variable winning hole 234 opens for 0.2 seconds at most twice after the symbols stop. Note that the opening time and number of openings of the shutter member 2341 can be set as appropriate. In the small winning game, if a predetermined number of game balls (for example, 10 balls) enter the first variable prize opening 234, or if a predetermined amount of game value (predetermined number of balls) is acquired, the small winning game will start. is completed, and the shutter member 2341 is not opened thereafter. During the small winning game, the state shifts to a special pattern low probability normal pattern low probability state. A small win is a win in which the control state does not change before and after the small win game, and after the small win game ends, it returns to the control state before the start of the small win game. In addition, in this embodiment, since it is configured as described above, the small winning game using the special drawing 1 is a small winning game in which it is impossible to expect the game ball to enter the first variable prize opening 234, A small hit in this embodiment can be considered a part of a miss.

In addition, in this embodiment, as mentioned above, since it is a simultaneous variable machine, when special figure 1 becomes a jackpot or small hit and moves to a jackpot game or a small win game, special figure 2 is displayed in a variable manner. Depending on the situation, when you hit a jackpot or a small hit on special drawing 2 and move on to a jackpot game or small winning game, a situation may occur where special drawing 1 is being displayed in a fluctuating manner, but in this case, you may hit a jackpot on one of the special drawings. Or, if a small hit occurs, the fluctuating display of the other special symbol will be forcibly terminated, the fluctuating display result will be discarded, and the losing result will be displayed.

Furthermore, in this embodiment, one type of stop symbol is prepared as a losing symbol. “Special drawing D” is a losing pattern. In addition, in this embodiment, as will be described later, in the symbol variation display of special pattern 1, all cases except the case of jackpot are small hits, and normally "special pattern D" is not displayed, but in special pattern 2, the jackpot pattern is displayed. Or, when a small winning symbol is displayed and the special symbol 1 is being displayed in a variable pattern, this symbol is discarded and the losing symbol "special symbol D" is displayed.

FIG. 11(b) shows an example of the stop symbol mode of the special drawing 2. This figure 11(b) shows eight kinds of special symbols from "special symbol a" to "special symbol h", and six of them are jackpot symbols ("special symbol a" to "special symbol h"). Figure f''). "Special drawing a" is a 10R normal jackpot symbol, and when "special drawing a" is stopped and displayed, it shifts to the jackpot game state in which the first variable prize opening 234 is opened, and after the jackpot game ends, the control state becomes the special map low probability general map high probability state (challenge mode). In addition, if you hit the jackpot with "Special Map A", the challenge mode will continue until the 100th total symbol change display starts on Special Map 1 and Special Map 2, or until the 51st symbol fluctuation display starts on Special Map 1. will continue. When the challenge mode ends without a jackpot occurring, a transition is made to a special pattern low probability regular pattern low probability state (normal game state). In addition, "Special figure b" is a 10R guaranteed variable jackpot symbol that continues the small hit rush, and when "Special figure b" is stopped and displayed, the second variable prize opening 235 is opened, the jackpot game state is entered, and the jackpot game is started. After the completion of the control state, the control state becomes a special pattern high probability normal pattern low probability state (small hit rush). In addition, "Special drawing c" is a 6R guaranteed variable jackpot symbol in which the small hit rush continues, and when "Special drawing c" is stopped and displayed, the second variable prize opening 235 is opened, the jackpot game state is entered, and the jackpot game is started. After the completion of the control state, the control state becomes a special pattern high probability normal pattern low probability state (small hit rush). In addition, "Special drawing d" is an 8R guaranteed variable jackpot symbol in which the small hit rush continues, and when "Special drawing d" is stopped and displayed, the second variable prize opening 235 is opened, the jackpot game state is entered, and the jackpot game is started. After the completion of the control state, the control state becomes a special pattern high probability normal pattern low probability state (small hit rush). In addition, "Special figure e" is a 10R guaranteed variable jackpot symbol that continues the small hit rush, and when "Special figure e" is stopped and displayed, the second variable prize opening 235 is opened, the jackpot game state is entered, and the jackpot game is started. After the completion of the control state, the control state becomes a special pattern high probability normal pattern low probability state (small hit rush). In addition, "Special drawing c" to "Special drawing e" are the jackpot symbols of the rank up bonus (RU bonus), and if a jackpot is achieved with these symbols, the player will receive a number of rounds at the start of the jackpot game. A jackpot game is played in which a performance is difficult to determine whether it is a jackpot game or not. In addition, "Special figure f" is a 5R guaranteed variable jackpot symbol in which the small hit rush continues, and when "Special figure f" is stopped and displayed, the first variable prize opening 234 is opened, the jackpot game state is entered, and the jackpot game is started. After the completion of the control state, the control state becomes a special pattern high probability normal pattern low probability state (small hit rush). Note that a jackpot that is substantially difficult to win in some rounds (for example, it is difficult to win due to a short opening) may be prepared. In addition, in the special map 2, six types of jackpot symbols are prepared, but fewer or more types of jackpot symbols may be prepared.

Also, in the special pattern 2, a small winning pattern ("special pattern g") is prepared in addition to the jackpot pattern. When a small hit is made with "special pattern g", the shutter member 2351 of the second variable winning hole 235 opens for 0.2 seconds a maximum of 12 times after the symbols stop. Here, when compared with the small winning symbol ("Special Drawing C") of Special Drawing 1, it is better to hit the small winning ("Special Drawing G") on Special Drawing 1 (with "Special Drawing G" stopped) than to win the small winning ("Special Drawing C") of Special Drawing 1. It is easier for more game balls to enter the second variable winning hole 235 than when "Special Figure C" is stopped and displayed), and more balls can be won. In other words, the game is such that a small hit on special map 1 does not award a ball, but a small hit on special map 2 gives a ball. Note that the opening time and number of openings of the shutter member 2351 can be set as appropriate.

FIG. 11(c) shows an example of a decorative pattern. There are 11 types of decorative patterns in this embodiment: "Decoration 1" to "Decoration 10" and "Special Design". The ball has won in the special figure 1 starting hole (fixed) 230, the special figure 1 starting hole (variable) 231, or the special figure 2 starting hole 232, that is, the special figure 1 starting hole (fixed) 230 or the special figure 1 starting hole (Variable) The condition is that the first starting port sensor detects that a ball enters the starting port 231, or that the second starting port sensor detects that a ball enters the special figure 2 starting port 232. , "Decoration 1" → "Decoration 2" → "Decoration 3" → ... A ``fluctuating display of decorative patterns'' may be performed in which the display is changed in the order of ``decoration 9'' → ``decoration 10'' → ``decoration 1'' →... That is, the decorative pattern display device 208 displays decorative patterns in a variable manner, separately from the first special pattern display device 212 and the second special pattern display device 214. Then, a stop pattern mode that is a combination of decorative patterns is stopped and displayed. In addition, in this embodiment, in the normal game state and electric support state (challenge mode/battle mode) in which the special figure 1 is mainly displayed in a variable manner, the decorative pattern is displayed in a variable manner in accordance with the variable display of the special figure 1. In the variable probability state with non-electric support (small hit rush) in which the special figure 2 is mainly displayed in a variable manner, the decorative symbols are displayed in a variable manner in accordance with the variable display of the special figure 2. On the other hand, in the normal game state and electric support state (challenge mode/battle mode), even if the special pattern 2 variable display is performed, the decorative pattern is not displayed variablely, and the fourth pattern and second special pattern display described later The symbol variation display is performed only in the device 214, and in the probability variation state with non-electric support (small hit rush), even if the variation display of the special pattern 1 is performed, the variation display of the decorative symbol is not performed, and the 4th symbol or the 1st symbol A symbol variation display is performed only on the special symbol display device 212.

When the first special figure display device 212 notifies a 5R normal jackpot (“special figure A”) in the normal game state or electric support state (challenge mode/battle mode), in the non-electric support state (small hit rush) When the second special figure display device 214 notifies a 10R normal jackpot (“special figure a”), the same even numbered decorative figures such as “decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 4” are displayed in the symbol display areas 208a to 208c. A combination of decorative patterns in which three are lined up is displayed in a static manner. In addition, when notifying the 5R guaranteed odd jackpot ("special map E" to "special map Q", "special map f"), "decoration 3 - decoration 3 - decoration 3" and A combination of decorative patterns in which three decorative patterns of the same odd number are lined up other than "Decoration 7 - Decoration 7 - Decoration 7" (for example, "Decoration 1 - Decoration 1 - Decoration 1" or "Decoration 5 - Decoration 5 - Decoration 5") etc.) will be stopped and displayed. In addition, when notifying a 10R guaranteed variable super jackpot ("special map B", "special map b"), "decoration 3 - decoration 3 - decoration 3" or "decoration 7 - decoration 7-Decoration 7" is stopped and displayed. In addition, when announcing a 6R probability jackpot (rank up bonus), 8R probability variation jackpot (rank up bonus), or 10R probability variation jackpot (rank up bonus) in a probability variation state with non-electric support (small hit rush), the left symbol will be displayed. A combination of decorative symbols in which the area 208a and the right symbol display area 208c are decorative symbols with the same number, and the middle symbol display area 208b is a special symbol (bancho symbol) (for example, "decoration 3-special symbol-decoration 3") "Decoration 4-Special Design-Decoration 4" etc.) is stopped and displayed. In addition, when notifying a small hit (“special pattern g”) on the second special pattern display device 214, a combination of decorative patterns such as “decoration 1-decoration 2-decoration 3” is displayed in the pattern display areas 208a to 208c. Stop display. In addition, if the first special pattern display device 212 results in a small hit (“special pattern C”), or if the second special pattern display device 214 results in a losing pattern (“special pattern h”), the symbol display area At 208a to 208c, combinations of decorative symbols other than the combinations of decorative symbols described above (for example, loose stitches) are stopped and displayed to notify the player of the loss (substantially the loss). In addition, in this embodiment, if the display is stopped at "Decoration 3 - Decoration 3 - Decoration 3" or "Decoration 7 - Decoration 7 - Decoration 7", the jackpot (released by the R attacker 10R jackpot), but it may be stopped and displayed if the maximum number of balls won is not reached. In addition, in this embodiment, the maximum number of balls that can be obtained in a jackpot in special drawing 1 is the same as the maximum number of balls that can be obtained in a jackpot in special drawing 2, but the maximum number of balls that can be obtained in a jackpot in special drawing 1 is the same. The number of balls may be greater than the maximum number of balls that can be obtained in the jackpot of special drawing 2, and the maximum number of balls that can be obtained in the jackpot of special drawing 2 can be greater than the maximum number of balls that can be obtained in the jackpot of special drawing 1. The number may be greater than the number of balls rolled.

Hereinafter, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the display from the start of this "fluctuating display of decorative patterns" to the stop display of the stop pattern mode of the decorative pattern will be referred to as the variable display of decorative patterns (hereinafter referred to as "fluctuating decorative pattern display"). ). The variable display of decorative patterns is performed under the control of the second sub-control unit 500.

FIG. 11(d) shows an example of the stopping pattern mode of the common symbol. There are two types of stop display modes of common symbols in this embodiment: "common symbol A" which is a winning symbol, and "common symbol B" which is a losing symbol. Based on the fact that the gate sensor, which is a ball detection sensor, detects that the ball has passed through the normal pattern starting port 228, the normal pattern display device 210 causes the normal pattern display device 210 to alternately light two LEDs arranged vertically. ``Fluctuating Display'' (Fluctuating Game of Common Figures). After the variable time has elapsed, either one of the winning symbol "Public symbol A" and the losing symbol "Public symbol B" is stopped and displayed. Also in FIG. 11(d), the white part in the figure shows the location of the lamp that is turned off, and the black part shows the location of the lamp that is turned on.

Hereinafter, the display from the start of this "fluctuation display of a common symbol" until the stop display of the stopped pattern of a common symbol may be referred to as a variable display of a common symbol.

<Main control unit main processing>
Next, the main control section main processing executed by the CPU 304 of the main control section 300 shown in FIG. 10 will be described using FIG. 12. Note that this figure is a flowchart showing the flow of main processing by the main control section.

The RAM 308 of the main control unit 300 shown in FIG. 10 stores a special figure random value, a special figure round determination random value, a special figure electric support determination random value, a special figure pattern determination random value, and the like. Further, this RAM 308 is provided with a random number counter that generates these various random numbers. Further, the RAM 308 stores the number of special symbols on hold, special symbol winning random numbers, various judgment (lottery) results, and the like. Hereinafter, the area in the RAM 308 that stores the number of reserved special symbols may be referred to as the reserved number of special symbols storage area. Furthermore, the RAM 308 is provided with a starting information storage section for special symbols that is divided into the maximum number of areas (four in this example) in which the start of the winning/failure judgment (lottery) can be suspended. A random value storage area for ordinary figures is also provided. As will be described later, in the starting information storage unit for special figures, a plurality of types of starting information are made into one set and these starting information are stored one set at a time in each area in order of winning (in order of reservation).

As described above, the main control unit 300 shown in FIG. 10 is provided with a startup signal output circuit (reset signal output circuit) 340 that outputs a startup signal (reset signal) when the power is turned on. The CPU 304 of the basic circuit 302 to which this activation signal has been input is reset-started by a reset interrupt and executes the main control section main processing shown in FIG. 12 according to a control program stored in advance in the ROM 306.

In step S101, initial setting 1 is performed. In this initial setting 1, the stack initial value is set to the stack pointer (SP) of the CPU 304 (temporary setting), the interrupt mask is set, the I/O 310 is initialized, various variables stored in the RAM 308 are initialized, and the WDT 314 is set. Permit operation and set initial values. In this embodiment, the WDT 314 is set to a value corresponding to 32.8 ms as an initial value.

In step S103, the value of the counter of the WDT 314 is cleared, and time measurement by the WDT 314 is restarted.

In step S105, whether the low voltage signal is on or not, that is, the voltage monitoring circuit 338 determines the voltage value of the power supply that the power supply control unit 660 is supplying to the main control unit 300 via the second sub-control unit 500. is less than a predetermined value (in this embodiment, 9V), it is monitored whether a low voltage signal indicating that the voltage has decreased is output. When the low voltage signal is on (when the CPU 304 detects a power cutoff), the process returns to step S103, and when the low voltage signal is off (when the CPU 304 has not detected a power cutoff), the process returns to step S103. Proceed to S107. Note that even if the supply voltage does not reach the predetermined value (9V) immediately after the power is turned on, the process returns to step S103, and step S105 is repeatedly executed until the supply voltage reaches the predetermined value or more.

In step S107, initial setting 2 is performed. In this initial setting 2, a process of setting in the timer circuit 312 a numerical value that determines the cycle for periodically executing the main control unit timer interrupt process, which will be described later, and a process of setting a predetermined port of the I/O 310 (for example, a test output port, Processing to output a clear signal from the output port to the first sub-control unit 400, setting to permit writing to the RAM 308, etc. are performed.

In step S109, it is determined whether or not to return to the state before the power cutoff (before the power cutoff), and if the state before the power cutoff is not restored (when the basic circuit 302 of the main control unit 300 is set to the initial state). ), the process proceeds to step S113 and subsequent steps to execute initialization processing.

If it is not determined that the state will return to the state before the power cut (step S109; No), the cause is whether the RAM clear switch 180 provided on the power supply board 182 shown in FIG. 2 was operated by a clerk at the game store or the like. It is determined whether or not (step S113). That is, it is determined whether the RAM clear signal transmitted when the RAM clear switch 180 is operated is on (indicating that the RAM clear switch 180 has been operated). If it is determined that the RAM clear signal is on (step S113; Yes), it is determined whether or not the setting change key 192 is operated to the ON side (step S115). If it is determined that the setting is correct (step S115; Yes), a setting change process is executed (step S117).

When the setting change process is executed, the 7 segments corresponding to the setting monitor on the accessory ratio/setting display 196 flash and indicate "1", indicating that the setting can be changed. In this state, each time the setting change button 194 is pressed, the 7 segments on the setting monitor are incremented, and when the setting change button 194 is pressed while the 7 segments corresponding to the setting monitor are showing "6". When it does, it returns to "1". In this embodiment, it is possible to select at least one of settings 1 to 6 with different jackpot probabilities, and by operating the setting change key 192 to the OFF side after changing to the desired setting, the setting is confirmed. At this time, the setting values displayed on the setting monitor are erased. Thereafter, after the settings are finalized, the setting values can be redisplayed on the setting monitor for a certain period of time (for example, 5 seconds) by operating the setting change button 194. In this embodiment, the set value is displayed on the setting monitor of the accessory ratio/setting display 196, but it may also be displayed on the decorative pattern display device 208 or notified by audio output. good. Further, in this embodiment, the settings are set in six stages from settings 1 to 6, but settings other than the six stages may be used, or the settings may not be changed. In addition, in this embodiment, the initial value of the setting displayed on the setting monitor is set to "1", but the setting value before the power is turned off is retained, and the retained setting value is displayed. Good too.

Further, if it is not determined in step S113 that the RAM clear signal is ON (step S113; No), or if it is not determined in step S115 that the setting change key 192 is operated to the ON side, ( Step S115; No), the process proceeds to step S119 without executing the setting change process of step S117.

In step S119, initialization processing is performed to bring the basic circuit 302 into an initial state (step S119). Here, if the RAM clear signal is ON, the power status information stored in the power status storage area provided in the RAM 308 is read out, and if this power status information does not indicate suspend, a predetermined area of the RAM 308 (e.g. A checksum is calculated by adding all 1-byte data stored in all areas) to a 1-byte register whose initial value is 0, and the result of the calculated checksum is a specific value (for example, 0). (whether the checksum result is normal or not), and if the checksum result is other than a specific value (for example 0) (if the checksum result is abnormal) executes an initialization process to bring the pachinko machine 100 into an initial state. In this initialization process, interrupts are disabled, a stack initial value is set to the stack pointer (main setting), and all storage areas of the RAM 308 are initialized. Note that in this embodiment, even if initialization is performed, the setting values set in the setting change process (step S117) are retained. Furthermore, here, a normal return command and a setting command indicating the settings selected in step S117 are set in the transmission information storage area provided in the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300. This normal recovery command is a command indicating that the initialization process (step S119) of the main control unit 300 has been performed, and, like the power recovery command described later, is a command that indicates that the initialization process (step S119) of the main control unit 300 has been performed. , is transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400.

In step S121, after setting the interrupt prohibition, basic random number initial value updating processing is performed. In this basic random number initial value updating process, two initial value generation random number counters for generating the initial values of the regular figure winning random number counter and the special figure random number counter, respectively, are updated. For example, if the numerical range that can be taken as a winning random number is 0 to 99, the value is obtained from the random number counter storage area provided in the RAM 308 for generating the random number winning random number, and 1 is added to the obtained value. Then, it is stored in the original random number counter storage area. At this time, if the result of adding 1 to the obtained value is 100, 0 is stored in the original random number counter storage area. The other initial value generation random number counters and random number counters are updated in the same way. The main control unit 300 repeatedly executes the process of step S121, except while performing a timer interrupt process that starts at every predetermined cycle.

On the other hand, in step S111, power restoration processing is performed. In this power recovery process, the value of the stack pointer stored in the stack pointer save area provided in the RAM 308 at the time of power outage is read out and reset to the stack pointer (main setting). In addition, after reading out the values of each register stored in the register save area provided in the RAM 308 at the time of power outage and resetting them in each register, interrupt permission is set. Thereafter, as a result of the CPU 304 executing the control program based on the reset stack pointer and register, the pachinko machine 100 returns to the state at power-off. That is, the process is restarted from the instruction following the instruction (predetermined in step S121) that was executed immediately before branching to timer interrupt processing (described later) immediately before the power outage. Further, a RAM 308 installed in the basic circuit 302 in the main control unit 300 shown in FIG. 10 is provided with a transmission information storage area. In this step S111, a power restoration command is set in the transmission information storage area. This power recovery command is a command indicating that the power has been restored to the state at power-off, and is sent to the first sub-control unit 400 in step S233 in the timer interrupt processing of the main control unit 300, which will be described later.

<Main control unit timer interrupt processing>
Next, the main control unit timer interrupt process executed by the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 will be described using FIG. 13. Note that this figure is a flowchart showing the flow of main control section timer interrupt processing.

The main control unit 300 shown in FIG. 10 includes a timer circuit 312 that generates a timer interrupt signal at a predetermined period (approximately once every 4 ms in this embodiment), and uses this timer interrupt signal as a trigger for main control. 2. Starts timer interrupt processing at a predetermined cycle.

In step S201, timer interrupt start processing is performed. In this timer interrupt start processing, processing for temporarily saving the values of each register of the CPU 304 in the stack area is performed.

In step S203, the WDT 314 is periodically (maintained) so that the count value of the WDT 314 does not exceed the initial setting value (32.8 ms in this embodiment) and a WDT interrupt occurs (so that an abnormality in processing is not detected). In the embodiment, the restart is performed (once every 2 ms, which is the cycle of the main control section timer interrupt).

In step S205, input port status update processing is performed. In this input port status update process, the detection signals of the various sensors 320 shown in FIG. The information is stored in a signal state storage area partitioned for each sensor 320. To explain using the detection signal of the ball detection sensor as an example, information on the presence or absence of the detection signal of each ball detection sensor detected in the timer interrupt process before the previous time (approximately 4 ms ago) is stored in the RAM 308 for each ball detection sensor. This information is read out from the previous detection signal storage area partitioned into the previous detection signal storage area, and this information is stored in the RAM 308 in the two previous detection signal storage area partitioned for each ball detection sensor. ) is read out from the current detection signal storage area provided in the RAM 308, partitioned for each ball detection sensor, and this information is stored in the previous detection signal storage area described above. to be memorized. Further, the detection signal of each ball detection sensor detected this time is stored in the above-mentioned current detection signal storage area.

In addition, in step S205, the information on the presence or absence of a detection signal of each ball detection sensor stored in the storage areas of the detection signal storage area before the previous time, the storage area of the previous detection signal, and the current detection signal storage area is compared, and each It is determined whether the information on the presence or absence of the detection signal for the past three times in the ball detection sensor matches the winning determination pattern information. While one game ball passes one ball detection sensor, this main control unit timer interrupt process is activated several times, repeating activation at very short intervals of approximately 2 ms. Therefore, each time the main control unit timer interrupt process is activated, in step S205 described above, a detection signal indicating that the same game ball has passed through the same ball detection sensor is checked. As a result, a detection signal indicating that the same game ball has passed through the same ball detection sensor is stored in each of the detection signal storage area before the previous time, the previous detection signal storage area, and the current detection signal storage area described above. That is, when the game ball begins to pass the ball detection sensor, there is no detection signal two times before, there is a previous detection signal, and there is a current detection signal. In this embodiment, in consideration of erroneous detection and noise of the ball detection sensor, if a detection signal is stored twice consecutively after no detection signal, it is determined that a prize has been won. The ROM 306 of the main control unit 300 shown in FIG. 10 stores winning determination pattern information (in this embodiment, information indicating that there is no detection signal two times before, there is a detection signal last time, and there is a detection signal this time). In this step S205, information on the presence or absence of detection signals for the past three times in each ball detection sensor is determined by predetermined winning determination pattern information (in this embodiment, there is no detection signal two times before, there is a detection signal last time, there is a detection signal this time). (Information indicating that ) 231 and the ball entering the second special figure starting port 232 or passing through the regular figure starting port 228. That is, it is determined that the ball has entered the general winning hole, these variable winning holes 234, 235, and these starting holes 230, 231, 232, 228. For example, if the information on the presence or absence of a detection signal for the past three times in the first starting hole sensor that detects the ball entering the first special figure starting hole (fixed) 230 matches the above-mentioned winning determination pattern information, It is determined that a prize has been won in the first special figure starting opening (fixed) 230, that is, a game medium passing through a predetermined area has been detected, and subsequent processing associated with winning in the first special figure starting opening (fixed) 230 is performed. However, if the information on the presence or absence of the detection signal for the past three times does not match the above-mentioned winning determination pattern information, the process associated with the subsequent winning to the first special drawing starting opening (fixed) 230 is not performed. Branch to subsequent processing. Note that the ROM 306 of the main control unit 300 stores winning determination clear pattern information (in this embodiment, information indicating that there was a detection signal two days ago, there was no detection signal last time, and there was no detection signal this time). After it is determined that a prize has been won once, it is not determined that a prize has been won until the information on the presence or absence of detection signals for the past three times in each ball detection sensor matches the winning determination clear pattern information, and the winning determination is cleared. If it matches the pattern information, next time it will be determined whether it matches the entered award judgment pattern information.

In step S207 and step S209, basic random number initial value updating processing and basic random number updating processing are performed. In these basic random number initial value update processing and basic random number update processing, the value of the random number counter for initial value generation performed in step S121 above is updated, and then the general figure winning random number value and the Update the random number counter for generating each special figure random number value. For example, if the numerical range that can be taken as a winning random number is 0 to 99, the value is obtained from the random number counter storage area provided in the RAM 308 for generating the random number winning random number, and 1 is added to the obtained value. Then, it is stored in the original random number counter storage area. At this time, if the result of adding 1 to the obtained value is 100, 0 is stored in the original random number counter storage area. In addition, as a result of adding 1 to the obtained value, if it is determined that the random number counter has completed one cycle, the value of the random number counter for initial value generation corresponding to each random number counter is obtained, and the value is stored in the storage area of the random number counter. set. For example, a value is obtained from a random number counter for generating a winning random number that fluctuates in the numerical range of 0 to 99, and 1 is added to the obtained value, and the result is stored in a predetermined initial value storage area provided in the RAM 308. If the value is the same as the initial value set last time (for example, 7), the value is obtained as the initial value from the random number counter for initial value generation corresponding to the random number counter for generating the random number winning random number, and the value is set as the initial value. In addition to setting the random number counter for generating the winning random number, the initial value set this time is stored in the initial value storage area mentioned above in order to determine when the random number counter for generating the winning random number has made one round. I'll keep it. In addition, in addition to the above-mentioned initial value storage area for determining that the random number counter for generating random number winning random numbers for general drawings has completed one round, it also determines that the random number counter for generating random numbers for special drawings has completed one round. An initial value storage area for this purpose is provided in the RAM 308. In addition, in this embodiment, since the specifications are such that a win is always achieved in a high probability state of a common symbol and a loss is always achieved in a low probability state of a common symbol, a random number counter for generating a random number value for winning a common symbol may not be provided.

In step S211, performance random number updating processing is performed. In this performance random number update process, a random number counter for generating a random number value for performance used by the main control unit 300 is updated.

In step S213, timer update processing is performed. In this timer update process, a regular symbol display symbol update timer is used to measure the time for fluctuating and stopping display of symbols on the regular symbol display device 210, a symbol is displayed on the first special symbol display device 212, and a second special symbol display device 214. Various types including a special display symbol update timer for measuring the time of fluctuation/stop display, a timer for timing a predetermined prize-winning presentation time, a predetermined opening time, a predetermined closing time, a predetermined end presentation period, etc. Update timer.

In step S215, winning opening counter updating processing is performed. In this winning hole counter update process, when a prize is won in the winning holes 234, 235 or the starting holes 230, 231, 232, the winning ball number storage area provided for each winning hole or each starting hole in the RAM 308 is updated. Read the value, add 1 to it, and set it in the original award ball count storage area.

Furthermore, in step S217, a winning acceptance process is performed. In the prize acceptance process, if predetermined conditions are satisfied, multiple types of starting information are acquired. The plurality of types of starting information acquired here are stored as one set of starting information in an empty area of the starting information storage section provided in the RAM 308 according to the order of winning (order of reservation).

In step S219, which is executed following step S217, a payout request number transmission process is performed. The output schedule information and payout request information to be output to the payout control unit 600 shown in FIG. is the power-on information (if it is on, it indicates that this is the first command transmission after power-on), bits 4 to 5 are the current processing type (0 to 3) for encryption, and bits 0 to 3 are the encryption information. The number of payout requests after conversion processing is shown.

In step S221, a normal figure state update process is performed. This ordinary figure state update process performs one of a plurality of processes corresponding to the state of the ordinary figure. For example, in the normal pattern state update process during the normal pattern fluctuation display (when the value of the above-mentioned normal pattern display pattern update timer is 1 or more), the two LEDs constituting the normal pattern display device 210 are turned on and off alternately. Performs drive control. By performing this control, the normal symbol display device 210 performs a variable display of normal symbols (a common symbol variable game).

In addition, in the normal pattern state update process at the timing when the normal pattern fluctuation display time has elapsed (timing when the value of the normal pattern display pattern update timer changes from 1 to 0), if the winning flag is on, the winning pattern will be displayed. The normal symbol display device 210 is configured so that the two LEDs constituting the normal symbol display device 210 are turned on and off so as to be in the display mode, and when the winning flag is off, the normal symbol display device 210 is configured to be in the display mode of the losing symbol. Controls the lighting and extinguishing of two LEDs. Further, the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300 is provided with a setting area in which various settings are made not only in the normal figure state update process but also in various processes. Here, the above-described lighting/extinguishing drive control is performed, and settings are made in the setting area to indicate that the normal figure is being displayed in a stopped state. By performing this control, the normal symbol display device 210 determines either the winning symbol (the common symbol A shown in FIG. 11(d)) or the losing symbol (the common symbol B shown in FIG. 11(d)). Perform display. Furthermore, after that, information indicating the stop period is set in the storage area of the general figure stop time management timer provided in the RAM 308 in order to maintain the display for a predetermined stop display period (for example, 500 m seconds). With this setting, the fixed and displayed symbols are stopped and displayed for a predetermined period of time, and the result of the regular symbol variation game is notified to the player.

Further, if the result of the normal pattern fluctuation game is a hit, the normal pattern hit flag is turned on as described later. When this ordinary figure per flag is on, in the ordinary figure state update process at the timing when the predetermined stop display period ends (timing when the value of the ordinary figure stop time management timer changes from 1 to 0), the RAM 308 is In addition to setting the normal figure operating state in the setting area, a solenoid (Figure 10 A signal for holding the shutter member 2311 in an open state is output to a part of the various solenoids 332 shown in FIG.

In addition, in the normal figure state update process that starts at the timing when the predetermined opening period ends (timing when the value of the blade opening time management timer changes from 1 to 0), the attacker unit A signal for holding the shutter member 2311 in the closed state is sent to the solenoid (a part of the various solenoids 332 shown in FIG. 10) for opening and closing the shutter member 2311 of the first special figure starting port (variable) 231 provided in the first special figure starting port (variable) 231. At the same time, information indicating the closing period is set in the storage area of the blade closing time management timer provided in the RAM 308.

In addition, in the general figure state update process that starts at the timing when the predetermined closing period ends (the timing when the value of the blade closing time management timer changes from 1 to 0), the general figure inactive is set in the setting area of the RAM 308. do. Furthermore, if the result of the normal pattern fluctuation game is a loss, the normal pattern loss flag is turned on as described later. If this general figure loss flag is on, even in the general figure state update process at the timing when the above-mentioned predetermined stop display period ends (timing when the value of the general figure stop time management timer changes from 1 to 0), Set the normal pattern inactive in the setting area of the RAM 308. In the ordinary figure state update process when the ordinary figure is not in operation, the routine moves to the next step S223 without doing anything.

In step S223, a common map related lottery process is performed. In this general drawing related lottery process, the opening/closing control of the general drawing variable game and the first special drawing starting port (variable) 231 is not performed (the general drawing state is inactive), and the holding general drawing When the number of fluctuating games is 1 or more, the result of the fluctuating game is determined to be a win or a non-win by random number lottery based on the random number winning random number stored in the random value storage area mentioned above. A winning determination is made to determine whether the game is won, and if the winning is determined, a winning flag provided in the RAM 308 is set to ON. In case of non-winning, the winning flag is set to off. Note that regardless of the result of the hit determination, the value of a predetermined random number counter is acquired as a general figure timer random value, and based on the acquired general figure timer random value, the general figure display device 210 selects a normal figure from among a plurality of variable times. One time period for displaying the figure in a variable manner is selected, and this variable display time is stored in the ordinary figure variation time storage area provided in the RAM 308 as the ordinary figure variable display time. The number of pending normal pattern fluctuation games is stored in a storage area for the number of normal pattern fluctuations provided in the RAM 308, and each time a hit is determined, the number of pending normal pattern fluctuation games is stored. The value obtained by subtracting 1 is stored again in this ordinary figure reservation number storage area. It also erases the random numbers used for hit determination.

Subsequently, special figure pre-reading processing (step S224) is executed. In the special symbol pre-reading process, the main control unit 300 pre-reads the starting information that has increased in each of the special symbol 1 and special symbol 2, pre-determines the stop symbols and variation time before the validity determination process, and performs the preliminary determination. The result (special figure pre-reading result) is stored in the pre-reading result storage section in the RAM 308.

Next, the special figure state update process is performed for each of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2, but first, the special figure state update process for the special figure 2 (special figure 2 state update process) is performed (step S225). In this special figure 2 state update process, one of the following processes is performed according to the state of the special figure 2.

For example, in the special figure 2 state update process during the special figure 2 variable display (the value of the above-mentioned special figure 2 display symbol update timer is 1 or more), a predetermined number of the eight LEDs constituting the special figure 2 display device 214 Performs lighting/extinguishing drive control that repeatedly turns on and off the LED. By performing this control, the special figure 2 display device 214 performs a variable display of the special figure 2 (special figure 2 variable game). Further, in the command setting transmission process (step S233), predetermined transmission information indicating that the rotation start setting transmission process is to be executed is additionally stored in the above-mentioned transmission information storage area, and then the process ends. Further, if the number of time reductions stored in the time reduction number storage unit provided in the RAM 308 is 1 or more, 1 is subtracted from the number of time reductions. At this time, if the time saving flag stored in the time saving number storage section provided in the RAM 308 is on and the total number of fluctuations among the number of time saving times becomes 0, the time saving flag is turned off. Furthermore, the time saving flag is also turned off during a jackpot game (during a special game state).

In addition, the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300 includes flags such as a 10R jackpot flag, an 8R jackpot flag, a 6R jackpot flag, a 5R jackpot flag, a small hit flag, a loss flag, a special pattern probability variation flag, and a regular pattern probability variation flag. Provided. These flags are set on or off based on the determined stop symbols in the special drawing 2 related lottery process described later. In the special figure 2 state update process that starts at the timing when the special figure 2 variable display time has elapsed (the timing when the value of the special figure 2 display symbol update timer changes from 1 to 0), for example, the 10R jackpot flag is on, the special figure The probability fluctuation flag is also on, and when the regular pattern probability fluctuation flag is off, "special pattern b" shown in Figure 11(b), the 6R jackpot flag is on, the special pattern probability fluctuation flag is also on, and the general pattern probability fluctuation flag is If it is off, "special pattern c", the 8R jackpot flag is on, the special pattern probability fluctuation flag is also on, if the regular pattern probability fluctuation flag is off, "special pattern d", the 10R jackpot flag is on, special pattern Probability fluctuation flag is also on, regular pattern probability fluctuation flag is off, “special pattern b” or “special pattern e”, 5R jackpot flag is on, special pattern probability fluctuation flag is also on, general pattern probability fluctuation flag is off In the case of , "special map f", 10R jackpot flag is on, special pattern probability fluctuation flag is off, regular pattern probability fluctuation flag is on, "special map a", when the small hit flag is on, The lighting/extinguishing drive control of the LEDs constituting the special map 2 display device 214 is performed so that the mode becomes "special map g" and "special map h" when the loss flag is on, and the setting area of the RAM 308 is A setting is made to indicate that the special figure 2 is being stopped and displayed. By performing this control, the special map 2 display device 214 displays the 10R guaranteed variable jackpot symbols (“special pattern b”, “special pattern e”), the 6R guaranteed variable jackpot symbol (“special pattern c”), and the 8R guaranteed variable jackpot symbol (“special pattern c”). "Special pattern d"), 5R guaranteed variable jackpot symbol ("Special symbol f"), 10R regular jackpot symbol ("Special symbol a"), small winning symbol ("Special symbol g"), loss symbol ("Special symbol h") ) to confirm the display of one of the symbols. In addition, in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, which is a simultaneous variation machine, the variation display of special figure 1 may be performed while the variation display of special figure 2 is being displayed, but when the variation display time of special figure 2 has elapsed. If the jackpot symbol or small win symbol is stopped and displayed at the timing, regardless of the lottery result of special symbol 1, the lottery result will be displayed in special symbol 1 at the timing of displaying the jackpot symbol or small prize symbol of special symbol 2. is discarded and the missing symbol is stopped and displayed. On the other hand, if the jackpot symbol or small winning symbol is stopped and displayed at the timing when the special symbol 1 variable display time has elapsed while the special symbol 2 is being displayed in a variable manner, regardless of the lottery result of the special symbol 2, At the timing of displaying the jackpot symbol or the small winning symbol in the special symbol 1, the lottery result is discarded in the special symbol 2, and the losing symbol is stopped and displayed.

Furthermore, after that, in order to maintain the display for a predetermined stop display period (for example, 500 ms), information indicating the stop period is set in the storage area of the special figure 2 stop time management timer provided in the RAM 308. With this setting, the confirmed and displayed special figure 2 is stopped and displayed for a predetermined period of time, and the result of the special figure 2 variable game is notified to the player.

In addition, in the command setting transmission process (step S233), predetermined transmission information indicating that the rotation stop setting transmission process is to be executed is additionally stored in the above-mentioned transmission information storage area, and the symbol that stops the fluctuating display is special figure 2. The process ends after additionally storing special figure 2 identification information indicating that there is a special figure 2 identification information in the RAM 308 as information to be included in command data to be described later.

Further, if the result of the special figure 2 variable game is a jackpot, the jackpot flag is turned on as described later. When this jackpot flag is on, in the special figure 2 state update process at the timing when the predetermined stop display period ends (timing when the value of the special figure 2 stop time management timer changes from 1 to 0), the RAM 308 is Set the special figure 2 in operation in the setting area, and wait for a predetermined winning performance period (for example, 3 seconds), that is, a period during which the decorative symbol display device 208 displays an image notifying the player that a jackpot will start. For this purpose, information indicating the prize-winning performance period is set in the storage area of the timer for special figure 2 standby time management provided in the RAM 308. Further, in the command setting transmission process (step S233), predetermined transmission information indicating that the winning effect setting transmission process is to be executed is additionally stored in the above-mentioned transmission information storage area. In this embodiment, for example, a jackpot generation gate through which a game ball can pass is provided at a predetermined position on the right side of the gaming area 124, and after a predetermined stop display period ends, the game ball is not allowed to pass through the jackpot generation gate. As a condition, special map 2 in operation may be set in the setting area of the RAM 308. That is, after a predetermined stop display period has elapsed, the jackpot game may be started on the condition that the game ball passes through the jackpot generation gate.

In addition, in the special figure 2 status update process that starts at the timing when the predetermined winning performance period ends (timing when the value of the special figure 2 standby time management timer changes from 1 to 0), the predetermined release period (for example, 29 seconds) , or until the winning of a predetermined number of game balls (for example, 10 balls) is detected in the first variable winning hole 234 or the second variable winning hole 235).The shutter member 2341 of the first variable winning hole 234 or the second variable winning hole A signal for holding the shutter member 2341 or the shutter member 2351 in the open state is output to the solenoid (a part of the various solenoids 332 shown in FIG. 10) for opening and closing the shutter member 2351 of 235, and a door opening control provided in the RAM 308 is output. Set information indicating the open period in the storage area of the time management timer. Further, in the command setting sending process (step S233), predetermined sending information indicating that the big prize opening opening setting sending process is to be executed is additionally stored in the above-mentioned sending information storage area. In addition, in this embodiment, depending on the jackpot symbol, it is determined whether the first variable winning hole 234 (S attacker) or the second variable winning hole 235 (R attacker) opens.

In addition, in the special map 2 state update process that starts at the timing when the predetermined opening period ends (timing when the value of the door opening time management timer changes from 1 to 0), the predetermined closing period (for example, 1.5 seconds) The shutter member 2341 or the shutter member 2351 is closed to the solenoid (a part of the various solenoids 332 shown in FIG. 10) for opening and closing the shutter member 2341 of the first variable winning opening 234 or the shutter member 2351 of the second variable winning opening 235. In addition to outputting a signal to maintain the state, information indicating the closing period is set in the storage area of the door closing time management timer provided in the RAM 308. Further, in the command setting sending process (step S233), predetermined sending information indicating that the big prize opening closing setting sending process is to be executed is additionally stored in the above-mentioned sending information storage area.

In addition, in the special figure 2 state update process in which the opening/closing control of the shutter member is repeated a predetermined number of times (in this exemplary embodiment, 10 rounds, 6 rounds, 8 rounds, or 5 rounds) and starts at the timing when the shutter member is finished, a predetermined end effect is performed. A production standby time management timer provided in the RAM 308 is set to wait for a period (for example, 3 seconds), that is, a period during which the decorative symbol display device 208 displays an image notifying the player that the jackpot is over. Information indicating the performance standby period is set in the storage area of. In addition, if the normal pattern probability fluctuation flag is set to ON, at the same time as the end of this jackpot game, the number of time reductions (for example, the total number of fluctuations 100 times and the number of special symbol 1 fluctuations) is stored in the time reduction number storage section provided in the RAM 308. 51 times) and turns on the time saving flag provided in the RAM 308. Incidentally, if the normal figure probability fluctuation flag is set to OFF, the number of time reductions is not set in the time reduction number storage section, and the time reduction flag is not turned on. Further, if the special symbol probability variation flag is set to ON, the probability variation flag provided in the RAM 308 is turned ON at the same time as the end of the jackpot game.

Time saving mentioned here means that the pachinko machine is in an advantageous state for the player because the time from the end of a jackpot in the special symbol fluctuation game to the start of the next jackpot is shortened. When the time saving flag is set to on, the state is in a high probability state (probability variation). In the high probability state of common symbols, the probability of winning in the common symbol fluctuation game is higher than in the low probability state of common symbols. In addition, the fluctuation time of the general pattern fluctuation game is shorter in the normal pattern high probability state than in the normal pattern low probability state (normal pattern variable short). Furthermore, in the regular figure high probability state, compared to the regular figure low probability state, the opening time for one opening of the shutter member 2311 of the special figure 1 starting port (variable) 231 tends to be longer (electric chew spread). In addition, the shutter member 2311 is more likely to open in the high probability state of common figures than in the low probability state of common figures. The state in which any of these ``Fuzu definite change'', ``Furuzu change shortness'', and ``Electric tulip expansion'' is set is called the ``den support'' (starting entrance winning support by electric tulip) state.

Further, as described above, the time saving flag is set to OFF during the jackpot game (during the special game state). Therefore, during the jackpot game, the normal pattern low probability state is maintained. This means that if the normal ball is in a high probability state during a jackpot game, the number of game balls that enter the first variable winning hole 234 or the second variable winning hole 235 during the jackpot game will be the same as before. In the meantime, many game balls enter the special map 1 starting hole (variable) 231, and the number of game balls that can be obtained during the jackpot (number of balls released) increases, increasing the gambling experience. Another problem is that many game balls enter the special drawing 1 starting hole (variable) 231, so a predetermined number of game balls enter the first variable winning hole 234 or the second variable winning hole 235. This is to solve the problem that it takes a long time for the ball to land, making jackpot games redundant and players getting bored. You can also leave the time saving flag on.

Further, in the command setting transmission process (step S233), predetermined transmission information indicating that the end effect setting transmission process is to be executed is additionally stored in the above-mentioned transmission information storage area.

In addition, in the special figure 2 state update process that starts at the timing when the predetermined end production period ends (timing when the value of the production standby time management timer changes from 1 to 0), the special figure 2 inactive setting area of the RAM 308 is Set inside.

The example of the jackpot game using the first variable winning hole 234 or the second variable winning hole 235 has been described above, but the same applies to the small winning game using the second variable winning hole 235.

Furthermore, if the result of the special figure 2 variable game is a loss, a loss flag is turned on. If this deviation flag is on, even in the special figure 2 state update process at the timing when the above-mentioned predetermined stop display period ends (timing when the value of the special figure 2 stop time management timer changes from 1 to 0), Set special map 2 inactive in the setting area of RAM 308. In the special figure 2 state update process when the special figure 2 is not in operation, the process proceeds to the next step S227 without doing anything.

Subsequently, the special figure state update process (special figure 1 state update process) regarding the special figure 1 is performed (step S227). In this special figure 1 state update process, each process explained in the above-mentioned special figure 2 state update process is performed according to the state of the special figure 1. Each process performed in this special figure 1 state update process is the same as the process explained in the above-mentioned special figure 2 state update process, except that "special figure 2" is read as "special figure 1", so the explanation is Omitted. In addition, in this embodiment, in the special figure 1 state update process, when the time saving flag stored in the time saving number storage unit provided in the RAM 308 is on and the total number of fluctuations among the number of time saving times becomes 0, or When the number of special figure 1 fluctuations becomes 0, the time saving flag is turned off. In other words, even if the total number of fluctuations is not 0, when the number of special symbol 1 fluctuations becomes 0, the time saving flag is turned off at that point. In this way, the sequence is to execute the special figure 2 state update process and then the special figure 1 state update process, so in this embodiment, which is a specification for a simultaneous variation machine, for example, the previous symbol variation display In this case, if one of the special symbols 1 and 2 becomes a jackpot or a small hit and the symbol variation display of the other is discarded and becomes a loss, the symbol variation display of the special symbol 2 will change to the symbol variation of the special symbol 1. It will start before the display. In addition, the order of the special figure 2 state update process and the special figure 1 state update process may be reversed.

When the special figure status update process in step S225 and step S227 is completed, special figure related lottery processing for each of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is performed this time. The special drawing 2 related lottery process (step S229) is performed when the variable game of special drawing 2 is not being performed, the state of special drawing 2 is inactive, and the jackpot game of either special drawing 1 or special drawing 2 is not in progress. , In addition, with the starting condition that neither special figure 1 nor special figure 2 is in the middle of a small winning game, and the number of pending special figure 2 variable games is 1 or more, the special figure 2 random number storage area It is executed using the earliest special figure 2 winning random value and the special figure 2 random value. Special figure 1 related lottery processing is performed when the variable game of special figure 1 is not being performed, the state of special figure 1 is inactive, and the special figure 1 is not in the middle of a jackpot game of either special figure 1 or special figure 2, and the special figure 1 is not in operation. The starting condition is that you are not in the middle of any of the small winning games in Figure 1 and Special Figure 2, and the number of pending Special Figure 1 variable games is 1 or more. It is executed using the special figure 1 winning random number value and the special figure 1 random number value. That is, in this embodiment, special figure 1 can start a variable game regardless of whether special figure 2 is in a variable game, and special figure 2 can start a variable game when special figure 1 is in a variable game. It is configured so that a variable game can be started regardless of whether there is a variable game (simultaneous variable machine).

The first sub-control unit 400 notifies the result of the determination of the validity of the special figure variable game by the decorative symbol display device 208, and in this embodiment, in the small hit rush, the winning to the special figure 2 starting port 232 The notification of the lottery results based on the lottery is given priority over the notification of the lottery results based on the winnings in the special drawing 1 starting hole (fixed) 230 and the special drawing 1 starting hole (variable) 231, In the state and electric support state (challenge mode, battle mode), notification of the lottery results based on winnings in the special map 1 starting hole (fixed) 230 and the special drawing 1 starting hole (variable) 231 is changed to the special drawing 2. This is carried out with priority over notification of the lottery results based on winnings in the starting slot 232. In addition, when the lottery result of the special figure 1 variable game during the small hit rush is a jackpot, as will be described later, usually a long variable time of 450 to 500 seconds is selected for the special figure 1 variable time, and the special figure 2 Since the short variation time of 8.5 seconds is selected, the special figure 2 variation game is executed once or a plurality of times from the start to the end of the special figure 1 variation game. Therefore, even if the special figure 1 variable game becomes a jackpot, the special figure 2 variable game becomes a jackpot or small hit, and the running special figure 1 variable game is discarded, but in rare cases, the special figure 2 variable game Depending on the result, the special figure 1 variable game may not be discarded, and the special figure 1 may result in a jackpot. In this case, for example, in parallel with notification of the lottery results based on winnings in the special pattern 2 starting hole 232, or once suspending notification of the lottery results based on winnings in the special pattern 2 starting hole 232. In some cases, notification of the lottery results based on winnings in the special figure 1 starting hole (fixed) 230 and the special figure 1 starting hole (variable) 231 may be performed. In addition, in the normal game state and electric support state, most of the game balls fired by right-handed shots enter the first starting port (variable) 231, and the special figure 2 variation time is 450 to 500 seconds. Since a long variation time is selected and a short variation time of 2.5 seconds is selected for the special figure 1 variation time, either the special figure 2 variation game does not start or the special figure 2 variation game starts and ends. During this period, a jackpot or small hit occurs in the special pattern 1 variable game, and the special pattern 2 variable game is discarded, but in rare cases, if the special pattern 2 variable game is not discarded and becomes a jackpot, the special pattern 1 starts. In parallel with the announcement of the lottery result based on winnings in the opening (fixed) 230 and the special drawing 1 starting opening (variable) 231, or in parallel with the notification of the lottery results based on winnings in the opening (fixed) 230 and the special drawing 1 starting opening (fixed) 230, the special drawing 1 starting opening (variable) 231. ) 231 may be interrupted and notification of the lottery results based on winnings in the special map 2 starting slot 232 may be executed.

In the case of the special figure 2 related lottery process in step S229, the main control unit 300 starts the special figure 2 start information (special figure 2 start information) from the earliest (most past stored) pending position in the special figure 2 random value storage area. 2 (set of winning random number and special chart 2 random number), and based on the special chart 2 winning random number in the obtained special chart 2 starting information and the value of the special chart probability fluctuation flag in RAM 308, It is determined whether it is a jackpot, a small hit, or a miss (win/fail judgment) using the win/fail judgment table stored in . Next, the main control unit 300 selects the special figure 2 using the special figure determination table stored in the ROM 306 based on the special figure 2 random number value in the acquired special figure 2 starting information and the determined validity judgment result. The symbol to be stopped and displayed after the variable display (stop symbol) is determined. Next, the main control unit 300 stores the results in the ROM 306 based on, for example, the determined result of the determination, the stopped symbol, the number of reserved special symbols 2 at the time of determination of the validity, the acquired random value for determining the special symbol fluctuation time, etc. The variable display time (timer number) of the special figure 2 is determined using various tables.

After extracting the earliest special figure 2 starting information from the special figure 2 random number storage area, the main control unit 300 deletes the earliest special figure 2 starting information from the special figure 2 random number storage area, and Subtract 1 from the special figure 2 reservation number in the reservation number storage area in FIG. At this time, the special figure 2 starting information taken out from the special figure 2 random number storage area is stored in a temporary area provided in the RAM 308, and the above-mentioned decision is made based on the special figure 2 starting information stored in this temporary area. You can do it like this.

After the special figure 2 related lottery process (step S229) as described above, the special figure 1 related lottery process (step S231) is performed in the same manner. In addition, the order of the special figure 1 related lottery process and the special figure 2 related lottery process may be reversed.

In the above explanation, the above-mentioned special figure status update process and special figure-related lottery process are performed independently on special figure 1 and special figure 2, so that multiple special figures are changed simultaneously. The present invention is not limited to this, and depending on the state of one special symbol, a lottery process or a variable game regarding the reservation of the other special symbol may not be performed. In this embodiment, as will be described later, when a plurality of special symbols are changed at the same time, in the normal game state and the electric support state, an effect display that matches the variable display of special symbol 1 is displayed on the decorative pattern display device 208. On the other hand, the effect display is not performed regarding the variable display of special figure 2, and in the small hit rush, the decorative pattern display device 208 is made to perform an effect display that matches the variable display of special figure 2, while the variable display of special figure 1 is However, the decorative pattern display device 208 should be provided with a plurality of areas that display the lottery results of each special pattern, or a plurality of decorative patterns that display the lottery results of each special pattern. A display device may be provided to separately display each lottery result. Further, when fluctuations regarding a plurality of special symbols are performed at the same time, the lottery result of the special symbol whose fluctuation is stopped first may influence the lottery result of the special symbol whose fluctuation is stopped later.

In step S233 following step S231, command setting transmission processing is performed. In this command setting transmission process, various commands are transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400. Note that the output schedule information sent to the first sub-control unit 400 is composed of, for example, 16 bits, where bit 15 is strobe information (when on, it indicates that data is being set), and bits 11 to 14 are strobe information. Command type (in this example, basic command, winning opening command, out ball command, firing position command, special figure fluctuation start command, special figure fluctuation stop command, special figure stop type command (special figure 1 and special figure 2) A command sent at the start of variation, which specifies which of special map 1 and special map 2 will be stopped and displayed first), special map start command, special map end command, big prize opening opening command, jackpot round number designation command, power restoration command, RAM clear command, prefetch result information command, setting command, and other information that can identify the type of command), bits 0 to 10 are command data (predetermined information corresponding to the command type) ).

Specifically, the strobe information is turned on or off by the above-described command transmission process. In addition, if the command type is a special figure fluctuation start command, the command data includes information indicating various jackpot flags, small hit flags, loss flags, timer numbers selected in special figure-related lottery processing, etc. In the form, when the special symbol fluctuation start command is set, stop symbol information that can specify the stop symbol is included. In the case of a special figure fluctuation stop command, it includes the values of various jackpot flags, small hit flags, loss flags, etc., and in the case of a jackpot round number designation command, it includes the number of jackpot rounds, etc. When the command type indicates a basic command, the command data includes device information, presence or absence of a prize in the special drawing 1 starting hole (fixed) 230, presence or absence of winning in the special drawing 1 starting hole (variable) 231, and special drawing 2 starting. This includes whether or not there is a prize in the opening 232, whether there is a prize in the first variable winning hole 234, whether there is a prize in the second variable winning hole 235, etc. In the case of a prefetch result information command, the command data includes information such as the types of special figures 1 and 2, the prefetch number stored in the prefetch number storage area, and the stop symbols stored in the prefetch result storage section. In the case of a setting command, it includes setting information, etc.

In addition, in the above-mentioned rotation start setting transmission process, the command data includes the values of various jackpot flags, small hit flags, and loss flags stored in the RAM 308, selected in the special drawing 1-related lottery process and the special drawing 2-related lottery process. Information indicating the timer number, the number of reserved special figure 1 variable games or special figure 2 variable games, etc. is set. In the above-mentioned rotation stop setting transmission process, information indicating the values of various jackpot flags, small win flags, loss flags, etc. stored in the RAM 308 is set in the command data.

In the above-mentioned winning effect setting transmission process, the command data includes the effect control information stored in the RAM 308 and output to the decorative pattern display device 208, various lamps (442, 452), and the speaker 120 during the winning effect period, and the effect control information stored in the RAM 308. Information indicating the number of special figure 1 variable games or special figure 2 variable games that are being played is set. In the above-mentioned end effect setting transmission process, the command data includes the effect control information stored in the RAM 308 and output to the decorative pattern display device 208, various lamps (442, 452), and the speaker 120 during the effect standby period, and the effect control information stored in the RAM 308. Set information such as the number of special figure 1 variable games or special figure 2 variable games that are being played. In the above-described big winning opening opening setting transmission process, information indicating the number of jackpot rounds stored in the RAM 308, the number of reserved special figure 1 variable games or special figure 2 variable games, etc. is set in the command data. In the above-described big winning opening closing setting transmission process, information indicating the number of jackpot rounds stored in the RAM 308, the number of reserved special figure 1 variable games or special figure 2 variable games, etc. is set in the command data.

Further, in this step S233, a general command special figure reservation increase process is also performed. In this general command special figure reservation increase processing, the command data includes special figure identification information (information indicating special figure 1 or special figure 2) stored in the transmission information storage area of the RAM 308, advance notice information (advance notice information, fake Set either advance notice information or no advance notice information).

In the first sub-control unit 400, depending on the command type included in the received output schedule information, it is possible to determine performance control according to changes in game control in the main control unit 300, and also to determine the performance control according to the change in game control in the main control unit 300. Based on the information of the command data, it becomes possible to determine the content of production control.

In step S235 following step S233, external output signal setting processing is performed. In this external output signal setting process, game information stored in the RAM 308 is outputted to an information input circuit 350 separate from the pachinko machine 100 via an information output circuit 336.

In step S237 following step S235, device monitoring processing is performed. In this device monitoring process, the signal states of various sensors stored in the signal state storage area in step S205 are read out, and the presence or absence of a predetermined error, such as the presence or absence of a front frame door opening error or the presence or absence of a ball storage tray full error, is monitored. do. When a front frame door opening error or a ball storage tray full error is detected, a device that indicates the presence or absence of a front frame door opening error or the presence or absence of a ball storage tray full error is included in the transmission information to be sent to the first sub-control unit 400. Set information. In addition, various solenoids 332 are driven to control the opening and closing of the first special figure starting opening (variable) 231, the first variable winning opening 234, and the second variable winning opening 235, or via the drive circuits 324, 326, and 330. The display data to be output to the regular map display device 210, the special map 1 display device 212, the special map 2 display device 214, the various status display sections 328, etc. is set to the output port of the I/O 310. Further, the output schedule information set in the payout request number transmission process (step S219) is output to the payout control unit 600 via the output port of the I/O 310.

In step S239 following step S237, it is monitored whether the low voltage signal is on. Then, if the low voltage signal is on (when power cutoff is detected), the process proceeds to step S243, and if the low voltage signal is off (when power cutoff is not detected), the process moves to step S241. In step S241, timer interrupt termination processing is performed. In this timer interrupt termination process, the values of each register temporarily saved in step S201 are set to the original registers, interrupt permission is set, etc., and then the main control unit main process shown in FIG. to return to. On the other hand, in step S243, specific variables and stack pointers for returning to the state at power outage upon power restoration are saved in a predetermined area of the RAM 308 as restoration data, and power outage processing such as initialization of input/output ports is performed. After that, it becomes HALT state.

Next, in the main control unit timer interrupt process shown in FIG. The determination table will be explained with reference to FIGS. 14 and 15. Here, FIG. 14(a) is a diagram showing an example of the contents of the table for determining the validity of ordinary symbols, and FIG. 14(b) is a diagram showing an example of the contents of the table for determining the validity of special symbols 1 and 2. Yes, FIG. 15(a) is a diagram showing an example of the contents of the distribution table for determining the special pattern 1 jackpot symbol, and FIG. 15(b) is a diagram showing an example of the contents of the distribution table for determining the special pattern 2 jackpot symbol. It is a diagram.

The table for determining the validity of ordinary symbols shown in FIG. 14(a) is a table for determining the validity of ordinary symbols used when determining the validity of ordinary symbols. Note that this table is stored in the ROM 306 of the main control unit 300. As shown in FIG. 14(a), when this table for determining the correctness is used, there is no winning value in the low probability state of the normal figure, that is, the probability of winning is 0%, and the probability of winning is 0%. In the high probability state, the probability of winning is 100%. In addition, in the low probability state of common figures (when time saving is not activated), it may be set so that there is a certain probability of winning (for example, 1%), and in the high probability state of common figures (when time saving is activated), there is a constant probability of winning. It is also possible to set the probability that the result will be a failure with a probability of 1% (for example, 1%).

The table for determining the validity of special figures 1 and 2 shown in FIG. The record to be referred to is selected depending on whether it is in a special figure low probability state or a special figure high probability state. Note that this table is also stored in the ROM 306 of the main control unit 300.

In the special pattern low probability state of setting 1, a jackpot is selected with a probability of approximately 1/299 as a result of the judgment of the jackpot lottery of special pattern 1 and special pattern 2, and in the special pattern high probability state, As a result of the judgment of the jackpot lottery shown in FIG. 2, a jackpot is selected with a probability of about 1/29.9.

In the special pattern low probability state of setting 2, a jackpot is selected with a probability of approximately 1/279 as a result of the judgment of the jackpot lottery of special pattern 1 and special pattern 2, and in the special pattern high probability state, the jackpot is selected as a result of the judgment of the jackpot lottery of special pattern 1 and special pattern 2. As a result of the judgment of the jackpot lottery shown in FIG. 2, a jackpot is selected with a probability of about 1/27.9.

In the special figure low probability state of setting 3, a jackpot is selected with a probability of approximately 1/259 as a result of the judgment of the jackpot lottery of special figures 1 and 2, and in the special figure high probability state, the jackpot is selected as a result of the judgment of the jackpot lottery of special figures 1 and 2. As a result of the judgment of the jackpot lottery shown in FIG. 2, a jackpot is selected with a probability of about 1/25.9.

In the special figure low probability state of setting 4, a jackpot is selected with a probability of approximately 1/239 as a result of the judgment of the jackpot lottery of special figures 1 and 2, and in the special figure high probability state, the jackpot is selected as a result of the judgment of the jackpot lottery of special figures 1 and 2. As a result of the judgment of the jackpot lottery shown in FIG. 2, a jackpot is selected with a probability of about 1/23.9.

In the special figure low probability state of setting 5, a jackpot is selected with a probability of approximately 1/219 as a result of the judgment of the jackpot lottery of special figures 1 and 2, and in the special figure high probability state, the jackpot is selected as a result of the judgment of the jackpot lottery of special figures 1 and 2. As a result of the judgment of the jackpot lottery shown in FIG. 2, a jackpot is selected with a probability of about 1/21.9.

In the special pattern low probability state of setting 6, a jackpot is selected with a probability of approximately 1/199 as a result of the judgment of the jackpot lottery of special pattern 1 and special pattern 2, and in the special pattern high probability state, the jackpot is selected as a result of the judgment of the jackpot lottery of special pattern 1 and special pattern 2. As a result of the judgment of the jackpot lottery shown in FIG. 2, a jackpot is selected with a probability of about 1/19.9.

In addition, regardless of any of settings 1 to 6, and regardless of whether it is in a special pattern high probability state or a special pattern low probability state, there will be no jackpot as a result of the judgment of the jackpot lottery of special pattern 1. In this case, a small win of opening and closing twice is selected. In addition, there may be a case where the special drawing 1 becomes a miss. In addition, regardless of any of settings 1 to 6, and regardless of whether it is in a special pattern high probability state or a special pattern low probability state, the result of the judgment of the jackpot lottery of special pattern 2 is approximately 1/10 A small win of opening and closing 12 times is selected with a probability of . Note that the probability of a small hit may be made different for each setting.

Thus, in this embodiment, in any of settings 1 to 6, the jackpot probability in the special pattern high probability state is higher than the jackpot probability in the special pattern low probability state. Further, in this embodiment, the jackpot probability differs depending on the setting, and the higher the setting, the easier it is to hit the jackpot, and the lower the setting, the harder it is to hit the jackpot. Therefore, the lower the setting, the harder it is to hit the jackpot, but for example, when you move to battle mode, the set number of electric support is easier to be used up and it is easier to shift to the small hit rush; In this case, there is a tendency for the number of small wins to occur to be greater than in a high setting, and it may be possible to provide a different game feel.

In this embodiment, in any setting, the jackpot probability is set to be 10 times different in the special pattern high probability state and the special pattern low probability state, and in the special pattern high probability state, the regular pattern high probability state and the normal pattern. The variable display time of special figure 1 and special figure 2 changes greatly depending on the figure low probability state. In this embodiment, the variation time of the special figure 2 in the special figure high probability regular figure low probability state (small hit rush) is such that, for example, a variation time of 8.5 seconds is selected. In the small hit rush, if you hit to the right, a large number of game balls will easily enter the second special figure starting port 232, and a large number of variable displays of the special figure 2 can be displayed, resulting in a prize. The system is designed to increase the frequency of small hits that can be expected to result in a ball being paid out. In addition, in a state where there are four (full) symbol fluctuation displays of special map 2 on hold, one time of special map 1 is longer than the time required to digest all the symbol fluctuation displays of special map 2. Since it takes longer to digest the symbol variation display, it is difficult for a jackpot to occur in special drawing 1. On the other hand, the fluctuation time of special map 2 in the special map high probability general map high probability state (battle mode) and the special map low probability general map high probability state (challenge mode) is, for example, a fluctuation time of 450 to 500 seconds is selected. It has become so. Therefore, in battle mode and challenge mode, if the ball is hit to the right, the frequency of balls entering the special pattern 2 starting port 232 will be lower, and even if the ball enters the special pattern 2 starting port 232, the result of the variable display of special pattern 2 will be displayed. Since it takes about every 10 minutes for the player to hit the ball with the right hand, it is actually disadvantageous for the player.

FIG. 15(a) shows an example of the distribution table for determining the special pattern 1 jackpot, and the stoppage of the special pattern 1 is determined based on the fact that the result of the judgment of the special pattern 1 is a jackpot as described above. Decide on the design. Note that this table is also stored in the ROM 306 of the main control unit 300. In this special drawing 1 jackpot symbol determination allocation table, for example, a random number range corresponding to the jackpot symbol mode of the special drawing 1 (see FIG. 11(a)) is defined.

First, if the result of the special drawing 1 judgment is a jackpot, one of "special drawings A", "special drawings B", "special drawings E" to "special drawings Q" is selected. In addition, in this embodiment, the table structure is such that the selection rate of the jackpot symbol differs depending on whether the gaming state is a normal pattern high probability state (electric support state). That is, if the gaming state at the time of a jackpot is a non-electronic support state (regular pattern low probability state), the first variable prize opening 234 opens a 5R normal jackpot (special pattern low probability normal pattern high probability jackpot) "special pattern". "Chart A" is 23/100, "Special chart B" which is a 10R definite variable super jackpot (special chart high probability common chart low probability jackpot) opened by the second variable winning hole 235 is 5/100, the first variable winning hole 234 In the 5R definite variable jackpot (special pattern high probability regular pattern high probability jackpot) that is released, "Special pattern E" is given an electric support state until the number of variable display of special pattern 1 reaches 50 times is 35/100, 1st In the 5R definite variable jackpot (special pattern high probability normal pattern high probability jackpot) opened by the variable prize opening 234, "Special pattern F" is given an electric support state until the number of variable display of special pattern 1 reaches 45 times. 100, the first variable prize opening 234 opens with the 5R guaranteed variable jackpot (special figure high probability general figure high probability jackpot) and the electric support state is given until the number of variable display of special figure 1 reaches 40 times. ” is 6/100, and the first variable prize opening 234 opens with the 5R fixed variable jackpot (special pattern high probability general pattern high probability jackpot), and the electric support state is given until the number of variable display of special pattern 1 reaches 35 times. "Special drawing H" is 4/100, and the first variable prize opening 234 opens with 5R probability variable jackpot (special drawing high probability general drawing high probability jackpot), and the electric support state is maintained until the number of variable display of special drawing 1 reaches 30 times. "Tokuzu I" which is given is 4/100, and the number of variable display of special diagram 1 is 25 times with 5R variable probability jackpot (special diagram high probability regular diagram high probability jackpot) opened by the first variable prize opening 234. "Special chart J" which is given electric support status up to 2/100, the first variable prize opening 234 opens 5R guaranteed variable jackpot (special chart high probability regular chart high probability jackpot) and the number of variable display of special chart 1 is 2/100. "Tokuzu K" that gives electric support status until 20 times is 2/100, and the first variable prize opening 234 opens with a 5R guaranteed strange jackpot (Tokuza high probability regular Zhu high probability jackpot) of special plot 1. "Special drawing L" which is given electric support status until the number of fluctuation display reaches 15 times is 2/100, 5R guaranteed strange jackpot (special drawing high probability normal drawing high probability jackpot) that the first variable prize opening 234 opens. "Special map M" is 2/100 in which electric support status is given until the number of fluctuation display of special map 1 reaches 10 times.

In addition, if the gaming state at the time of the jackpot is the electric support state (regular pattern high probability state), the first variable prize opening 234 opens 5R normal jackpot (special pattern low probability normal pattern high probability jackpot) "special pattern" "A" is 23/100, "Special drawing B" which is a 10R definite variable super jackpot (special drawing high probability normal drawing low probability jackpot) opened by the second variable winning opening 235 is 5/100, and the first variable winning opening 234 is 5/100. 5R guaranteed variable jackpot (special pattern high probability general pattern high probability jackpot) to be released will give electric support status until the number of variable display of special pattern 1 becomes 30 times "Special pattern I" is 35/100, 1st variable In the 5R fixed variable jackpot (special pattern high probability general pattern high probability jackpot) opened by the prize opening 234, "Special pattern J" is given an electric support state until the number of variable display of special pattern 1 reaches 25 times is 15/100 , "Tokuzu K" where the electric support state is given until the number of variable display of special diagram 1 becomes 20 times with the 5R definite variable jackpot (special diagram high probability normal diagram high probability jackpot) opened by the first variable prize opening 234 is 6/100, and the first variable prize opening 234 opens with the 5R fixed variable jackpot (special pattern high probability general pattern high probability jackpot), and the electric support state is given until the number of variable display of special pattern 1 becomes 15 times. "Special drawing L" is 4/100, and the first variable prize opening 234 opens with a 5R guaranteed variable jackpot (special drawing high probability general drawing high probability jackpot), and the electric support state is maintained until the number of variable display of special drawing 1 becomes 10 times. Until the number of variable displays of special map 1 becomes 10 times when the awarded “special map M” is 4/100 and the first variable prize opening 234 opens with 5R probability variable jackpot (special pattern high probability normal pattern high probability jackpot) "Special chart N" which is given electric support status is 2/100, and the number of variable display of special chart 1 is 10 in 5R probability variable jackpot (special chart high probability normal chart high probability jackpot) opened by the first variable prize opening 234 "Special chart O" which is given an electric support state until it becomes 2/100, the first variable prize opening 234 opens 5R guaranteed strange jackpot (special chart high probability regular chart high probability jackpot) and the variation of special chart 1 "Special P" which is given electric support status until it is displayed 10 times is 2/100, and the first variable prize opening 234 is opened with a 5R guaranteed strange jackpot (special drawing high probability normal drawing high probability jackpot). The "special map Q" in which the electric support state is given until the number of fluctuation displays in FIG. 1 reaches 10 is 2/100.

Moreover, if the result of the special figure 1 correctness determination is a small hit, "special figure C" is selected. As mentioned above, "Special Figure C" is a small win in which the first variable winning hole 234 repeats short opening twice at most, and is a small win in which no prize balls can be expected to be paid out.

FIG. 15(b) shows an example of the allocation table for determining the special pattern 2 jackpot, and the stop of the special pattern 2 is Decide on the design. Note that this table is also stored in the ROM 306 of the main control unit 300. In this special drawing 2 jackpot symbol determination allocation table, for example, a random number range corresponding to the jackpot symbol mode of the special drawing 2 (see FIG. 11(b)) is defined.

If the result of the special drawing 2 judgment is a jackpot, one of "special drawings a" to "special drawings f" is selected. That is, "Special drawing a" which is a 10R normal jackpot (special drawing low probability normal drawing high probability jackpot) opened by the first variable winning opening 234 is 23/100, and 10R super certain strange jackpot opened by the second variable winning opening 235. "Special drawing b" which is (special drawing high probability general drawing low probability jackpot) is 10/100, and "special drawing b" which is 6R probability variable jackpot (special drawing high probability normal drawing low probability jackpot) that the second variable prize opening 235 opens "Figure c" is 13/100, "Special figure d" which is 8R definite variable jackpot (special figure high probability common figure low probability jackpot) opened by the second variable winning opening 235 is 7/100, second variable winning opening 235 is 7/100. "Tokuzu e" which is a 10R definite variable jackpot (special figure high probability general figure low probability jackpot) to open is 5/100, 5R definite variable jackpot (special figure high probability common figure low probability jackpot) which the first variable prize opening 234 opens ), the “special map f” is 42/100.

Further, if the result of the special figure 2 judgment is a small hit, "special figure g" is selected. As mentioned above, the "special map g" is a small win in which the second variable winning hole 235 is briefly opened a maximum of 12 times.

Next, the processing of the first sub-control unit 400 will be explained. FIG. 16A is a flowchart of main processing executed by the CPU 404 of the first sub-control unit 400. First, in step S301 of FIG. 16(a), various initial settings are performed. When the power is turned on, initialization processing is first executed in step S301. In this initialization process, initialization of input/output ports, initialization of the storage area in the RAM 408, etc. are performed.

In step S303 following step S301, it is determined whether the timer variable is 10 or more, and this process is repeated until the timer variable becomes 10. When the timer variable becomes 10 or more, the process moves to step S305. . In step S305, 0 is assigned to the timer variable.

In step S307 following step S305, command processing is performed. The CPU 404 of the first sub-control unit 400 determines whether a command has been received from the main control unit 300 or not.

In step S309 following step S307, production control processing is performed. For example, if there is a new command in step S307, processing such as reading out the effect data corresponding to this command from the ROM 406 is performed, and if the effect data needs to be updated, the effect data is updated.

In step S311 following step S309, chance button control processing is performed. In the chance button control process, the operation of the effect button 136 or the operation key unit 190 is detected, and according to the detection result, the effect data updated in step S309 is changed to the effect data corresponding to the operation of the effect button 136 or the operation key unit 190. Perform the process to change to .

In step S313 following step S311, sound control processing is performed. In the sound control process, if there is a command to the sound source IC 416 in the performance data read in step S309, this command is output to the sound source IC 416.

In step S315 following step S313, lamp control processing is performed. In the lamp control process, if there is a command for the various lamps 442, 452 in the performance data read in step S309, this command is output to the game board lamp drive circuit 440 and the game platform frame lamp drive circuit 450. do.

In step S317 following step S315, movable body control processing is performed. For example, if the performance data read in step S309 includes a command to the first performance movable unit 7 at the top shown in FIG. 3(a) or the second performance movable unit 8 hidden at the rear side, , outputs this command to the drive circuit 422.

In step S319 following step S317, information transmission processing is performed. In the information transmission process, if there is a control command to be transmitted to the second sub-control unit 500 in the effect data read in step S309, settings are made to output this control command. After that, the process returns to step S303.

FIG. 16(b) is a flowchart of the first sub-control unit command reception interrupt process (strobe interrupt process) executed by the CPU 404 of the first sub-control unit 400. This command reception interrupt process is a process executed when the first sub-control unit 400 detects a strobe signal from the main control unit 300. In step S331 of the command reception interrupt process, the command received from the main control unit 300 is stored as an unprocessed command in the command storage area provided in the RAM 408.

FIG. 16C is a flowchart of the first sub-control unit timer interrupt process executed by the CPU 404 of the first sub-control unit 400. The first sub-control unit 400 includes a hardware timer that generates a timer interrupt at a predetermined cycle (once every 2 ms in this embodiment), and uses this timer interrupt as a trigger to perform timer interrupt processing in a predetermined manner. Execute at the cycle of In step S341 of the first sub-control unit timer interrupt processing, 1 is added to the value of the timer variable storage area of the RAM 408 explained in step S303 of the first sub-control unit main processing, and the value is stored in the original timer variable storage area. do. Therefore, in step S303, it is determined that the value of the timer variable is 10 or more every 20 ms (2 ms×10).

In step S343 following step S341, the control command is sent to the second sub-control unit 500 set in the information transmission process (step S319) of the first sub-control unit main process, and other random value update processes for effects are performed. etc.

Next, the processing of the second sub-control unit 500 will be explained. FIG. 17A is a flowchart of main processing executed by a CPU (not shown) of the second sub-control unit 500. First, in step S401 of FIG. 17(a), various initial settings are performed. When the power is turned on, initialization processing is first executed in step S401. In this initialization process, initialization of input/output ports, initialization of a storage area in a RAM (not shown), etc. are performed.

In step S403 following step S401, it is determined whether the timer variable is 10 or more, and this process is repeated until the timer variable becomes 10. When the timer variable becomes 10 or more, the process moves to step S405. . In step S405, 0 is assigned to the timer variable.

In step S407 following step S405, command processing is performed. The CPU of the second sub-control unit 500 determines whether a command has been received from the first sub-control unit 400 or not.

In step S409 following step S407, effect control processing is performed. For example, if there is a new command in step S407, processing such as reading out the effect data (effect data by the decorative pattern display device 208) corresponding to this command from the ROM (not shown) is performed to update the effect data. If necessary, the performance data is updated.

In step S411 following step S409, image control processing is performed. In the image control process, if there is a command to the VDP 516 in the effect data read in step S409, this command is output to the VDP 516 (details will be described later). After that, the process returns to step S403.

FIG. 17(b) is a flowchart of command reception interrupt processing executed by the CPU of the second sub-control unit 500. This command reception interrupt process is a process executed when the second sub-control unit 500 detects a strobe signal from the first sub-control unit 400. In step S431 of the command reception interrupt process, the command received from the first sub-control unit 400 is stored as an unprocessed command in a command storage area provided in the RAM.

FIG. 17C is a flowchart of timer interrupt processing executed by the CPU of the second sub-control unit 500. The second sub-control unit 500 includes a hardware timer that generates a timer interrupt at a predetermined period (once every 2 ms in this embodiment), and uses this timer interrupt as a trigger to perform timer interrupt processing in a predetermined manner. Execute at the cycle of In step S441 of the timer interrupt processing, 1 is added to the value in the timer variable storage area of the RAM described in step S403 of the second sub-control unit main processing, and the value is stored in the original timer variable storage area. Therefore, in step S403, it is determined that the value of the timer variable is 10 or more every 20 ms (2 ms×10). In step S443 following step S441, other processes such as updating the random number value for effect are performed.

FIG. 17D is a flowchart of the image control process in step S411 of the second sub-control unit main process. In step S451, an instruction to transfer image data (movie data and texture data to be described later) is given. Here, the CPU 504 first swaps the drawing area designations of frame buffer 1 and frame buffer 2 of VRAM 518. As a result, one frame of the image stored in the frame buffer that is not designated as the drawing area is displayed on the decorative pattern display device 208. Next, the CPU 504 sets ROM coordinates (transfer source address of ROM 506), VRAM coordinates (transfer destination address of VRAM 518), etc. in the attribute register of VDP 516 based on the position information table, and then transfers the image from ROM 506 to VRAM 518. Set the command to start data transfer. The VDP 516 transfers image data from the ROM 506 to the VRAM 518 based on instructions set in the attribute register. Thereafter, the VDP 516 outputs a transfer end interrupt signal to the CPU 504.

In step S453 following step S451, it is determined whether a transfer end interrupt signal from the VDP 516 has been input, and if the transfer end interrupt signal has been input (step S453: Yes), the process advances to step S455. If not (step S453: No), it waits for a transfer end interrupt signal to be input.

In step S455, parameters are set based on the production scenario configuration table, attribute data, and the like. Here, in order to form a display image in the frame buffer 1 or 2 of the VRAM 518 based on the image data transferred to the VRAM 518 in step S451, the CPU 504 displays information on image data constituting the display image (coordinate axes of the VRAM 518, image size , VRAM coordinates (location coordinates), etc.) to the VDP 516. The VDP 516 performs parameter settings according to attributes based on instructions stored in the attribute register.

In step S457 following step S455, a drawing instruction is given. In this drawing instruction, the CPU 504 instructs the VDP 516 to start drawing an image. The VDP 516 starts drawing an image in the frame buffer according to instructions from the CPU 504.

In step S459 following step S457, it is determined whether a generation end interrupt signal from the VDP 516 based on the end of image drawing has been input, and if the generation end interrupt signal has been input (step S459: Yes), The process advances to step S461, and if not (step S459: No), the process waits for a generation end interrupt signal to be input.

In step S461, a scene display counter that is set in a predetermined area of the RAM 508 and counts how many scenes of images have been generated is incremented (+1), and the process ends.・This is an example of a battle mode effect selection table, and it shows the battle mode to which you will transition after the end of the jackpot game if you hit a jackpot with "Tokuzu E" to "Tokuzu M" in the normal game state (battle mode to which you will transition to route A) ) determines the content of the performance. In addition, FIG. 18(b) shows an example of the B route/battle mode effect selection table, and shows that if you hit the jackpot with "Tokuzu I" to "Tokuzu Q" in the electric support state (challenge mode/battle mode). In this case, the content of performance in a battle mode to which the jackpot game is completed (battle mode to which the game is to be transferred by route B) is determined. Note that this table is stored in the ROM 406 of the first sub-control unit 400. In the A route/battle mode performance selection table and the B route/battle mode performance selection table, for example, a random number range corresponding to the number of electric support given after the end of the jackpot game is defined.

First, as shown in FIG. 18(a), when the number of electric support is given in the range of 35 to 50 after the end of the jackpot game, the initial life of the swordsman as the enemy is 1000, and the initial life of the swordsman as the enemy is 1000. The production pattern in which the magnitude of the damage value (i.e. the decreasing life value) is approximately equal each time the symbol variation display is performed is 45/100, the initial life of the swordsman is 1000, and the symbol variation of special symbol 1. A production pattern in which the size of the damage value each time the display is performed is a large damage value in the first half of the symbol fluctuation display and a small damage value in the second half of the symbol fluctuation display is 30/100, and the sword master's initial life is 500. , the production pattern in which the size of the damage value is approximately equal each time the symbol variation display of special drawing 1 is performed is 20/100, the initial life of the swordsman is 300, and the pattern variation display of special drawing 1 is 20/100. 5/100 is a production pattern in which the magnitude of the damage value is approximately equal each time it is performed.

Also, if the number of electric support is given in the range of 20 to 30 after the end of the jackpot game, the initial life of the swordsman is 1000, and the size of the damage value each time the symbol change display of special map 1 is performed. However, the first half of the pattern variation display has a small damage value, and the second half of the pattern variation display has a large damage value.The production pattern is 80/100, the sword master's initial life is 300, and the symbol variation display of special pattern 1 is 80/100. The production pattern in which the magnitude of the damage value each time is approximately equal is 15/100, the initial life of the swordsman is 100, and the magnitude of the damage value each time the symbol variation display of special drawing 1 is performed is 15/100. The performance pattern that is approximately equal is 20/100.

Also, if the number of electric support is given in the range of 10 to 15 after the end of the jackpot game, the initial life of the swordsman is 1000, and the size of the damage value each time the symbol change display of special map 1 is performed. However, the first half of the pattern fluctuation display has a small damage value, and the second half of the pattern fluctuation display has a large damage value.The production pattern is 80/100, the sword master's initial life is 500, and the symbol fluctuation display of special drawing 1 is 80/100. There is a production pattern in which the size of the damage value each time is a small damage value in the first half of the symbol fluctuation display, and a large damage value in the second half of the symbol fluctuation display, and the sword master's initial life is 100. , 5/100 is a performance pattern in which the damage value each time the symbol fluctuation display of special drawing 1 is performed is a small damage value in the first half of the symbol fluctuation display, and a large damage value in the second half of the symbol fluctuation display. It becomes.

In addition, as shown in FIG. 18(b), when the number of electric support is given in the range of 15 to 30 after the end of the jackpot game, the initial life of the swordsman is 500, and the symbol change display of special figure 1 There is a production pattern in which the size of the damage value each time is a large damage value in the first half of the symbol fluctuation display and a small damage value in the second half of the symbol fluctuation display is 60/100, and the sword master's initial life is 100. Yes, the production pattern in which the size of the damage value is approximately equal each time the symbol variation display of special map 1 is performed is 35/100, the sword master's initial life is 50, and the symbol fluctuation display of special map 1 is 35/100. A performance pattern in which the magnitude of damage value is approximately equal each time it is performed is 5/100.

In addition, if the number of electric support is given 10 times after the end of the jackpot game, the initial life of the swordsman is 100, and the size of the damage value each time the symbol change display of special symbol 1 is performed is the symbol of the first half. The production pattern is 80/100, with a small damage value in the fluctuating display and a large damage value in the later symbol fluctuating display, the initial life of the master swordsman is 50, and the damage each time the symbol fluctuating display of special map 1 is performed. The production pattern in which the size of the value is a small damage value in the first half of the symbol fluctuation display and a large damage value in the second half of the symbol fluctuation display is 15/100, the sword master's initial life is 10, and the special figure 1. A production pattern in which the magnitude of damage value is approximately equal each time a symbol variation display is performed is 5/100.

In this way, in this embodiment, it looks easier to win against the master swordsman in the case where the A-route results in a variable jackpot and the case where the B-route results in a variable jackpot. It may be possible to increase it.

Next, the specific configuration of the accessory ratio/setting display 196 and the dip switch board 198 will be described with reference to FIG. 19. Here, FIG. 19(A) is a diagram showing an example of a specific configuration of the accessory ratio/setting display 196, and FIG. 19(B) is a diagram showing an example of the specific configuration of the dip switch board 198. It is.

As described above, the accessory ratio/setting display 196 is configured to include the accessory ratio monitor and the setting monitor, and the accessory ratio monitor is configured to display the continuous accessory ratio (RY) and the accessory ratio (RY). YH) is displayed, and the setting monitor is displaying the current setting value.

Here, the continuous accessory ratio refers to the number of game balls (i.e., safe balls) to be acquired that is due to the operation of the accessory when the accessory operates continuously (i.e., the first It refers to the ratio of the number of game balls obtained by opening the variable winning hole 234 and winning a prize. In addition, it may be the ratio of the number of game balls won by winning into the first variable winning hole 234 to the number of out balls. In addition, the accessory ratio refers to the number of game balls (i.e., safe balls) to be acquired that are due to the operation of the accessory (i.e., the first special figure starting opening (variable) 231, the first variable winning opening 234, and the 2. It refers to the ratio of the number of game balls obtained by opening the variable winning hole 235 and winning a prize. In addition, the first variable winning hole 234, the second variable winning hole 235, the first special pattern starting hole (fixed) 230, the first special pattern starting hole (variable) 231, and the second special pattern starting hole 232 for the number of out balls. It may also be the ratio of the number of game balls that are won by winning in the general winning slot.

In this embodiment, as a result of calculating the continuous accessory ratio, if it is determined that the continuous accessory ratio exceeds 60%, the 2-digit 7-segment LED that displays the continuous accessory ratio is displayed blinking, and then A security signal (RY) is output. Here, the security signal (RY) is an error signal that is output when the continuous accessory ratio exceeds 60%, and is output to the outside of the pachinko machine 100 via the information output circuit 336. Note that the signal may be output from a test terminal that can be mounted on the main board 156. As a result, it may be possible to smoothly conduct the type application test for gaming machines.

In addition, as a result of calculating the accessory ratio, if it is determined that the accessory ratio exceeds 70%, the 2-digit 7-segment LED that displays the accessory ratio will be displayed blinking, and then the security signal (YH ) is output. Here, the security signal (YH) is an error signal that is output when the accessory ratio exceeds 70%, and is output to the outside of the pachinko machine 100 via the information output circuit 336.

In this embodiment, when the continuous character ratio or the character ratio exceeds the upper limit of the normal value, the predetermined 7-segment LED is made to blink, but for example, the emitted light color may be changed. Good too.

As shown in FIG. 19(B), eight dip switches are arranged on the dip switch board 198. Each dip switch is connected to the first sub-board 160, and when the power is turned on, the position of each dip switch is read and the appearance probability of the effect can be changed. You can set the appearance rate, entry rate of production mode, etc.

In addition, in the pachinko machine 100 described above, in a jackpot game, either the first variable winning hole 234 or the second variable winning hole 235 opens depending on the jackpot symbol, and when a small hit is made with special drawing 1 and special drawing 2. Although the type of the variable winning hole to be opened is changed depending on the case of a small win, the second variable winning hole 235 may not be opened in the jackpot game, but may be opened only in the small win game.

Next, the game flow in the pachinko machine 100 according to this embodiment will be explained with reference to FIG. 20. FIG. 20 is a diagram explaining the game flow.

The pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment first starts from a normal game state (a special pattern low probability normal pattern low probability state). In the normal game state, as a result of the special pattern fluctuation display, if a jackpot is achieved with "Special pattern A" which is a 5R normal jackpot symbol, after the jackpot game is over, a challenge that is in the special pattern low probability normal pattern high probability state. mode. In the challenge mode, the start of the 100th symbol variation display with special symbols 1 and 2, or the start of the 51st symbol variation display with special symbol 1, causes a so-called "electronic support omission" and returns to the normal gaming state ( fall).

In addition, in the normal game state, as a result of the special pattern fluctuation display, if you hit the jackpot with "Special pattern B" which is a 10R probability variable super jackpot symbol, after the jackpot game ends, the special pattern will be in the high probability normal pattern low probability state. Shift to small hit rush. In the small hit rush, the result of the variable display of the special figure 2 is more likely to be displayed than the special figure 1. As mentioned above, in the special drawing 2, the second variable prize opening 235 is likely to open and close a maximum of 12 times, resulting in a small winning game where the small winning game is started, and in the small winning rush, the small winning game will increase the number of players until it becomes a jackpot. There are cases where you can expect to win a prize ball.

In addition, in the normal game state, as a result of the special pattern fluctuation display, if you hit the jackpot with the 5R probability variable jackpot symbols "Special pattern E" to "Special pattern Q", after the jackpot game ends, the special pattern high probability normal pattern Shift to battle mode, which is a high probability state. In the battle mode, in the case of "Special Map E", the electric support will be removed due to the start of the 100th symbol fluctuation display by Special Design 1 and Special Design 2, or the start of the 51st symbol fluctuation display by Special Design 1, Shifts to small hit rush, and in the case of "Special Figure F", electric support is activated by the start of the 90th symbol fluctuation display by Special Figure 1 and Special Figure 2, or by the start of the 46th symbol fluctuation display by Special Figure 1. It becomes a dropout and shifts to a small hit rush, and in the case of "Special Figure G", the start of the 80th symbol fluctuation display by Special Figure 1 and Special Figure 2, or the start of the 41st symbol fluctuation display by Special Figure 1. As a result, the electric support is missed and the small hit rush starts, and in the case of "Special Map H", the 70th symbol variation display starts with Special Design 1 and Special Design 2, or the 36th symbol fluctuation with Special Design 1. At the start of the display, the electric support is missing and the small hit rush starts, and in the case of "Special Figure I", the start of the 60th symbol fluctuation display with Special Figure 1 and Special Figure 2, or the 31st time with Special Figure 1. With the start of the symbol fluctuation display, the electric support is missed and the small hit rush begins, and in the case of "Special Figure J", the start of the 50th symbol fluctuation display by Special Figure 1 and Special Figure 2, or Special Figure 1 With the start of the 26th symbol fluctuation display, the electric support is missed and the small hit rush begins, and in the case of "Special Figure K", the start of the 40th symbol fluctuation display by Special Figure 1 and Special Figure 2, or, With the start of the 21st symbol fluctuation display due to special map 1, the electric support is missed and the small hit rush begins, and in the case of "special map L", the start of the 30th symbol fluctuation display due to special map 1 and special map 2. , or, with the start of the 16th symbol fluctuation display by special map 1, the electric support is missed and the small hit rush starts, and in the case of "special map M" to "special map Q", special map 1 and special map 2 With the start of the 20th symbol fluctuation display due to , or the start of the 11th symbol fluctuation display with special drawing 1, the electric support is removed and a small hit rush begins.

Similarly, in the electric support state such as battle mode and challenge mode, if you hit the jackpot with the 5R guaranteed variable jackpot symbols "Tokuzu E" to "Tokuzu Q" as a result of the variable display of the special symbol, you will also receive a jackpot. After the game ends, the game moves to battle mode, which is a state with a high probability of special drawings and a high probability of regular drawings. Here, as shown in FIG. 15(a), the number of electric support after the end of the jackpot game differs depending on the jackpot symbol, and it is easier to miss the electric support when the jackpot is won by a jackpot symbol with a smaller number of electric support. In this embodiment, the distribution rate of the jackpot symbol in the non-electric support state and the distribution rate of the jackpot symbol in the electric support state are different from each other in the normal game state, and the game becomes a jackpot in the normal game state and shifts to the battle mode. Between the route (A route) in which the game is played in a power support state, and the route (B route) in which the player hits a jackpot while in power support mode and shifts to battle mode, the B route is designed so that the number of power support times is more likely to be reduced. That is, in route A, the number of electric support points is 10 to 50 and the transition is to battle mode, the average number of selected electric support points is 42.6, and the probability of losing electric support and transitioning to a small hit rush is 43.6. On the other hand, in Route B, the number of times of electric support is 10 to 30, the average number of electric support is 24.0, and the probability of missing electric support is 62.4%. Therefore, it is easier to lose power support and shift to a small hit rush when you shift to battle mode via route B than when you shift to battle mode via route A. Here, the number of times of electric support that is set when transitioning to battle mode is sometimes referred to as the ceiling number of times, and reaching the ceiling is sometimes referred to as reaching this number of times of electric support. That is, in this embodiment, it can be said that the small win rush is a more advantageous gaming state for the player than the battle mode.

In addition, if you hit the jackpot with "Special Map B" in either battle mode or challenge mode, after the jackpot game ends, the game will move to the small hit rush without switching to battle mode or challenge mode. If you hit a jackpot with "Special Figure A", the game will shift to the challenge mode after the jackpot game ends.

In addition, in the small hit rush, if the special pattern 2 results in a variable jackpot, the number of electric support is all 0, that is, after the end of the jackpot game, the small winning rush is in the special pattern high probability regular pattern low probability state. will start again. That is, if a jackpot is achieved in the small winning rush with "special drawing b" to "special drawing f", after the jackpot game ends, the game shifts to the small winning rush again. On the other hand, in the small hit rush, when a jackpot is achieved with "special pattern a" which is a 10R normal jackpot symbol, the game shifts to a challenge mode which is a special pattern low probability normal pattern high probability state after the jackpot game ends. That is, the small win rush ends and the game enters the challenge mode.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 21 and 22, an example of the variable display of special symbols 1 and 2 in the pachinko machine 100 configured as described above will be described. Here, FIG. 21(a) is a timing chart explaining an example of the operation of each symbol display device in the normal gaming state, and FIG. 21(b) is a timing chart illustrating an example of the operation of each symbol display device during the battle mode or challenge mode. It is a timing chart explaining an example. Further, FIG. 22(a) is a timing chart explaining the operation of each symbol display device when transitioning from battle mode to small hit rush in a conventional game machine, and FIG. It is a timing chart explaining an example of the operation in each symbol display device at the time of transition from battle mode to small hit rush on the machine.

As shown in FIG. 21(a), the symbol variation display is performed on both the special symbol 1 and the special symbol 2. In addition, the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 being executed is a symbol variation display in which the small winning symbol is finally displayed. After the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 starts, when the symbol variation time (for example, 8 seconds) of the special figure 1 elapses and the timing of t11 comes, the special figure 1 is stopped and displayed as a small winning symbol. In this embodiment, when either special figure 1 or special figure 2 becomes a small hit or a jackpot, the other symbol variation display is discarded at that point even if it is in the middle of the variation display, and the missing symbol is displayed. . Therefore, in the special figure 2, the special figure 1 is discarded at the timing t11 when the small winning symbol is stopped and displayed, and the losing symbol is stopped and displayed. Thereafter, when the symbol display time (for example, 0.5 seconds) of the special figure 1 has elapsed and the timing of t12 comes, a small winning game is started. As mentioned above, in a small winning game in which the special drawing 1 becomes a small winning and moves on, the first variable winning hole 234 is opened twice for a short time, but when the game ball enters the first variable winning hole 234. can hardly be expected, and therefore, a small hit on special drawing 1 is essentially equated with a miss. After that, after the small winning game ends at timing t13, when a predetermined waiting time (for example, 0.5 seconds) has elapsed, if the symbol fluctuation display of both Tokuzu 1 and Tokuzu 2 is suspended, In this case, both the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 are started. However, in this embodiment, as mentioned above, the sequence is to execute the special figure 2 state update process and then the special figure 1 state update process, so the special figure 2 state update process is executed first. After the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started at the timing t14, the special figure 1 state update process is subsequently executed and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is started at the timing t15. The symbol variation display of special figure 2 that starts here is a long variation of 450 seconds, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is a normal variation of 8 seconds (no reach loss).

Thereafter, when the symbol variation time of the special figure 1 has elapsed and the timing of t16 comes, the special figure 1 is stopped and displayed as a small winning symbol. Therefore, the special figure 2 which is being displayed in a variable manner is also discarded at the timing of the symbol stop display of the special figure 1 (that is, the timing of t16), and the missed symbol is stopped and displayed. Thereafter, when the symbol display time of the special figure 1 has elapsed and the timing of t17 comes, a small winning game is started. After that, after the small winning game ends at timing t18, when the predetermined waiting time has elapsed, if the symbol fluctuation display of either special figure 1 or special figure 2 is suspended, the previous one will be played as described above. The special figure 2 state update process is executed and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started at the timing t19, and then the special figure 1 state update process is executed and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is started at the timing t20. Begins. The symbol variation display of special figure 2 that starts here is a long variation of 480 seconds, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is a 55 second SP loss variation (SP loss with reach).

Thereafter, when the symbol variation time of the special figure 1 has elapsed and the timing of t21 comes, the special figure 1 is stopped and displayed as a small winning symbol. Therefore, the special figure 2 which is being displayed in a variable manner is also discarded at the timing of the symbol stop display of the special figure 1 (that is, the timing of t21), and the missed symbol is stopped and displayed. Thereafter, when the symbol display time of the special figure 1 has elapsed and the timing t22 comes, a small winning game is started in the manner described above.

In this way, in this embodiment, in the simultaneous variation machine, when a jackpot symbol or a small win symbol is displayed in the variable display of one special symbol, the result of the judgment of the other special symbol is a jackpot or a small win. Regardless of whether or not the symbol is a defect, it is discarded and the defective pattern is displayed.

The example shown in FIG. 21(b) represents an example of the operation of each symbol display device during battle mode and challenge mode. In battle mode and challenge mode, the fluctuation time of special symbol 1 is shortened in the electric support state. However, as in the normal gaming state, the game feature is such that the symbol variation display of special symbol 1 takes precedence over the symbol variation display of special symbol 2, so as in Fig. 21(a), The result of the variable display of the special figure 1 is displayed, and accordingly, the variable display of the special figure 2 is easily discarded.

That is, after the symbol variation display of special symbol 1 starts, when the symbol variation time of special symbol 1 (for example, 2.5 seconds) has elapsed and the timing of t31 comes, special symbol 1 is stopped and displayed as a small hit symbol. Ru. In this embodiment, even in battle mode and challenge mode, if either special figure 1 or special figure 2 becomes a small hit or a jackpot, the other symbol fluctuation display is discarded at that point even if it is in the middle of the fluctuation display. The missed symbol will be displayed. Therefore, in the special figure 2, the special figure 1 is discarded at the timing t31 when the small winning symbol is stopped and displayed, and the losing symbol is stopped and displayed. Thereafter, when the symbol display time (for example, 0.5 seconds) of the special figure 1 has elapsed and the timing of t32 comes, a small winning game is started. As mentioned above, in the small winning game in which the special drawing 1 becomes a small winning and the transition is made, the first variable winning hole 234 is opened twice for a short time as in the normal game state, but the first variable winning hole 234 There is almost no expectation that the game ball will land in the ball, and therefore, a small hit on special drawing 1 is essentially considered the same as a miss. After that, after the small winning game ends at timing t33, when a predetermined waiting time (for example, 0.5 seconds) has elapsed, if the symbol fluctuation display of both special symbols 1 and 2 is suspended, According to the above-mentioned procedure, the special figure 2 state update process is first executed and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started at the timing t34, and then the special figure 1 state update process is executed and at the timing t35. The symbol variation display of special figure 1 is started. The symbol variation display of special figure 2 that starts here is a long variation of 480 seconds, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is a shortened variation of 2.5 seconds (no reach loss).

Thereafter, when the symbol variation time of the special figure 1 has elapsed and the timing of t36 comes, the special figure 1 is stopped and displayed as a small winning symbol. Therefore, the special figure 2 which is being displayed in a variable manner is also discarded at the timing of the symbol stop display of the special figure 1 (that is, the timing of t36), and the missed symbol is stopped and displayed. Thereafter, when the symbol display time of the special figure 1 has elapsed and the timing of t37 comes, a small winning game is started. After that, after the small winning game ends at timing t38, when the predetermined waiting time has passed, if the symbol fluctuation display of both special symbols 1 and 2 is suspended, the previous one will be played as described above. The special figure 2 state update process is executed and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started at the timing t39, and then the special figure 1 state update process is executed and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is started at the timing t40. Begins. The symbol variation display of special figure 2 started here is a long variation of 500 seconds, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is a short variation of 2.5 seconds.

Thereafter, when the symbol variation time of the special figure 1 has elapsed and the timing of t41 comes, the special figure 1 is stopped and displayed as a small winning symbol. Therefore, the special figure 2 which is being displayed in a variable manner is also discarded at the timing of the symbol stop display of the special figure 1 (that is, the timing of t41), and the missed symbol is stopped and displayed. Thereafter, when the symbol display time of the special figure 1 has elapsed and the timing t42 comes, a small winning game is started. After that, after the small winning game ends at timing t43, when the predetermined waiting time has elapsed, if the symbol fluctuation display of either special figure 1 or special figure 2 is suspended, the first The special figure 2 state update process is executed and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started at the timing t44, and then the special figure 1 state update process is executed and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is started at the timing t45. Begins. The symbol variation display of special figure 2 that starts here is a long variation of 450 seconds, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is a normal loss variation of 15 seconds (with reach and loss).

Thereafter, when the symbol variation time of the special figure 1 has elapsed and the timing of t46 comes, the special figure 1 is stopped and displayed as a small winning symbol. Therefore, the special figure 2 which is being displayed in a variable manner is also discarded at the timing of the symbol stop display of the special figure 1 (that is, the timing of t46), and the missed symbol is stopped and displayed. Thereafter, when the symbol display time of the special figure 1 has elapsed and the timing of t47 comes, the small winning game is started. After that, after the small winning game ends at timing t48, when the predetermined waiting time has elapsed, if the symbol fluctuation display of either special figure 1 or special figure 2 is suspended, the first The special figure 2 state update process is executed and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started at the timing t49, and then the special figure 1 state update process is executed and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is started at the timing t50. Begins. The symbol variation display of special figure 2 that starts here is a long variation of 490 seconds, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is a shortened variation of 2.5 seconds (no reach, no loss).

After that, similarly, when the symbol variation time of the special figure 1 has elapsed and the timing of t51 comes, the special figure 1 is stopped and displayed as a small winning symbol. Therefore, the special figure 2 which is being displayed in a variable manner is also discarded at the timing of the symbol stop display of the special figure 1 (that is, the timing of t51), and the missed symbol is stopped and displayed. Thereafter, when the symbol display time of the special figure 1 has elapsed and the timing t52 comes, a small winning game is started.

In this embodiment, in the battle mode and the challenge mode, the fluctuation time of the symbol fluctuation of special drawing 1 is determined regardless of the number of reservations, making the transition from the battle mode to the small hit rush smooth. , the time may vary depending on the number of reservations.

FIG. 22(a) shows the operation of each symbol display device when the conventional gaming machine shifts from the battle mode to the small win rush.

The pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment has a game feature in which when the electric support is lost in the battle mode, the game mode shifts to a small hit rush, which is a game state more advantageous to the player. In this case, in conventional pachinko machines with simultaneous fluctuations, although the game state has transitioned from battle mode to small hit rush, the Tokuzu 1 and Tokuzu 2 fluctuate no matter how long (for a long time, such as 10 minutes). The result of the display is not displayed and there is no advantageous state for the player during this period, which is disadvantageous to the player, or the game ball is not launched until the result of the symbol change display is displayed. By refraining from playing the game, so-called stopping, the operation of the pachinko machine decreases and the game parlor may suffer a disadvantage. The principle will be explained below with reference to FIG. 22(a).

In the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, the specifications are such that anything other than the jackpot results in a small win, whereas in the pachinko machine shown in FIG. In some cases, the specification is such that a loss is displayed. Specifically, in battle mode (special pattern high probability general pattern high probability state), symbol fluctuation display is performed on both special pattern 1 and special pattern 2, and since the game state is battle mode, electric support is state. Therefore, the display result of the symbol variation is more easily displayed for the symbol variation of the special symbol 1 than for the symbol variation of the special symbol 2. In the example shown in FIG. 22(a), when the 51st special symbol 1 variable game is started, the electric support is removed and the small hit rush begins. According to conventional pachinko machines, when a predetermined period of time (for example, 2.5 seconds) has elapsed since the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 started and the timing of t61 comes, the special figure 1 is stopped and displayed as a missed symbol. , In special drawing 2, the symbol variation display is not discarded, and the symbol variation display continues to be performed. Note that this special pattern 1 symbol variation display is the 49th special pattern 1 variation game. Thereafter, when a predetermined period of time (for example, 500 seconds) has elapsed since the start of the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 and the timing of t62 comes, the special figure 2 is stopped and displayed as a missed symbol. In the example shown in FIG. 22(a), while special figure 1 is stopped and displayed, special figure 2 is stopped and displayed as a missed symbol, but while special figure 2 is stopped and displayed as a missed symbol, special figure 1 In some cases, a symbol variation display is performed.

Then, when the symbol display time of special pattern 1 (for example, 0.5 seconds) has elapsed and the timing of t63 comes, one symbol variation display of special pattern 1 that is on hold is consumed and the symbol variation of special pattern 1 Display starts. In addition, this symbol variation display of special figure 1 is the 50th variation game of special figure 1, and is a shortened variation of 2.5 seconds (no reach, no loss). After that, when the symbol display time of special pattern 2 (for example, 0.5 seconds) has elapsed and the timing of t64 comes, one of the pending symbol fluctuation displays of special pattern 2 is consumed and the pattern of special pattern 2 changes. Display starts. The symbol variation display of special figure 2 that starts here is a long variation of 480 seconds.

After that, when a predetermined period of time has passed since the start of the symbol fluctuation display for special pattern 1 and the timing of t65 comes, special pattern 1 will stop displaying the missing symbol, but in special pattern 2, the symbol fluctuation display will not be discarded and the symbol The variable display continues. When the symbol display time of the special figure 1 has elapsed and the timing t66 comes, one of the pending symbol variation displays of the special figure 1 is consumed and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is started. In addition, this symbol variation display of special figure 1 is the 51st variation game of special figure 1, and is a shortened variation of 2.5 seconds (no reach, no loss). Here, since the 51st variable game of special map 1 has started since the start of the battle mode, the electric support state shifts to the non-electric support state at this timing. That is, with the start of the 51st variable game of special drawing 1, the game state shifts from battle mode to small hit rush. In the simultaneous variation machine, the game state shifts with the start of the variation game as an opportunity, so the symbol variation display of the special drawing 1 when the gaming state shifts becomes a variation time that can be selected during electric support. After that, when a predetermined period of time has elapsed since the start of the symbol variation display of special pattern 1 and the timing of t67 comes, special pattern 1 will stop displaying as a missed symbol, but the symbol variation display of special pattern 2 will still continue. . Thereafter, when the symbol display time of the special figure 1 has elapsed and the timing of t68 comes, one of the pending symbol variation displays of the special figure 1 is consumed and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is started. The fluctuation time of the special figure 1 selected at this time is a fluctuation time that can be selected in the small hit rush, so it is a long fluctuation of 450 to 500 seconds. In addition, the fluctuation time of the symbol fluctuation of special figure 1 that started at timing t68 is a long fluctuation of 450 seconds. As a result, a problem arises in that the display result of either special figure 1 or special figure 2 is not displayed until the variable time of either one of them has elapsed. In this way, with the specifications of conventional pachinko machines, the transition from the battle mode to the rush of winnings is not smooth, which not only causes players to get bored, but also reduces the operating rate of the pachinko machines, and In some cases, this may lead to a decline in sales.

In contrast, in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, when the electric support is lost in the battle mode and the transition to a small hit rush occurs, the special drawing 2 that is being displayed in a variable manner is immediately stopped and displayed. The transition between gaming states can be made smooth, and as a result, there is no disadvantage to the player, or there is no need to stop the game, so it is possible to suppress the decline in the operating rate of the pachinko machine 100 and contribute to sales. There are cases where it is possible. The principle will be explained below with reference to FIG. 22(b).

In the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 22(b), with regard to special drawing 1, if there is no jackpot, the result of a small win is displayed in all cases. Therefore, when a jackpot or a small win is displayed on the special figure 1, the special figure 2 which is being displayed in a variable manner is discarded and the missing symbol is stopped and displayed. Specifically, in battle mode (high probability of special symbols, high probability of regular symbols), symbol fluctuation display is performed on both special symbols 1 and 2, and the game state is in battle mode, so the electric support state It is. Therefore, the display result of the symbol variation is more easily displayed for the symbol variation of the special symbol 1 than for the symbol variation of the special symbol 2. In addition, also in the example shown in FIG. 22(b), when the 51st variable game of special symbol 1 is started, the electric support is removed and the small hit rush begins. First, when a predetermined period of time (for example, 2.5 seconds) has elapsed since the symbol variation display of the special symbol 1 was started and the timing of t71 has come, the special symbol 1 is stopped and displayed as a small winning symbol. Therefore, the special figure 2 which is being displayed in a variable manner is discarded at the timing t71, and the missed symbol is stopped and displayed. Thereafter, when the symbol display time (for example, 0.5 seconds) of the special figure 1 has elapsed and the timing of t72 comes, the small winning game is started. In the small winning game related to the small winning of this special drawing 1, as described above, the first variable prize opening 234 operates in a manner that makes it difficult for the game ball to enter, so it is almost impossible to expect the game ball to enter. In addition, in the special figure 2, during the execution of the small winning game of the special figure 1, the start of the symbol variation display is deferred. After that, after the small winning game ends at timing t73, when a predetermined waiting time (for example, 0.5 seconds) has elapsed, the special figure 2 state update process is executed first according to the above-mentioned procedure, and at timing t74. The symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started, and then the special figure 1 state update process is executed, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is started at the timing t75. The symbol variation display of special figure 2 that starts here is a long variation of 480 seconds, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is a shortened variation of 2.5 seconds (no reach loss) and is the 50th variation game.

Thereafter, when the symbol variation time of the special figure 1 has elapsed and the timing of t76 comes, the special figure 1 is stopped and displayed as a small winning symbol. Therefore, the special figure 2 which is being displayed in a variable manner is also discarded at the timing of the symbol stop display of the special figure 1 (that is, the timing of t76), and the missed symbol is stopped and displayed. Thereafter, when the symbol display time of the special figure 1 has elapsed and the timing of t77 comes, a small winning game is started. After that, after the small winning game ends at the timing of t78, when the predetermined waiting time has passed, if the symbol fluctuation display of either special figure 1 or special figure 2 is suspended, the first The special figure 2 state update process is executed and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started at the timing of t79, and then the special figure 1 state update process is executed and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is started at the timing of t80. Begins. The symbol variation display of special figure 2 that starts here is a long variation of 500 seconds, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is a shortened variation of 2.5 seconds (no reach loss). Further, this symbol variation display of special figure 1 is the 51st variation game of special figure 1 after the start of the battle mode, so the electric support state shifts to the non-electric support state at the timing t80. That is, with the start of the 51st variable game of special drawing 1, the game state shifts from battle mode to small hit rush.

Thereafter, when the symbol variation time of the special figure 1 has elapsed and the timing of t81 comes, the special figure 1 is stopped and displayed as a small winning symbol. Therefore, the special figure 2 which is being displayed in a variable manner is also discarded at the timing of the symbol stop display of the special figure 1 (that is, the timing of t81), and the missed symbol is stopped and displayed. Thereafter, when the symbol display time of the special figure 1 has elapsed and the timing of t82 comes, a small winning game related to the small winning of the special figure 1 is started. After that, after the small winning game ends at timing t83, when the predetermined waiting time has elapsed, if the symbol fluctuation display of either special figure 1 or special figure 2 is suspended, the first The special figure 2 state update process is executed and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started at the timing t84, and then the special figure 1 state update process is executed and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is started at the timing t85. Begins. The symbol variation display of special figure 2 that starts here is a small hit shortening variation of 8.5 seconds, for example, as a variation time that can be selected in the small hit rush, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is a long variation of 500 seconds. It is a fluctuation. In this way, in this embodiment, after shifting to the small hit rush, in the first symbol variation display, the small winning symbol is stopped due to the shortening variation of the special figure 1. Therefore, after the variable game of special figure 2 with long variation is discarded, the losing symbols are stopped, and the small winning game ends, the variable time that can be selected in the small winning rush for special drawing 2 (that is, shortened) is immediately changed. On the other hand, for special figure 1, the long variation variation time is selected. That is, since the result of the symbol variation display is easier to display in special figure 2 than in special figure 1, it may be possible to smoothly transition the gaming state.

After that, when the symbol variation time of the special figure 2 has elapsed and the timing of t86 comes, the special figure 2 is stopped and displayed as a small winning symbol. Therefore, the special figure 1 which is being displayed in a variable manner is also discarded at the timing of the symbol stop display of the special figure 2 (that is, the timing of t86), and the missed symbol is stopped and displayed. Thereafter, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 has elapsed and the timing of t87 comes, a small winning game related to the small winning of the special figure 2 is started. As mentioned above, in the small winning game in which the special drawing 2 becomes a small winning and moves on, the second variable winning opening 235 is opened for a maximum of 12 times for a short time, and the shutter member 2351 of the second variable winning opening 235 is opened for a maximum of 12 times. When the rolling game ball falls, it becomes easier for the ball to enter the second variable prize opening 235, and many prize balls may be paid out. Therefore, the small winning of special drawing 2 is a small winning that can be expected to pay out many prize balls.

After that, after the small winning game ends at timing t88, when a predetermined waiting time (for example, 0.5 seconds) has elapsed, the special figure 2 state update process is executed first according to the above-mentioned procedure, and at timing t89. The symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started, and then the special figure 1 state update process is executed, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is started at the timing t90. The symbol variation display of special figure 2 that starts here is a shortened variation of 5.5 seconds, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is a long variation of 500 seconds. After that, when the symbol variation time of the special figure 2 has elapsed and the timing of t91 comes, the special figure 2 is stopped and displayed as a missed symbol. At this time, the symbol variation display of the special drawing 1 continues to be performed. After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 has elapsed and the timing of t92 comes, one of the pending symbol variation displays of the special figure 2 is consumed and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. On the other hand, the symbol variation display of special drawing 1 continues to be performed.

In addition, in this embodiment, if the first symbol variation display when transitioning to the small hit rush is a symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot, a specific display such as "waiting for jackpot" will be displayed, and the player The notification may be made in advance, and in this case, the notification mode may be different between the normal jackpot and the probability variable jackpot.

Next, a specific example of the effect executed in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment will be explained.

FIG. 23 is a diagram showing step-by-step an example of a presentation centered on the decorative pattern display device 208 of the pachinko machine of this embodiment.

FIG. 23 shows a decorative pattern display device 208. In addition, illustration of the first special figure display device 212, the second special figure display device 214, the normal symbol display device 210, the special figure 1 holding lamp 218, the special figure 2 holding lamp 220, and the ordinary figure holding lamp 216 is omitted. ing.

On the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 23(a), the combination of decorative patterns "Decoration 4-Decoration 1-Decoration 7" is displayed in a stopped state. Note that the background here is not displayed, but a default background image, which will be described later, is displayed. In the following description, when the background is hidden, the default background image is displayed unless otherwise specified. Note that various background images different from the default background image (for example, background images depending on the mode, etc.) may be displayed. In addition, a mini symbol is displayed at the upper left of the display area, and a variable display and a static display are performed in accordance with the decorative symbol displayed in a large size at the center of the display screen.

The decorative symbol display device 208 is provided with a fourth symbol/reservation number display area 284 in the upper right corner. The fourth symbol/reservation number display area 284 is an area for notifying whether the symbol is changing (or the symbol is stopped) and also informing the number of reservations. A number display area is provided, and a reserved number display area for special drawings 2 is provided at the lower left. Further, at the upper right of the display area, a notification area for the symbol variation of the special figure 1 is provided, and at the lower right, a notification area for the symbol variation of the special figure 2 is provided. It should be noted that a notification area during symbol change for common symbols and a display area for the number of pending symbols for common symbols may be further provided. The numerical value shown in the reserved number display area of special figure 1 is matched with the reserved number indicated by the special figure 1 reserved lamp 218, and the numerical value shown in the reserved number display area of special figure 2 is matched with the reserved number indicated by the special figure 1 reserved lamp 220. It is consistent with the number of reservations indicated by . In addition, in the symbol change notification area of special figure 1, while the symbol of special figure 1 is stopped, depending on the result, for example, if it is a jackpot, "○" will be stopped and displayed, and if it is a small hit, "△" will be displayed. The mark will be stopped and displayed, and if it is off, it will be stopped and displayed as "x". In addition, while the special pattern 1 is being displayed in a variable manner, the "-" display may blink, and it may be possible to recognize that the special pattern 1 is being displayed in a variable manner. In addition, the display in the display area during symbol fluctuation of special figure 2 is also the same as the display in the display area during symbol fluctuation of special figure 1, and this display mode corresponds to the symbol fluctuation display and stop display of special figure 2. changes. In addition, by changing the display mode, lighting mode, and flashing mode of the fourth symbol, and changing the display mode of the numerical value displayed in the pending number display area, you can receive a preview notice and a notice regarding the symbol change display in progress. You may go.

Further, the decorative symbol display device 208 is provided with a variable icon display area 280 at the lower center of the effect display area 208d.

Furthermore, the control state (gaming state) shown in FIG. 23 is a normal gaming state (special pattern low probability normal pattern low probability state). In the decorative symbol display device 208 in this normal gaming state, a reserved icon display area 281 of the special drawing 1 is provided on the left side of the variable icon display area 280. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208 in the normal game state, the display area of the reserved icon of the special figure 2 is omitted, but the reserved icon display area of the special figure 2 may be provided.

In the special figure 1 hold icon display area 281, a hold icon representing the hold of the special figure 1 is displayed. The number of reservations for special drawing 1 is expressed by the number of reservation icons of special drawing 1, in addition to the number of lights on the special drawing 1 holding lamp 218 and the numerical value shown in the number of reservation display area of special drawing 1. The number of reservations is represented by the number of lit special figure 2 reservation lamps 220 and the numerical value shown in the reservation number display area of the special figure 2. In addition, it may be made to represent also by the number of reservation icons of the special figure 2. That is, the hold icon corresponds to the startup information stored in the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300. Hereinafter, the hold icon corresponding to the oldest starting information (oldest winning prize) may be referred to as a first holding icon, the holding icon corresponding to the second oldest starting information may be referred to as a second holding icon, and so on. In the hold icon display area 281 of the special drawing 1, hold icons are displayed side by side, and hold icons on the right side have older winnings.

In FIG. 23(a), two special drawing 1 holding icons h11 and h12 are displayed in the special drawing 1 holding icon display area 281, and both of these two special drawing 1 holding icons h11 and h12 are , is displayed in the default display mode (round shape, no pattern, and white display mode). That is, the default hold icon of special drawing 1 is a round hold icon. In addition, in FIG. 23(a), in order to make it easier to understand that four pending icons are displayed in the pending icon display area 281 of special drawing 1, pending icons that are not actually displayed are also shown with dotted lines. .

On the other hand, no pending icon is displayed in the pending icon display area of the special drawing 2. This is because, as mentioned above, the control state (gaming state) shown in FIG. This is because the winning time (for example, 500 seconds) is extremely long (for example, in the case of a loss or a small hit), and that winning in the special drawing 2 starting opening 232 does not make much sense.

In the pachinko machine 100 of this embodiment, depending on the control state (gaming state), the reserved icon display area of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 whose display results are more likely to be displayed is displayed. That is, in this embodiment, when the control state is the normal game state or the electric support state (special pattern low probability normal pattern high probability state), the display result of special pattern 1 is likely to be displayed as described above. , as shown in FIG. 23(a), when the reserved icon display area 281 of the special figure 1 is displayed in the effect display area 208d and the control state is in a probability variable state (special figure high probability regular figure low probability state), , Conversely, the reserved icon display area 282 of the special figure 2 is displayed.

Although not shown here, the default display mode of the hold icon of special figure 1 and the default display mode of the hold icon of special figure 2 may be the same or may be different display modes. .

In this embodiment, the start of the symbol variation display of the special pattern is performed in the order of start of variation on the special symbol display device → start of variation display of the fourth symbol → start or deletion of moving animation of the pending icon → start of variation of the decorative symbol. However, this order may be changed.

In FIG. 23(b), the symbol variation display of the special symbol 1 has started, the symbol variation in the first special symbol display device 212 has started, and further the variation display of the fourth symbol and the mini symbol has been performed. No changes have occurred in the pending icon or decorative pattern yet.

In FIG. 23(c), the moving animation of the hold icons h11 and h12 of the special drawing 1 has started. In this moving animation, the pending icon (the pending icon subject to the current symbol change) that was at the display position of the first pending icon h11 starts moving toward the variable icon display area 280, and the second pending icon h11 starts moving toward the variable icon display area 280. The hold icon located at the display position of the icon h12 starts moving toward the display position of the first hold icon h11 of the special map 1. At this stage, variable display of decorative patterns has not started.

In FIG. 23(d), the moving animation continues, and in FIG. 23(e), the hold icon, which was the first hold icon h11 before the start of the change, reaches the change icon display area 280 and is displayed as the change icon h0. At the same time, the hold icon that was the second hold icon h12 before the start of the change reaches the display position of the first hold icon h11 and is displayed as the first hold icon h11, but even at this stage, The variable display of the decorative pattern has not started yet. In addition, at the time when the symbol variation in the first special symbol display device 212 is started, the pending icon that was previously the first pending icon h11 may be viewed as the variable icon h0, or the pending icon that has been the second pending icon The hold icon h12 may be viewed as the first hold icon h11.

Then, in FIG. 23(f), the variable display of decorative patterns starts.

As shown in FIG. 23(g), an operation promotion notification image 136P is displayed on the decorative pattern display device 208 where the variable display of the decorative pattern has started, urging the user to press the production button 136 within the valid period. In this operation promotion notification image 136P, an image 136P1 of the performance button 136 and a remaining time display bar 136P2 representing the remaining time of the validity period are displayed on the right side of the main character image. Although the changing display of the decorative symbols is hidden by the operation promotion notification image 136P, the player can recognize that the special symbols are changing from the fourth symbol/pending number display area 284, etc. . Note that the display position of the decorative pattern may be moved to a position that does not overlap with the operation promotion notification image 136P so that the decorative pattern is not hidden.

In the remaining time display bar 136P2 shown in FIG. 23(h), the valid period is decreasing, and in FIG. 23(i), the player has pressed the performance button 136. When the production button 136 is pressed within the above-mentioned validity period, as shown in FIG. 12(j), a ready-to-reach state entry preview image 2071 is displayed on the decorative pattern display device 208 in place of the operation promotion notification image 136P. . In the ready-to-reach state entry preview image 2071, the text "It's a chance!!" is displayed on the right side of the main character's character image.

In FIG. 23(k), the ready-to-reach state entry preview image 2071 disappears, the fluctuating display of decorative symbols becomes visible, and then the ready-to-reach state is entered as shown in FIG. 23(l). Note that even if the ready-to-reach state entry preview image 2071 is displayed, the ready-to-reach state may not be entered in some cases, but the ready-to-reach state may always be entered.

As described above, the appearance of the operation promotion notification image 136P corresponds to an effect that triggers a notice regarding the symbol variation display that is currently being performed.

In FIG. 23(m), the background image is switched from the default background image to non-display, and the variable icon display area 280 and the reserved icon display area 281 of the special drawing 1 have disappeared. Note that the fourth symbol/pending number display area 284 is displayed. In addition, the variable display of decorative symbols that was previously performed in the left symbol display area 208a, middle symbol display area 208b, and right symbol display area 208c has been moved to the lower right corner and displayed in a reduced size, and in FIG. 23(n) , has developed into SP (Special) Reach (Swordsman Reach). The decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 23(n) displays a large image of the enemy swordsman, and the subsequent decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 23(o) shows a duel between the main character lord and the enemy swordsman. Animation of the scene is displayed.

Note that the ready-to-reach state entry preview image 2071 is not limited to a notice of entering the ready-to-reach state, but may also be a notice of the development to SP reach.

FIG. 24 is a diagram showing a continuation of the example of the effect shown in FIG. 23 in a step-by-step manner.

In FIG. 24(p) following FIG. 23(o), the animation of the duel scene continues, and this animation continues until FIG. 24(s). In FIG. 24(s), the main character, the lord, wins against the enemy, the master swordsman, and in FIG. 24(t), everything is temporarily hidden except for the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284 and the mini symbol. Note that a different background image may be displayed instead of being hidden. Alternatively, in this scene, a setting suggestion display may be displayed. Eventually, as shown in FIG. 4(u), the fluctuation fluctuation of the combination of decorative symbols "Decoration 4-Decoration 4-Decoration 4" is displayed. The background here may be hidden or may be a different background image than before. In addition, the display of the variable icon display area 280 and the reserved icon display area 281 of the special figure 1 remains off, and only the fourth symbol/reserved number display area 284 and the mini symbol are displayed. It should be noted that the mini symbols continue to be displayed in a variable manner until the symbols are confirmed and displayed.

After that, as shown in FIG. 24(v), the characters "Re-lottery!!" are displayed and the decorative symbols start to be displayed in a variable manner again, and a re-lottery effect is performed. In this re-lottery performance, there are combinations of odd decorative symbols that will become a jackpot and shift to a battle mode that is more advantageous to the player after the end of the jackpot game, and small combinations that are even more advantageous than the battle mode after the end of the jackpot game. The jackpot decorative pattern combinations "Decoration 3 - Decoration 3 - Decoration 3" and "Decoration 7 - Decoration 7 - Decoration 7", which are combinations of decorative symbols that are sure to lead to a winning rush, are finally displayed. It's fueling expectations for things.

After that, as shown in FIG. 24(w), the combination of decorative patterns is determined to be a variable jackpot of "decoration 1-decoration 1-decoration 1" from the jackpot combination of "decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 4". A combination of decorative patterns indicating this is displayed.

In the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 24(x), the combination of decorative patterns of ``Decoration 1-Decoration 1-Decoration 1'' which is guaranteed to be a 5R variable jackpot is displayed in a stopped state. Further, the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 shown in FIG. 24(x) is displayed in a stopped state as "○", and the mini symbol is also displayed in a stopped state as a combination of "111". Although the background is hidden in FIG. 24(x), a background image different from the default one is actually displayed. Eventually, in FIG. 24(y), as a jackpot game start effect, the text ``Battle Chance Jackpot'' is displayed along with a background image celebrating the jackpot (omitted here), and the text ``Put it right!'' is displayed. This encourages him to hit right-handed. In addition, in the jackpot game start performance shown in FIG. 24(y), a display including setting suggestions may be displayed. In this case, only if the jackpot meets some condition (for example, only in the case of the first jackpot after turning on the power, only in the case of 5 consecutive jackpots or more, only if the jackpot hits with different balls) A display including a setting suggestion may be displayed only in the case of a jackpot with the largest number of balls (for example, a 10R jackpot, etc.).

On the other hand, as a result of the re-lottery performance shown in FIG. 24(v), for example, as shown in FIG. 24(w') to (y'), the combination of decorative symbols does not change from before the re-lotting. , as shown in (y') in the same figure, the words "Challenge Jackpot" may be displayed after the end of the jackpot game, indicating the possibility of transitioning to the challenge mode. In other words, there are cases where it is shown that the re-lottery has failed. However, in this embodiment, as will be described later, even if the combination of decorative symbols indicating that the probability-variable jackpot is confirmed is not displayed in a stopped state, for example, it is possible to create a sense of expectation for the promotion effect in the jackpot effect. Therefore, it may be possible to maintain a sense of anticipation among players.

FIG. 25 is a diagram showing step-by-step another production example following the production shown in FIG. 24(q).

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 25(r'), the lord's character may be defeated and the decorative pattern may fluctuate due to the incorrect combination of "decoration 4-decoration 3-decoration 4". In this case, as shown in FIG. 25(s'), after transitioning from the SP reach effect to the default background image, the result of the variable display of special map 1 (small hit) is displayed, and then the small A winning game is started.

FIG. 26(w'') to FIG. 26(α'') are diagrams showing step by step another example of the effect following the effect shown in FIG. 24(v).

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 26 (W''), as a result of the re-lottery effect shown in FIG. 24 (v), the combination of decorative symbols is changed from the jackpot combination of "Decoration 4 - Decoration 4 - Decoration 4". A combination of decorative symbols indicating that a definite variable super jackpot of "Decoration 7 - Decoration 7 - Decoration 7" may be displayed.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 26(x''), the decorative pattern display device 208 stops displaying the decorative pattern combination "Decoration 7 - Decoration 7 - Decoration 7" which is guaranteed to be a 10R variable super jackpot, and also The fourth symbol in FIG. 1 is stopped and displayed as "○", and the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed as a combination of "777". Eventually, in FIG. 26 (y''), as a jackpot game start effect, the words "Big Chance Jackpot" are displayed along with a background image celebrating the jackpot (omitted here), and the words "Hit it right!" are displayed. It is displayed to encourage right-handed hitting. In addition, in the jackpot game start effect shown in FIG. 26(y''), a display including setting suggestions may be displayed.

Thereafter, the jackpot game is started, and the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. Begins. FIG. 26 (z'') shows how the jackpot game has started and moved to the first round. When the jackpot game moves to the first round, the decorative symbol display device 208 displays Ms. Machiko on the center of the display screen, slightly to the left. Along with the character MCK, the characters ``Super Lucky!'' are displayed to congratulate the player on having hit the jackpot and create a feeling of anticipation for winning a large number of balls. The number of hits since the first jackpot (including small wins; sometimes referred to as "consecutive winning number display") is displayed in the lower left corner of the display screen, and the jackpot decoration when the jackpot is reached is displayed in the upper left corner. The pattern "Decoration 7" is displayed. Further, in the upper center of the display screen, "1R", which is the current number of rounds, is displayed as a round number display. In addition, the total number of prize balls acquired from the first jackpot is displayed at the bottom right of the display screen, and the number of prize balls obtained in the jackpot and small hit is added (counted up) to this value as appropriate. At the timing shown in FIG. 26 (z''), four game balls enter the second variable prize opening 235, and "40pt" is displayed, indicating that a total of 40 prize balls have been won since the start of the first jackpot. has been done. In addition, after the jackpot game or small jackpot game ends, the number of prize balls obtained in the jackpot game or small jackpot game may be added. In addition, in this embodiment, the number of prize balls generated by winning in the variable winning holes (the first variable winning hole 234, the second variable winning hole 235) is added up, but when it is added to the other winning holes. The number of prize balls won by winning a prize may also be added. For example, the number of prize balls won by winning a prize in a specific general prize opening that can be won by hitting the right ball may be further added. You may also do so.

FIG. 26 (α'') shows that the 10th round has ended and the jackpot end effect is being performed. The example shown in FIG. 26 (α'') shows a performance in which it is certain that the game will move to a small win rush. When the jackpot end effect starts, the words "Small hit rush has entered!" are displayed in the center of the decorative pattern display device 208, and the transition to the small hit rush (special pattern high probability general pattern low probability state) is announced. . Further, in the lower right corner of the display screen, it is shown that 1000 prize balls acquired in the current jackpot game are displayed as the total number of prize balls acquired. Note that the display indicating the total number of prize balls won is displayed in the same way as when shifting to the small hit rush even when shifting to challenge mode or battle mode. When transitioning to challenge mode, the display of the total number of prize balls won will continue to be displayed until the electric support is removed (challenge mode ends), but if it is a normal jackpot, the total number of prize balls won will continue to be displayed. You may choose not to display this.

Note that in this embodiment, there is one type of re-lottery effect, but there are multiple types, and the degree to which the combination of decorative symbols for the jackpot changes before and after the re-lottery effect varies depending on the type of executed re-lottery effect. For example, the re-drawing effect may be changed in the following order: re-drawing effect in a mode that involves the movement of a role model> re-drawing effect using symbol variation display due to frame advance> re-drawing effect using high-speed variation> re-drawing effect using slow variation. The degree of expectation that the combination of decorative symbols for the jackpot will change before and after the lottery may be set high. Note that the order and manner of the expectation levels are not limited to those described above, and can be set as appropriate.

FIGS. 26(a) to 26(d) are diagrams showing step-by-step an example of performance in a jackpot game centered on the decorative symbol display device. In addition, in FIGS. 26(a) to 26(d), only the decorative pattern display device 208 is shown, and the first special pattern display device 212, the second special pattern display device 214, the normal pattern display device 210, and the special pattern 1 pending are shown. The illustration of the lamp 218, special figure 2 holding lamp 220, and regular figure holding lamp 216 is omitted.

In the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 26(a), in the symbol variation display of special drawing 1, there is a 5R probability-variable jackpot (in terms of performance, it is a challenge jackpot that is difficult to distinguish between a normal jackpot and a probability-variable jackpot). After that, it is shown that the game moves to the first round. When the game moves to the first round, the decorative pattern display device 208 displays the words "Congratulations!" along with Machiko's character MCK slightly to the left of the center of the display screen, congratulating the player on winning the jackpot. The number of hits since the first jackpot (including small wins; sometimes referred to as "consecutive winning number display") is displayed in the lower left corner of the display screen, and the jackpot decoration when the jackpot is reached is displayed in the upper left corner. The symbol "Decoration 4" is displayed. Further, in the upper center of the display screen, "1R", which is the current number of rounds, is displayed as a round number display. In addition, below the display of the number of rounds, for example, a display informing you of the number of prize balls obtained in this jackpot game and the number of prize balls that can be expected to be obtained in this jackpot game (for example, "24/300 get!") etc.) may be displayed. In addition, the total number of prize balls acquired from the first jackpot is displayed at the bottom right of the display screen, and the number of prize balls acquired in the jackpot and small hit is added (counted up) to this value. At the timing shown in FIG. 26(a), since 4 game balls have entered the first variable prize opening 234 since the start of the current jackpot, which is the first jackpot, the number of prize balls of 24 balls has been won. "24pt" is displayed. Note that the total number of prize balls acquired may be updated by adding the total number of prize balls acquired in the winning game at once after the winning game (big winning game, small winning game) ends. In addition, in this embodiment, the number of prize balls generated by winning the variable winning hole (the first variable winning hole 234, the second variable winning hole 235) is added up, but the number of prize balls generated by winning in the variable winning hole (first variable winning hole 234, second variable winning hole 235) is added. The number of prize balls won by winning a prize may also be added. For example, the number of prize balls obtained by winning a prize in a specific general prize opening that can be won by hitting the ball with the right hand may be further added. You may also do so.

FIG. 26(b) shows the third round of the game being played. In this embodiment, the combination of the jackpot symbols "Decoration 4 - Decoration 4 - Decoration 4" results in a jackpot, making it difficult for the player to recognize whether it is a probability variable jackpot or a normal jackpot. Therefore, in the third round, a promotion effect is performed to notify whether or not the jackpot is a probability-variable jackpot. When the promotion effect is started, the words ``Promotion Chance!'' are displayed in the center of the decorative pattern display device 208 to create a sense of expectation for a probability-probable jackpot. Note that the promotion effect may not be performed, the promotion effect may or may not be performed, or the promotion effect may always be performed. In this embodiment, if it is determined that the combination of decorative symbols at the time of jackpot is a probability-variable jackpot, the promotion effect is not performed, but the promotion effect may be performed, and in this case , setting suggestions may be included.

After that, as shown in FIG. 26(c), the result of the promotion effect is displayed. In the example shown in FIG. 26(c), it is shown that the promotion effect has been successful, and the words "Promote!" and "Next time enter battle mode" are displayed in the center of the decorative pattern display device 208, and this time It is announced that the jackpot is a probability-variable jackpot. On the other hand, if the promotion performance fails, such as when the current jackpot is a normal jackpot, the words "Unfortunate..." are displayed as shown in FIG. 26(c'). In addition, by failing in the promotion performance, it may be possible to notify that it is a normal jackpot, or in the case of a certain strange jackpot, to look forward to other promotion effects (for example, a reversal effect at the ending, etc.). It is also possible to make it so that it does not reveal whether it is a probability-variable jackpot or not. In addition, at the timing shown in FIG. 26(c), it is the third round, and it is shown that 28 game balls have entered the first variable winning hole 234, and 168 prize balls have been obtained. There is.

FIG. 26(d) shows that the fifth round has ended and the jackpot end effect is being performed. In addition, the example shown in FIG. 26(d) shows a state in which a performance is being performed that is determined to be a probability-variable jackpot. When the jackpot end effect starts, the words "Battle mode entered!" are displayed in the center of the decorative pattern display device 208, and it is announced that the game will move to the battle mode (special pattern high probability normal pattern high probability state). Also, at the timing shown in Figure 26(d), the total number of prize balls displayed at the bottom right of the display screen is "300pt", indicating that 300 prize balls have been acquired in this jackpot game. It has been reported that it has happened. On the other hand, if it is confirmed that the jackpot is normal, as shown in FIG. 26(d'), the words "Jackpot completed" and "Challenge mode entered!" appear in the center of the display screen of the decorative pattern display device 208. is displayed to inform you that the game will move to the challenge mode (special map low probability, general map high probability state). In addition, the display showing the total number of award balls won will count up in the same way as when switching to battle mode even when moving to challenge mode, and the display of the total number of award balls acquired after counting up will be Although it continues to be displayed until the challenge mode ends, if it is a normal jackpot, the total number of prize balls won may not be displayed.

In addition, the degree of expectation for success in promotion performance during a jackpot game may be changed depending on the combination of jackpot decorative symbols when a jackpot is achieved; for example, the order of jackpot with an odd numbered symbol > jackpot with an even numbered symbol. It may be possible to make it easier to succeed in the promotion performance.

Next, effects in the challenge mode will be explained with reference to FIG. 27. Here, FIG. 27 is a diagram showing step-by-step an example of the performance in the challenge mode centered on the decorative pattern display device. In addition, in FIG. 27, only the decorative pattern display device 208 is shown, and the first special pattern display device 212, the second special pattern display device 214, the normal pattern display device 210, the special pattern 1 holding lamp 218, and the special pattern 2 holding lamp 220 are shown. , and the ordinary figure holding lamp 216 are not shown.

FIG. 27(a) shows a situation where the jackpot game related to the first jackpot has ended and the game has moved to the challenge mode (special pattern low probability normal pattern high probability state). As mentioned above, the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment is a simultaneous variation machine that can display the special symbols 1 and 2 at the same time, so when the jackpot game ends, the special symbols Both the symbol variation display of 1 and the symbol variation display of special drawing 2 will start at approximately the same time. In the challenge mode, a variable display of decorative symbols is performed in accordance with the variable display of the special symbol 1, similar to the normal game state.

On the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 27(a), "Decoration 4-Decoration 4-Decoration 4", which is a jackpot combination of decorative symbols, is stopped and displayed. Additionally, the words "Challenge mode in progress" are displayed above the decorative pattern to notify that the challenge mode is in progress. Further, a fourth symbol/retention number display area 284 is provided at the upper right corner of the decorative symbol display device 208. Further, the decorative symbol display device 208 is provided with a variable icon display area 280 at the lower center of the effect display area 208d. In addition, in the upper left corner of the display screen, a mini symbol is displayed stopping at "444", and below that, the number of hits (big hit, small hit) and the total number of prize balls acquired since the first jackpot are displayed. Displayed. In addition, at the timing shown in FIG. 27(a), the characters "1st time" are displayed indicating that the number of hits is 1, and "300pt" indicating that the total number of prize balls won is 300 balls. is displayed. Further, in the lower right portion of the display screen, the number of symbol change display times of the special symbol 1 for which the challenge mode is maintained is displayed. In addition, at the timing shown in FIG. 27(a), when the remaining 50 fluctuations of special map 1 are displayed, the words "50 remaining fluctuations" are displayed as the remaining fluctuation number indicating that the challenge mode will end. There is.

Furthermore, the control state (gaming state) shown in FIG. 27 is a challenge mode (special pattern low probability normal pattern high probability state). In the decorative symbol display device 208 in this challenge mode, a reserved icon display area 281 of the special figure 1 is provided on the left side of the variable icon display area 280. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208 in the challenge mode, the display area of the reserved icon of the special figure 2 is omitted, but the reserved icon display area of the special figure 2 may be provided.

In the special figure 1 hold icon display area 281, a hold icon representing the hold of the special figure 1 is displayed. In FIG. 27(a), four special drawing 1 holding icons h11 to h14 are displayed in the special drawing 1 holding icon display area 281, and these four special drawing 1 holding icons h11 to h14 are all , is displayed in the default display mode (round, patternless, white display mode). That is, the default hold icon of special drawing 1 is a round hold icon.

On the other hand, no pending icon is displayed in the pending icon display area of the special drawing 2. This is because, as mentioned above, the control state (gaming state) shown in FIG. This is because it is extremely long (for example, 500 seconds) and the winning in the special map 2 starting slot 232 does not make much sense.

In the pachinko machine 100 of this embodiment, depending on the control state (gaming state), the reserved icon display area of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 whose display results are more likely to be displayed is displayed. That is, in this embodiment, when the control state is the normal game state, the challenge mode (special pattern low probability normal pattern high probability state), and the battle mode (special pattern high probability normal pattern high probability state), the control state is as described above. Since the display result of special figure 1 is easily displayed, the reserved icon display area 281 of special figure 1 is displayed in the effect display area 208d as shown in FIG. 27(a), and the control state is changed to small hit rush (special figure 1). On the other hand, in the case of a high probability regular figure low probability state), on the contrary, the reserved icon display area 282 of the special figure 2 is displayed.

Although not shown here, the default display mode of the reservation icon of the special figure 1 and the default display mode of the reservation icon of the special figure 2 may be the same or different display modes.

In this embodiment, the start of the symbol variation display of the special symbol is performed in the following order: start of variation on the special symbol display device → start of variation display of the fourth symbol → start or deletion of movement animation of the pending icon → start of variation of the decorative symbol However, this order may be changed.

Further, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a variable icon display area 280 appears at the lower center of the effect display area 208d.

FIG. 27(b) shows how the jackpot game has ended and the first symbol variation display of each of the special symbols 1 and 2 has started. That is, the hold of special figure 1 and the hold of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a movement animation of the pending icons h11 to h14 of the special figure 1 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h11 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h11 and is displayed as the first hold icon h11, The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12, and the fourth hold icon h14 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h13. and is displayed as the third hold icon h13. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 1 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of reservations of the special pattern 1 and the special pattern 2 are each decreased by 1, The fourth symbol of special map 1 and special map 2 has also started to be displayed in a variable manner. Note that the display mode of the variable icon h0 is the same as the display mode of the digested pending icon h11, but may be different. Additionally, the display of the number of remaining fluctuations has changed from "50 remaining" to "49 remaining".

FIG. 27(c) shows the situation when the symbol variation display of the first special figure 1 and special figure 2 is finished after the end of the jackpot game. As shown in FIG. 27(c), in this embodiment, during the challenge mode, the fluctuation time of special chart 1 is shorter than the fluctuation time of special chart 2, and all except the jackpot in special chart 1 are small hits. Therefore, when a small winning symbol is displayed on the special symbol 1, the special symbol 2 which is being displayed in a variable manner is discarded and a losing symbol is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the decorative pattern is stopped and displayed in a combination of decorative patterns that are out of the range of "decoration 5-decoration 4-decoration 1" according to the result of the small hit of the special figure 1. In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "541" in accordance with this. In addition, in this production example, at least one game ball enters the special figure 1 starting hole (variable) 231 between the timing shown in FIG. 27(b) and the timing shown in FIG. 27(c), and the special figure 1 starts. The number of pending items is full (4). Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, "△" indicating a small hit is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 1, and "△" indicating a loss is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 2. ×” is displayed. Thereafter, a small winning game related to the small winning of special figure 1 will be started.

FIG. 27(d) shows how the jackpot game has ended and the second symbol variation display of each of the special symbols 1 and 2 has started. That is, the hold of special figure 1 and the hold of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a movement animation of the pending icons h11 to h14 of the special figure 1 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h11 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h11 and is displayed as the first hold icon h11, The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12, and the fourth hold icon h14 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h13. and is displayed as the third hold icon h13. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 1 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of reservations of the special pattern 1 and the special pattern 2 are each decreased by 1, The number of reservations for special drawing 1 becomes "3" and the number of reservations for special drawing 2 becomes "2". Further, the fourth symbols of the special figures 1 and 2 also start to be displayed in a variable manner. Additionally, the display of the number of remaining fluctuations has changed from "49 times remaining" to "48 times remaining." Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 27(d), the character GLG smoking a cigarette appears along with the words "High setting!" in the lower right part of the display screen of the decorative pattern display device 208. A message may appear indicating that something is wrong. In this embodiment, when the setting is high (for example, setting 4 to 6), the Gol Grandfather character GLG may appear to indicate that the setting is high. Note that in this embodiment, settings 4 to 6 are suggested, but any setting may be used; for example, it may suggest setting 6, or settings 2 to 6 may be suggested. 6 (negate setting 1).

FIG. 27(e) shows the situation when the symbol variation display of the second special figure 1 and special figure 2 is finished after the end of the jackpot game. That is, the small winning symbol is displayed in the special symbol 1, and the variable display of the special symbol 2 is discarded and the losing symbol is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, depending on the result of the small hit of the special drawing 1, decorative patterns are stopped and displayed in combinations of decorative patterns that are out of the range of "decoration 4 - decoration 8 - decoration 7". In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "487" in accordance with this. In addition, in this production example, at least one game ball enters the special figure 1 starting hole (variable) 231 between the timing shown in FIG. 27(d) and the timing shown in FIG. 27(e), and the special figure 1 starts. The number of pending items is full (4). Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, "△" indicating a small hit is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 1, and "△" indicating a loss is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 2. ×” is displayed. Thereafter, a small winning game related to the small winning of special figure 1 will be started.

After that, the challenge mode continues to be played, and the timing shown in FIG. 27(f) shows the situation when the 49th symbol variation display of special pattern 1 and special pattern 2 ends after the end of the jackpot game. . That is, the small winning symbol is displayed in the special symbol 1, and the variable display of the special symbol 2 is discarded and the losing symbol is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the decorative patterns are stopped and displayed in combinations of decorative patterns that are out of the range of "decoration 1-decoration 4-decoration 5" according to the result of the small hit of special figure 1. In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "145" in accordance with this. In addition, at the timing shown in FIG. 27(f), the hold of special figure 1 is "4" and the hold of special figure 2 is "4", so in the fourth symbol/hold number display area 284, the special figure It is displayed that the number of reservations for special drawings 1 and 2 is "4", respectively. In addition, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, "△" indicating a small hit is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 1, and "△" indicating a loss is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 2. ×” is displayed. Thereafter, a small winning game related to the small winning of special drawing 1 will be started.

FIG. 27(g) shows how the jackpot game has ended and the 50th symbol variation display of each of the special symbols 1 and 2 has started. That is, the hold of special figure 1 and the hold of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a movement animation of the pending icons h11 to h14 of the special figure 1 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h11 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h11 and is displayed as the first hold icon h11, The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12, and the fourth hold icon h14 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h13. and is displayed as the third hold icon h13. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 1 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of reservations of the special pattern 1 and the special pattern 2 are each decreased by 1, The number of reservations for special drawing 1 becomes "3" and the number of reservations for special drawing 2 becomes "3". Further, the fourth symbols of the special figures 1 and 2 also start to be displayed in a variable manner. Furthermore, the display of the number of remaining variations has also changed from "one more" to "last", indicating that this is the last symbol variation display in the challenge mode.

After that, as shown in FIG. 27(h), a situation is shown when the last symbol variation display of special figure 1 in the challenge mode is completed. That is, the small winning symbol is displayed in the special symbol 1, and the variable display of the special symbol 2 is discarded and the losing symbol is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the decorative pattern is stopped and displayed in a combination of decorative patterns that are out of the range of "decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 8" according to the result of the small hit of the special figure 1. In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "448" in accordance with this. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, "△" indicating a small hit is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 1, and "△" indicating a loss is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 2. ×” is displayed. In addition, the display of "Challenge mode in progress" that was displayed above the decorative pattern changes to the display of "Challenge mode ended", notifying the end of the challenge mode. After that, a small winning game related to the small winning of special drawing 1 will be started.

Then, as shown in FIG. 27(i), when the small hit game ends and the 51st symbol variation display of special pattern 1 starts after the end of the jackpot game, the challenge mode ends and the normal game starts. Transition to the state (special map low probability, general map low probability state). As mentioned above, the variation time of special figure 1 and the variation time of special figure 2 when transitioning from challenge mode to normal gaming state are variable times that can be selected in challenge mode, so special figure 1 has shortened variation, Special figure 2 has a long fluctuation. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a moving animation of the pending icons h11 to h13 of the special figure 1 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h11 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h11 and is displayed as the first hold icon h11, The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 1 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of reservations of the special pattern 1 and the special pattern 2 are each decreased by 1, The number of reservations for special drawing 1 becomes "2" and the number of reservations for special drawing 2 becomes "2". Further, the fourth symbols of the special figures 1 and 2 also start to be displayed in a variable manner. In addition, the "Challenge Mode End" display above the decorative symbols changes to "Please return to left-handed batting," and the right-handed batting display also disappears, informing the player that they will be left-handed batting. are doing.

After that, when the variation time of special pattern 1 has elapsed, the symbol variation display of special pattern 1 ends and the small winning symbol is displayed, and the symbol variation display of special pattern 2 ends, as shown in FIG. It is discarded and a missing pattern is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, depending on the result of the small hit of the special pattern 1, the decorative pattern is stopped and displayed in a combination of decorative patterns outside of "decoration 3 - decoration 5 - decoration 8", and the mini pattern is also displayed in this way. The display stops at "358" to match the current time. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, "△" indicating a small hit is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 1, and "△" indicating a loss is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 2. ×” is displayed. Thereafter, a small winning game related to the small winning of special drawing 1 will be started. In addition, the display of "Please return to left-handed batting" displayed above the decorative symbols will continue, for example, from the transition to the normal gaming state until a predetermined number of symbol fluctuation displays (for example, 3 times) have started. Alternatively, it may be erased when it is detected that a game ball enters a specific winning hole (for example, special drawing 1 starting hole (fixed) 230).

Next, effects in the battle mode will be explained with reference to FIGS. 28 to 32. Here, FIG. 28 is a diagram showing step-by-step an example of an effect in the battle mode centered on the decorative pattern display device, and FIG. 29 is a diagram showing another example of effect in the battle mode centered on the decorative pattern display device. FIG. 30 is a diagram showing step-by-step how continuous production is performed in battle mode, and FIG. 31 is a diagram showing step-by-step how a pending notice is being performed in battle mode. FIG. 28 to 32, only the decorative pattern display device 208 is shown, and the first special pattern display device 212, the second special pattern display device 214, the normal pattern display device 210, the special pattern 1 holding lamp 218, and the special pattern 2 are shown. The illustration of the holding lamp 220 and the ordinary drawing holding lamp 216 is omitted.

FIG. 28(a) shows an example of a presentation following the presentation shown in FIG. 26(d). In FIG. 28(a), the round number display is then erased and a transition is made to the battle mode (special pattern high probability normal pattern high probability state).

FIG. 28(b) shows a situation where the jackpot game related to the first jackpot has ended and the game has entered the battle mode. In addition, in the battle mode, the decorative symbols are displayed in a variable manner in accordance with the variable display of the special symbol 1, similar to the normal game state and the challenge mode.

In the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 28(b), the jackpot decorative pattern combination "Decoration 4-Decoration 4-Decoration 4" is stopped and displayed in the lower right portion of the display screen. In addition, in the center of the display screen, the lord's character HDS and the swordsman character KNG are shown facing each other, and the words "Defeat the swordsman!" are displayed as an explanation of the mission in battle mode. ing. A life gauge is displayed on the right side of the swordsman character KNG, which represents the swordsman's remaining health. "1000" is displayed as the remaining life value above the life gauge, indicating that the initial value of the swordsman's remaining physical strength is 1000, and that his physical strength is full at the timing shown in Figure 28(b). ing. In this embodiment, when the symbol variation display of the special drawing 1 is performed, the lord's character HDS may attack the swordsman's character KNG and perform an effect in which the life decreases. Note that an effect may be performed in which the life decreases every time the symbol variation is displayed, or there may be a case where the life of the swordsman character KNG does not decrease without performing any effect. That is, in this embodiment, the life of the swordsman character KNG is reduced by executing a symbol change display in the battle mode, and when the life finally reaches "0", the mission is accomplished. As will be described later, in this embodiment, when transitioning to the battle mode after the end of the jackpot game, the symbol fluctuation display of special symbol 1 of the number of electric support determined by the jackpot symbol is executed after the end of the jackpot game. As a result, the mission is accomplished, and as a result of the mission accomplishment, an effect that transitions to a small hit rush is performed. Further, a fourth symbol/retention number display area 284 is provided at the upper right corner of the decorative symbol display device 208. Further, the decorative symbol display device 208 is provided with a variable icon display area 280 at the lower center of the effect display area 208d. In addition, in the upper left corner of the display screen, a mini symbol is displayed stopping at "444", and below that, the number of hits (big hit, small hit) and the total number of prize balls acquired since the first jackpot are displayed. Displayed. In addition, at the timing shown in FIG. 28(b), the characters "1st time" are displayed indicating that the number of hits is 1, and "300pt" indicating that the total number of prize balls won is 300 balls. is displayed.

Furthermore, the control state (gaming state) shown in FIG. 28 is a battle mode (special pattern high probability normal pattern high probability state). In the decorative pattern display device 208 in this battle mode, a reserved icon display area 281 of the special figure 1 is provided on the left side of the variable icon display area 280. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208 in the battle mode, the display area of the reserved icon of the special figure 2 is omitted, but the reserved icon display area of the special figure 2 may be provided.

In the special figure 1 hold icon display area 281, a hold icon representing the hold of the special figure 1 is displayed. In FIG. 28(b), a hold icon h11 of one special figure 1 is displayed in the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1, and this hold icon h11 of this one special figure 1 is displayed in the default display mode ( It is displayed in a round, patternless, white display format.

On the other hand, no pending icon is displayed in the pending icon display area of the special drawing 2. This is because, as mentioned above, the control state (gaming state) shown in FIG. This is because it is extremely long (for example, 500 seconds) and the winning in the special map 2 starting opening 232 does not make much sense.

Further, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a variable icon display area 280 appears at the lower center of the effect display area 208d.

FIG. 28(c) shows how the symbol variation display has started in each of the special symbols 1 and 2. That is, the hold of special figure 1 and the hold of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a moving animation of the pending icon h11 of the special figure 1 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h11 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is moved. , moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 1 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of reservations of the special pattern 1 and the special pattern 2 are each decreased by 1, The fourth symbol of special map 1 and special map 2 has also started to be displayed in a variable manner. Further, above the lord character HDS and the master swordsman character KNG, the words "in battle mode" are displayed to indicate that the game state is in battle mode. Note that the display mode of the variable icon h0 is the same as the display mode of the digested pending icon h11, but may be different.

FIG. 28(d) shows the state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. As shown in FIG. 28(d), in this embodiment, during the battle mode, the fluctuation time of special chart 1 is shorter than the fluctuation time of special chart 2, and in special chart 1, all except the jackpot are small hits. Therefore, when a small winning symbol is displayed on the special symbol 1, the special symbol 2 which is being displayed in a variable manner is discarded and a losing symbol is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the decorative pattern is stopped and displayed in a combination of decorative patterns that are out of the range of "decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 8" according to the result of the small hit of the special figure 1. In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "448" in accordance with this. In addition, in this production example, three game balls enter the special figure 1 starting hole (variable) 231 between the timing shown in FIG. 28(c) and the timing shown in FIG. 28(d), and the special figure 1 starts. There are three pending cases. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, "△" indicating a small hit is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 1, and "△" indicating a loss is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 2. ×” is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 28(d), a mysterious ray is output from the edge of the sword owned by the lord's character HDS in response to the pattern stop display of special drawing 1, and the swordsman character KNG receives damage. It is shown that the life value decreases by 10 and the life gauge also decreases. In other words, in the battle mode, it is produced that the electric support is nearing the end and the transition to the small hit rush is nearing. Thereafter, a small winning game related to the small winning of special figure 1 will be started.

FIG. 28(e) shows how the small winning game has ended and the symbol variation display has started in each of the special symbols 1 and 2. That is, the hold of special figure 1 and the hold of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a movement animation of the pending icons h11 to h13 of the special figure 1 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h11 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h11 and is displayed as the first hold icon h11, The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 1 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of reservations of the special pattern 1 and the special pattern 2 are each decreased by 1, The number of reservations for special drawing 1 becomes "2" and the number of reservations for special drawing 2 becomes "2". In addition, variable display of the fourth symbols of the special symbols 1 and 2 has also started in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284.

FIG. 28(f) shows the situation when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. In special figure 1, a small hit symbol is displayed, and in special figure 2, because special figure 1 becomes a small hit, the symbol variation display is discarded and a losing symbol is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, depending on the result of the small hit of the special drawing 1, the decorative patterns are stopped and displayed in a combination of decorative patterns that are out of the range of "decoration 5 - decoration 4 - decoration 1". In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "541" in accordance with this. In addition, in this production example, at least two game balls enter the special figure 1 starting hole (variable) 231 between the timing shown in FIG. 28(e) and the timing shown in FIG. 28(f), and the special figure 1 starts. The number of pending items is full (4). Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, "△" indicating a small hit is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 1, and "△" indicating a loss is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 2. ×” is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 28(f), a mysterious ray is output from the edge of the sword owned by the lord's character HDS in response to the pattern stop display of special drawing 1, and the swordsman character KNG receives damage. It is shown that the life value decreases by 40 and the life gauge also decreases. Thereafter, a small winning game related to the small winning of special figure 1 is started.

FIG. 28(g) shows how the small winning game has ended and the symbol variation display has started in each of the special symbols 1 and 2. That is, the hold of special figure 1 and the hold of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a movement animation of the pending icons h11 to h14 of the special figure 1 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h11 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h11 and is displayed as the first hold icon h11, The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12, and the fourth hold icon h14 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h13. and is displayed as the third hold icon h13. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 1 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of reservations of the special pattern 1 and the special pattern 2 are each decreased by 1, The number of reservations for special drawing 1 becomes "3" and the number of reservations for special drawing 2 becomes "2". In addition, variable display of the fourth symbols of the special symbols 1 and 2 has also started in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284. Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 28(g), the character GLG smoking a cigarette appears along with the words "High setting!" in the lower right part of the display screen of the decorative pattern display device 208. A message may appear indicating that something is wrong. In this embodiment, the high setting suggestion may be made even in the battle mode, but the high setting suggestion may not be made.

FIG. 28(h) shows the situation when the symbol variation display of the special symbols 1 and 2 is completed. In special figure 1, a small hit symbol is displayed, and in special figure 2, because special figure 1 becomes a small hit, the symbol variation display is discarded and a losing symbol is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, depending on the result of the small hit of the special drawing 1, the decorative patterns are stopped and displayed in combinations of decorative patterns that are out of the range of "decoration 1 - decoration 4 - decoration 5". In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "145" in accordance with this. In addition, in this production example, one game ball enters the special figure 2 starting hole 232 between the timing shown in FIG. 28(g) and the timing shown in FIG. It is one. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, "△" indicating a small hit is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 1, and "△" indicating a loss is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 2. ×” is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 28(h), a mysterious ray is output from the edge of the sword owned by the lord's character HDS in response to the pattern stop display of special drawing 1, and the swordsman character KNG receives damage. It is shown that the life value decreases by 100 and the life gauge also decreases. Thereafter, a small winning game related to the small winning of special figure 1 is started. Then, when the small winning game ends, the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is started.

After that, the battle mode continues to be performed, and at the timing shown in FIG. 28(i), it is shown that the symbol variation display is performed in each of the special symbols 1 and 2. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 1 is performed, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of storage for the special pattern 1 is "4". , the number of reservations for special drawing 2 is "3". Further, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, the fourth symbols of the special symbols 1 and 2 are also displayed in a variable manner. Furthermore, the life value indicating the remaining physical strength of the master swordsman is "360", and the life gauge is also decreased accordingly.

After that, in FIG. 28(j), decorative symbols of "Decoration 4" are stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 208a and the right symbol display area 208c, a ready-to-win state is formed, and a ready-to-win effect is started. At this time, the decorative pattern is enlarged and displayed while moving to the center. Since there is a possibility that a jackpot due to the decorative pattern of "Decoration 4" will fall into the challenge mode after the end of the jackpot game, the decorative pattern display device 208 displays "Pinch" in the center of the display screen as shown in FIG. 28(k). !!” is displayed, indicating that there is a possibility of falling from Battle Mode to Challenge Mode. In addition, between the timing shown in FIG. 28(j) and the timing shown in FIG. 28(k), at least one game ball enters the special drawing 2 starting port 232, and the hold of special drawing 2 becomes full (four balls). ).

After that, as shown in FIG. 28(l), the swordsman's character KNG slashes at the lord's character HDS, and the characters "Unfortunate!!" are displayed, indicating that the lord's character HDS is defeated and the mission has failed. At the same time, the decorative pattern "Decoration 4" is stopped and displayed in the middle symbol display area 208b, and the shaking fluctuation is started with the combination of "Decoration 4-Decoration 4-Decoration 4". At this time, the decorative pattern is displayed in a reduced size while moving to the lower right portion. Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 28(m), the decorative pattern expands and moves to the center, and the fluctuation fluctuation of the decorative pattern combination of "Decoration 4-Decoration 4-Decoration 4" continues. In addition, at this time, the display of the variable icon display area 280 and the reserved icon display area 281 of the special figure 1 is erased, and the display of the 4th symbol/reserved number display area 284, the mini symbol, the number of consecutive attempts, and the total number of won prize balls is erased. only is displayed. It should be noted that the mini symbols continue to be displayed in a variable manner until the symbols are confirmed and displayed.

After that, as shown in FIG. 28(n), the characters "Re-lottery!!" are displayed and the decorative symbols start to be displayed in a variable manner again, and the combination of decorative symbols that will win the jackpot more advantageously for the player is finally displayed. It's fueling expectations for what's to come.

After that, as shown in FIG. 28(o), the combination of decorative patterns is determined to be a variable jackpot of "ornament 1-ornament 1-ornament 1" from the jackpot combination of "ornament 4-ornament 4-ornament 4". A combination of decorative patterns indicating this is displayed.

In the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 28(p), the combination of decorative patterns of ``Decoration 1-Decoration 1-Decoration 1'' which is guaranteed to be a 5R variable jackpot is displayed in a stopped state. Further, the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 shown in FIG. 28(p) is displayed in a stopped state as "○", and the mini symbol is also displayed in a stopped state as a combination of "111". Eventually, in FIG. 28(q), as a jackpot game start effect, the words "Battle Chance Jackpot" are displayed along with a background image celebrating the jackpot (omitted here). In addition, this jackpot is a jackpot that occurred consecutively through the battle mode after the first jackpot, so replace it with the words "Hit it right!" and say "Second time" to indicate that it is the second consecutive jackpot. characters are displayed. On the other hand, as a result of the re-lottery performance shown in FIG. 28(n), as described above with reference to FIG. In some cases, the text "Challenge Jackpot" indicating the possibility of shifting to the mode may be displayed. In other words, there are cases where it is shown that the re-lottery has failed.

FIG. 29 shows an example of the performance performed following the end of the jackpot game related to the jackpot shown in FIG. 28(q). That is, FIG. 29(a) shows the performance that continues after the end of the jackpot game related to the jackpot shown in FIG. 28(q), and in FIG. 29(a), the round number display is then erased and the game shifts to the battle mode again. A performance is being performed. At this time, on the decorative pattern display device 208, the text "2nd time" is updated at the bottom left of the display screen as the number of consecutive wins since the first jackpot, and the total number of prize balls won is also displayed. The number of prize balls (300 balls) has been added and updated to "600pt" indicating that a total of 600 balls have been won.

FIG. 29(b) shows a situation where the jackpot game related to the first jackpot has ended and the game has shifted to the battle mode. In the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 29(b), the jackpot decorative pattern combination "Decoration 1-Decoration 1-Decoration 1" is stopped and displayed in the lower right portion of the display screen. In addition, in the center of the display screen, the lord's character HDS and the swordsman character KNG are shown facing each other, and the words "Defeat the swordsman!" are displayed as an explanation of the mission in battle mode. ing. A life gauge is displayed on the right side of the swordsman character KNG, and "300" is displayed as the remaining life value above the life gauge. The timing shown indicates that your physical strength is full. In this embodiment, the route (A route) in which a player wins a jackpot in an electric support state (challenge mode/battle mode) and shifts to a battle mode (route B) is preferable to the route (A route) in which a player wins a jackpot in the normal gaming state and shifts to the battle mode. ), it is easier to lose the electric support in battle mode, and in the mission presentation, the initial life value is more likely to be a small value, and the physical strength of the swordsman character KNG is more likely to decrease. The performance will be performed in such a way that it is easy to achieve the goal. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 29(b), a fourth symbol/retention number display area 284 is provided at the upper right corner of the display screen. Further, the decorative symbol display device 208 is provided with a variable icon display area 280 at the lower center of the effect display area 208d. In addition, in the upper left corner of the display screen, a mini symbol is displayed stopping at "111", and below that, the number of hits (big hit, small hit) and the total number of prize balls acquired since the first jackpot are displayed. Displayed. In addition, at the timing shown in FIG. 29(b), the characters "2nd time" are displayed indicating that the number of hits is 2, and "600pt" indicating that the total number of prize balls won is 600 balls. is displayed. Further, since the game state shown in FIG. 29(b) is a battle mode, in the decorative symbol display device 208, a reserved icon display area 281 of the special figure 1 is provided on the left side of the variable icon display area 280.

In the special figure 1 hold icon display area 281, a hold icon representing the hold of the special figure 1 is displayed. In FIG. 29(b), four special drawing 1 holding icons h11 to h14 are displayed in the special drawing 1 holding icon display area 281, and these four special drawing 1 holding icons h11 to h14 are is also displayed in the default display mode (round shape, no pattern, and white display mode). On the other hand, no pending icon is displayed in the pending icon display area of the special drawing 2. Further, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a variable icon display area 280 appears at the lower center of the effect display area 208d.

FIG. 29(c) shows how the symbol variation display has started in each of the special symbols 1 and 2. That is, the hold of special figure 1 and the hold of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a movement animation of the pending icons h11 to h14 of the special figure 1 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h11 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h11 and is displayed as the first hold icon h11, The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12, and the fourth hold icon h14 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h13. and is displayed as the third hold icon h13. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 1 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of reservations of the special pattern 1 and the special pattern 2 are each decreased by 1, The fourth symbol of special map 1 and special map 2 has also started to be displayed in a variable manner. Further, above the lord character HDS and the master swordsman character KNG, the words "in battle mode" are displayed to indicate that the game state is in battle mode. Note that the display mode of the variable icon h0 is the same as the display mode of the digested pending icon h11, but may be different.

FIG. 29(d) shows the situation when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. As shown in Figure 29(d), during the battle mode, the fluctuation time of special chart 1 is shorter than the fluctuation time of special chart 2, and all except the jackpot in special chart 1 are small hits. 1, when a small winning symbol is displayed, the special symbol 2 which is being displayed in a variable manner is discarded and a losing symbol is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the decorative pattern is stopped and displayed in a combination of decorative patterns that are out of the range of "decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 8" according to the result of the small hit of the special figure 1. In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "448" in accordance with this. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, "△" indicating a small hit is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 1, and "△" indicating a loss is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 2. ×” is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 29(d), a mysterious ray is output from the edge of the sword owned by the lord's character HDS in response to the pattern stop display of special drawing 1, and the swordsman character KNG receives damage. It is shown that the life value decreases by 10 and the life gauge also decreases. Thereafter, a small winning game related to the small winning of special drawing 1 will be started.

FIG. 29(e) shows how the small winning game has ended and the symbol variation display has started in each of the special symbols 1 and 2. That is, the hold of special figure 1 and the hold of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a moving animation of the pending icons h11 to h13 of the special figure 1 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h11 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h11 and is displayed as the first hold icon h11, The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 1 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of reservations of the special pattern 1 and the special pattern 2 are each decreased by 1, The number of reservations for special drawing 1 becomes "2" and the number of reservations for special drawing 2 becomes "2". In addition, variable display of the fourth symbols of the special symbols 1 and 2 has also started in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284.

FIG. 29(f) shows the situation when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. In special figure 1, a small hit symbol is displayed, and in special figure 2, because special figure 1 becomes a small hit, the symbol variation display is discarded and a losing symbol is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the decorative pattern is stopped and displayed in a combination of decorative patterns that are out of the range of "decoration 5-decoration 4-decoration 1" according to the result of the small hit of the special figure 1. In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "541" in accordance with this. In addition, in this production example, at least two game balls enter the special figure 1 starting hole (variable) 231 between the timing shown in FIG. 29(e) and the timing shown in FIG. 28(f), and the special figure 1 starts. The holding of the ball is full (four balls), one game ball enters the special drawing 2 starting port 232, and the holding of the special drawing 2 becomes three. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, "△" indicating a small hit is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 1, and "△" indicating a loss is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 2. ×” is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 29(f), a mysterious ray is output from the edge of the sword owned by the lord's character HDS in response to the pattern stop display of special drawing 1, and the swordsman character KNG receives damage. It is shown that the life value decreases by 50 and the life gauge also decreases. Thereafter, a small winning game related to the small winning of special figure 1 is started.

FIG. 29(g) shows how the small winning game has ended and the symbol variation display has started in each of the special symbols 1 and 2. That is, the hold of special figure 1 and the hold of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a movement animation of the pending icons h11 to h14 of the special figure 1 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h11 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h11 and is displayed as the first hold icon h11, The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12, and the fourth hold icon h14 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h13. and is displayed as the third hold icon h13. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 1 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of reservations of the special pattern 1 and the special pattern 2 are each decreased by 1, The number of reservations for special drawing 1 becomes "3" and the number of reservations for special drawing 2 becomes "2". In addition, variable display of the fourth symbols of the special symbols 1 and 2 has also started in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284.

FIG. 29(h) shows the situation when the symbol variation display of the special symbols 1 and 2 is completed. In special figure 1, a small hit symbol is displayed, and in special figure 2, because special figure 1 becomes a small hit, the symbol variation display is discarded and a losing symbol is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the decorative patterns are stopped and displayed in combinations of decorative patterns that are out of the range of "decoration 1-decoration 4-decoration 5" according to the result of the small hit of special figure 1. In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "145" in accordance with this. In addition, in this production example, one game ball enters the special figure 2 starting hole 232 between the timing shown in FIG. 29(g) and the timing shown in FIG. It is one. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, "△" indicating a small hit is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 1, and "△" indicating a loss is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 2. ×” is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 29(h), a mysterious ray is output from the edge of the sword owned by the lord's character HDS in response to the pattern stop display of special drawing 1, and the swordsman character KNG receives damage. It is shown that the life value decreases by 40 and the life gauge also decreases. Thereafter, a small winning game related to the small winning of special figure 1 is started. Then, when the small winning game ends, the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is started.

After that, the battle mode continues to be performed, and at the timing shown in FIG. 29(i), it is shown that the symbol variation display is performed in each of the special symbols 1 and 2. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 1 is performed, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of storage for the special pattern 1 is "4". , the number of reservations for special drawing 2 is "3". Further, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, the fourth symbols of the special symbols 1 and 2 are also displayed in a variable manner. Furthermore, the life value indicating the swordsman's remaining physical strength shows "50", and the life gauge is also decreased accordingly. In addition, in the production example shown in FIG. 29(i), the character GLG smoking a cigarette appears along with the words "High setting!" in the lower right part of the display screen of the decorative pattern display device 208, and the high setting A message is displayed suggesting that.

FIG. 29(j) shows the situation when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. In special figure 1, a small hit symbol is displayed, and in special figure 2, because special figure 1 becomes a small hit, the symbol variation display is discarded and a losing symbol is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the decorative patterns are stopped and displayed in combinations of decorative patterns that are out of the range of "decoration 4-decoration 1-decoration 7" according to the result of the small hit of special figure 1. In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "417" in accordance with this. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, "△" indicating a small hit is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 1, and "△" indicating a loss is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 2. ×” is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 29(j), a mysterious ray is output from the edge of the sword owned by the lord's character HDS in response to the pattern stop display of special drawing 1, and the swordsman character KNG inflicts damage. It is shown that the life value decreases by 40 and becomes 10, and the life gauge also decreases. Thereafter, a small winning game related to the small winning of special figure 1 is started.

FIG. 29(k) shows how the small winning game has ended and the symbol variation display has started in each of the special symbols 1 and 2. That is, the hold of special figure 1 and the hold of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a movement animation of the pending icons h11 to h14 of the special figure 1 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h11 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h11 and is displayed as the first hold icon h11, The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12, and the fourth hold icon h14 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h13. and is displayed as the third hold icon h13. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 1 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of reservations of the special pattern 1 and the special pattern 2 are each decreased by 1, The number of reservations for special drawing 1 becomes "3" and the number of reservations for special drawing 2 becomes "2". In addition, variable display of the fourth symbols of the special symbols 1 and 2 has also started in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284.

FIG. 29(l) shows the situation when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. In special figure 1, a small hit symbol is displayed, and in special figure 2, because special figure 1 becomes a small hit, the symbol variation display is discarded and a losing symbol is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, depending on the result of the small hit of special drawing 1, decorative patterns are stopped and displayed in combinations of decorative patterns that are out of the range of "decoration 4 - decoration 5 - decoration 1". In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "451" in accordance with this. In addition, in this production example, at least one game ball enters the special figure 1 starting hole (variable) 231 between the timing shown in FIG. 29(k) and the timing shown in FIG. 28(l), and the special figure 1 starts. The holding of the ball is full (4 balls), one game ball enters the special drawing 2 starting port 232, and the holding of the special drawing 2 becomes three. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, "△" indicating a small hit is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 1, and "△" indicating a loss is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 2. ×” is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 29(l), a mysterious ray is output from the edge of the sword owned by the lord's character HDS in response to the pattern stop display of special drawing 1, and the swordsman character KNG receives damage. It is shown that the life value decreases by 5, the remaining life value becomes 5, and the life gauge also decreases. Thereafter, a small winning game related to the small winning of special figure 1 is started.

FIG. 29(m) shows how the small winning game has ended and the symbol variation display has started in each of the special symbols 1 and 2. That is, the hold of special figure 1 and the hold of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a movement animation of the pending icons h11 to h14 of the special figure 1 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h11 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h11 and is displayed as the first hold icon h11, The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12, and the fourth hold icon h14 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h13. and is displayed as the third hold icon h13. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 1 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of reservations of the special pattern 1 and the special pattern 2 are each decreased by 1, The number of reservations for special drawing 1 becomes "3" and the number of reservations for special drawing 2 becomes "2". In addition, variable display of the fourth symbols of the special symbols 1 and 2 has also started in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284. Furthermore, in the production example shown in FIG. 29(m), the characters "Chance!" are displayed in the center of the display screen of the decorative pattern display device 208. This suggests that the mission will be accomplished by the symbol fluctuation display being digested, and there is a possibility that the small hit rush will begin.

After that, the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 29(n) shows the lord character HDS slashing the swordsman character KNG. At this time, the life value of the swordsman character KNG decreases by 5, and the remaining life value becomes 0, and the life gauge also indicates that there is no gauge remaining. After that, as shown in FIG. 29(o), the state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is finished is shown. In special figure 1, a small hit symbol is displayed, and in special figure 2, because special figure 1 becomes a small hit, the symbol variation display is discarded and a losing symbol is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, depending on the result of the small hit of the special drawing 1, decorative patterns are stopped and displayed in combinations of decorative patterns that are out of the range of "decoration 4-decoration 1-decoration 7". In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "417" in accordance with this. In this production example, at least one game ball enters the special figure 1 starting hole (variable) 231 between the timing shown in FIG. 29(n) and the timing shown in FIG. 29(o), and the special figure 1 starts. The hold of the special figure 2 is full (four balls), at least two game balls have entered the special figure 2 starting port 232, and the hold of the special figure 2 is full (four balls). Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, "△" indicating a small hit is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 1, and "△" indicating a loss is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 2. ×” is displayed. In addition, on the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 29(o), the swordsman character KNG is defeated, the lord character HDS strikes a victory pose, and the words "You did it!" are displayed, and the mission is completed. It is reported that this has been achieved. In other words, it can be said that since the symbol variation display of the special symbol 1 has been executed a predetermined number of times in the battle mode, it is reported that the electric support will be removed and the small hit rush will begin. Moreover, the text display of "Chance!" in FIG. 29(m) can be said to be a forewarning that there will be a failure and the power support will be lost.

FIG. 29(p) shows how the small winning game has ended and the symbol variation display has started in each of the special symbols 1 and 2. That is, the hold of special figure 1 and the hold of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. In the production example shown in FIG. 29(p), when the symbol fluctuation display starts a predetermined number of times for each jackpot symbol after transitioning to the battle mode, the electric support is removed and the small hit rush (special symbol high Transition to high probability low probability state). As mentioned above, the fluctuation time of special chart 1 and the fluctuation time of special chart 2 when transitioning from battle mode to small hit rush are variable times that can be selected in battle mode, so special chart 1 has a shortened fluctuation, Special figure 2 has a long fluctuation. In addition, in the decorative symbol display device 208, when the small hit rush starts, the display result is more easily displayed in the symbol variation display of special symbol 2 than in the symbol variation display of special symbol 1, so the displayed special symbol The hold icon display area 281 of 1 is erased and the hold icon display area 282 of special drawing 2 is displayed. Three pending icons h21 to h23 are displayed in the special figure 2 pending icon display area 282, and all of them are displayed in a default display mode. In addition, the display mode may be different between the hold icon of special figure 1 and the hold icon of special figure 2. Further, at the top of the display screen, the words "Small win rush has entered!" are displayed to inform that the small win rush has started. Furthermore, the production in which the swordsman character KNG is defeated and the lord character HDS strikes a victory pose continues. In addition, the life gauge and life value are also erased, and the display position of the decorative symbols is moved from the lower right to the lower left, and the decorative symbols are displayed in a variable manner in accordance with the variable display of the special drawing 2.

FIG. 29(q) shows the situation when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. In special figure 1, a small hit symbol is displayed, and in special figure 2, because special figure 1 becomes a small hit, the symbol variation display is discarded and a losing symbol is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, depending on the result of the deviation of the special figure 2, the decorative pattern is stopped and displayed in the combination of the decorative pattern of the deviation "decoration 5 - decoration 1 - decoration 4". In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "514" in accordance with this. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, "△" indicating a small hit is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 1, and "△" indicating a loss is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 2. ×” is displayed. In addition, at the timing shown in FIG. 29(q), the text "Small hit rush!" continues to be displayed, and the swordsman character KNG has been defeated, and the lord character HDS has won. The production that determines the pose continues. Thereafter, a small winning game related to the small winning of special figure 1 is started. As described above, in the present embodiment, in the first symbol variation display of special symbol 1 and special symbol 2 executed when transitioning from battle mode to small hit rush, symbol variation display according to variation time that can be selected in battle mode is performed. Since this is performed for each of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2, as a result, the display result of the special figure 1 is displayed earlier than that of the special figure 2. Since special pattern 1 becomes a small hit except for the jackpot, the long variation of special pattern 2 is always discarded, so when the symbol variation display of special pattern 2 of special pattern 1 starts next, it is selected in the small hit rush. Since the variation time can be changed (that is, the special figure 1 is a super long variation and the special figure 2 is a short variation), it may be possible to realize a smooth transition of the gaming state.

In addition, in this embodiment, if the electric support is missing in the battle mode, the transition will be made to a small hit rush that is more advantageous to the player than in the battle mode, but in the battle mode (high probability of special drawings, high probability of general drawings), if the electric support is missing, Then, a transition may be made to a super-shortened variation mode in which the special figure variation time is shorter than the battle mode. As a result, the efficiency of digesting the symbol variation display may be improved, resulting in an advantageous situation for the player.

FIG. 30 shows an example of continuous notices during battle mode. FIG. 30(a) shows how the symbols of special symbols 1 and 2 are displayed in a variable manner during the battle mode. At the timing shown in FIG. 30(a), the decorative pattern display device 208 displays a decorative pattern in a variable manner in the lower right portion of the display screen, and a mini pattern in the upper left corner. Furthermore, the number of consecutive attempts displayed below the mini symbol is displayed as "1st time", and the total number of prize balls acquired below it is displayed as "300pt". Furthermore, the life value of the swordsman character KNG is "780", and the life gauge is also reduced accordingly. Moreover, at the timing shown in FIG. 30(a), since the special figure 1 is not on hold, no hold icon is displayed in the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1. Further, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a variable icon display area 280 appears at the lower center of the effect display area 208d.

FIG. 30(b) shows the situation when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. In special figure 1, a small hit symbol is displayed, and in special figure 2, because special figure 1 becomes a small hit, the symbol variation display is discarded and a losing symbol is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the decorative pattern is stopped and displayed in a combination of decorative patterns that are out of the range of "decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 8" according to the result of the small hit of the special figure 1. In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "448" in accordance with this. In addition, in this production example, three game balls enter the special figure 1 starting hole (variable) 231 between the timing shown in FIG. 30(a) and the timing shown in FIG. 30(b), and the special figure 1 starts. There are three pending cases. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, "△" indicating a small hit is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 1, and "△" indicating a loss is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 2. ×” is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 30(b), a mysterious ray is output from the edge of the sword owned by the lord's character HDS in response to the pattern stop display of special drawing 1, and the swordsman character KNG receives damage. It is shown that the life value decreases by 30 and the life gauge also decreases. Thereafter, a small winning game related to the small winning of special figure 1 is started.

FIG. 30(c) shows how the small winning game has ended and the symbol variation display has started in each of the special symbols 1 and 2. That is, the hold of special figure 1 and the hold of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a movement animation of the pending icons h11 to h13 of the special figure 1 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h11 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h11 and is displayed as the first hold icon h11, The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 1 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of reservations of the special pattern 1 and the special pattern 2 are each decreased by 1, The number of reservations for special drawing 1 becomes "2" and the number of reservations for special drawing 2 becomes "2". In addition, variable display of the fourth symbols of the special symbols 1 and 2 has also started in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284. Further, in the production example shown in FIG. 30(c), a continuous notice has been started, and the words "3 consecutive attacks!" are displayed in the center of the display screen of the decorative pattern display device 208. This continuous notice is a notice that at least a jackpot that will shift (fall) to a disadvantageous gaming state is not included in the pending special drawing 1 (for example, a jackpot that shifts to challenge mode). It is. In the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 30(c), by displaying "3 consecutive attacks!", at least three pattern fluctuation displays do not include a jackpot that will cause the transition to challenge mode. The symbol fluctuation display also suggests that the winning result will be a loss (special symbol 1 small win), which may reassure the player.

FIG. 30(d) shows the situation when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. In special figure 1, a small hit symbol is displayed, and in special figure 2, because special figure 1 becomes a small hit, the symbol variation display is discarded and a losing symbol is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, depending on the result of the small hit of the special drawing 1, the decorative patterns are stopped and displayed in a combination of decorative patterns that are out of the range of "decoration 5 - decoration 4 - decoration 1". In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "541" in accordance with this. In addition, in this production example, at least two game balls enter the special figure 1 starting hole (variable) 231 between the timing shown in FIG. 30(c) and the timing shown in FIG. 30(d), and the special figure 1 starts. The holding of the ball is full (4 balls), one game ball enters the special drawing 2 starting port 232, and the holding of the special drawing 2 becomes three. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, "△" indicating a small hit is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 1, and "△" indicating a loss is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 2. ×” is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 30(d), a mysterious ray is output from the edge of the sword owned by the lord's character HDS in response to the pattern stop display of special drawing 1, and the swordsman character KNG receives damage. It is shown how to bear the burden. However, in this production example, it is announced that a total of 3 attacks will be performed, so the life value will not be reduced here, but instead, the life value will be reduced by 30 at the top center of the display screen. As a result, "30 dmg" is displayed to indicate that the cumulative damage value is 30, and when the continuous attack ends, the cumulative value of the decreased life value is subtracted all at once. Thereafter, a small winning game related to the small winning of special figure 1 is started.

FIG. 30(e) shows how the small winning game has ended and the symbol variation display has started in each of the special symbols 1 and 2. That is, the hold of special figure 1 and the hold of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a movement animation of the pending icons h11 to h14 of the special figure 1 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h11 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h11 and is displayed as the first hold icon h11, The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12, and the fourth hold icon h14 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h13. and is displayed as the third hold icon h13. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 1 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of reservations of the special pattern 1 and the special pattern 2 are each decreased by 1, The number of reservations for special drawing 1 becomes "3" and the number of reservations for special drawing 2 becomes "2". In addition, variable display of the fourth symbols of the special symbols 1 and 2 has also started in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284. Furthermore, in the center of the display screen, "Two more times!" is displayed, suggesting that there will be at least two more unsuccessful results.

FIG. 30(f) shows the situation when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. In special figure 1, a small hit symbol is displayed, and in special figure 2, because special figure 1 becomes a small hit, the symbol variation display is discarded and a losing symbol is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, depending on the result of the small hit of the special drawing 1, decorative patterns are stopped and displayed in combinations of decorative patterns that are out of the range of "decoration 4-decoration 1-decoration 7". In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "417" in accordance with this. In this production example, at least one game ball enters the special figure 1 starting hole (variable) 231 between the timing shown in FIG. 30(e) and the timing shown in FIG. 30(f), and the special figure 1 starts. The hold of the special figure 2 is full (four balls), at least two game balls have entered the special figure 2 starting port 232, and the hold of the special figure 2 is full (four balls). Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, "△" indicating a small hit is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 1, and "△" indicating a loss is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 2. ×” is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 30(f), a mysterious ray is output from the edge of the sword owned by the lord's character HDS in response to the pattern stop display of special drawing 1, and the swordsman character KNG receives damage. It is shown how to bear the burden. However, in this production example, it is announced that a total of 3 attacks will be made, so the life value is not reduced here either, but instead, the life value is reduced by 50 in the upper center of the display screen. As a result, "80 dmg" is displayed to indicate that the cumulative damage value is 80, and when the continuous attack ends, the cumulative value of the decreased life value is subtracted all at once. Thereafter, a small winning game related to the small winning of special figure 1 is started.

FIG. 30(g) shows how the small winning game has ended and the symbol variation display has started in each of the special symbols 1 and 2. That is, the hold of special figure 1 and the hold of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a movement animation of the pending icons h11 to h14 of the special figure 1 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h11 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h11 and is displayed as the first hold icon h11, The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12, and the fourth hold icon h14 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h13. and is displayed as the third hold icon h13. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 1 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of reservations of the special pattern 1 and the special pattern 2 are each decreased by 1, The number of reservations for special drawing 1 becomes "3" and the number of reservations for special drawing 2 becomes "3". In addition, variable display of the fourth symbols of the special symbols 1 and 2 has also started in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284. In addition, "Last!" is displayed in the center of the display screen, suggesting that there will be at least one more unsuccessful result.

FIG. 30(h) shows the situation when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. In special figure 1, a small hit symbol is displayed, and in special figure 2, because special figure 1 becomes a small hit, the symbol variation display is discarded and a losing symbol is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the decorative pattern is stopped and displayed in a combination of decorative patterns that are out of the range of "decoration 5-decoration 1-decoration 4" according to the result of the small hit of the special figure 1. In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "514" in accordance with this. In this production example, at least one game ball enters the special figure 1 starting hole (variable) 231 between the timing shown in FIG. 30(g) and the timing shown in FIG. 30(h), and the special figure 1 starts. The number of pending items is full (four). Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, "△" indicating a small hit is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 1, and "△" indicating a loss is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 2. ×” is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 30(h), a mysterious ray is output from the edge of the sword owned by the lord's character HDS in response to the pattern stop display of special drawing 1, and the swordsman character KNG receives damage. It is shown how to bear the burden. In the production example shown in Fig. 30(h), "Total 200 dmg" is displayed in the center of the display screen as the damage value inflicted on the swordsman character KNG up to now, including this time, and above the life gauge. The displayed life value is shown counting down. That is, in this performance example, in the last performance of the continuous preview, it is shown that the damage value up to this time is subtracted from the life value. Thereafter, a small winning game related to the small winning of special figure 1 is started.

FIG. 30(i) shows how the small winning game has ended and the symbol variation display has started in each of the special symbols 1 and 2. That is, the hold of special figure 1 and the hold of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a movement animation of the pending icons h11 to h14 of the special figure 1 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h11 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h11 and is displayed as the first hold icon h11, The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12, and the fourth hold icon h14 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h13. and is displayed as the third hold icon h13. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 1 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of reservations of the special pattern 1 and the special pattern 2 are each decreased by 1, The number of reservations for special drawing 1 becomes "3" and the number of reservations for special drawing 2 becomes "2". In addition, variable display of the fourth symbols of the special symbols 1 and 2 has also started in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284. Furthermore, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 30(l), the words "Total 200 dmg" have been erased because the continuous notice has ended, and the life value countdown has ended and the cumulative damage value has been erased. The subtracted value "550" is displayed as the life value.

FIG. 31 shows an example of a pending notice during battle mode. Note that the effects shown in FIGS. 31(a) to 31(f) are similar to the effects shown in FIGS. 29(a) to 29(f), so the explanation will be omitted.

FIG. 31(g) shows how the battle mode is being continued. At the timing shown in FIG. 31(g), it is shown that the symbol variation display is performed in each of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a variable display of the decorative pattern related to special pattern 1 is performed, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of storage for special pattern 1 is "3". , the number of reservations for special drawing 2 is "2". Further, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, the fourth symbols of the special symbols 1 and 2 are also displayed in a variable manner. Furthermore, the life value indicating the swordsman's remaining physical strength is shown as "120", and the life gauge is also decreased accordingly. In addition, in the production example shown in FIG. 30(g), when the third hold of the special drawing 1 occurs, the display form of the third hold icon h13 is different from the default display form, That is, it is shown that it is displayed in a red display mode. In this embodiment, this pending notice (red pending notice) is not a jackpot notice, but a notice of a confirmed loss, and when the pending that corresponds to the red display mode is extinguished, it will be a loss in special drawing 1 ( This is a notice in advance that the game will become a small hit), the electric support will be removed, and the battle mode will shift to a small hit rush. In addition, in this embodiment, the occurrence of this pending notice will give advance notice that the transition to the small win rush will be confirmed, but the transition to the small win rush will not occur (that is, the battle mode will continue). ) It may be a so-called false suspension notice. In this case, the reliability of transition to a small win rush may be varied depending on the mode of the pending notice (color, shape, animation, etc.).

FIG. 31(h) shows the situation when the symbol variation display of special symbols 1 and 2 is completed. In special figure 1, a small hit symbol is displayed, and in special figure 2, because special figure 1 becomes a small hit, the symbol variation display is discarded and a losing symbol is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the decorative patterns are stopped and displayed in combinations of decorative patterns that are out of the range of "decoration 1-decoration 4-decoration 5" according to the result of the small hit of special figure 1. In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "145" in accordance with this. In addition, in this production example, one game ball enters the special figure 2 starting hole 232 between the timing shown in FIG. 31(g) and the timing shown in FIG. It is one. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, "△" indicating a small hit is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 1, and "△" indicating a loss is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 2. ×” is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 31(h), a mysterious ray is output from the edge of the sword owned by the lord's character HDS in response to the pattern stop display of special drawing 1, and the swordsman character KNG receives damage. It is shown that the life value decreases by 20 and the life gauge also decreases. Thereafter, a small winning game related to the small winning of special figure 1 is started.

FIG. 31(i) shows how the small winning game has ended and the symbol variation display has started in each of the special symbols 1 and 2. That is, the hold of special figure 1 and the hold of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a movement animation of the pending icons h11 to h13 of the special figure 1 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h11 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h11 and is displayed as the first hold icon h11, The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 1 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of reservations of the special pattern 1 and the special pattern 2 are each decreased by 1, The number of reservations for special drawing 1 becomes "2", and the number of reservations for special drawing 2 becomes "2". In addition, variable display of the fourth symbols of the special symbols 1 and 2 has also started in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284.

FIG. 31(j) shows the situation when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. In special figure 1, a small hit symbol is displayed, and in special figure 2, because special figure 1 becomes a small hit, the symbol variation display is discarded and a losing symbol is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, depending on the result of the small hit of the special drawing 1, decorative patterns are stopped and displayed in combinations of decorative patterns that are out of the range of "decoration 4-decoration 1-decoration 7". In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "417" in accordance with this. In this production example, at least two game balls enter the special figure 1 starting hole (variable) 231 between the timing shown in FIG. 31(i) and the timing shown in FIG. 31(j), and the special figure 1 starts. The holding of the ball is full (4 balls), one game ball enters the special drawing 2 starting port 232, and the holding of the special drawing 2 becomes three. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, "△" indicating a small hit is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 1, and "△" indicating a loss is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 2. ×” is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 31(j), a mysterious ray is output from the edge of the sword owned by the lord's character HDS in response to the pattern stop display of special drawing 1, and the swordsman character KNG inflicts damage. It is shown that the life value decreases by 60 and the life gauge also decreases. Thereafter, a small winning game related to the small winning of special figure 1 is started.

FIG. 31(k) shows how the small winning game has ended and the symbol variation display has started in each of the special symbols 1 and 2. That is, the hold of special figure 1 and the hold of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a movement animation of the pending icons h11 to h14 of the special figure 1 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h11 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h11 and is displayed as the first hold icon h11, The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12, and the fourth hold icon h14 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h13. and is displayed as the third hold icon h13. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 1 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of reservations of the special pattern 1 and the special pattern 2 are each decreased by 1, The number of reservations for special drawing 1 becomes "3" and the number of reservations for special drawing 2 becomes "2". In addition, variable display of the fourth symbols of the special symbols 1 and 2 has also started in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284.

FIG. 31(l) shows the situation when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. In special figure 1, a small hit symbol is displayed, and in special figure 2, because special figure 1 becomes a small hit, the symbol variation display is discarded and a losing symbol is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the decorative pattern is stopped and displayed in a combination of decorative patterns that are out of the range of "decoration 4-decoration 5-decoration 1" according to the result of the small hit of the special figure 1. In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "451" in accordance with this. In addition, in this production example, at least one game ball enters the special figure 1 starting hole (variable) 231 between the timing shown in FIG. 31(k) and the timing shown in FIG. 31(l), and the special figure 1 starts. The holding of the ball is full (four balls), one game ball enters the special drawing 2 starting port 232, and the holding of the special drawing 2 becomes three. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, "△" indicating a small hit is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 1, and "△" indicating a loss is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 2. ×” is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 31(l), a mysterious ray is output from the edge of the sword owned by the lord's character HDS in response to the pattern stop display of special drawing 1, and the swordsman character KNG receives damage. It is shown that the life value decreases by 10 to "30" and the life gauge also decreases. Thereafter, a small winning game related to the small winning of special figure 1 is started.

FIG. 31(m) shows how the small winning game has ended and the symbol variation display has started in each of the special symbols 1 and 2. That is, the hold of special figure 1 and the hold of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a movement animation of the pending icons h11 to h14 of the special figure 1 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h11 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h11 and is displayed as the first hold icon h11, The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12, and the fourth hold icon h14 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h13. and is displayed as the third hold icon h13. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 1 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of reservations of the special pattern 1 and the special pattern 2 are each decreased by 1, The number of reservations for special drawing 1 becomes "3" and the number of reservations for special drawing 2 becomes "2". In addition, variable display of the fourth symbols of the special symbols 1 and 2 has also started in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284. In addition, in the production example shown in FIG. 31(m), it is shown that the symbol variation display of special symbol 1, which is the subject of the reservation notice, is performed, and the symbol variation display is performed and the result is a loss (small hit). ), there is a sense of expectation that the mission will be accomplished and the game will move on to a small win rush. Note that, as shown in FIG. 29(m), the words "Chance!" may be displayed to foretell that the mission will be accomplished and the small win rush will begin.

After that, the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 31(n) shows the lord character HDS slashing the swordsman character KNG. At this time, the life value of the swordsman character KNG decreases by 30, and the remaining life value becomes 0, and the life gauge also indicates that there is no gauge remaining. Thereafter, the effects shown in FIGS. 31(o) to 31(q) are performed. Note that the effects shown in FIGS. 31(o) to 31(q) are the same as the effects shown in FIGS. 29(o) to 29(q), so a description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 32 shows an example of a pending notice during battle mode. Note that the effects shown in FIGS. 32(a) to 32(e) are similar to the effects shown in FIGS. 28(a) to 28(e), and therefore the description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 32(f) shows how the battle mode is being continued. At the timing shown in FIG. 32(f), it is shown that the symbol variation display is performed in each of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a variable display of the decorative pattern related to special pattern 1 is performed, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of storage for special pattern 1 is "3". , the number of reservations for special drawing 2 is "2". Further, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, the fourth symbols of the special symbols 1 and 2 are also displayed in a variable manner. Furthermore, the life value indicating the remaining physical strength of the master swordsman is "650", and the life gauge is also decreased accordingly. In addition, in the production example shown in FIG. 32(f), when the third hold of the special drawing 1 occurs, the display mode of the third hold icon h13 is displayed in a rainbow color display mode. It is shown. In this embodiment, this pending notice (rainbow-colored pending notice) is a jackpot notice, which foretells that the jackpot will be a guaranteed variable super jackpot that will transition to a small win rush after the jackpot game ends. be. In addition, in this embodiment, the occurrence of this pending notice gives advance notice that a 10R fixed variable super jackpot will occur, but this is a false pending notice that will result in a miss without becoming a 10R fixed variable super jackpot. There may be cases in which this occurs, or it may be forewarned in advance that it is at least certain that another type of jackpot will occur.

FIG. 32(g) shows the situation when the symbol variation display of the special symbols 1 and 2 is completed. In special figure 1, a small hit symbol is displayed, and in special figure 2, because special figure 1 becomes a small hit, the symbol variation display is discarded and a losing symbol is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the decorative patterns are stopped and displayed in combinations of decorative patterns that are out of the range of "decoration 1-decoration 4-decoration 5" according to the result of the small hit of special figure 1. In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "145" in accordance with this. In addition, in this production example, one game ball enters the special figure 2 starting hole 232 between the timing shown in FIG. 32(f) and the timing shown in FIG. It is one. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, "△" indicating a small hit is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 1, and "△" indicating a loss is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 2. ×” is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 32(g), a mysterious ray is output from the edge of the sword owned by the lord's character HDS in response to the pattern stop display of special drawing 1, and the swordsman character KNG receives damage. It is shown that the life value decreases by 50, the remaining life value becomes "600", and the life gauge also decreases. Thereafter, a small winning game related to the small winning of special drawing 1 is started, and symbol fluctuation display is performed in the manner described above.

FIG. 32(h) shows how the battle mode is being continued. At the timing shown in FIG. 32(h), it is shown that the symbol variation display is performed in each of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 1 is performed, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of storage for the special pattern 1 is "4". , the number of reservations for special drawing 2 is "3". Further, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, the fourth symbols of the special symbols 1 and 2 are also displayed in a variable manner. Furthermore, the life value indicating the remaining physical strength of the master swordsman is "360", and the life gauge is also decreased accordingly.

FIG. 32(i) shows the situation when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. In special figure 1, a small hit symbol is displayed, and in special figure 2, because special figure 1 becomes a small hit, the symbol variation display is discarded and a losing symbol is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, depending on the result of the small hit of the special drawing 1, the decorative patterns are stopped and displayed in a combination of decorative patterns that are out of the range of "decoration 5 - decoration 4 - decoration 1". In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "541" in accordance with this. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, "△" indicating a small hit is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 1, and "△" indicating a loss is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 2. ×” is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 32(i), a mysterious ray is output from the edge of the sword owned by the lord's character HDS in response to the pattern stop display of special drawing 1, and the swordsman character KNG receives damage. It is shown that the life value decreases by 10 and becomes "350", and the life gauge also decreases. Thereafter, a small winning game related to the small winning of special figure 1 is started.

FIG. 32(j) shows how the small winning game has ended and the symbol variation display has started in each of the special symbols 1 and 2. That is, the hold of special figure 1 and the hold of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a movement animation of the pending icons h11 to h14 of the special figure 1 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h11 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h11 and is displayed as the first hold icon h11, The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12, and the fourth hold icon h14 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h13. and is displayed as the third hold icon h13. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 1 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of reservations of the special pattern 1 and the special pattern 2 are each decreased by 1, The number of reservations for special drawing 1 becomes "3" and the number of reservations for special drawing 2 becomes "2". In addition, variable display of the fourth symbols of the special symbols 1 and 2 has also started in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284. In addition, in the production example shown in FIG. 32(j), it is shown that the symbol variation display of special drawing 1, which is the subject of the reservation notice, is performed, and the symbol variation display is performed and a probability-variable super jackpot is achieved. This gives the player a sense of expectation that a small win rush will occur after the end of the jackpot game related to the jackpot.

After that, in FIG. 32(k), the decorative symbol "Decoration 7" is stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 208a and the right symbol display area 208c, a ready-to-win state is formed, and a ready-to-win effect is started. At this time, the decorative pattern is enlarged and displayed while moving to the center. Since the jackpot with the decorative pattern of "Decoration 7" shifts to a small win rush after the jackpot game ends, the decorative pattern display device 208 displays "Big Chance!" in the center of the display screen, as shown in FIG. 32(l). is displayed, indicating that the gaming state will be promoted from battle mode to small hit rush.

After that, the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 32(m) shows the lord character HDS slashing the swordsman character KNG. At this time, the life value of the swordsman character KNG decreases by 350 at once, and the remaining life value becomes 0, and the life gauge also shows that there is no gauge left. At this time, the decorative pattern is reduced in size and moved to the lower right portion of the display screen. After that, as shown in FIG. 32(n), the lord character HDS wins against the swordsman character KNG, and the words "You did it!" are displayed at the top center of the display screen to congratulate the player. In addition, the decorative patterns displayed in the lower right portion of the display screen also fluctuate according to the combination of decorative patterns of ``Decoration 7 - Decoration 7 - Decoration 7'' which is guaranteed to be a super jackpot. After that, as shown in FIG. 32(o), the decorative pattern display device 208 stops displaying the decorative pattern combination "Decoration 7 - Decoration 7 - Decoration 7" which is guaranteed to be a 10R variable super jackpot, and the special pattern 1 The fourth symbol is stopped and displayed as "○", and the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed as a combination of "777". Eventually, in FIG. 32(p), as a jackpot game start effect, the words "Big Chance Jackpot" are displayed along with a background image celebrating the jackpot (omitted here). In addition, this time's jackpot is a jackpot that occurred consecutively through the battle mode after the first jackpot, so replace it with the words "Hit it right!" and say "Second time" to indicate that it is the second consecutive jackpot. characters are displayed.

In addition, in this embodiment, when a pending notice is given for a symbol variation display that will result in a 10R guaranteed variable super jackpot, an effect is performed in which the mission is achieved in the symbol variation display that is the subject of the pending notice. It is also possible to notify that the game will shift to a small win rush in the jackpot game without performing the effect that the mission has been achieved. In addition, in this embodiment, an example has been shown in which a pending notice is given for a symbol variation display that will result in a 10R guaranteed variable super jackpot, but a pending notice that is targeted for a symbol variation display that will result in a special small hit, which will be described later. May be done.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 33 to 44, effects in the small win rush will be explained. Here, FIG. 33 is a diagram showing step-by-step an example of a presentation in a small win rush centered on the decorative symbol display device, and FIG. 34 is a diagram showing another example of presentation following the presentation shown in FIG. 33(n). FIG. 35 is a diagram showing step by step how continuous notices are given in the small win rush, and FIG. 36 is a diagram showing another example of continuous notices performed in the small win rush. FIG. 37 is a diagram showing step by step the continuation of the example of the production shown in FIG. 36, and FIG. 38 is a diagram showing another production example following the production shown in FIG. 37 (22). FIG. 39 is a diagram showing step by step another production example following the production shown in FIG. 36 (11), and FIG. 41 is a diagram showing step-by-step a production example, and FIG. 41 is a diagram showing a continuation of the production example shown in FIG. 40, and FIG. 42 is a diagram showing another production following the production shown in FIG. FIG. 43 is a diagram showing step by step another example of the continuous notice performed in the small winning rush, and FIG. 44 is a diagram showing the continuation of the example of the performance shown in FIG. 43. It is a diagram shown step by step. In addition, in FIGS. 33 to 44, only the decorative pattern display device 208 is shown, and the first special pattern display device 212, the second special pattern display device 214, the normal pattern display device 210, the special pattern 1 holding lamp 218, and the special pattern 2 are shown. The illustration of the holding lamp 220 and the ordinary figure holding lamp 216 is omitted.

FIG. 33(a) is a performance that is performed following the performance shown in FIG. 29(p), and is similar to the performance shown in FIG. 29(q), so a description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 33(b) shows how the gaming state shifts to a small hit rush and the shortening fluctuation of special drawing 2 (for example, shortening fluctuation of 5.5 seconds) starts. Note that the shortening variation of this special figure 2 is a symbol variation display that results in a miss. On the other hand, in special map 1, a long variation (for example, a 500 second long variation) has also started. That is, the hold of special figure 1 and the hold of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a moving animation of the pending icons h21 to h23 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h21 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21 and is displayed as the first hold icon h21, The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 2 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of reservations of the special pattern 1 and the special pattern 2 are each decreased by 1, The fourth symbol of special map 1 and special map 2 has also started to be displayed in a variable manner. In addition, in the center of the display screen of the decorative pattern display device 208, instead of the lord character HDS and the swordsman character KNG, the bancho character TDR appears, and above the bancho character TDR there is a message saying ``Small hit rush in progress''. ” is displayed to notify that the current gaming state is a small win rush. Additionally, below the mini symbol, the number of hits and the total number of prize balls won continue to be displayed.

FIG. 33(c) shows the situation when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is finished. On the other hand, special drawing 1 continues to display symbol variations. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, depending on the result of the special pattern 2 being out of place, the decorative patterns are stopped and displayed in the combination of the outgoing decorative patterns of "Decoration 4 - Decoration 1 - Decoration 7". In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "417" in accordance with this. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, an "x" is displayed on the fourth symbol of special drawing 2 to indicate that it is a loss, and the fourth symbol of special drawing 1 is still being displayed in a variable manner. A blinking "-" symbol is displayed.

After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 has elapsed, as shown in FIG. 33(d), the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. The symbol variation display of this special figure 2 is a shortened variation that results in a small hit (for example, a shortened variation of 8.5 seconds). On the other hand, long fluctuations are still continuing in Tokuzu 1. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a moving animation of the pending icons h21 to h22 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h21 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, and the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21 and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. . In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 2 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of storage in the special pattern 2 is decreased by 1, 4 symbols have also started to be displayed in a variable manner. Further, at the timing shown in FIG. 33(d), a speech bubble of the bancho character TDR is displayed on the center right side of the display screen in the decorative pattern display device 208, and the words "Chance!" are displayed on this speech bubble. This foretells that there is a possibility of a hit (big hit/small hit) with the symbol change display. In this embodiment, when the "Chance!" speech bubble is displayed, the symbol variation display always results in a small hit, but there may be cases where the small hit or the jackpot does not occur.

FIG. 33(e) shows the situation when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. That is, the small winning symbol is displayed in the special figure 2, and therefore the special figure 1 which is being displayed in a variable manner is discarded and a losing symbol is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the decorative pattern is stopped and displayed in the combination of the small winning decorative pattern "Decoration 1 - Decoration 2 - Decoration 3" according to the result of the small win of the special drawing 2. In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "123" in accordance with this. In addition, in this production example, one game ball enters the special figure 2 starting hole 232 between the timing shown in FIG. 33(d) and the timing shown in FIG. It is one. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, "△" indicating a small hit is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 2, and "△" indicating a loss is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 1. ×” is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 33(e), in response to the small winning pattern being stopped and displayed in the special drawing 2, the characters "It's a small winning!" are displayed on the right side of the bank chief's character TDR. A speech bubble is displayed to inform the player that he or she has won a small prize. Thereafter, a small winning game related to the small winning of special figure 2 will be started.

In FIG. 33(f), it is shown that the small winning game is being played after the symbol display time (for example, 0.5 seconds) of the special figure 2 has elapsed. As mentioned above, the small winning game related to the small winning of special figure 2 is a small winning game in which the game ball is likely to enter the second variable winning hole 235, and you can expect to win the prize ball. At the timing shown in FIG. 33(f), since three game balls entered the second variable winning opening 235 after the small winning game started, 30 prize balls were paid out, and the lower right part of the display screen , the words "30/100 get!" are displayed according to the number of prize balls acquired. Note that the display of the total number of award balls displayed below the mini symbol has not been updated. In addition, in the center of the display screen, the words "SMALL BONUS!" indicating that a small winning game is in progress are displayed superimposed on the bancho character TDR, informing the player that a small winning game is in progress. ing.

Thereafter, when the second variable winning hole 235 is opened and closed a predetermined number of times (12 times) or a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls enter the second variable winning hole 235, the small winning game ends. At the timing shown in FIG. 33(g), it is shown that the small winning game has ended when ten game balls have entered the second variable winning hole 235. At this time, in the lower right part of the display screen of the decorative pattern display device 208, the words "100/100 get!" are displayed according to the number of prize balls acquired, and in this small winning game, 100 prize balls are displayed. It is notified that the money has been paid out.

After that, as shown in FIG. 33(h), the small winning game ends and the symbol variation display starts in each of the special symbols 1 and 2. That is, the hold of special figure 1 and the hold of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a moving animation of the hold icons h21 and h22 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the hold icon that was in the display position of the first hold icon h21 (the hold icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, and the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21 and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. . In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 2 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of reservations of the special pattern 1 and the special pattern 2 are each decreased by 1, The number of reservations for special drawing 1 becomes "1" and the number of reservations for special drawing 2 becomes "1". In addition, variable display of the fourth symbols of the special symbols 1 and 2 has also started in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284. Further, at the timing shown in FIG. 33(h), an animation is displayed in which the number of prize balls acquired in the current small winning game is added to the total number of prize balls acquired. After that, as shown in FIG. 33(i), the total number of prize balls acquired, which was set as ``600pt'', is updated to ``700pt'' by adding the number of 100 prize balls acquired in this small winning game. ing. In addition, in this production example, at least three game balls enter the special figure 2 starting port 232 between the timing shown in FIG. 33(h) and the timing shown in FIG. 33(i), and the special figure 2 is held. It is full (4 tanks). Furthermore, in this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 33(i), a speech bubble with the words "Setup 4 or higher!" may be displayed on the right side of the bancho character TDR. In this embodiment, when the setting is high (for example, setting 4 to 6), a speech bubble saying "Maybe setting 4 or higher!" may appear, indicating that the setting is high. Note that in this embodiment, settings 4 to 6 are suggested, but any setting may be used. For example, settings 2 to 6 may be suggested, or settings 2 to 6 may be suggested. 6 (negate setting 1).

FIG. 33(j) shows the situation when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is completed. On the other hand, special drawing 1 continues to display symbol variations. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, depending on the result of the deviation of the special figure 2, the decorative patterns are stopped and displayed in the combination of decorative patterns of the deviation ``Decoration 1 - Decoration 4 - Decoration 5''. In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "145" in accordance with this. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, an "x" is displayed on the fourth symbol of special drawing 2 to indicate that it is a loss, and the fourth symbol of special drawing 1 is still being displayed in a variable manner. A blinking "-" symbol is displayed.

After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 has elapsed, as shown in FIG. 33(k), the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. The symbol variation display of this special figure 2 is a shortened variation that results in a jackpot (for example, a shortened reach variation of 15 seconds). On the other hand, long fluctuations are still continuing in Tokuzu 1. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a moving animation of the pending icons h21 to h24 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h21 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21 and is displayed as the first hold icon h21, The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22, and the fourth hold icon h24 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h23. and is displayed as a third hold icon h23. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 2 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of storage in the special pattern 2 is decreased by 1, and the number of storage in the special pattern 2 is decreased by 1. 4 symbols have also started to be displayed in a variable manner.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33(l), decorative symbols of "Decoration 4" are stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 208a and the right symbol display area 208c, a ready-to-win state is formed, and a ready-to-win effect is started. At this time, the decorative pattern is enlarged and displayed while moving to the center. Since there is a possibility that the jackpot due to the decorative pattern of "Decoration 4" will fall into the challenge mode after the end of the jackpot game, the decorative pattern display device 208 displays "Pinch" in the center of the display screen, as shown in FIG. 33(l). !!” is displayed, suggesting that there is a possibility that the game will fall from the small hit rush to the challenge mode.

After that, as shown in FIG. 33(m), "Decoration 4" is stopped and displayed in the middle symbol display area 208b, and the jackpot decorative symbol combination of "Decoration 4 - Decoration 4 - Decoration 4" is displayed, and the swing fluctuation is started. As mentioned above, the jackpot decorative symbol combination "Decoration 4 - Decoration 4 - Decoration 4" is a combination of decorative symbols that usually indicates the possibility of a jackpot, so the message "Unfortunate!" is used to comfort the player. characters are displayed. After that, as shown in FIG. 33(n), the display of the variable icon display area 280 and the reserved icon display area 281 of the special figure 1 is erased. It should be noted that only the fourth symbol/pending number display area 284, the mini symbol, the number of consecutive attempts, and the total number of prize balls acquired are displayed. It should be noted that the mini symbols continue to be displayed in a variable manner until the symbols are displayed in a fixed manner.

After that, as shown in FIG. 33(o), the characters "Re-Lottery!!" are displayed and the decorative symbols start to be displayed in a variable manner again, and a jackpot combination of decorative symbols that is more advantageous to the player is finally displayed. It's fueling expectations for what's to come.

After that, as shown in FIG. 33(p), as a result of the re-lottery effect, the combination of decorative symbols does not change from before the re-lottery, and an effect is performed indicating that the re-lottery has failed, and then, as shown in FIG. 33(q) As shown in , the jackpot combination of "Decoration 4 - Decoration 4 - Decoration 4" is confirmed and displayed, and the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed at "444" accordingly. Further, the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 is stopped and displayed as "○", and the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 is stopped and displayed as "x". At this time, the words "I'm really sorry..." are displayed to comfort the player. However, as mentioned above, even if the combination of decorative symbols indicating that the probability-variable jackpot is confirmed is not stopped and displayed, for example, it is possible to create a sense of expectation for the promotion performance in the jackpot performance, so the player can There are times when it is possible to maintain a sense of expectation. Then, when the symbol display time of the special drawing 2 has elapsed, in FIG. 33(r), as a jackpot game start effect, the words "Challenge Jackpot" are displayed along with a background image celebrating the jackpot (omitted here). Note that this jackpot is the fourth jackpot (jackpot/small hit) after the first jackpot, so the words "4th" are displayed to indicate this. In addition, the total number of prize balls acquired is displayed in the lower right corner of the display screen.

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 34(o') following FIG. 33(n), the decorative pattern starts to fluctuate again along with the display of the characters "Re-lottery!!", and then, as shown in FIG. 34(p' ), the decorative pattern shows that the combination of decorative patterns is a guaranteed 5R variable jackpot of "decoration 1 - decoration 1 - decoration 1" from the jackpot combination of "decoration 4 - decoration 4 - decoration 4". A combination of these may also be displayed. In this case, as shown in Figure 33 (q'), the 4th symbol of special drawing 2 stops displaying as "○", and special drawing 1, which is being displayed in a variable manner, is discarded and becomes the 4th symbol. It is stopped and displayed with an "x" to indicate that it is. Further, the mini symbols are also stopped and displayed in combination of "111". Furthermore, in this embodiment, from the jackpot decorative pattern combination of "decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 4" which indicates the possibility of a normal jackpot, "decoration 1-decoration 1-decoration 1" which determines a probability-variable jackpot. The words ``You did it! Great reversal!'' are displayed to congratulate you on being promoted to the jackpot decorative pattern. After that, when the symbol display time of special drawing 2 has elapsed, in FIG. 34(r'), as a jackpot game start effect, a background image celebrating the jackpot (omitted here) and a transition to a small win rush after the jackpot game ends are shown. The words "Small hit rush continues jackpot!" are displayed. Further, below this character display, the characters "4th time" are displayed, indicating the number of hits since the first jackpot. In addition, the total number of prize balls acquired is displayed in the lower right corner of the display screen. Additionally, as shown in Figure 34 (r'-2), the total number of award pitches acquired may be displayed in decorative letters, and this display may suggest a high setting (for example, a suggestion that the setting is 5 or higher). It may be done. Note that the suggestion of a high setting by displaying the total number of award pitches may not be made.

Furthermore, following FIG. 33(j), the effects shown in FIGS. 34(k'') to 34(r'') may be performed. That is, FIG. 34(k'') shows how the symbol display time of the special symbol 2 has elapsed, the suspension of the special symbol 2 has been exhausted, and the symbol variation display of the special symbol 2 has started. The symbol variation display of this special figure 2 is a shortened variation that results in a jackpot (for example, a shortened reach variation of 15 seconds). On the other hand, special chart 1 continues to have long fluctuations. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a moving animation of the pending icons h21 to h24 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h21 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21 and is displayed as the first hold icon h21, The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22, and the fourth hold icon h24 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h23. and is displayed as a third hold icon h23. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 2 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of storage in the special pattern 2 is decreased by 1, 4 symbols have also started to be displayed in a variable manner.

Thereafter, in FIG. 34(l''), decorative symbols of "Decoration 1" are stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 208a and the right symbol display area 208c, a ready-to-win state is formed, and a ready-to-win effect is started. At this time, the decorative pattern is enlarged and displayed while moving to the center. The jackpot with the decorative pattern of "Decoration 1" is a variable jackpot, and after the jackpot game ends, the small win rush will resume, so the words "Chance has arrived!" will be displayed in the center of the display screen, and the small win rush will continue. suggests that. After that, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 34(p''), "Decoration 1" is stopped and displayed in the middle pattern display area 208, and the swinging fluctuation is performed.

After that, as shown in FIG. 34 (q''), the decorative pattern display device 208 stops displaying the combination of decorative symbols "Decoration 1 - Decoration 1 - Decoration 1" which is guaranteed to be a 5R probability variable jackpot, and also displays a special The fourth symbol in FIG. 2 is stopped and displayed as "○", and the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed as a combination of "111". On the other hand, the special figure 1 which is being displayed in a variable manner is discarded and becomes a loss because the special figure 4 becomes a jackpot, and the fourth symbol is stopped and displayed as "x". In addition, the decorative symbol display device 208 also displays the words "You did it!" to congratulate you on hitting the jackpot. Thereafter, when the symbol display time of special figure 2 has elapsed, a jackpot start effect is started as shown in FIG. 34 (r''). Note that the effect shown in FIG. 34(r'') is the same as the effect shown in FIG. 34(r'), so a description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 35 shows an example of consecutive notices during the small win rush.

In FIG. 35(a), it is shown that a shortening variation (for example, a shortening variation of 5.5 seconds) of special drawing 2 is performed in the small hit rush. In addition, the shortening variation of this special figure 2 is a symbol variation display that results in a miss. On the other hand, in special map 1, long fluctuations (for example, long fluctuations of 500 seconds) are also performed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 2 is also displayed in a variable manner, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the fourth pattern of the special pattern 1 and the special pattern 2 is also displayed in a variable manner. is also being carried out. In addition, in the center of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208, the Bancho character TDR appears, and above the Bancho character TDR, the words "Small win rush" are displayed, indicating the current game status. It is reported that there is a rush for small wins. In addition, below the mini symbol, the number of hits and the total number of prize balls won continue to be displayed, and at the timing shown in Figure 35(a), from the first jackpot to the 8th hit (big hit / small hit) ) has occurred, and the number of consecutive winnings is displayed for the ``8th time'', and the total number of prize balls acquired is ``1700pt'', indicating that the total number of prize balls acquired since the first jackpot is 1700. Displayed.

FIG. 35(b) shows the situation when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is finished. On the other hand, special drawing 1 continues to display symbol variations. In addition, in this production example, at least two game balls enter the special figure 2 starting hole 232 between the timing shown in FIG. 35(a) and the timing shown in FIG. 35(b), and the special figure 2 is held. It is full (4 tanks). In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, depending on the result of the special pattern 2 being out of place, the decorative patterns are stopped and displayed in the combination of the outgoing decorative patterns of "Decoration 4 - Decoration 1 - Decoration 7". In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "417" in accordance with this. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, an "x" is displayed on the fourth symbol of special drawing 2 to indicate that it is a loss, and the fourth symbol of special drawing 1 is still being displayed in a variable manner. A blinking "-" symbol is displayed.

After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 has elapsed, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. In the production example shown in FIG. 35(c), the symbol variation display of this special figure 2 is a shortened variation that results in a miss (for example, a shortened variation of 5.5 seconds). On the other hand, long fluctuations are still continuing in Tokuzu 1. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a moving animation of the pending icons h21 to h24 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h21 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21 and is displayed as the first hold icon h21, The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22, and the fourth hold icon h24 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h23. and is displayed as a third hold icon h23. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 2 has also started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of storage in the special pattern 2 is decreased by 1, and the number of reservations in the special pattern 2 is decreased by 1, The fourth symbol has also started to be displayed in a variable manner. Further, at the timing shown in FIG. 35(c), a large number "3" is displayed on the right side of the bancho character TDR, indicating that a continuous preview of the countdown has started. This continuous notice suggests that the player will be in an advantageous state in the symbol variation display where the number is "0". In addition, in this continuous notice, the symbol change display before the symbol change display in which "0" is displayed is a symbol change display that is certain to be a miss, and by performing this continuous notice, the It may be possible to give the player a sense of security that the winning rush will continue. In other words, it can be said that this continuous countdown notice suggests to the player the timing at which the symbol variation display, which is the subject of the pre-read notice, will start. In addition, in this embodiment, when a continuous countdown notice is started, it continues until the number reaches "0", but the countdown ends before the number reaches "0". There may be cases in which a series of false notices are given. In addition, in this production example, the continuous notice is given in a manner that counts down each time the symbol changes are displayed, but the advance notice may be made by counting down the time, or it may be made in advance by the manner in which the numerical value or meter decreases. You can.

FIG. 35(d) shows the state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is finished. On the other hand, special drawing 1 continues to display symbol variations. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the decorative pattern is stopped and displayed in the combination of the decorative pattern of "Decoration 5 - Decoration 1 - Decoration 4" in accordance with the result of the deviation of the special figure 2. In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "514" in accordance with this. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, an "x" is displayed on the fourth symbol of special drawing 2 to indicate that it is a loss, and the fourth symbol of special drawing 1 is still being displayed in a variable manner. A blinking "-" symbol is displayed.

After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 has elapsed, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. In the production example shown in FIG. 35(e), the symbol variation display of this special figure 2 is a shortened variation that results in a miss (for example, a shortened variation of 5.5 seconds). On the other hand, long fluctuations are still continuing in Tokuzu 1. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a moving animation of the pending icons h21 to h23 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h21 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21 and is displayed as the first hold icon h21, The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 2 has also started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of storage in the special pattern 2 is decreased by 1, and the number of reservations in the special pattern 2 is decreased by 1, The fourth symbol has also started to be displayed in a variable manner. Further, at the timing shown in FIG. 35(c), a large number "2" is displayed on the right side of the leader character TDR, indicating that the continuous preview is continuing.

FIG. 35(f) shows the situation when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is completed. On the other hand, special drawing 1 continues to display symbol variations. In addition, in this production example, one game ball enters the special figure 2 starting hole 232 between the timing shown in FIG. 35(e) and the timing shown in FIG. It is one. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, depending on the result of the special pattern 2 being out of place, the decorative patterns are stopped and displayed in the combination of the outgoing decorative patterns of "Decoration 4 - Decoration 5 - Decoration 1". In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "451" in accordance with this. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, an "x" is displayed on the fourth symbol of special drawing 2 to indicate that it is a loss, and the fourth symbol of special drawing 1 is still being displayed in a variable manner. A blinking "-" symbol is displayed.

Thereafter, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 has elapsed, the hold of the special figure 2 is extinguished and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. In the production example shown in FIG. 35(g), the symbol variation display of this special figure 2 is a shortened variation that results in a miss (for example, a shortened variation of 5.5 seconds). On the other hand, special chart 1 continues to have long fluctuations. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a moving animation of the pending icons h21 to h23 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h21 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21 and is displayed as the first hold icon h21, The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 2 has also started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of storage in the special pattern 2 is decreased by 1, The fourth symbol has also started to be displayed in a variable manner. Further, at the timing shown in FIG. 35(g), a large number "1" is displayed on the right side of the leader character TDR, indicating that the continuous preview is continuing.

FIG. 35(h) shows the situation when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is finished. On the other hand, special drawing 1 continues to display symbol variations. In addition, in this production example, at least two game balls enter the special figure 2 starting port 232 between the timing shown in FIG. 35(g) and the timing shown in FIG. 35(h), and the special figure 2 is held. It is full (4 tanks). In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, depending on the result of the deviation of the special figure 2, the decorative patterns are stopped and displayed in the combination of decorative patterns of the deviation ``Decoration 1 - Decoration 4 - Decoration 5''. In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "145" in accordance with this. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, an "x" is displayed on the fourth symbol of special drawing 2 to indicate that it is a loss, and the fourth symbol of special drawing 1 is still being displayed in a variable manner. A blinking "-" symbol is displayed.

After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 has elapsed, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. In the production example shown in FIG. 35(i), the symbol fluctuation display of this special figure 2 is a shortened fluctuation (for example, a shortened fluctuation of 8.5 seconds) that results in a small hit. On the other hand, long fluctuations are still continuing in Tokuzu 1. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a moving animation of the pending icons h21 to h24 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h21 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21 and is displayed as the first hold icon h21, The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22, and the fourth hold icon h24 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h23. and is displayed as a third hold icon h23. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 2 has also started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of storage in the special pattern 2 is decreased by 1, and the number of reservations in the special pattern 2 is decreased by 1, The fourth symbol has also started to be displayed in a variable manner. Further, at the timing shown in FIG. 35(i), a large number "0" is displayed on the right side of the leader character TDR, indicating that the continuous preview is continuing.

Then, at the timing shown in FIG. 35(j), a speech bubble with the words "Press the button!" is displayed on the right side of the bancho character TDR. In response to this, when the player operates the effect button 136 at the timing shown in FIG. 35(k), the text "Press the button!" in the speech bubble changes to "Get a small hit" as shown in FIG. 35(l). The text may change to "Daze!". That is, in the symbol variation display of the special drawing 2 that is being executed, a notice is given that suggests that there is a possibility of a small hit. In addition, in this embodiment, if a performance prompting the operation of the performance button 136 is performed in the continuous notice, a small hit will always occur in the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 being executed. If there is an operation, a different display may be displayed. For example, one display out of multiple displays with different degrees of reliability for a small win may be displayed, and even if there is no small win, the production button may be displayed. 136 may be performed.

Thereafter, at the timing shown in FIG. 35(m), the small winning symbol is displayed on the special symbol 2, the special symbol 1 which is being displayed in a variable manner is discarded, and a losing symbol is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the decorative pattern is stopped and displayed in the combination of the small winning decorative pattern "Decoration 1 - Decoration 2 - Decoration 3" according to the result of the small win of the special drawing 2. In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "123" in accordance with this. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, "△" indicating a small hit is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 2, and "△" indicating a loss is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 1. ×” is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 35(m), in response to the small winning pattern being stopped and displayed in the special drawing 2 as a result of continuous advance notice, a message is displayed on the right side of the bank leader's character TDR. A speech bubble with the characters "!" is displayed to inform the player that he or she has won a small hit. Thereafter, a small winning game related to the small winning of special figure 2 will be started. After that, the effects shown in FIGS. 35(m) to 35(p) are performed. Note that the effects shown in FIGS. 35(m) to 35(p) are the same as the effects shown in FIGS. 33(f) to 33(i) (excluding the high setting suggestion), so a description thereof will be omitted.

FIGS. 36 to 39 show other examples of continuous notices during the small win rush. Note that the effects shown in FIGS. 36(1) to 36(6) are similar to the effects shown in FIGS. 35(a) to 35(f), so the explanation will be omitted.

After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 has elapsed, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. In the production example shown in FIG. 36 (7), the symbol variation display of this special figure 2 is a shortened variation that results in a miss (for example, a shortened variation of 5.5 seconds). On the other hand, long fluctuations are still continuing in Tokuzu 1. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a moving animation of the pending icons h21 to h23 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h21 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21 and is displayed as the first hold icon h21, The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 2 has also started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of storage in the special pattern 2 is decreased by 1, and the number of reservations in the special pattern 2 is decreased by 1, The fourth symbol has also started to be displayed in a variable manner. Furthermore, at the timing shown in FIG. 36 (7), the number "1" as a decorative character is displayed on the right side of the bancho character TDR, indicating that continuous previews are continuing, and setting suggestions are made. There is. Note that the setting suggestion may be made at any timing in the continuous notice, or the range of suggested settings may be varied depending on the timing in the continuous notice. For example, if the number "3" is a decorative character, it suggests setting 5 or 6, and if the number "0" is a decorative character, it suggests that setting 1 is negated. There may be. After that, the effects shown in FIGS. 36(8) to 36(11) are performed. Note that the effects shown in FIGS. 36(8) to 36(11) are similar to the effects shown in FIGS. 35(h) to 35(k), and therefore the description thereof will be omitted.

In this production example, when the player operates the production button 136 at the timing shown in FIG. 36 (11), the Bancho character TDR becomes gigantic and his clothes are torn, as shown in FIG. 36 (12). , and a speech bubble with the words "Get 3 small wins!" may be displayed on the right side of the bancho character TDR whose display mode has changed. In other words, there will be a small hit in the symbol variation display of special figure 2 that is being executed, and a notice will be given that suggests that two additional small wins will be included in the symbol variation display of special figure 2 whose start is pending. It is being said. In other words, in the symbol variation display that is subject to continuous notice, the notice regarding the symbol variation display that is being executed (the variation notice) may include a pre-read notice regarding the symbol variation display of special drawing 2 whose start is pending. It is shown. By seeing this preview, the player may expect a large amount of prize balls to be paid out.

FIG. 36 (13) shows the situation when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. That is, the small winning symbol is displayed in the special figure 2, and therefore the special figure 1 which is being displayed in a variable manner is discarded and a losing symbol is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the decorative pattern is stopped and displayed in the combination of the small winning decorative pattern "Decoration 1 - Decoration 2 - Decoration 3" according to the result of the small win of the special drawing 2. In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "123" in accordance with this. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, "△" indicating a small hit is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 2, and "△" indicating a loss is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 1. ×” is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 36 (13), in response to the small winning pattern being stopped and displayed in the special drawing 2, the characters "Yosha! First one!" are displayed on the right side of the bank chief character TDR. A speech bubble is displayed to inform the player that he has won a small hit. In other words, the effect is that the player has won the first small win in a series of three small wins. Thereafter, a small winning game related to the small winning of special figure 2 will be started.

In FIG. 36 (14), it is shown that the small winning game is being played after the symbol display time (for example, 0.5 seconds) of the special figure 2 has elapsed. As mentioned above, the small winning game related to the small winning of special figure 2 is a small winning game in which the game ball is likely to enter the second variable winning hole 235, and you can expect to win the prize ball. At the timing shown in FIG. 36 (14), 6 game balls entered the second variable prize opening 235 after the small winning game started, so 60 prize balls were paid out, and the lower right part of the display screen , the words "60/100 get!" are displayed according to the number of prize balls won. Note that the display of the total number of award balls displayed below the mini symbol has not been updated. In addition, in the center of the display screen, the words "SMALL BONUS!" indicating that a small winning game is in progress are displayed superimposed on the bancho character TDR, informing the player that a small winning game is in progress. ing.

Thereafter, when the second variable winning hole 235 is opened and closed a predetermined number of times (12 times) or a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls enter the second variable winning hole 235, the small winning game ends. At the timing shown in FIG. 36 (15), it is shown that the small winning game has ended when ten game balls have entered the second variable winning hole 235. At this time, in the lower right part of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208, the words "100/100 get!" are displayed according to the number of prize balls acquired, and in this small winning game, 100 prize balls are displayed. It is notified that the money has been paid out.

After that, as shown in FIG. 36 (16), the small winning game ends and the symbol variation display starts in each of the special symbols 1 and 2. That is, the hold of special figure 1 and the hold of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a moving animation of the pending icons h21 to h23 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h21 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21 and is displayed as the first hold icon h21, The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 2 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of reservations of the special pattern 1 and the special pattern 2 are each decreased by 1, The number of reservations for special drawing 1 becomes "1" and the number of reservations for special drawing 2 becomes "2". In addition, variable display of the fourth symbols of the special symbols 1 and 2 has also started in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284. In addition, in the production example shown in FIG. 36 (16), since a pending series of small winnings is announced, an animation of the number of prize balls acquired in this small winning game being added to the total number of won prize balls is shown. Reserved. In addition, on the right side of the banker's character TDR, a speech bubble with the words "Two more!" is displayed, indicating that two small wins are pending in the reserve of special drawing 2. It can be said that the display is at least partially different from the display mode shown in (12). That is, as shown in FIG. 36 (12) to FIG. 36 (16), the display mode of the bancho character TDR that is displayed when the first small win occurs is the same as when the second small win occurs. It can be said that this shows how the display mode of the bancho character TDR changes.

FIG. 36 (17) shows the state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. That is, the small winning symbol is displayed in the special figure 2, and therefore the special figure 1 which is being displayed in a variable manner is discarded and a losing symbol is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the decorative pattern is stopped and displayed in the combination of the small winning decorative pattern "Decoration 1 - Decoration 2 - Decoration 3" according to the result of the small win of the special drawing 2. In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "123" in accordance with this. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, "△" indicating a small hit is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 2, and "△" indicating a loss is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 1. ×” is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 36 (17), in response to the small winning pattern being stopped and displayed in special drawing 2, the characters "Okay! Second one!" are displayed on the right side of the bank chief character TDR. A speech bubble is displayed to inform the player that he has won a small hit. In other words, it is created to represent the second small win in a series of three small wins. Thereafter, a small winning game related to the small winning of special figure 2 will be started.

In FIG. 36 (18), it is shown that the small winning game is being played after the symbol display time (for example, 0.5 seconds) of the special figure 2 has elapsed. As mentioned above, the small winning game related to the small winning of special figure 2 is a small winning game in which the game ball is likely to enter the second variable winning hole 235, and you can expect to win the prize ball. At the timing shown in FIG. 36 (18), since three game balls entered the second variable winning opening 235 after the small winning game started, 30 prize balls were paid out, and the lower right part of the display screen , the words "130/200 get!" are displayed, including the number of prize balls won in the previous small winning game. Note that the display of the total number of award balls displayed below the mini symbol has not been updated. In addition, in the center of the display screen, the words "SMALL BONUS!" indicating that a small winning game is in progress are displayed superimposed on the bancho character TDR, informing the player that a small winning game is in progress. ing.

Thereafter, when the second variable winning hole 235 is opened and closed a predetermined number of times (12 times) or a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls enter the second variable winning hole 235, the small winning game ends. At the timing shown in FIG. 37 (19), it is shown that the small winning game has ended when ten game balls have entered the second variable winning hole 235. At this time, in the lower right part of the display screen of the decorative pattern display device 208, the words "200/200 get!" are displayed according to the number of prize balls acquired, and this small winning game is similar to the previous small winning game. It is announced that a total of 200 prize balls have been paid out.

After that, as shown in FIG. 37 (20), the small winning game ends and the symbol variation display starts in each of the special symbols 1 and 2. That is, the hold of special figure 1 and the hold of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a moving animation of the pending icons h21 to h22 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h21 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, and the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21 and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. . In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 2 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of reservations of the special pattern 1 and the special pattern 2 are each decreased by 1, The number of reservations for special drawing 1 becomes "0" and the number of reservations for special drawing 2 becomes "1". In addition, variable display of the fourth symbols of the special symbols 1 and 2 has also started in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284. In addition, in the production example shown in FIG. 37 (20), since a pending series of small winnings is announced, there is also an animation in which the number of prize balls acquired in this small winning game is added to the total number of won prize balls. Reserved. Also, on the right side of the banker's character TDR, a speech bubble with the words "One more to go!" is displayed, indicating that one more small win is pending in the special drawing 2 reserve. .

FIG. 37 (21) shows the situation when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is finished. On the other hand, special drawing 1 continues to display symbol variations. In this production example, two game balls enter the special figure 2 starting port 232 between the timing shown in FIG. 37 (20) and the timing shown in FIG. 37 (21), and the hold of the special figure 2 becomes 3. It is one. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, depending on the result of the deviation of the special figure 2, the decorative patterns are stopped and displayed in the combination of decorative patterns of the deviation ``Decoration 1 - Decoration 4 - Decoration 5''. In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "145" in accordance with this. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, an "x" is displayed on the fourth symbol of special drawing 2 to indicate that it is a loss, and the fourth symbol of special drawing 1 is still being displayed in a variable manner. A blinking "-" symbol is displayed.

After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 has elapsed, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started as shown in FIG. 37 (22). The symbol variation display of this special figure 2 is a shortened variation that results in a small hit (for example, a shortened variation of 8.5 seconds). On the other hand, special chart 1 continues to have long fluctuations. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a moving animation of the pending icons h21 to h23 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h21 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21 and is displayed as the first hold icon h21, The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 2 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of storage in the special pattern 2 is decreased by 1, 4 symbols have also started to be displayed in a variable manner. In addition, the speech bubble to the right of the bancho character TDR with the words "One more to go!" continues to be displayed.

FIG. 37 (23) shows the situation when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. That is, a small winning symbol is displayed in the special figure 2, and therefore the special figure 1 which is being displayed in a variable manner is discarded and a losing symbol is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the decorative pattern is stopped and displayed in the combination of the small winning decorative pattern "Decoration 1 - Decoration 2 - Decoration 3" according to the result of the small win of the special drawing 2. In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "123" in accordance with this. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, "△" indicating a small hit is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 2, and "△" indicating a loss is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 1. ×” is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 37 (23), in response to the small winning pattern being stopped and displayed in the special drawing 2, the characters "Okay! Third one!" are displayed on the right side of the bank chief character TDR. A speech bubble is displayed to inform the player that he has won a small hit. In other words, the effect is that the player has won the third small hit in a series of three small wins. Thereafter, a small winning game related to the small winning of special figure 2 will be started.

In FIG. 37 (24), it is shown that the small winning game is being played after the symbol display time (for example, 0.5 seconds) of the special figure 2 has elapsed. As mentioned above, the small winning game related to the small winning of special figure 2 is a small winning game in which the game ball is likely to enter the second variable winning hole 235, and you can expect to win the prize ball. At the timing shown in FIG. 37 (24), 4 game balls entered the second variable winning hole 235 after the start of the small winning game, so 40 prize balls were paid out, and the lower right part of the display screen , the words "240/300 get!" are displayed, including the number of prize balls won in the two small winning games. Note that the display of the total number of award balls displayed below the mini symbol has not been updated. In addition, in the center of the display screen, the words "SMALL BONUS!" indicating that a small winning game is in progress are displayed superimposed on the bancho character TDR, informing the player that a small winning game is in progress. ing.

Thereafter, when the second variable winning hole 235 is opened and closed a predetermined number of times (12 times) or a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls enter the second variable winning hole 235, the small winning game ends. At the timing shown in FIG. 37 (25), it is shown that the small winning game has ended when ten game balls have entered the second variable winning hole 235. At this time, in the lower right part of the display screen of the decorative pattern display device 208, the words "300/300 get!" are displayed according to the number of prize balls acquired, and in this small winning game, the previous two small winning games are displayed. It is reported that 300 prize balls have been paid out including the winning games.

After that, as shown in FIG. 37 (26), the small winning game ends and the symbol variation display starts in the special figure 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. In addition, since there is no pending symbol variation display in special drawing 1, the symbol variation display is not started. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a moving animation of the hold icons h21 and h22 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the hold icon that was in the display position of the first hold icon h21 (the hold icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, and the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21 and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. . In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 2 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of storage in the special pattern 2 is decreased by 1, and the storage number of the special pattern 2 is decreased by 1. The number becomes "1". In addition, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special symbol 2 has also started in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284. In addition, at the timing shown in FIG. 37 (26), the character TDR of the bancho is clothed and displayed in a reduced size, and an animation in which the number of prize balls acquired in three small winning games is added to the total number of prize balls acquired is shown. It is shown how it is displayed. After that, as shown in Figure 37 (27), the 300 prize balls acquired in this series of small winnings are added to the total number of prize balls that were set as ``1700pt'', and the number becomes ``2000pt.'' Has been updated. In addition, in this embodiment, since more than 2000 game balls have been acquired, a symbol with large letters "Get 2000 points!!" is displayed in the center of the display screen. ing. Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 37 (27'), the number "2000" may be displayed in decorative letters to suggest settings. In this case, for example, when displayed in decorative letters, it may suggest that the setting is 4 or higher.

In this embodiment, when the hold that is the subject of a continuous notice is a small hit or a jackpot, the relevant notice performance including the above-mentioned advance notice of the continuous notice on hold is executed. It may be used as a symbol change display (missing SP reach, etc.), or it may also be used as a pre-read notice of pending continuous changes if the symbol change display that was held after the hold that was the subject of the continuous notice is a specific symbol change display. The preview performance including the above may be executed.

In addition, in this production example, the small hit rush game state is maintained from the start of the continuous notice until the symbol fluctuation display that will result in a small win, which is the subject of the pre-read notice of the pending continuous chance, is executed. While the continuous notice and related performance are being performed, the player may be freed from anxiety that the gaming state will deteriorate from the rush to win the small prize.

FIG. 38 (23a) shows another example of production following FIG. 37 (22).

FIG. 38 (23a) shows the state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. That is, the small winning symbol is displayed in the special figure 2, and therefore the special figure 1 which is being displayed in a variable manner is discarded and a losing symbol is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the decorative pattern is stopped and displayed in the combination of the small winning decorative pattern "Decoration 1 - Decoration 2 - Decoration 3" according to the result of the small win of the special drawing 2. In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "123" in accordance with this. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, "△" indicating a small hit is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 2, and "△" indicating a loss is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 1. ×” is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 37 (23a), in response to the small winning pattern being stopped and displayed in the special drawing 2, the characters "Okay! Third one!" are displayed on the right side of the bank chief character TDR. A speech bubble is displayed to inform the player that he has won a small hit. In other words, the effect is that the player has won the third small hit in a series of three small wins. Thereafter, a small winning game related to the small winning of special figure 2 will be started.

Subsequently, in FIG. 38 (24a), the text in the speech bubble displayed on the right side of the bancho character TDR changes to "There are two more!". In this embodiment, when a small hit occurs on the last symbol variation display of the symbol variation displays that are subject to the pre-read notice, there is a case where a pre-read notice regarding the symbol variation display of the reserved special figure 2 is further performed. be. In other words, in FIG. 38 (24a), after performing the relevant fluctuation notice + look-ahead notice performance of the pending three consecutive small winnings, when a small hit is achieved as a result of the last symbol change display of the subject of the look-ahead notice, , it has been shown that there may be cases where a look-ahead notice is given. This may make the player expect a larger amount of balls to be paid. In addition, in this embodiment, the number of symbol variation displays that result in a small hit is notified, but a pre-read notice may be given in the case where some or all of them do not result in a small hit.

In FIG. 38 (25a), it is shown that the small winning game is being played after the symbol display time (for example, 0.5 seconds) of the special figure 2 has elapsed. As mentioned above, the small winning game related to the small winning of special figure 2 is a small winning game in which the game ball is likely to enter the second variable winning hole 235, and you can expect to win the prize ball. At the timing shown in FIG. 38 (25a), since four game balls entered the second variable winning hole 235 after the start of the small winning game, 40 prize balls were paid out, and the lower right part of the display screen , the words "240/300 get!" are displayed, including the number of prize balls won in the two small winning games. Note that the display of the total number of award balls displayed below the mini symbol has not been updated. In addition, in the center of the display screen, the words "SMALL BONUS!" indicating that a small winning game is in progress are displayed superimposed on the bancho character TDR, informing the player that a small winning game is in progress. ing.

Thereafter, when the second variable winning hole 235 is opened and closed a predetermined number of times (12 times) or a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls enter the second variable winning hole 235, the small winning game ends. At the timing shown in FIG. 38 (26a), it is shown that the small winning game has ended when ten game balls have entered the second variable winning hole 235. At this time, in the lower right part of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208, the words "300/300 get!" are displayed according to the number of prize balls acquired, and in this small winning game, the previous two small winning balls are displayed. It is reported that 300 prize balls have been paid out including the winning games.

After that, as shown in FIG. 38 (27a), the small winning game ends and the symbol variation display starts in the special figure 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a moving animation of the hold icons h21 and h22 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the hold icon that was in the display position of the first hold icon h21 (the hold icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, and the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21 and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. . In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 2 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of storage in the special pattern 2 is decreased by 1, and the storage number of the special pattern 2 is decreased by 1. The number becomes "1". In addition, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special symbol 2 has also started in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284. In addition, in the production example shown in FIG. 38 (27a), since a pending series of small winnings is further announced, the number of prize balls acquired in the current small winning game is also added to the total number of won prize balls. Animation is reserved. Further, on the right side of the banker's character TDR, a speech bubble with the words "Two more to go!" indicating that two small wins are pending in the reserve of special drawing 2 is displayed.

FIG. 38 (28a) shows the state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is finished and the small winning symbol is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the decorative pattern is stopped and displayed in the combination of the small winning decorative pattern "Decoration 1 - Decoration 2 - Decoration 3" according to the result of the small win of the special drawing 2. In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "123" in accordance with this. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, a "△" indicating a small hit is displayed on the fourth symbol of the special symbol 2. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 38 (28a), in response to the small winning pattern being stopped and displayed in the special drawing 2, the characters "Yosha! 4th one!" are displayed on the right side of the bank chief character TDR. A speech bubble is displayed to inform the player that he has won a small hit. In other words, in addition to the 3rd small win of the 3 small wins held in a row, there is also one more small win, creating a chain of holds. ing. Thereafter, a small winning game related to the small winning of special figure 2 will be started.

In FIG. 38 (29a), it is shown that the small winning game is being played after the symbol display time (for example, 0.5 seconds) of the special figure 2 has elapsed. As mentioned above, the small winning game related to the small winning of special figure 2 is a small winning game in which the game ball is likely to enter the second variable winning hole 235, and you can expect to win the prize ball. At the timing shown in FIG. 38 (29a), since 7 game balls entered the second variable prize opening 235 after the small winning game started, 70 prize balls were paid out, and the lower right part of the display screen , the words "370/400 get!" are displayed, including the number of prize balls won in the three small winning games. Note that the display of the total number of award balls displayed below the mini symbol has not been updated. In addition, in the center of the display screen, the words "SMALL BONUS!" indicating that a small winning game is in progress are displayed superimposed on the bancho character TDR, informing the player that a small winning game is in progress. ing.

Thereafter, when the second variable winning hole 235 is opened and closed a predetermined number of times (12 times) or a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls enter the second variable winning hole 235, the small winning game ends. At the timing shown in FIG. 38 (30a), it is shown that the small winning game has ended when ten game balls have entered the second variable winning hole 235. At this time, in the lower right part of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208, the words "400/400 get!" are displayed according to the number of prize balls obtained, and in this small winning game, the previous three small winning balls are displayed. It is reported that 400 prize balls have been paid out including the winning games.

After that, as shown in FIG. 38 (31a), the small winning game ends and the symbol variation display starts in the special figure 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a moving animation of the pending icon h21 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the pending icon (the pending icon that is subject to the current pattern change) that was in the display position of the first pending icon h21 is moved. , moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 2 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of storage in the special pattern 2 is decreased by 1, and the storage number of the special pattern 2 is decreased by 1. The number becomes "0". In addition, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special symbol 2 has also started in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284. In addition, in the production example shown in FIG. 38 (31a), since an additional pending series of small winnings is announced, the number of prize balls acquired in this small winning game will be added to the total number of won prize balls. Animation is also reserved. Also, on the right side of the banker's character TDR, a speech bubble with the words "One more to go!" is displayed, indicating that one more small win is pending in the special drawing 2 reserve. .

FIG. 38 (32a) shows the situation when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is finished. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the decorative pattern is stopped and displayed in the combination of the small winning decorative pattern "Decoration 1 - Decoration 2 - Decoration 3" according to the result of the small win of the special drawing 2. In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "123" in accordance with this. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, a "△" indicating a small hit is displayed on the fourth symbol of the special symbol 2. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 38 (32a), in response to the small winning pattern being stopped and displayed in the special drawing 2, the characters "Yosha! 5th one!" are displayed on the right side of the bank chief character TDR. A speech bubble is displayed to inform the player that he has won a small hit. In other words, the effect is that the player has won the 5th small win out of the 5 additional small wins that have been held. Thereafter, a small winning game related to the small winning of special figure 2 will be started.

In FIG. 38 (33a), it is shown that the small winning game is being played after the symbol display time (for example, 0.5 seconds) of the special figure 2 has elapsed. As mentioned above, the small winning game related to the small winning of special figure 2 is a small winning game in which the game ball is likely to enter the second variable winning hole 235, and you can expect to win the prize ball. At the timing shown in FIG. 38 (33a), 6 game balls entered the second variable winning hole 235 after the small winning game started, so 60 prize balls were paid out, and the lower right part of the display screen , the words "460/500 get!" are displayed, including the number of prize balls won in the four small winning games. Note that the display of the total number of award balls displayed below the mini symbol has not been updated. In addition, in the center of the display screen, the words "SMALL BONUS!" indicating that a small winning game is in progress are displayed over the bancho character TDR, informing the player that a small winning game is in progress. ing.

Thereafter, when the second variable winning hole 235 is opened and closed a predetermined number of times (12 times) or a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls enter the second variable winning hole 235, the small winning game ends. At the timing shown in FIG. 38 (34a), it is shown that the small winning game has ended when ten game balls have entered the second variable winning hole 235. At this time, in the lower right part of the display screen of the decorative pattern display device 208, the words "500/500 get!" are displayed according to the number of prize balls acquired, and in this small winning game, the previous four small winning balls are displayed. It is reported that 500 prize balls have been paid out including the winning games. In addition, in this production example, one game ball enters the special figure 2 starting port 232 between the timing shown in FIG. It is one.

After that, as shown in FIG. 38 (35a), the small winning game ends and the symbol variation display starts in the special figure 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a moving animation of the pending icon h21 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the pending icon (the pending icon that is subject to the current pattern change) that was in the display position of the first pending icon h21 is moved. , moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 2 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of storage in the special pattern 2 is decreased by 1, and the storage number of the special pattern 2 is decreased by 1. The number becomes "0". In addition, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special symbol 2 has also started in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284. Furthermore, at the timing shown in FIG. 38 (35a), the character TDR of the bancho is clothed and displayed in a reduced size, and an animation in which the number of prize balls acquired in the five small winning games is added to the total number of prize balls acquired is shown. It is shown how it is displayed. After that, as shown in Figure 38 (36a), the 500 prize balls acquired in this series of small winnings are added to the total number of prize balls that was set as "1700pt", and the number becomes "2200pt". Has been updated. In addition, in this embodiment, since more than 2000 game balls have been acquired, a symbol with large letters "Get 2000 points!!" is displayed in the center of the display screen. ing.

FIG. 39 (12b) shows another production example following FIG. 36 (11).

When the player operates the effect button 136 at the timing shown in FIG. 36 (11), as shown in FIG. 39 (12b), the Bancho character TDR becomes gigantic, his clothes are torn, and his loincloth becomes dewy. When the display mode changes to a tricolor color, and a speech bubble is displayed on the right side of the Bancho character TDR whose display mode has changed, with the words "Tricolor!! One small win and something new!" There is. In other words, there will be a small hit in the symbol variation display of the special drawing 2 that is being executed, and a notice will be given that suggests that the symbol variation display of the special drawing 2 whose start is pending will further include a guaranteed variable jackpot. There is. In other words, in the symbol variation display that is subject to continuous notice, the notice regarding the symbol variation display that is being executed (the variation notice) may include a pre-read notice regarding the symbol variation display of special drawing 2 whose start is pending. It is shown. By seeing this notice, the player may expect a large amount of prize balls to be paid out. In addition, the character display of the speech bubble may be displayed as other characters. For example, if the result of the symbol change is a small hit, and the symbol change display that has been suspended since the symbol change includes one small hit and a jackpot, It is also possible to foretell the jackpot in advance by displaying the loincloth of the banker's character TDR in tricolor colors while displaying the words "You'll get one small win!". Alternatively, it may be suggested that a series of pending jackpots will occur by displaying characters that are different from the normal display, such as "You've won a lot of small wins!". Further, in this embodiment, when a variable probability jackpot occurs in the small win rush, the game shifts to the small win rush again (loop), but a part of the probability variable jackpot may fall into the battle mode. In other words, there may be a jackpot with a variable probability that changes from a small hit rush to a battle mode.

FIG. 39 (13b) shows the state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. That is, the small winning symbol is displayed in the special figure 2, and therefore the special figure 1 which is being displayed in a variable manner is discarded and a losing symbol is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the decorative pattern is stopped and displayed in the combination of the small winning decorative pattern "Decoration 1 - Decoration 2 - Decoration 3" according to the result of the small win of the special drawing 2. In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "123" in accordance with this. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, "△" indicating a small hit is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 2, and "△" indicating a loss is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 1. ×” is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 39 (13b), in response to the small winning pattern being stopped and displayed in the special drawing 2, the characters "Yosha! First one!" are displayed on the right side of the bank chief character TDR. A speech bubble is displayed to inform the player that he has won a small hit. In other words, the effect is that the player has won the first small win out of a series of pending wins that include multiple wins (big hit, small win). Thereafter, a small winning game related to the small winning of special figure 2 will be started.

In FIG. 39 (14b), it is shown that the small winning game is being played after the symbol display time (for example, 0.5 seconds) of the special figure 2 has elapsed. As mentioned above, the small winning game related to the small winning of special figure 2 is a small winning game in which the game ball is likely to enter the second variable winning hole 235, and you can expect to win the prize ball. At the timing shown in FIG. 39 (14b), 6 game balls entered the second variable winning hole 235 after the small winning game started, so 60 prize balls were paid out, and the lower right part of the display screen , the words "60/100 get!" are displayed according to the number of prize balls won. Note that the display of the total number of award balls displayed below the mini symbol has not been updated. In addition, in the center of the display screen, the words "SMALL BONUS!" indicating that a small winning game is in progress are displayed superimposed on the bancho character TDR, informing the player that a small winning game is in progress. ing.

Thereafter, when the second variable winning hole 235 is opened and closed a predetermined number of times (12 times) or a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls enter the second variable winning hole 235, the small winning game ends. At the timing shown in FIG. 39 (15b), it is shown that the small winning game has ended when ten game balls have entered the second variable winning hole 235. At this time, in the lower right part of the display screen of the decorative pattern display device 208, the words "100/100 get!" are displayed according to the number of prize balls acquired, and in this small winning game, 100 prize balls are displayed. It is notified that the money has been paid out.

After that, as shown in FIG. 39 (16b), the small winning game ends and the symbol variation display starts in each of the special symbols 1 and 2. That is, the hold of special figure 1 and the hold of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a moving animation of the pending icons h21 to h23 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h21 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21 and is displayed as the first hold icon h21, The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 2 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of reservations of the special pattern 1 and the special pattern 2 are each decreased by 1, The number of reservations for special drawing 1 becomes "1" and the number of reservations for special drawing 2 becomes "2". In addition, variable display of the fourth symbols of the special symbols 1 and 2 has also started in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284. In addition, in the production example shown in FIG. 39 (16b), since a pending consecutive chance (big hit or small hit) is announced, the number of prize balls acquired in this small winning game will be added to the total number of won prize balls. Animation is reserved. Further, on the right side of the banker's character TDR, a speech bubble with the words "Something is coming!" indicating that a hit is pending in the reserve of special drawing 2 is displayed. In the present embodiment, when the reserved symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot, the tricolor loincloth bancho character TDR is displayed, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, it may be displayed when both a small win pending consecutive chance and a jackpot pending consecutive chance are included, or it may be displayed when only a small winning pending consecutive chance is included.

After that, in FIG. 39 (17b), the decorative symbol "Decoration 1" is stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 208a and the right symbol display area 208c, a reach state is formed, and the characters "Reach!" are displayed, The reach performance begins. At this time, the decorative pattern is enlarged and displayed while moving to the center. After that, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 39 (18b), "Decoration 1" is stopped and displayed in the middle pattern display area 208, and the swinging fluctuation is performed. At this time, the bancho character TDR is displayed in a reduced size at the lower left portion of the display screen, and a speech bubble with the words "Kitakore!" is displayed to notify that the probability-variable jackpot has been confirmed.

After that, as shown in FIG. 39 (19b), the decorative pattern display device 208 stops displaying the combination of decorative symbols ``Decoration 1 - Decoration 1 - Decoration 1'' which is guaranteed to be a 5R probability-variable jackpot, and the special pattern 2 The fourth symbol is stopped and displayed as "○", and the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed as a combination of "111". On the other hand, the special figure 1 which is being displayed in a variable manner is discarded and becomes a loss because the special figure 2 becomes a jackpot, and the fourth symbol is stopped and displayed as "x". In addition, the decorative symbol display device 208 also displays the words "You did it!" to congratulate the player on hitting the jackpot. Thereafter, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 has elapsed, a jackpot start effect is started as shown in FIG. 39 (20b). Note that the performance shown in FIG. 39 (20b) is the same as the performance shown in FIG. 34 (r'), except that the display of the number of consecutive matches and the display of the total number of prize balls won are different, so the explanation will be omitted.

FIG. 39 (21b) shows that the fifth round of the 5R probability variable jackpot has ended and the jackpot end effect is being performed. When the jackpot end effect starts, the words "Jackpot has ended, small hit rush continues!" are displayed in the center of the decorative pattern display device 208, and the transition to the small hit rush (special pattern high probability general pattern low probability state) will be made again. be notified. Also, at the timing shown in Figure 39 (21b), the total number of prize balls displayed at the bottom right of the display screen is "1700 + 100 + 300 pt", which means that the previous small hit was 100 balls, and the current jackpot was 100 pts. It has been announced that 300 prize balls will be won and these will be added to the 1,700 balls that were won previously.

After that, as shown in FIG. 39 (22b), the jackpot game ends and the symbol variation display starts in each of the special symbols 1 and 2. That is, the hold of special figure 1 and the hold of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. At this time, the words "Small win rush continues!" are displayed in the center of the display screen, notifying that the small win rush has started again. The character display "Small win rush continues!" is then erased at the timing shown in FIG. 39 (23b). In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a moving animation of the pending icons h21 to h23 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h21 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21 and is displayed as the first hold icon h21, The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 2 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of reservations of the special pattern 1 and the special pattern 2 are each decreased by 1, The number of reservations for special drawing 1 becomes "0" and the number of reservations for special drawing 2 becomes "2". In addition, variable display of the fourth symbols of the special symbols 1 and 2 has also started in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284. In addition, as shown in FIG. 39 (22b) to FIG. 39 (23b), the Bancho character TDR is displayed in reduced size while wearing clothes, and the number of prize balls obtained in one small hit game and one jackpot game is displayed. An animation will be displayed in which the number of balls will be added to the total number of prize balls won. After that, as shown in Figure 39 (24b), the total number of prize balls acquired, which was set as ``1700 pt,'' is updated to ``2100 pt'' by adding the 400 prize balls acquired in this consecutive championship. There is. In addition, in this embodiment, since more than 2000 game balls have been acquired, a symbol with large letters "Get 2000 points!!" is displayed in the center of the display screen. ing.

FIGS. 40 to 42 show another example of continuous notice during the small win rush. Note that the effects shown in FIGS. 40(1) to 40(11) are similar to the effects shown in FIGS. 35(a) to 35(k), so a description thereof will be omitted.

In this performance example, when the player operates the performance button 136 at the timing shown in FIG. 40 (11), as shown in FIG. A speech bubble with the words ``!There's a bonus too!'' may be displayed. In other words, there will be a jackpot in the symbol variation display of the special drawing 2 that is being executed, and a notice will be given that suggests that at least one small hit will be included in the symbol variation display of the special drawing 2 whose start is pending. ing. In other words, in the symbol variation display that is subject to continuous notice, the notice regarding the symbol variation display that is being executed (the variation notice) may include a pre-read notice regarding the symbol variation display of special drawing 2 whose start is pending. It is shown. By seeing this preview, the player may expect a large amount of prize balls to be paid out.

After that, in FIG. 40 (13), the decorative symbol "Decoration 1" is stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 208a and the right symbol display area 208c, a reach state is formed, and the characters "Reach!" are displayed, The reach performance begins. At this time, the decorative pattern is enlarged and displayed while moving to the center. On the other hand, Machiko-sensei's character MCK shrinks and moves to the lower left part of the display screen, and a speech bubble with the words "Kuru wa yo!" appears on the right side, raising hopes of winning the jackpot. There is. After that, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 40 (14), "Decoration 1" is stopped and displayed in the middle pattern display area 208, and the swinging fluctuation is performed. At this time, the words in the speech bubble displayed on the right side of Machiko-sensei's character MCK changed to "You did it!", notifying you that you had won the jackpot.

After that, as shown in FIG. 40 (15), the decorative pattern display device 208 stops displaying the combination of decorative symbols ``Decoration 1 - Decoration 1 - Decoration 1'' which is guaranteed to be a 5R variable jackpot, and the special pattern 2 The fourth symbol is stopped and displayed as "○", and the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed as a combination of "111". On the other hand, the special figure 1 which is being displayed in a variable manner is discarded and becomes a loss because the special figure 4 becomes a jackpot, and the fourth symbol is stopped and displayed as "x". Furthermore, in the decorative pattern display device 208, characters such as "You did it!" are also displayed above the decorative pattern to congratulate you on hitting the jackpot. Thereafter, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 has elapsed, a jackpot start effect is started as shown in FIG. 40 (16). The effect shown in FIG. 40 (16) is the same as the effect shown in FIG. 34 (r'), except that the display of the number of consecutive matches and the total number of prize pitches won are different, so the explanation will be omitted.

FIG. 40 (17) shows the state where the 5th round of the 5R probability variable jackpot has ended and the jackpot end effect is being performed. When the jackpot end effect starts, the words "Jackpot has ended, small hit rush continues!" are displayed in the center of the decorative pattern display device 208, and the transition to the small hit rush (special pattern high probability general pattern low probability state) will be made again. be notified. In addition, at the timing shown in Figure 40 (17), the total number of prize balls displayed at the bottom right of the display screen is "1700 + 300pt", meaning that 300 prize balls were won in this jackpot. , it has been announced that these will be added to the 1,700 balls acquired before then. In addition, Machiko-sensei's character MCK will reappear at the bottom left of the display screen, and a speech bubble with the words "There's still more!" will appear on the right side, indicating that there will be a winning consecutive chance. We are giving advance notice. In the present embodiment, the advance notice is given on the condition that a winning pending series of winnings occurs, but a false notice may be given when there is no winning pending consecutive winnings. In addition, in this production example, at least one game ball enters the special figure 2 starting port 232 between the timing shown in FIG. 40 (16) and the timing shown in FIG. 40 (17), and the special figure 2 is suspended. It is full (4 tanks).

FIG. 41 (18) following FIG. 40 (17) shows how the jackpot game has ended and the symbol variation display has started in each of the special symbols 1 and 2. That is, the hold of special figure 1 and the hold of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a moving animation of the pending icons h21 to h24 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h21 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21 and is displayed as the first hold icon h21, The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22, and the fourth hold icon h24 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h23. and is displayed as a third hold icon h23. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 2 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of reservations of the special pattern 1 and the special pattern 2 are each decreased by 1, The number of reservations for special drawing 1 becomes "1" and the number of reservations for special drawing 2 becomes "3". In addition, variable display of the fourth symbols of the special symbols 1 and 2 has also started in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284. Furthermore, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 41 (18), Machiko-sensei's character MDK is displayed on the center left side of the display screen, and a speech bubble with the words "There's a bonus!" is displayed. This creates a sense of anticipation for the successful pending series. In addition, in the production example shown in FIG. 41 (18), since a winning pending series is announced, the animation of adding the number of prize balls acquired in this jackpot game to the total number of won prize balls is reserved. ing.

FIG. 41 (19) shows the situation when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. That is, a small winning symbol is displayed in the special figure 2, and therefore the special figure 1 which is being displayed in a variable manner is discarded and a losing symbol is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the decorative pattern is stopped and displayed in the combination of the small winning decorative pattern "Decoration 1 - Decoration 2 - Decoration 3" according to the result of the small win of the special drawing 2. In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "123" in accordance with this. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, "△" indicating a small hit is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 2, and "△" indicating a loss is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 1. ×” is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 41 (19), in response to the small winning pattern being stopped and displayed in the special drawing 2, the characters ``Bonus!'' are displayed on the right side of Machiko-sensei's character MCK. A speech bubble is displayed, notifying the player that a small win has occurred. Thereafter, a small winning game related to the small winning of special figure 2 will be started.

In FIG. 41 (20), it is shown that the small winning game is being played after the symbol display time (for example, 0.5 seconds) of the special figure 2 has elapsed. As mentioned above, the small winning game related to the small winning of special figure 2 is a small winning game in which the game ball is likely to enter the second variable winning hole 235, and you can expect to win the prize ball. At the timing shown in FIG. 41 (20), since two game balls entered the second variable winning hole 235 after the small winning game started, 20 prize balls were paid out, and the lower right part of the display screen , the words "320/400 get!" are displayed, including the number of prize balls won in the previous jackpot game. Note that the display of the total number of award balls displayed below the mini symbol has not been updated. In addition, in the center of the display screen, the words "SMALL BONUS!" indicating that a small winning game is in progress are displayed superimposed on Machiko-sensei's character MCK, informing the player that a small winning game is in progress. are doing.

Thereafter, when the second variable winning hole 235 is opened and closed a predetermined number of times (12 times) or a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls enter the second variable winning hole 235, the small winning game ends. At the timing shown in FIG. 41 (21), it is shown that the small winning game has ended when ten game balls have entered the second variable winning hole 235. At this time, in the lower right part of the display screen of the decorative pattern display device 208, the words "400/400 get!" are displayed according to the number of prize balls acquired, and this small winning game is different from the previous jackpot game. It is announced that a total of 400 prize balls have been paid out.

After that, as shown in FIG. 41 (22), the small winning game ends and the symbol variation display starts in each of the special symbols 1 and 2. That is, the hold of special figure 1 and the hold of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a moving animation of the pending icons h21 to h23 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h21 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21 and is displayed as the first hold icon h21, The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 2 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of reservations of the special pattern 1 and the special pattern 2 are each decreased by 1, The number of reservations for special drawing 1 becomes "0" and the number of reservations for special drawing 2 becomes "2". In addition, variable display of the fourth symbols of the special symbols 1 and 2 has also started in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284. Furthermore, at the timing shown in FIG. 41 (22), the dressed Bancho character TDR is displayed, and an animation is displayed in which the number of prize balls acquired in the jackpot game and the small win game is added to the total number of prize balls acquired. It is shown that After that, as shown in Figure 41 (23), the 400 prize balls acquired in this series of small winnings are added to the total number of prize balls that were set as "1700pt", and the number becomes "2100pt". Has been updated. In addition, in this embodiment, since more than 2000 game balls have been acquired, a symbol with large letters "Get 2000 points!!" is displayed in the center of the display screen. ing.

FIG. 42 (12a) shows another example of production following FIG. 40 (11).

When the player operates the production button 136 at the timing shown in FIG. 40 (11), the Kopanda character KPD appears as shown in FIG. A speech bubble with a message may be displayed. Further, in FIG. 42 (12a), the first hold icon h21 is displayed in a display mode of a hold notice (golden color). That is, in this production example, a notice is given that there will be a jackpot in the fluctuation that is the subject of the continuous notice, and a notice is given that suggests that there will be another pending series of jackpots. In other words, in the symbol variation display that is subject to continuous notice, the notice regarding the symbol variation display that is being executed (the variation notice) may include a pre-read notice regarding the symbol variation display of special drawing 2 whose start is pending. It is shown. By seeing this notice, the player may expect a large amount of prize balls to be paid out. In addition, in this production example, the hold icon is displayed at the time when the symbol variation display of special figure 2, which is the target of the hold notice, is put on hold (at the time when the entry of the game ball into the second special figure starting port 232 is detected). The mode is displayed in the display mode of a pending notice. That is, regarding the pre-read notice based on the suspension that occurs after the symbol variation display that is the subject of the continuous notice, a different type of pre-read notice from the continuous notice is performed. The display mode of this pending icon may change at the time when the symbol variation display is suspended, or when the symbol variation display occurs, it is displayed in the default display mode, and then the display mode changes. Good too. Further, the display mode of the hold icon may be changed in stages.

After that, in FIG. 42 (13a), the decorative symbol "Decoration 1" is stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 208a and the right symbol display area 208c, a reach state is formed, and the characters "Reach!" are displayed, The reach performance begins. At this time, the decorative pattern is enlarged and displayed while moving to the center. On the other hand, the Kopanda character KPD shrinks and moves to the lower left part of the display screen, and a speech bubble with the words "Here we go" is displayed on the right side, creating expectations of a jackpot. After that, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 42 (14a), "Decoration 1" is stopped and displayed in the middle pattern display area 208, and the swinging fluctuation is performed. At this time, the text in the speech bubble displayed on the right side of the copanda character KPD changes to "You did it!", notifying you that you have won the jackpot. Further, in the example of production shown in FIG. 42 (13a), a large number of star patterns are displayed blinking around a fluctuating decorative pattern. The display of this flashing star symbol is a display that suggests a high setting, for example, a display that suggests a setting of 4 or higher. It goes without saying that the suggested settings are not limited to those described above and can be set as appropriate.

After that, as shown in FIG. 42 (15a), the decorative pattern display device 208 stops displaying the combination of decorative symbols ``Decoration 1 - Decoration 1 - Decoration 1'' which is guaranteed to be a 5R probability-variable jackpot, and the special pattern 2 The fourth symbol is stopped and displayed as "○", and the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed as a combination of "111". On the other hand, the special figure 1 which is being displayed in a variable manner is discarded and becomes a loss because the special figure 4 becomes a jackpot, and the fourth symbol is stopped and displayed as "x". Furthermore, in the decorative pattern display device 208, characters such as "You did it!" are also displayed above the decorative pattern to congratulate you on hitting the jackpot. Thereafter, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 has elapsed, a jackpot start effect is started as shown in FIG. 42 (16a). Note that the performance shown in FIG. 42 (16a) is the same as the performance shown in FIG. 34 (r'), except that the display of the number of consecutive matches and the total number of prize balls won are different, so the explanation will be omitted.

FIG. 42 (17a) shows that the 5th round of the 5R probability variable jackpot has ended and the jackpot end effect is being performed. When the jackpot end effect starts, the words "Jackpot has ended, small hit rush continues!" are displayed in the center of the decorative pattern display device 208, and the transition to the small hit rush (special pattern high probability general pattern low probability state) will be made again. be notified. Furthermore, at the timing shown in FIG. 42 (17a), the total number of prize balls acquired displayed at the bottom right of the display screen is "1700 + 300pt", indicating that 300 prize balls were won in this jackpot. , it has been announced that these will be added to the 1,700 balls acquired before that. In addition, the Kopanda character KPD will reappear at the bottom left of the display screen, and on the right side a speech bubble with the words ``I'm going to hold a consecutive chance'' will be displayed, foretelling that a jackpot will occur. I am informing you. In this embodiment, the advance notice is given on the condition that a pending series of jackpots occurs, but a false notice may be given when there are no pending series of jackpots. Furthermore, this may also be done when a small winning series of pending matches occurs instead of a pending series of jackpot matches. In addition, in this production example, at least one game ball enters the special figure 2 starting port 232 between the timing shown in FIG. 42 (16a) and the timing shown in FIG. 42 (17a), and the special figure 2 is suspended. It is full (4 tanks).

FIG. 42 (18a) shows how the jackpot game has ended and the symbol variation display has started in each of the special symbols 1 and 2. That is, the hold of special figure 1 and the hold of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a moving animation of the pending icons h21 to h24 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h21 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21 and is displayed as the first hold icon h21, The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22, and the fourth hold icon h24 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h23. and is displayed as a third hold icon h23. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 2 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of reservations of the special pattern 1 and the special pattern 2 are each decreased by 1, The number of reservations for special drawing 1 becomes "1" and the number of reservations for special drawing 2 becomes "3". In addition, variable display of the fourth symbols of the special symbols 1 and 2 has also started in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 42 (18a), a copanda character KPD is displayed on the left side of the center of the display screen, giving the player a sense of anticipation for a series of pending jackpots. In addition, in the production example shown in FIG. 42 (18a), since a pending series of jackpots is announced, the animation of adding the number of prize balls won in the current jackpot game to the total number of prize balls won is reserved. ing.

After that, in FIG. 42 (19a), the decorative symbol "Decoration 5" is stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 208a and the right symbol display area 208c, a reach state is formed, and the characters "Reach!" are displayed, The reach performance begins. At this time, the decorative pattern is enlarged and displayed while moving to the center. At this time, the Kopanda character KPD moves to the lower right corner while shrinking, and a speech bubble with the words ``Here we go again'' appears on the right side, raising expectations for a jackpot due to the pending consecutive bids. . After that, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 42 (20a), "Decoration 5" is stopped and displayed in the middle pattern display area 208, and the swinging fluctuation is performed. At this time, a speech bubble with the words "You did it!" displayed on the right side of the copanda character KPD is displayed to notify that the probability-variable jackpot has been confirmed.

After that, as shown in FIG. 42 (21a), the decorative pattern display device 208 stops displaying the decorative pattern combination of "Decoration 5 - Decoration 5 - Decoration 5" which is guaranteed to be a 5R probability variable jackpot, and the special pattern 2 The fourth symbol is stopped and displayed as "○", and the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed as a combination of "555". On the other hand, the special figure 1 which is being displayed in a variable manner is discarded and becomes a loss because the special figure 4 becomes a jackpot, and the fourth symbol is stopped and displayed as "x". In addition, the decorative symbol display device 208 also displays the words "You did it!" to congratulate you on hitting the jackpot. Thereafter, when the symbol display time of special figure 2 has elapsed, a jackpot start effect is started as shown in FIG. 42 (22a). Note that the effect shown in FIG. 42 (22a) is the same as the effect shown in FIG. 39 (20b), so a description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 42 (23a) shows how the fifth round of the 5R probability variable jackpot has ended and the jackpot end effect is being performed. When the jackpot end effect starts, the words "Jackpot has ended, small hit rush continues!" are displayed in the center of the decorative pattern display device 208, and the transition to the small hit rush (special pattern high probability general pattern low probability state) will be made again. be notified. In addition, at the timing shown in FIG. 42 (23a), the total number of prize balls acquired at the bottom right of the display screen is displayed as "1700 + 300 + 300pt", and the two jackpots each receive 300 prize balls. It has been announced that these will be added to the 1,700 balls that he had acquired previously.

After that, as shown in FIG. 42 (24a), the jackpot game ends and the symbol variation display starts in each of the special symbols 1 and 2. That is, the hold of special figure 1 and the hold of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. At this time, the words "Small win rush continues!" are displayed in the center of the display screen, notifying that the small win rush has started again. The character display "Small win rush continues!" is then erased. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a moving animation of the pending icons h21 to h23 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h21 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21 and is displayed as the first hold icon h21, The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 2 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of reservations of the special pattern 1 and the special pattern 2 are each decreased by 1, The number of reservations for special drawing 1 becomes "0" and the number of reservations for special drawing 2 becomes "2". In addition, variable display of the fourth symbols of the special symbols 1 and 2 has also started in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284. Furthermore, at the timing shown in FIG. 42 (24a), the dressed Bancho character TDR is displayed, and an animation is displayed in which the number of prize balls acquired in the two jackpot games is added to the total number of prize balls acquired. It is shown that there is. After that, as shown in Figure 42 (25a), the total number of prize balls acquired, which was set as ``1700pt,'' is updated to ``2300pt'' by adding the 600 prize balls acquired in this consecutive championship. There is. In addition, in this embodiment, since more than 2000 game balls have been acquired, a symbol with large letters "Get 2000 points!!" is displayed in the center of the display screen. ing.

FIGS. 43 and 44 show another example of continuous notice during the small win rush. The effects shown in FIGS. 43(1) to 43(17) are the same as those shown in FIGS. 35(a) to 43(p), and the effects shown in FIGS. 43(18) to 44(24) The presentation shown in FIG. 33 is the same as that shown in FIGS. 33(l) to 33(r) except that the display of the number of jackpots and the total number of prize balls won are different, so the explanation will be omitted. In addition, in this production example, as shown in FIG. 43 (7), the display format of the countdown numbers (the number "1") is different from the display format shown in FIG. 35 (g), and the display format of the decorative characters is It may be displayed in various ways. In this way, the countdown numbers may be displayed in decorative letters to indicate that the setting is high. Here, the numbers displayed as decorative characters are not limited to "1", but other numbers may be displayed, and decorative characters may be displayed for all numbers from "3" to "0". You may also do so. In this case, the more numbers in the countdown displayed as decorative characters, the more likely the setting is high.

In this embodiment, in the production examples shown in FIGS. 43 and 44, a production is performed that prompts the operation of the production button 136 in the symbol variation display that is the subject of continuous notice, and when the production button 136 is operated, If a symbol variation display that is subject to continuous notice is suspended along with a notice, and the suspended symbol variation display includes a hit (big hit, small hit), a performance that also includes the pre-read notice will be performed, Among the jackpots, in the case of a jackpot (usually a jackpot) that results in a disadvantageous gaming state for the player, no advance notice regarding the jackpot is given. As a result, even though a pre-read notice has been given, the reliability of the notice may be prevented from being lost due to the player being disappointed due to a jackpot that shifts the game state to a disadvantageous one for the player. In addition, if the symbol variation display that is the subject of continuous notice is suspended and the symbol variation display that is suspended includes a normal jackpot and a small hit, and if the normal jackpot occurs after the small hit, , a preview performance that includes the fluctuation notice and a pre-read notice regarding the possibility of a small hit (for example, a pre-read notice indicating the number of small hits before the jackpot usually occurs) is performed, but the symbol change that is the subject of continuous notice. When a normal jackpot is included in the symbol variation display that is suspended after the display is suspended, a performance that does not include a pre-read notice may be performed even if a small hit is included before that.

Next, another embodiment applicable to the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 45 to 59. In the embodiments shown in FIGS. 45 to 59, in the special pattern high probability normal pattern high probability state (probability variable state), the second special pattern display device 214 has a better display result than the first special pattern display device 212. It is easier to display, and in the variable probability state, most of the game balls heading towards the second special figure starting opening (variable) 233, which will be described later, will enter the second special figure starting opening (variable) 233, which is opened and closed by the electric support. , it is difficult to reach the variable winning openings 234, 235, and in the variable probability state, the game is configured so that the ball held remains almost the same as it is.

Note that the production examples described below can also be applied to the embodiments described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 44, and the embodiments shown in FIGS. 1 to 44 can be applied to FIGS. It goes without saying that the invention can also be applied to the embodiments shown. Further, in the following explanation, the setting suggestion effect will not be specifically mentioned, but as explained with reference to FIGS. 1 to 44, the setting suggestion effect may also be performed in the embodiments described below.

FIG. 45 is a perspective view showing a modified example of the attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. 3, with the front attacker plate 2301 removed from the attacker unit 23.

The attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. 45 differs from the attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. 4 in that the special figure 1 starting opening (variable) 231 is changed to the special figure 2 starting opening (variable) 233. That is, the attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. 45 is structurally the same as the attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. 4, but the special figure 2 starting port (variable) 231 shown in FIG. (Variable) 233 is shown as an example.

More specifically, the special figure 2 starting opening (variable) 233 has a starting opening whose size is variable by a shutter member 2331, and the shutter member 2331 shown in FIG. 45 extends forward. With the shutter member 2331 advanced forward in this manner, the game ball passes over the advanced shutter member 2331. That is, in FIG. 45, the game ball passes from the left side to the right side of the figure. The ball detection sensor 2332 of the special figure 2 starting port (variable) 233 is disposed below the shutter member 2331 and on the downstream side, facing upstream. Therefore, in the special figure 2 starting hole (variable) 233 shown in FIG. 45, it is difficult for the game ball to pass the ball detection sensor 2332, and in the special figure 2 starting hole (variable) 233 shown in FIG. state. On the other hand, when the shutter member 2331 of the special figure 2 starting opening (variable) 233 retreats to the rear side and the special figure 2 starting opening (variable) 233 becomes open, the downstream side of the special figure 2 starting opening (variable) 233 A game ball enters the special figure 2 starting opening (variable) 233 without rolling, and passes through the ball detection sensor 2332 of the special figure 2 starting opening (variable) 233. The game balls that have passed through the ball detection sensor 2332 are guided to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 through the fourth guide port 2333, and then are discharged to the game island side.

Since the attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. 45 is configured in this way, as will be described later, in the normal gaming state, the symbol variation of special pattern 2 is discarded by displaying the result of the symbol variation display of special pattern 1. Therefore, the possibility that the second variable winning hole 235 will open is extremely low, making it difficult to take advantage of the timing of opening the second variable winning hole 235. In addition, in the time saving state (challenge mode; special pattern low probability general pattern high probability state) and variable probability state (battle mode; special pattern high probability state general pattern high probability state), the special pattern 2 starting port (variable) 233 is opened. Since it becomes easier to win and the interval between them is shortened, most game balls do not go downstream from the special figure 2 starting opening (variable) 233, making it difficult to reach the second variable winning opening 235. Therefore, even if there is a small hit in the special drawing 2, the game ball will hardly enter the second variable winning hole 235, and in the time saving state and the variable probability state, it is difficult to obtain the game ball by a small hit. There is.

46(a) to (d) show the special and ordinary symbols that are stopped and displayed by the first special symbol display device 212, second special symbol display device 214, decorative symbol display device 208, and ordinary symbol display device 210 of the pachinko machine 100. Another example of the type of diagram is shown. The example shown in FIG. 46 is the same as FIG. 11 except that the jackpot symbols and small win symbols shown in FIG. 11 are partially different. In the following description, only the parts that are different from the example shown in FIG. 11 will be described, and the description of the similar parts will be omitted.

In this production example, the special figure 1 variable game is started on the condition that the first starting hole sensor, which is a ball detection sensor, detects that a ball has entered the special figure 1 starting hole 230, and the special figure 1 variable game is started at the special figure 2 starting hole. (Fixed) 232, the special figure 2 variable game is started on the condition that the second starting hole sensor, which is a ball detection sensor, detects that a ball enters the special figure 2 starting hole (variable) 233.

FIG. 46(a) shows an example of the stop symbol mode of the special drawing 1. In FIG. 46(a), 13 types of special figures from "Special figure A" to "Special figure M" are shown. That is, this production example differs in that special symbols N to Q in FIG. 11(a) are not included in the stop symbols, but the rest is the same as the example shown in FIG. 11(a). be. In addition, in the example shown in FIG. 11(a), if you hit a jackpot with "Tokuzu E" to "Tokuzu M", the battle mode will be entered after the jackpot ends, but the symbols of Tokuzu 1 and 2 will change to the battle mode. This is the same as the example shown in Fig. 11(a) in that when the total number of times the variable display starts reaches 100, it shifts from battle mode to small hit rush. It is different from Fig. 11(a) in that it shifts from battle mode to small hit rush even when the variable display starts. For example, in special drawing 1, when "special drawing F" becomes a jackpot and the jackpot is When the jackpot game ends and the game shifts to a battle mode, then when the 46th symbol variation display starts in special drawing 2 without starting the jackpot, the game shifts to a small win rush.

FIG. 46(b) shows an example of the stop symbol mode of the special drawing 2. This FIG. 46(b) shows nine types of special figures from "special figure a" to "special figure h" and "special figure z". In other words, in this production example, a special small hit "Tokuzu z" is added, and if a jackpot is achieved with "Tokuzu f", the small hit rush does not occur and the 50-time electric support is added. This example differs from the example shown in FIG. 11(a) in that it shifts to battle mode.

“Special figure f” is a 5R guaranteed variable jackpot symbol that transitions to battle mode, and when “special figure f” is stopped and displayed, the first variable prize opening 234 is opened, the jackpot game state is entered, and the jackpot game ends. After that, the control state becomes the special map high probability general map high probability state (battle mode). In addition, if you hit the jackpot with "Special Map F", the battle mode will continue until the 100th total symbol change display starts on Special Map 1 and Special Map 2, or the 51st symbol fluctuation display starts on Special Map 2. will continue. When the battle mode ends without a jackpot occurring, the game shifts to a small win rush.

“Special figure z” is a special small winning symbol. When a small hit is made with "special pattern z" in the electric support state (general pattern high probability state), the pattern shifts from the general pattern high probability state to the general pattern low probability state after the symbol stops. In other words, if you hit a small hit with "Tokuzu Z" in the battle mode, the electric support state will end and you will move to a small hit rush.On the other hand, if you hit a small hit with "Tokuzu Z" in the challenge mode Since the electric support state ends, the game shifts to the normal gaming state. Also, when you hit a small hit with "Special Figure Z", the shutter member 2351 of the second variable winning hole 235 opens for 0.2 seconds after the symbol stops, similar to the case where you hit a small hit with "Special Figure G". Perform up to 12 times. In addition, the opening/closing manner of the variable winning holes 234 and 235 may be made different depending on when a small hit is made with "special map g" and when a small win is made with "special map z".

FIG. 46(c) shows an example of a decorative pattern. In this production example, in the electric support state, the fluctuating display result of special map 2 is more likely to be displayed than that of special map 1, so in the electric support state (challenge mode/battle mode), the fluctuating display result of special map 2 is displayed more easily. A variable display of decorative patterns is performed. In addition, in this example of production, a small winning symbol may be displayed in the special figure 2 in the challenge mode and the battle mode, but in the battle mode, the second variable winning device 235 is activated by the special figure 2 starting opening (variable) 233. It is difficult to reach, so it is essentially an outlier. Therefore, in the case of a small hit in the challenge mode and battle mode, a combination of decorative symbols that results in a winning combination of decorative symbols will be displayed. In addition, also in this production example, when a small win occurs in the challenge mode or battle mode, a combination of decorative symbols for a small win may be displayed.

FIG. 47(a) shows another example of the allocation table for determining the special pattern 1 jackpot symbol. In the special drawing 1 jackpot symbol determination allocation table shown in FIG. It is configured so that when a probability-variable jackpot occurs in the support state, the one with the least number of electric support in battle mode is more likely to be selected, but in the table shown in FIG. 47(a), whether or not it is in the electric support state Regardless, the distribution rate of the jackpot symbols is the same. Note that a table as shown in FIG. 15(a) may be used in this example.

FIG. 47(b) shows another example of the allocation table for determining special drawing 2 jackpot symbols. In the distribution table shown in FIG. 47(b), the distribution rate of jackpot symbols is different from the distribution table shown in FIG. 15(b). That is, if the result of the special figure 2 judgment is a jackpot, one of "special figures a" to "special figures f" is selected. That is, "Special drawing a" which is a 10R normal jackpot (special drawing low probability normal drawing high probability jackpot) opened by the first variable winning opening 234 is 23/100, and 10R super certain strange jackpot opened by the second variable winning opening 235. "Special drawing b" which is (special drawing high probability normal drawing low probability jackpot) is 33/100, and "special drawing b" which is 6R probability variable jackpot (special drawing high probability normal drawing low probability jackpot) that the second variable prize opening 235 opens "Diagram c" is 12/100, "Special drawing d" which is 8R guaranteed variable jackpot (special drawing high probability common drawing low probability jackpot) opened by the second variable winning opening 235 is 5/100, second variable winning opening 235 is "Tokuzu e", which is a 10R guaranteed variable jackpot (special figure high probability regular figure low probability jackpot), is 2/100, the first variable prize opening 234 is opened, and after the end of the jackpot game, the battle mode (special figure high probability “Special map f”, which is a 5R probability variable jackpot that transitions to a regular pattern (high probability jackpot), is 25/100. The number of electric support in the battle mode that is entered after the end of the jackpot game related to the jackpot in "Special Map F" is 50 times.

FIG. 47(c) shows an example of the distribution table for determining the special symbol 2 small winning symbols. In this production example, when a small hit occurs with special pattern 2, the special pattern 2 small winning pattern determination allocation table is used to select either "special pattern g" or "special pattern z". In other words, if the result of the special pattern 2 judgment is a small hit, "special pattern g" will be selected with a probability of 39/40, and the special small winning pattern "special pattern z" will be selected, which will end the electric support state. It will be selected with a probability of 1/40. In this embodiment, the probability of winning a small hit is 1/10, so the probability that "special map z" will be displayed and a small win will be won is 1/400. That is, in this embodiment, the probability of getting a small hit with "special map z" is set lower than the probability of getting a big hit. In addition, the probability of a small hit with "Special Map Z" may be set higher than the probability of a jackpot, and depending on the selected probability setting, the probability of a small hit with "Special Map Z" may be higher than the probability of a jackpot. The probability of winning may be high or low.

FIG. 48 is a diagram illustrating the game flow in this production example.

In this performance example, first, the game starts from a normal game state (special pattern low probability normal pattern low probability state). In the normal game state, as a result of the variable display of the special pattern, if you hit the jackpot with "Special pattern A" which is the 5R normal jackpot pattern, after the jackpot game is over, the challenge is in the special pattern low probability normal pattern high probability state. mode. In challenge mode, the start of the 100th symbol variation display with special symbols 1 and 2, or the start of the 51st symbol variation display with special symbol 2, causes a so-called "electronic support drop" and returns to the normal gaming state ( fall).

In addition, in the normal game state, as a result of the special pattern fluctuation display, if you hit the jackpot with "Special pattern B" which is a 10R probability variable super jackpot symbol, after the jackpot game ends, the special pattern will be in the high probability normal pattern low probability state. Shift to small hit rush. In the small hit rush, the result of the variable display of the special figure 2 is more likely to be displayed than the special figure 1.

In addition, in the normal game state, as a result of the special pattern fluctuation display, if you hit the jackpot with the 5R probability variable jackpot symbols "Special pattern E" to "Special pattern M", after the jackpot game ends, the special pattern with high probability normal pattern Shift to battle mode, which is a high probability state. In the battle mode, as described above with reference to FIG. 20, the start of symbol fluctuation display of the number of electric support set by the jackpot symbol causes the electric support to be missed, and the game shifts to a small hit rush. Further, when a jackpot is achieved with "special map B", after the jackpot game ends, the game shifts to a small win rush without shifting to a battle mode or a challenge mode.

In battle mode and challenge mode, the result of special map 2 is displayed with priority. Therefore, as a result of the variable display of special pattern 2, if you hit the jackpot with "special pattern f" which is a 5R probability variable jackpot symbol, after the jackpot game ends, you will move to the battle mode which is a high probability state of special pattern and high probability of normal pattern. . In addition, when a jackpot is achieved with "special map b" to "special map e", the game shifts to a small win rush after the jackpot game ends. In addition, regardless of whether the game is in the battle mode or the challenge mode, if a jackpot is achieved with "special map a", the game will shift to the challenge mode after the jackpot game ends.

In addition, in the same way in the small hit rush, as a result of the variable display of special pattern 2, if you hit the jackpot with "special pattern f" which is a 5R probability variable jackpot symbol, after the jackpot game ends, the special pattern high probability normal pattern high probability Shift to battle mode. In other words, the game shifts from a small hit rush to a battle mode. In addition, if a jackpot is achieved with "special map b" to "special map e", after the jackpot game ends, the game shifts to a small win rush again. In addition, when a jackpot is achieved with "special map a", after the jackpot game ends, the game shifts to the challenge mode. That is, after the jackpot game is normally won and the jackpot game ends, the game shifts from the small win rush to the challenge mode.

In addition, in this production example, in the battle mode or challenge mode, there may be a special small hit where "special pattern z" is displayed on special pattern 2. In this case, the state changes from a high probability state to a low probability state, so if you are in battle mode, you will move to a small hit rush (promotion), and if you are in challenge mode, you will be in a normal game state. There will be a transition (fall).

Next, with reference to FIG. 49, an example of the variable display of special symbols 1 and 2 in the pachinko machine 100 configured as described above will be described. Here, FIG. 49(a) is a timing chart explaining an example of the operation of each symbol display device during battle mode or challenge mode, and FIG. It is a timing chart explaining an example of the operation in each symbol display device when shifting to a small hit rush.

As shown in FIG. 49(a), the symbol variation display is performed in both the special figure 1 and the special figure 2. In addition, the symbol fluctuation display of special pattern 1 in execution is a symbol fluctuation display in which the small hit symbol is finally displayed, and the symbol fluctuation display in special pattern 2 in execution is the symbol fluctuation display in which the winning symbol is finally displayed. This is a symbol fluctuation display. Further, the electric support function is enabled, that is, the electric support function is in the electric support state (normal figure high probability state). After the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 starts, when the symbol variation time (for example, 2.5 seconds) of the special figure 2 has elapsed and the timing of t101 comes, the special figure 2 is stopped and displayed as a missed symbol. On the other hand, the special symbol 1 continues to be displayed with variable symbols. After that, when the symbol display time of special pattern 2 (for example, 0.5 seconds) has elapsed and the timing of t102 comes, one symbol variation display of special pattern 2 that has been put on hold is consumed and the pattern variation display of special pattern 2 is displayed. is started. The symbol variation display of this special drawing 2 is a symbol variation display in which the small winning symbol is finally displayed. On the other hand, the symbol variation display of special drawing 1 continues to be performed. Thereafter, when the symbol variation time of the special figure 2 has elapsed and the timing of t103 comes, the special figure 2 is stopped and displayed as a small winning symbol. In this production example as well, if either special figure 1 or special figure 2 hits a small hit or a jackpot, even if the other symbol fluctuation display is in the middle of the fluctuation display, it will be discarded at that point and the losing symbol will be displayed. Ru. Therefore, in the special figure 1, the special figure 2 is discarded at the timing t103 when the small winning symbol is stopped and displayed, and the losing symbol is stopped and displayed. Thereafter, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 has elapsed and the timing t104 comes, the small winning game is started and the second variable prize opening 235 is opened and closed. As mentioned above, in this production example, the game ball that entered the attacker unit 23 flows down on the special figure 2 starting opening (variable) 233, and the special figure 2 starting opening (variable) 233 opens and closes at a high frequency. , most of the game balls fall into the special figure 2 starting opening (variable) 233 due to the opening/closing operation of the shutter member 2331, making it difficult for them to reach the second variable winning opening 235. In the challenge mode, even if you win a small prize in the special drawing 2, it is difficult for the game ball to enter the second variable winning hole 235, so you will essentially lose.

After that, after the small winning game ends at the timing of t105, when a predetermined waiting time (for example, (0.5 seconds) has elapsed, the symbol fluctuation display of both Tokuzu 1 and Tokuzu 2 is suspended. , both the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started.In this embodiment, as mentioned above, the special figure 2 state update process is executed and then the special figure 1 state update process is executed. Since it is a sequence of At the timing of t107, the symbol variation display of special figure 1 starts.The symbol variation display of special figure 2 that starts here is a shortened variation of 2.5 seconds in which the missed symbol is finally displayed, and the symbol variation display of special figure 2 starts here. The symbol fluctuation display in FIG. 1 is a long fluctuation of 500 seconds in which the small winning symbol is finally displayed.

After that, when the symbol variation time of the special figure 2 has elapsed and the timing of t108 comes, the special figure 2 is stopped and displayed as a missed symbol. On the other hand, the special symbol 1 continues to be displayed with variable symbols. Thereafter, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 has elapsed and the timing of t109 comes, one of the pending symbol variation displays of the special figure 2 is consumed and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. The symbol variation display of this special figure 2 is a shortened variation of 2.5 seconds that is finally displayed as a small winning symbol. Thereafter, when the symbol variation time of the special figure 2 has elapsed and the timing of t110 comes, the special figure 2 is stopped and displayed as a small winning symbol. Therefore, in the special figure 1, the special figure 2 is discarded at the timing t110 when the small winning symbol is stopped and displayed, and the losing symbol is stopped and displayed. Thereafter, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 has elapsed and the timing of t111 has arrived, the small winning game is started and the second variable prize opening 235 is opened and closed.

The example shown in FIG. 49(b) represents an example of the operation of each symbol display device when a special small winning symbol results in a small winning during the battle mode and the game shifts to a small winning rush.

As shown in FIG. 49(b), the symbol variation display is performed on both the special symbol 1 and the special symbol 2. In addition, the symbol fluctuation display of special pattern 1 in execution is a symbol fluctuation display in which the small hit symbol is finally displayed, and the symbol fluctuation display in special pattern 2 in execution is the symbol fluctuation display in which the winning symbol is finally displayed. This is a symbol fluctuation display. Further, the electric support function is enabled, that is, the electric support function is in the electric support state (normal figure high probability state). After the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 starts, when the symbol variation time (for example, 2.5 seconds) of the special figure 2 has elapsed and the timing of t121 comes, the special figure 2 is stopped and displayed as a missed symbol. On the other hand, the special symbol 1 continues to be displayed with variable symbols. After that, when the symbol display time of special pattern 2 (for example, 0.5 seconds) has elapsed and the timing of t122 comes, one symbol variation display of special pattern 2 that has been put on hold is consumed and the symbol variation display of special pattern 2 is displayed. is started. The symbol variation display of this special figure 2 is a symbol variation display in which the special small winning symbol is finally displayed. On the other hand, the symbol variation display of special drawing 1 continues to be performed. Thereafter, when the symbol variation time of the special figure 2 has elapsed and the timing of t123 comes, the special figure 2 is stopped and displayed as a special small winning symbol. In this production example as well, if either special figure 1 or special figure 2 hits a small hit or a jackpot, even if the other symbol fluctuation display is in the middle of the fluctuation display, it will be discarded at that point and the losing symbol will be displayed. Ru. Therefore, in the special figure 1, the special figure 2 is discarded at the timing t123 when the small winning symbol is stopped and displayed, and the losing symbol is stopped and displayed. In addition, in this performance example, when the special small winning symbol is stopped and displayed, this ends if it is in the electric support state. Therefore, the electric support function switches from the electric support state to the non-electric support state at the timing t123 when the special small winning symbol is stopped and displayed in special drawing 2, and the electric support state ends. That is, at this point, the game shifts from battle mode to small hit rush.

Thereafter, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 has elapsed and the timing of t124 comes, the small winning game is started and the second variable prize opening 235 is opened and closed. In this performance example, the electric support state is ended because the special small winning symbol results in a small hit. Therefore, since the special figure 2 starting opening (variable) 233 becomes difficult to open and close, the game ball entering the attacker unit 23 flows down over the shutter member 2331 of the special figure 2 starting opening 8 (variable) 233 and enters the attacker unit 23. 2. It becomes easier to reach the variable prize opening 235. Therefore, after the special small winning symbol is stopped and displayed and it becomes a small winning, it becomes easier to win a prize ball by entering the game ball into the second variable winning hole 235 opened by the small winning. In other words, there is a small hit rush state.

After that, after the small winning game ends at the timing of t125, when a predetermined waiting time (for example, 0.5 seconds) has elapsed, the special figure 2 state update process is executed first, and the timing of t126 is as follows. The symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started, and then the special figure 1 state update process is executed, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is started at the timing t127. The symbol fluctuation display of special map 2 that starts here is a 2.5 second shortened fluctuation, and the symbol fluctuation display of special map 1 is a long fluctuation of 500 seconds in which the small winning symbol is finally stopped and displayed. . After that, when the symbol variation time of the special figure 2 has elapsed and the timing t128 comes, the special figure 2 is stopped and displayed as a missed symbol. At this time, the symbol variation display of the special drawing 1 continues to be performed. After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 has elapsed and the timing of t129 comes, one of the pending symbol variation displays of the special figure 2 is consumed and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. The symbol variation display of this special figure 2 is a symbol variation display in which the small winning symbol is finally displayed in a stopped state. On the other hand, the symbol variation display of special drawing 1 continues to be performed.

Thereafter, when the symbol variation time of the special figure 2 has elapsed and the timing of t130 comes, the special figure 2 is stopped and displayed as a small winning symbol. Therefore, the special figure 1 which is being displayed in a variable manner is also discarded at the timing of the symbol stop display of the special figure 2 (that is, the timing of t130), and the missed symbol is stopped and displayed. Thereafter, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 has elapsed and the timing of t131 comes, a small winning game related to the small winning of the special figure 2 is started.

Next, specific examples of effects executed in the pachinko machine 100 according to this embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 50 to 59. Here, FIG. 50 is a diagram showing step by step another production example in the battle mode centered on the decorative pattern display device, and FIG. 51 is a diagram showing another production example in the battle mode centered on the decorative pattern display device. FIG. 52 is a diagram showing step-by-step another production example in a battle mode centered on a decorative pattern display device, and FIG. FIG. 54 is a diagram showing step by step another example of the effect in the battle mode, and FIG. FIG. 56 is a diagram showing step by step another example of presentation in battle mode centered on the device, and FIG. 57 is a diagram showing step by step another production example in the battle mode centered on the decorative pattern display device, and FIG. 58 is a diagram showing step by step another production example in the battle mode centered on the decorative pattern display device. FIG. 59 is a diagram showing step-by-step another example of continuous preview performance performed in the small winning rush. 50 to 59, only the decorative pattern display device 208 is shown, and the first special pattern display device 212, the second special pattern display device 214, the normal pattern display device 210, the special pattern 1 holding lamp 218, and the special pattern 2 are shown. The illustration of the holding lamp 220 and the ordinary drawing holding lamp 216 is omitted.

FIG. 50(a) shows an example of a presentation following the presentation shown in FIG. 26(d). In FIG. 50(a), the round number display is then erased and a transition to battle mode (high probability special pattern high probability state) is performed.

FIG. 50(b) shows a situation where the jackpot game related to the first jackpot has ended and the game has shifted to the battle mode. In addition, in the battle mode in this performance example, the decorative symbols are displayed in a variable manner in accordance with the variable display of the special symbol 2.

In the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 50(b), the jackpot decorative pattern combination "Decoration 4-Decoration 4-Decoration 4" is stopped and displayed in the lower left portion of the display screen. In addition, in this production example, in the center of the display screen, the lord's character HDS is displayed running at a high speed, and the words "Find the master swordsman and defeat him!" are displayed as an explanation of the mission in battle mode. Displayed. That is, in the battle mode, a mission occurs when a master swordsman appears, and the mission is accomplished by defeating the master swordsman. Note that at the time shown in FIG. 50(b), the mission has not yet started. Note that the master swordsman may appear and the mission may start when the battle mode is entered. Further, a fourth symbol/retention number display area 284 is provided at the upper right corner of the decorative symbol display device 208. Further, the decorative symbol display device 208 is provided with a variable icon display area 280 at the lower center of the effect display area 208d. In addition, in the upper left corner of the display screen, a mini symbol is displayed stopping at "444", and below that, the number of hits (big hit, small hit) and the total number of prize balls acquired since the first jackpot are displayed. Displayed. In addition, at the timing shown in FIG. 50(b), the characters "1st time" are displayed indicating that the number of hits is 1, and "300pt" indicating that the total number of prize balls won is 300 balls. is displayed.

Furthermore, the control state (gaming state) shown in FIG. 50 is a battle mode (special pattern high probability normal pattern high probability state). In the decorative pattern display device 208 in this battle mode, a reserved icon display area 282 for the special figure 2 is provided on the right side of the variable icon display area 280. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208 in the battle mode, the display area of the reserved icon of the special figure 1 is omitted, but the reserved icon display area of the special figure 1 may be provided.

In the special figure 2 hold icon display area 282, a hold icon representing the hold of the special figure 2 is displayed. In FIG. 50(b), four special drawing 2 holding icons h21 to h24 are displayed in the special drawing 2 holding icon display area 282, and all of these special drawing 2 holding icons h21 to h24 are It is displayed in the default display mode (round shape, no pattern, and white display mode).

On the other hand, no pending icon is displayed in the pending icon display area of the special drawing 1. In this production example, as mentioned above, the control state (gaming state) shown in FIG. This is because the winning time (for example, 500 seconds) is extremely long (for example, 500 seconds), and winning in the special map 2 starting slot 232 does not make much sense.

Further, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a variable icon display area 280 appears at the lower center of the effect display area 208d.

FIG. 50(c) shows how the symbol variation display has started in each of the special symbols 1 and 2. That is, the hold of special figure 1 and the hold of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a moving animation of the pending icons h21 to h24 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h21 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, and the pending icon that was at the display position of the second pending icon h22 moves to the display position of the first pending icon h21 and becomes the first The hold icon that was in the display position of the third hold icon h23 is moved to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22, and the hold icon that was in the display position of the third hold icon h23 is displayed as the second hold icon h22. The hold icon that was at the display position of the hold icon h24 is moved to the display position of the third hold icon h23 and is displayed as the third hold icon h23. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 2 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of reservations of the special pattern 1 and the special pattern 2 are each decreased by 1, The fourth symbol of special map 1 and special map 2 has also started to be displayed in a variable manner. Further, above the lord's character HDS, the words "in battle mode" are displayed to indicate that the game state is in battle mode, and this is notified. Note that the display mode of the variable icon h0 is the same as the display mode of the expired pending icon h21, but may be different.

FIG. 50(d) shows the situation when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is finished. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, depending on the result of the deviation of the special figure 2, the decorative pattern is stopped and displayed in the combination of the decorative pattern of the deviation ``Decoration 4 - Decoration 4 - Decoration 8''. In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "448" in accordance with this. In addition, in this production example, one or more game balls enter the special figure 2 starting hole (variable) 233 between the timing shown in FIG. 50(c) and the timing shown in FIG. 50(d), and the special figure 2 starts. There are 4 pending cases. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, a "-" is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 1, indicating that the symbol is changing, and on the fourth symbol of special symbol 2, indicating that the symbol is out. “×” is displayed.

FIG. 50(e) shows how the symbol variation display has started in the special figure 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. In addition, in the special drawing 1, the symbol variation display is continuously performed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a moving animation of the pending icons h21 to h24 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h21 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21 and is displayed as the first hold icon h21, The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22, and the fourth hold icon h24 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h23. and is displayed as a third hold icon h23. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 2 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of storage in the special pattern 2 is decreased by 1, and the storage number of the special pattern 2 is decreased by 1. The number becomes "3". In addition, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special symbol 2 has also started in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284.

FIG. 50(f) shows the situation when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. As shown in FIG. 50(f), during the battle mode in this production example, the variation time of special figure 2 is shorter than the variation time of special figure 1, so when the small winning symbol is displayed on special figure 2, The special figure 1 that is being displayed in a variable manner is discarded and a missed symbol is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, depending on the result of the small hit of special drawing 2, decorative patterns are stopped and displayed in a combination of decorative patterns that are out of the range of "decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 8". In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "448" in accordance with this. In addition, in this production example, one or more game balls enter the special figure 2 starting hole (variable) 233 between the timing shown in FIG. 50(e) and the timing shown in FIG. 50(f), and the special figure 1 There are 4 pending cases. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, "△" indicating a small hit is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 2, and "△" indicating a loss is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 1. ×” is displayed. Thereafter, a small winning game related to the small winning of special figure 2 will be started. However, as mentioned above, in the battle mode, since the special figure 2 starting hole (variable) 233 opens and closes frequently, most game balls enter the special figure 2 starting hole (variable) 233. Since the game ball almost never reaches the second variable winning hole 235, the result is actually a loss even though it is a small hit.

After that, the swordsman character KNG appears at the timing shown in FIG. Defeat!” is displayed. A life gauge is displayed on the right side of the swordsman character KNG, which represents the swordsman's remaining health. Above the life gauge, "1000" is displayed as the remaining life value, indicating that the initial value of the swordsman's remaining physical strength is 1000, and that his physical strength is full at the timing shown in Figure 50 (g). ing. In this embodiment, when the symbol variation display of the special drawing 2 is performed, the lord's character HDS may attack the swordsman's character KNG to reduce his life. Note that an effect may be performed in which the life decreases every time the symbol variation is displayed, or there may be a case where the life of the swordsman character KNG does not decrease without performing any effect. That is, in the present embodiment, the life of the swordsman character KNG is decreased by displaying a changing symbol in the battle mode, and when the life reaches "0", the mission is accomplished (the mission is successful). It has become.

FIG. 50(h) shows the situation when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is finished. At the timing shown in FIG. 50(h), it is shown that a missed symbol is displayed in the special drawing 2. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, depending on the result of the deviation of the special figure 2, the decorative patterns are stopped and displayed in the combination of decorative patterns of the deviation ``Decoration 1 - Decoration 4 - Decoration 5''. In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "145" in accordance with this. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, an "x" indicating that the fourth symbol of the special symbol 2 is a loss is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 50(h), a mysterious ray is output from the edge of the sword owned by the lord's character HDS in response to the pattern stop display of the special drawing 2, and the swordsman character KNG receives damage. It is shown that the life value decreases by 250 and the life gauge also decreases. In other words, it is produced that the battle mode is approaching a transition to a small hit rush.

FIG. 50(i) shows how the symbol variation display of special figure 2 has started. That is, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a moving animation of the pending icons h21 to h24 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h21 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21 and is displayed as the first hold icon h21, The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22, and the fourth hold icon h24 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h23. and is displayed as a third hold icon h23. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 2 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of storage in the special pattern 2 is decreased by 1, and the storage number of the special pattern 2 is decreased by 1. The number becomes "3". In addition, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special symbol 2 has also started in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284.

FIG. 50(j) shows the situation when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is completed. In special drawing 2, small winning symbols are displayed. In addition, in the battle mode, as mentioned above, the small hit of special drawing 2 is essentially a miss, so the decorative symbol display device 208 shows that the decorative symbol is a miss of "decoration 5 - decoration 4 - decoration 1". A stop display is made with a combination of decorative patterns. In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "541" in accordance with this. In addition, in this production example, at least one game ball enters the special figure 2 starting hole (variable) 233 between the timing shown in FIG. 50(i) and the timing shown in FIG. 50(j), and the special figure 2 The number of pending items is full (four). Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, a "△" indicating a small hit is displayed on the fourth symbol of the special symbol 2. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 50(j), a mysterious ray is output from the edge of the sword owned by the lord's character HDS in response to the pattern stop display of the special drawing 2, and the swordsman character KNG inflicts damage. It is shown that the life value decreases by 650 and the life gauge also decreases. Further, as shown in FIG. 50(j), since the amount of damage to the swordsman character KNG is large, the words "Critical Hit!" indicating this are displayed in the center of the display screen. Thereafter, a small winning game related to the small winning of the special figure 2 is started.

FIG. 50(k) shows how the small winning game has ended and the symbol variation display has started in the special figure 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a moving animation of the pending icons h21 to h24 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h21 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21 and is displayed as the first hold icon h21, The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22, and the fourth hold icon h24 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h23. and is displayed as a third hold icon h23. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 2 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of storage in the special pattern 2 is decreased by 1, and the storage number of the special pattern 2 is decreased by 1. The number becomes "3". In addition, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special symbol 2 has also started in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284.

After that, on the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 50(l), the words "Farewell!" are displayed in the center of the display screen, and an effect is performed in which the master swordsman character KNG runs away. That is, in this mission, a pattern is shown in which the lord's character HDS does not win against the master swordsman character KNG, nor is it defeated by the master swordsman character KNG. In this case, it is suggested that no benefit will be given to the player. In other words, it has been shown that there are cases where a mission performance that is neither a success nor a failure is performed. In addition, in this embodiment, in one battle mode, a mission effect may be performed only once, or may be performed two or more times. Furthermore, the two missions may be performed at the same time; for example, during a period in which a mission to defeat the enemy swordsman character KNG is being performed, a mission to defeat another enemy panda character may be started. . Such an effect may occur, for example, when a special small hit mission is started during the execution of a mission that reaches the ceiling number of times.

After that, FIG. 50(m) shows the state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is finished. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, depending on the result of the deviation of the special figure 2, the decorative patterns are stopped and displayed in the combination of decorative patterns of the deviation ``Decoration 1 - Decoration 4 - Decoration 5''. In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "145" in accordance with this. In addition, in this production example, one or more game balls enter the special figure 2 starting hole (variable) 233 between the timing shown in FIG. 50(l) and the timing shown in FIG. 50(m), and the special figure 2 starts. There are 4 pending cases. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, an "x" indicating that the fourth symbol of the special symbol 2 is a loss is displayed. Further, the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 50(m) shows that the master swordsman character KNG has completely escaped, and the mission ends with the words "To be continued..." displayed.

After that, FIG. 50(n) shows how the symbol variation display has started in the special figure 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a moving animation of the pending icons h21 to h24 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h21 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21 and is displayed as the first hold icon h21, The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22, and the fourth hold icon h24 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h23. and is displayed as a third hold icon h23. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 2 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of storage in the special pattern 2 is decreased by 1, and the storage number of the special pattern 2 is decreased by 1. The number becomes "3". In addition, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special symbol 2 has also started in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284. Further, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 50(n), the lord's character HDS moves to the center, indicating that the battle mode is continuing.

FIG. 51 shows an example of a performance performed subsequent to the performance shown in FIG. 50(e). In this production example, a mission production is started during the battle mode, and by performing a production that succeeds in the mission, a ceiling number is reached and a transition to a small win rush is notified. Note that the effects shown in FIGS. 51(a) to 51(f) are similar to the effects shown in FIGS. 50(f) to 50(k), so the explanation will be omitted.

In the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 51(g), the words "Chance!" are displayed in the center of the display screen, indicating that the mission may be achieved with the symbol variation display and a small hit rush may occur. It suggests.

After that, the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 51(h) shows the lord character HDS slashing the swordsman character KNG. At this time, the life value of the swordsman character KNG decreases by 100 and the remaining life value becomes 0, and the life gauge also indicates that there is no gauge remaining. After that, as shown in FIG. 51(i), the state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is finished is shown. In special map 2, a missed pattern is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, depending on the result of the special pattern 2 being out of place, the decorative patterns are stopped and displayed in the combination of the outgoing decorative patterns of "Decoration 4 - Decoration 1 - Decoration 7". In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "417" in accordance with this. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, an "x" indicating that the fourth symbol of the special symbol 2 is a loss is displayed. In addition, on the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 51(i), the swordsman character KNG is defeated, the lord character HDS is striking a victory pose, the words "You did it!" are displayed, and the mission is completed. It is reported that the mission has been achieved (the mission was successful). In other words, in this production example, the symbol fluctuation display of special figure 2 is executed for a predetermined number of fluctuation display times in the battle mode, and the symbol reaches the ceiling and the electric support is missed, resulting in a transition to a small hit rush. can be said to have been reported. Moreover, the text display of "Chance!" in FIG. 51(i) can be said to be a warning that the electric support will be lost due to failure.

FIG. 51(j) shows how the symbol variation display has started in the special figure 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. In the production example shown in FIG. 51(j), when the symbol fluctuation display starts a predetermined number of times for each jackpot symbol after transitioning to the battle mode, the electric support is removed and the small hit rush (special symbol high (probability high probability low probability state). Further, at the top of the display screen, the words "Small win rush has entered!" are displayed to inform that the small win rush has started. Furthermore, the production in which the swordsman character KNG is defeated and the lord character HDS strikes a victory pose continues. Additionally, the life gauge and life value have also been erased.

FIG. 52 shows an example of a performance performed subsequent to the performance shown in FIG. 50(e). In this production example, a mission production is started during the battle mode, a production is performed in which the mission is successful in order to receive a special small win, and a state is shown in which a transition to a small win rush is notified. In other words, in this performance example, it can be said that a special small win advance notice performance is being performed. Note that the effects shown in FIGS. 52(a) to 52(d) are similar to the effects shown in FIGS. 50(f) to 50(i), but in the example shown in FIG. The symbol variation display that results in a small hit is held in the fourth position, and for convenience of explanation, the fourth hold icon h24 is hatched, but it is actually displayed in the default display mode. The same applies to other figures in FIG. Here, the display mode of the special small win may be set to a display mode different from the default display mode (for example, a red display mode, etc.), and a pre-read notice using a pending icon may also be performed.

FIG. 52(e) shows the situation when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is completed. In special drawing 2, small winning symbols are displayed. In addition, in the battle mode, as mentioned above, the small hit of special drawing 2 is essentially a miss, so the decorative symbol display device 208 shows that the decorative symbol is a miss of "decoration 5 - decoration 4 - decoration 1". A stop display is made with a combination of decorative patterns. In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "541" in accordance with this. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, a "△" indicating a small hit is displayed on the fourth symbol of the special symbol 2. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 52(e), a mysterious ray is output from the edge of the sword owned by the lord's character HDS in response to the pattern stop display of the special drawing 2, and the swordsman character KNG receives damage. It is shown that the life value has decreased to 250. Thereafter, a small winning game related to the small winning of the special figure 2 is started. In addition, at the timing shown in FIG. 52(e), the first symbol variation display that results in a special small hit is suspended.

FIG. 52(f) shows how the small winning game has ended and the symbol variation display has started in the special drawing 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. As shown in FIG. 52(f), the symbol fluctuation display of special symbol 2 that will start this time is a symbol fluctuation display that will result in a special small hit, and the electric support state will end when the special small win is displayed. becomes. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a moving animation of the pending icons h21 to h24 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h21 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21 and is displayed as the first hold icon h21, The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22, and the fourth hold icon h24 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h23. and is displayed as a third hold icon h23. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 2 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of storage in the special pattern 2 is decreased by 1, and the storage number of the special pattern 2 is decreased by 1. The number becomes "3". In addition, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special symbol 2 has also started in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284.

In the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 52(g), the words "Chance!" are displayed in the center of the display screen, indicating that the mission may be achieved with the symbol variation display and a small hit rush may occur. It suggests.

After that, the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 52(h) shows the lord character HDS slashing the swordsman character KNG. At this time, the life value of the swordsman character KNG decreases by 250, and the remaining life value becomes 0, and the life gauge also indicates that there is no gauge remaining. After that, as shown in FIG. 52(i), the state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is finished is shown. In special drawing 2, a special small winning pattern is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, depending on the result of the special small hit of special pattern 2, the decorative pattern is stopped and displayed in the combination of small winning decorative patterns of "decoration 1 - decoration 2 - decoration 3". . In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "123" in accordance with this. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, a "△" indicating a small hit is displayed on the fourth symbol of the special symbol 2. In addition, on the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 52(i), the swordsman character KNG is defeated, the lord character HDS is striking a victory pose, the words "You did it!" are displayed, and the mission is completed. It is reported that the mission has been achieved (the mission was successful). That is, in this performance example, when a special small win occurs in the battle mode and the electric support state ends, it can be said that a shift to a small win rush is notified. Furthermore, the character display of "Chance!" in FIG. 52(i) can be said to foretell that a special small win will occur and a shift to a small win rush will occur.

In FIG. 52(j), it is shown that the small winning game is being played after the symbol display time (for example, 0.5 seconds) of the special figure 2 has elapsed. At the timing shown in FIG. 52(j), the electric support state has ended and the small winning rush has started, so it becomes difficult for the game ball to enter the special figure 2 starting opening (variable) 235, and it enters the second variable winning opening. 235, and as a result, when it comes to the small winning game related to the small winning of special drawing 2, the game ball is in a state where it is easy to enter the second variable prize opening 235, and it is a small winning that can be expected to win the prize ball. It becomes a game. At the timing shown in FIG. 52(j), since three game balls entered the second variable winning hole 235 after the small winning game started, 30 prize balls were paid out, and at the upper center of the display screen, The words "30/100 get!" are displayed according to the number of prize balls acquired. Note that the display of the total number of award balls displayed below the mini symbol has not been updated. In addition, in the center of the display screen, the words "SMALL BONUS!" indicating that a small winning game is in progress are displayed superimposed on the lord's character HDS and the swordsman character KNG, indicating that the player is in a small winning game. It is informing you of something.

FIG. 52(k) shows how the small winning game has ended and the symbol variation display has started on the special figure 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. In the example of production shown in FIG. 52(k), the words "Small win rush has entered!" are also displayed at the top of the display screen to notify that the small win rush has started. Furthermore, the production in which the swordsman character KNG is defeated and the lord character HDS strikes a victory pose continues. In addition, the life gauge and life value are also erased, and the display position of the decorative symbols is moved from the lower right to the lower left, and the decorative symbols are displayed in a variable manner in accordance with the variable display of the special drawing 2. Further, at the timing shown in FIG. 52(k), an animation is displayed in which the number of prize balls acquired in the current small winning game is added to the total number of prize balls acquired. After that, for example, as shown in FIG. 33(b), the bancho character TDR appears and the performance during the small win rush is started.

FIG. 53 is a diagram showing step by step another example of the effect in the battle mode centered on the decorative pattern display device. In this production example, a special small win occurs without starting the mission production during the battle mode, and a transition from the battle mode to a small win rush is shown. In other words, a transition from battle mode to small hit rush is shown without any presentation of success in the mission. Note that the effects shown in FIGS. 53(a) to 53(d) are the same as the effects shown in FIGS. 50(a) to 50(d), so a description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 53(e) shows how the symbol variation display is performed in the special figure 2. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 2 is also performed, and a variable display of the fourth pattern of the special pattern 2 is also performed in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284. ing. In addition, the variable icon h0 is displayed in the variable icon display area 280, and the four special figure 2 reserve icons h21 to h24 are displayed in the special figure 2 reserve icon display area 282, and these variable icons h0 and The hold icons h21 to h24 of the special drawing 2 are all displayed in a default display mode (a round, patternless, white display mode). Note that at the timing shown in FIG. 53(e), the symbol variation display that results in a special small hit is being executed, but the mission has not started. In FIG. 53(e), the variable icon h0 is displayed in the default display mode, but is hatched for convenience of explanation.

FIG. 53(f) shows the situation when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is finished. In special drawing 2, a special small winning symbol is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, depending on the result of the special small hit of special pattern 2, the decorative pattern is stopped and displayed in the combination of small winning decorative patterns of "decoration 1 - decoration 2 - decoration 3". . In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "123" in accordance with this. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, a "△" indicating a small hit is displayed on the fourth symbol of the special symbol 2. After that, as shown in Figure 53(g), the displayed character is changed from the lord's character HDS to the bancho's character TDR, and the words "Surprise!!" are displayed, indicating that a special small win has occurred. are doing. At this time, as shown in FIG. 53(g), the characters "0/100 get!" are displayed in the lower right portion of the display screen, and the number of prize balls acquired in the small winning game is displayed.

FIG. 53(h) shows how the small winning game has ended. When the small winning game ends, the words ``It's a small winning rush!'' are displayed to notify that the small winning rush will begin. Further, in the lower right portion of the display screen, the words "100/100 get!" are displayed in accordance with the number of prize balls acquired. Note that the display of the total number of award balls displayed below the mini symbol has not been updated.

After that, as shown in FIG. 53(i), the small winning game ends and the symbol variation display starts in the special figure 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a moving animation of the pending icons h21 to h24 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h21 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21 and is displayed as the first hold icon h21, The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22, and the fourth hold icon h24 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h23. and is displayed as a third hold icon h23. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 2 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of storage in the special pattern 2 is decreased by 1, and the storage number of the special pattern 2 is decreased by 1. The number becomes "3". In addition, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special symbol 2 has also started in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284. Furthermore, at the timing shown in FIG. 53(i), an animation is displayed in which the number of prize balls acquired in the current small winning game is added to the total number of prize balls acquired. After that, although not shown, the result of adding the 100 prize balls acquired in the current small winning game to the total number of prize balls acquired is displayed.

In this way, in this production example, a special small win occurs without a successful mission performance, and a transition from the battle mode to a small win rush is shown.

FIG. 54 shows an example of a performance performed subsequent to the performance shown in FIG. 50(e), and is a diagram showing step-by-step another example of a performance in the battle mode centered on the decorative symbol display device. In addition, this production example shows that the mission production does not start during the battle mode, but a special small win occurs, and another production is performed that transitions from the battle mode to a small win rush. In other words, a transition from battle mode to small hit rush is shown without any presentation of success in the mission.

In the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 54(a), "Decoration 5 - Decoration 4 - Decoration 1", which is a combination of out-of-place decorative patterns, is stopped and displayed in the lower left portion of the display screen. Furthermore, in this production example, the lord's character HDS is shown running at a high speed in the center of the display screen. Note that no mission is being conducted at the time shown in FIG. 54(a). Further, a fourth symbol/retention number display area 284 is provided at the upper right corner of the decorative symbol display device 208. Further, the decorative symbol display device 208 is provided with a variable icon display area 280 at the lower center of the effect display area 208d. In addition, in the upper left corner of the display screen, a mini symbol is displayed stopping at "541", and below that, the number of hits (big hit, small hit) and the total number of prize balls acquired since the first jackpot are displayed. Displayed. In addition, at the timing shown in FIG. 54(a), the characters "1st time" are displayed indicating that the number of hits is 1, and "300pt" indicating that the total number of prize balls won is 300 balls. is displayed.

Furthermore, the control state (gaming state) shown in FIG. 54 is a battle mode (special pattern high probability normal pattern high probability state). In the decorative pattern display device 208 in this battle mode, a reserved icon display area 282 for the special figure 2 is provided on the right side of the variable icon display area 280. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208 in the battle mode, the display area of the reserved icon of the special figure 1 is omitted, but the reserved icon display area of the special figure 1 may be provided.

In the special figure 2 hold icon display area 282, a hold icon representing the hold of the special figure 2 is displayed. In FIG. 54(a), four special drawing 2 holding icons h21 to h24 are displayed in the special drawing 2 holding icon display area 282, and all of these special drawing 2 holding icons h21 to h24 are It is displayed in the default display mode (round shape, no pattern, and white display mode). In addition, in this production example, the symbol fluctuation display that results in a special small hit is held in the second position, and the second hold icon h22 is hatched for the convenience of explanation, but in reality it is the default display mode. is displayed. The same applies to other figures in FIG.

Further, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a variable icon display area 280 appears at the lower center of the effect display area 208d.

FIG. 54(b) shows how the symbol variation display has started in the special figure 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a moving animation of the pending icons h21 to h24 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h21 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, and the pending icon that was at the display position of the second pending icon h22 moves to the display position of the first pending icon h21 and becomes the first The hold icon that was in the display position of the third hold icon h23 is moved to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22, and the hold icon that was in the display position of the third hold icon h23 is displayed as the second hold icon h22. The hold icon that was at the display position of the hold icon h24 is moved to the display position of the third hold icon h23 and is displayed as the third hold icon h23. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 2 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of storage in the special pattern 2 is decreased by 1, and the number of storage in the special pattern 2 is decreased by 1. 4 symbols have also started to be displayed in a variable manner.

FIG. 54(c) shows the situation when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is finished. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, depending on the result of the deviation of the special figure 2, the decorative pattern is stopped and displayed in the combination of the decorative pattern of the deviation ``Decoration 4 - Decoration 4 - Decoration 8''. In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "448" in accordance with this. In addition, in this production example, one or more game balls enter the special figure 2 starting hole (variable) 233 between the timing shown in FIG. 54(b) and the timing shown in FIG. 54(c), and the special figure 2 starts. There are 4 pending cases. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, an "x" indicating that the fourth symbol of the special symbol 2 is a loss is displayed.

FIG. 54(d) shows how the symbol variation display has started in the special figure 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a moving animation of the pending icons h21 to h24 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h21 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21 and is displayed as the first hold icon h21, The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22, and the fourth hold icon h24 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h23. and is displayed as a third hold icon h23. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 2 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of storage in the special pattern 2 is decreased by 1, and the storage number of the special pattern 2 is decreased by 1. The number becomes "3". In addition, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special symbol 2 has also started in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284.

After that, as shown in FIG. 54(e), the decoration screen display device 208 shows that a freeze effect is started, which shows the screen disappearing. This freeze performance is a short freeze performance, and is an example of a preview performance regarding the symbol variation display being executed. During this time, the mini symbols are being displayed in a variable manner, and the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284 is being displayed.

After that, the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 54(f) shows the situation when the short freeze effect is finished and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is finished. In special drawing 2, a special small winning pattern is displayed. Therefore, the electric support state ends. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, depending on the result of the special small hit of special pattern 2, the decorative pattern is stopped and displayed in the combination of small winning decorative patterns of "decoration 1 - decoration 2 - decoration 3". . In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "123" in accordance with this. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, "△" indicating a small hit is displayed on the fourth symbol of the special symbol 2. At this time, the displayed character has been changed from the lord's character HDS, which was displayed before the short freeze effect started, to the bancho character TDR, and the words "Surprise!!" are also displayed, and a special small hit has been announced. It suggests that it has become. Further, in the lower right portion of the display screen, the words "0/100 get!" are displayed, and the number of prize balls acquired in the small winning game is displayed. Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 54(g), a small winning game is started. Note that the effects shown in FIGS. 54(g) to 54(i) are the same as those shown in FIGS. 53(g) to 53(i), and therefore the description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 55 shows an example of a performance performed following the performance shown in FIG. 50(e), and is a diagram showing step-by-step another example of a performance in the battle mode centered on the decorative symbol display device. In addition, in this production example, the mission production does not start during the battle mode, but a 10R probability variable jackpot that transitions to a small win rush is performed, and a production that moves from the battle mode to the small win rush through the jackpot game is performed. The situation is shown. In other words, a transition from the battle mode to the small hit rush is shown without any presentation of success in the mission.

In the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 55(a), "Decoration 5 - Decoration 4 - Decoration 1", which is a combination of decorative patterns that are out of place, is stopped and displayed in the lower left portion of the display screen. Furthermore, in this production example, the lord's character HDS is shown running at a high speed in the center of the display screen. Note that no mission is being conducted at the time shown in FIG. 55(a). Further, a fourth symbol/retention number display area 284 is provided at the upper right corner of the decorative symbol display device 208. Further, the decorative symbol display device 208 is provided with a variable icon display area 280 at the lower center of the effect display area 208d. In addition, in the upper left corner of the display screen, a mini symbol is displayed stopping at "541", and below that, the number of hits (big hit, small hit) and the total number of prize balls acquired since the first jackpot are displayed. Displayed. In addition, at the timing shown in FIG. 55(a), the characters "1st time" are displayed indicating that the number of hits is 1, and "300pt" indicating that the total number of prize balls won is 300 balls. is displayed.

Furthermore, the control state (gaming state) shown in FIG. 55 is a battle mode (special pattern high probability normal pattern high probability state). In the decorative pattern display device 208 in this battle mode, a reserved icon display area 282 for the special figure 2 is provided on the right side of the variable icon display area 280. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208 in the battle mode, the display area of the reserved icon of the special figure 1 is omitted, but the reserved icon display area of the special figure 1 may be provided.

In the special figure 2 hold icon display area 282, a hold icon representing the hold of the special figure 2 is displayed. In FIG. 55(a), four special drawing 2 holding icons h21 to h24 are displayed in the special drawing 2 holding icon display area 282, and all of these special drawing 2 holding icons h21 to h24 are It is displayed in the default display mode (round shape, no pattern, and white display mode). In addition, in this production example, the symbol variation display that is a 10R probability variable jackpot that transitions to a small hit rush after the end of the jackpot game is held in the second position, and for the convenience of explanation, a cross is displayed on the second hold icon h22. Although it is hatched, it is actually displayed in the default display mode. The same applies to other figures in FIG. 55. Further, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a variable icon display area 280 appears at the lower center of the effect display area 208d. The effects shown in FIGS. 55(b) to 55(d) are the same except that the pending symbol fluctuation display is not a special small hit, but a 10R fixed variable jackpot that transitions to a small hit rush. , the explanation is omitted.

The decorative screen display device 208 shown in FIG. 55(e) shows a state in which a freeze effect has been started to produce the effect that the screen disappears. This freeze performance is a long freeze performance, and is an example of a preview performance regarding the symbol variation display being executed. During this time, the mini symbols are being displayed in a variable manner, and the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284 is being displayed.

In the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 55(f), the long freeze effect continues, and various onomatopoeic words, mimetic words, and lines are displayed on the display screen. Note that audio matching these displays may be output.

After that, on the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 55(g), the words "Push from the right!" are displayed in the center of the display screen, and the words "Please press from the right" are displayed at the bottom of the display screen. After that, "decoration 7" stops in the right symbol display area 208c of the left symbol display area 208a, the middle symbol display area 208b, and the right symbol display area 208c, and then, as shown in FIG. "Decoration 7" stops in the symbol display area 208b, and finally, as shown in FIG. 55(i), an effect is displayed in which "Decoration 7" stops in the left symbol display area 208a.

After that, after the long freeze effect is finished, the decorative pattern display device shown in FIG. Then, as shown in FIG. 55(j), as a jackpot game start effect, the words "Big Chance Jackpot" are displayed along with a background image celebrating the jackpot (omitted here).

In this way, this performance example shows an example of a performance that results in a jackpot and shifts to a small win rush without being performed to succeed in the mission.

FIG. 56 shows an example of a performance performed subsequent to the performance shown in FIG. 50(e), and is a diagram showing step-by-step another example of a performance in the battle mode centered on the decorative symbol display device. Further, in this production example, a mission production is started during the battle mode, and a special small win occurs during the mission production, and a production that transitions from the battle mode to a small win rush is performed. In other words, the mission is started, but a transition from battle mode to small hit rush is shown without any successful performance. Note that the effect shown in FIG. 56(a) is the same as the effect shown in FIG. 54(a), so a description thereof will be omitted. In addition, in this production example, the symbol variation display that results in a special small hit is held in the second position, and the second hold icon h22 is hatched for convenience of explanation, but in reality it is the default display mode. is displayed. The same applies to other figures in FIG.

After that, the swordsman character KNG appears at the timing shown in FIG. Defeat!” is displayed. A life gauge is displayed on the right side of the swordsman character KNG, which represents the swordsman's remaining health. "1000" is displayed as the remaining life value above the life gauge, indicating that the initial value of the swordsman's remaining physical strength is 1000, and that his physical strength is full at the timing shown in FIG. 56(b). ing.

FIG. 56(c) shows the situation when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is finished. At the timing shown in FIG. 56(c), it is shown that a missed symbol is displayed in the special drawing 2. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, depending on the result of the deviation of the special figure 2, the decorative patterns are stopped and displayed in the combination of decorative patterns of the deviation ``Decoration 1 - Decoration 4 - Decoration 5''. In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "145" in accordance with this. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, an "x" indicating that the fourth symbol of the special symbol 2 is a loss is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 56(c), a mysterious ray is output from the edge of the sword owned by the lord's character HDS in response to the pattern stop display of the special drawing 2, and the swordsman character KNG receives damage. It is shown that the life value decreases by 250 and the life gauge also decreases. In other words, it is produced that the battle mode is approaching a transition to a small hit rush.

FIG. 56(d) shows how the symbol variation display of special drawing 2 has started. That is, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a moving animation of the pending icons h21 to h24 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h21 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21 and is displayed as the first hold icon h21, The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22, and the fourth hold icon h24 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h23. and is displayed as a third hold icon h23. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 2 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of storage in the special pattern 2 is decreased by 1, and the storage number of the special pattern 2 is decreased by 1. The number becomes "3". In addition, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special symbol 2 has also started in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284.

After that, as shown in FIG. 56(e), the decoration screen display device 208 shows that a short freeze effect suddenly starts while the mission is being executed. During this time, the mini symbols are being displayed in a variable manner, and the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284 is being displayed. In addition, in this production example, one or more game balls enter the special figure 2 starting hole (variable) 233 between the timing shown in FIG. 56(d) and the timing shown in FIG. 56(e), and the special figure 2 starts. There are 4 pending cases. After that, the effects shown in FIGS. 56(f) to 56(i) are performed. Note that the effects shown in FIGS. 56(f) to 56(i) are the same as the effects shown in FIGS. 54(f) to 54(i), so a description thereof will be omitted.

In this way, in this production example, a special small win occurs without a successful mission performance, and a transition from the battle mode to a small win rush is shown.

FIG. 57 shows an example of a performance performed subsequent to the performance shown in FIG. 50(e). In this production example, a mission production is started during the battle mode, and a production of failing the mission is performed to suggest or notify that a normal jackpot will be achieved to shift to the challenge mode. Note that the effects shown in FIGS. 57(a) to 57(f) are the same as the effects shown in FIGS. 50(f) to 50(k), so a description thereof will be omitted. In addition, in this production example, the symbol variation display that usually results in a jackpot is reserved in the third position, and for the convenience of explanation, the third pending icon h23 is cross-hatched, but in reality it is the default display mode. is displayed. The same applies to other figures in FIG.

In the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 57(g), the decorative pattern "Decoration 4" is stopped and displayed in the left pattern display area 208a and the right pattern display area 208c, a reach state is formed, and a reach effect is started. Ru. At this time, the decorative pattern is enlarged and displayed while moving to the center. Since there is a possibility that the jackpot due to the decorative pattern of "Decoration 4" will fall into the challenge mode after the end of the jackpot game, the decorative pattern display device 208 displays "Pinch" in the center of the display screen, as shown in FIG. 57(h). !!” is displayed, indicating that there is a possibility of falling from Battle Mode to Challenge Mode. Furthermore, between the timing shown in FIG. 57(f) and the timing shown in FIG. 57(g), at least one game ball enters the special figure 2 starting port (variable) 233, and the hold of special figure 2 becomes full. (4).

After that, as shown in FIG. 57(i), the master swordsman's character KNG slashes at the lord's character HDS, and the words "Unfortunate!!" are displayed, indicating that the lord's character HDS is defeated and the mission has failed. At the same time, the decorative pattern "Decoration 4" is stopped and displayed in the middle symbol display area 208b, and the shaking fluctuation is started with the combination of "Decoration 4-Decoration 4-Decoration 4". At this time, the decorative pattern is displayed in a reduced size while moving to the lower right portion. Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 57(j), the decorative pattern expands and moves to the center, and the fluctuation of the decorative pattern combination of "Decoration 4-Decoration 4-Decoration 4" continues. Also, at this time, the display of the variable icon display area 280 and the reserved icon display area 282 of the special figure 2 is erased, and the display of the 4th symbol/reserved number display area 284, the mini symbol, the number of consecutive attempts, and the total number of won prize balls is erased. only is displayed. It should be noted that the mini symbols continue to be displayed in a variable manner until the symbols are confirmed and displayed.

After that, as shown in FIG. 57(k), the characters "Re-lottery!!" are displayed and the decorative symbols start to be displayed in a variable manner again, and the combination of decorative symbols that will win the jackpot more advantageously for the player is finally displayed. It's fueling expectations for what's to come.

After that, as shown in FIG. 57(l), the combination of decorative symbols does not change from the jackpot combination of "Decoration 4 - Decoration 4 - Decoration 4", suggesting that there is a possibility of a normal jackpot. The situation is shown. In other words, it shows how the promotion effect has failed. In addition, for example, there may be a case where a promotion performance is performed during a jackpot game and a notification of a probability-variable jackpot is given later.

In the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 57(m), the 10R normal jackpot decorative pattern combination of "Decoration 4-Decoration 4-Decoration 4" is stopped and displayed. Further, the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 shown in FIG. 57(m) is displayed in a stopped state as "○", and the mini symbol is also displayed in a stopped state as a combination of "444". Eventually, in FIG. 57(n), as a jackpot game start effect, the words "Challenge Jackpot" are displayed along with a background image celebrating the jackpot (omitted here). In addition, this time's jackpot is a jackpot that occurred consecutively through the battle mode after the first jackpot, so replace it with the words "Hit it right!" and say "Second time" to indicate that it is the second consecutive jackpot. characters are displayed.

FIG. 58 is a diagram showing step by step another example of production in the battle mode centered on the decorative symbol display device, in which a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot is displayed on a symbol variation display that has been put on hold after the mission has started. An example of the effect when it is included is shown. Note that the effects shown in FIGS. 58(a) to 58(c) are the same as those shown in FIGS. 50(g) to 50(i), so the explanation will be omitted.

FIG. 58(d) shows the situation when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is finished. In special drawing 2, small winning symbols are displayed. In addition, in the battle mode, as mentioned above, the small hit of special drawing 2 is essentially a miss, so the decorative symbol display device 208 shows that the decorative symbol is a miss of "decoration 5 - decoration 4 - decoration 1". A stop display is made with a combination of decorative patterns. In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "541" in accordance with this. In addition, in this production example, at least one game ball enters the special figure 2 starting hole (variable) 233 between the timing shown in FIG. 58(c) and the timing shown in FIG. 58(d), and the special figure 2 starts. The number of pending items is full (four). In addition, this added symbol fluctuation display suspension is a symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot, and for the convenience of explanation, the fourth suspension icon h24 is cross-hatched, but it is actually displayed in the default display mode. has been done. The same applies to other figures in FIG. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, a "△" indicating a small hit is displayed on the fourth symbol of the special symbol 2. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 58(d), a mysterious ray is output from the edge of the sword owned by the lord's character HDS in response to the pattern stop display of the special drawing 2, and the swordsman character KNG receives damage. It is shown that the life value decreases by 650 and the life gauge also decreases. Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 58(d), since the amount of damage to the swordsman character KNG is large, the words "Critical Hit!" indicating this are displayed in the center of the display screen. Thereafter, a small winning game related to the small winning of the special figure 2 is started. Thereafter, the effects shown in FIGS. 58(e) to 58(h) are performed. Note that the effects shown in FIGS. 58(e) to 58(h) are similar to the effects shown in FIGS. 50(k) to 50(n), and therefore the description thereof will be omitted.

In the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 58(i), after the effect shown in FIG. 58(h) is performed, three symbol fluctuation displays of the special pattern 2 are digested, and a symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot is executed. It is shown that That is, a state in which a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot that is suspended after the mission is started is being executed.

After that, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 58(j), the decorative pattern "Decoration 4" is stopped and displayed in the left pattern display area 208a and the right pattern display area 208c, respectively, a reach state is formed, and the reach effect is performed. Begins. At this time, the decorative pattern is enlarged and displayed while moving to the center. Since there is a possibility that the jackpot due to the decorative pattern of "Decoration 4" will fall into the challenge mode after the end of the jackpot game, the decorative pattern display device 208 displays "Pinch" in the center of the display screen, as shown in FIG. 58(k). !!” is displayed, indicating that there is a possibility of falling from Battle Mode to Challenge Mode.

After that, as shown in FIG. 58(l), the decorative pattern of "Decoration 4" is stopped and displayed in the middle pattern display area 208b, and the shaking fluctuation starts with the combination of the decorative symbols of "Decoration 4 - Decoration 4 - Decoration 4". At the same time, the words "Unfortunate!!" are displayed. Also, at this time, the display of the variable icon display area 280 and the reserved icon display area 282 of the special figure 2 is erased, and the display of the 4th symbol/reserved number display area 284, the mini symbol, the number of consecutive attempts, and the total number of won prize balls is erased. only is displayed. It should be noted that the mini symbols continue to be displayed in a variable manner until the symbols are confirmed and displayed.

After that, as shown in FIG. 58(m), the characters "Re-lottery!!" are displayed and the decorative symbols start to be displayed in a variable manner again, and a jackpot combination of decorative symbols that is more advantageous to the player is finally displayed. It's fueling expectations for what's to come.

After that, as shown in FIG. 58(n), the combination of decorative symbols does not change from the jackpot combination of "Decoration 4 - Decoration 4 - Decoration 4", suggesting that there is a possibility of a normal jackpot. The situation is shown. In other words, it shows how the promotion effect has failed.

In the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 58(o), the 10R normal jackpot decorative pattern combination of "Decoration 4-Decoration 4-Decoration 4" is stopped and displayed. In addition, the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 shown in FIG. 58(o) is stopped and displayed as "○", and the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed as a combination of "444". Eventually, in FIG. 58(p), as a jackpot game start effect, the words "Challenge Jackpot" are displayed along with a background image celebrating the jackpot (omitted here). In addition, this time's jackpot is a jackpot that occurred consecutively through the battle mode after the first jackpot, so replace it with the words "Hit it right!" and say "Second time" to indicate that it is the second consecutive jackpot. characters are displayed.

In this way, in this production example, even if the symbol variation display that results in a jackpot (or special small hit, etc.) is suspended after the mission has started, the mission production continues until the symbol variation display that ends the originally determined mission. is performed, and then a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot is shown. In addition, when the symbol variation display resulting in a jackpot or the like is suspended after the mission has started, the mission performance may be extended until the symbol variation display is performed.

In addition, in the production examples shown in FIGS. 52 to 58, for example, the suspension notice shown in FIGS. 31 and 32 may be performed together.

FIG. 59 is a diagram showing step-by-step another example of a continuous notice performance performed in the small winning rush, and shows an example of a performance performed subsequent to the performance shown in FIG. 36(9).

In the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 59 (10a), a speech bubble with the words "Press the button!" is displayed on the right side of the bancho character TDR. In response to this, when the player operates the effect button 136 at the timing shown in FIG. 59 (11a), as shown in FIG. , and a speech bubble with the words "Get 2 small wins!" may be displayed on the right side of the bancho character TDR whose display mode has changed. In other words, there will be a small hit in the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 that is being executed, and a notice will be given that suggests that one additional small win will be included in the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 whose start is pending. It is being said. In other words, in the symbol variation display that is subject to continuous notice, the notice regarding the symbol variation display that is being executed (the variation notice) may include a pre-read notice regarding the symbol variation display of special drawing 2 whose start is pending. It is shown. By seeing this notice, the player may expect a large amount of prize balls to be paid out. In addition, in this production example, the symbol variation display being executed and the first symbol variation display that is pending are the symbol variation displays that will result in a small hit, and the third symbol variation display that is pending is the symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot. This is a symbol fluctuation display. In this production example, the symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot is not included in the target of the pre-read notice shown in FIG. If it is included, it indicates that a pre-read notice is being given for a symbol variation display that has been put on hold before the symbol variation display that will result in the jackpot. In other words, in the production example shown in FIG. 59 (12a), the first and second pending symbol variation displays are subject to the pre-read notice, and the third pending symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot is Excluded from the scope of advance notice. In addition, in the preview performance shown in FIG. 59 (12a), since two small wins are included in the running symbol variation display and the pending symbol variation display, the bank chief character says ``Get two small wins.'' On the other hand, in the preview performance shown in FIG. 36 (12), three small hits are included in the running symbol variation display and the pending symbol variation display. , the Bancho character is displayed in a manner that says, ``You'll get 3 small hits!'', so at least some of the display modes are different depending on the number of small wins that are included in the symbol fluctuation display. There are cases where it is possible.

FIG. 59 (13a) shows the situation when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. That is, a small winning symbol is displayed in the special figure 2, and therefore the special figure 1 which is being displayed in a variable manner is discarded and a losing symbol is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the decorative pattern is stopped and displayed in the combination of the small winning decorative pattern "Decoration 1 - Decoration 2 - Decoration 3" according to the result of the small win of the special drawing 2. In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "123" in accordance with this. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, "△" indicating a small hit is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 2, and "△" indicating a loss is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 1. ×” is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 59 (13a), in response to the small winning pattern being stopped and displayed in the special drawing 2, the characters "Okay! First one!" are displayed on the right side of the bank chief character TDR. A speech bubble is displayed to inform the player that he has won a small hit. In other words, the effect is that the player has won the first small win out of two consecutive small wins. Thereafter, a small winning game related to the small winning of special figure 2 will be started.

In FIG. 59 (14a), it is shown that the small winning game is being played after the symbol display time (for example, 0.5 seconds) of the special figure 2 has elapsed. As mentioned above, the small winning game related to the small winning of special figure 2 is a small winning game in which the game ball is likely to enter the second variable winning hole 235, and you can expect to win the prize ball. At the timing shown in FIG. 59 (14a), 6 game balls entered the second variable winning hole 235 after the small winning game started, so 60 prize balls were paid out, and the lower right part of the display screen , the words "60/100 get!" are displayed according to the number of prize balls won. Note that the display of the total number of award balls displayed below the mini symbol has not been updated. In addition, in the center of the display screen, the words "SMALL BONUS!" indicating that a small winning game is in progress are displayed superimposed on the bancho character TDR, informing the player that a small winning game is in progress. ing.

Thereafter, when the second variable winning hole 235 is opened and closed a predetermined number of times (12 times) or a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls enter the second variable winning hole 235, the small winning game ends. At the timing shown in FIG. 59 (15a), it is shown that the small winning game has ended when ten game balls have entered the second variable winning hole 235. At this time, in the lower right part of the display screen of the decorative pattern display device 208, the words "100/100 get!" are displayed according to the number of prize balls acquired, and in this small winning game, 100 prize balls are displayed. It is notified that the money has been paid out.

After that, as shown in FIG. 59 (16a), it is shown that the small winning game ends and the symbol variation display starts in each of the special symbols 1 and 2. That is, the hold of special figure 1 and the hold of special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a moving animation of the pending icons h21 to h23 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the pending icon that was in the display position of the first pending icon h21 (the pending icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21 and is displayed as the first hold icon h21, The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 2 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of reservations of the special pattern 1 and the special pattern 2 are each decreased by 1, The number of reservations for special drawing 1 becomes "1" and the number of reservations for special drawing 2 becomes "2". In addition, variable display of the fourth symbols of the special symbols 1 and 2 has also started in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284. In addition, in the production example shown in FIG. 59 (16a), since a pending series of small winnings is announced, an animation of the number of prize balls acquired in this small winning game being added to the total number of won prize balls is shown. Reserved. Further, on the right side of the banker's character TDR, a speech bubble with the words "One more to go!" indicating that one small win is pending in the reserve of special drawing 2 is displayed.

FIG. 59 (17a) shows the state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. That is, a small winning symbol is displayed in the special figure 2, and therefore the special figure 1 which is being displayed in a variable manner is discarded and a losing symbol is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the decorative pattern is stopped and displayed in the combination of the small winning decorative pattern "Decoration 1 - Decoration 2 - Decoration 3" according to the result of the small win of the special drawing 2. In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "123" in accordance with this. Then, in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, "△" indicating a small hit is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 2, and "△" indicating a loss is displayed on the fourth symbol of special symbol 1. ×” is displayed. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 59 (17a), in response to the small winning pattern being stopped and displayed in the special drawing 2, the characters "Okay! Second one!" are displayed on the right side of the bank chief character TDR. A speech bubble is displayed to inform the player that he has won a small hit. In other words, the effect is that the player has won the second small win in a series of pending small wins. Thereafter, a small winning game related to the small winning of special figure 2 will be started.

In FIG. 59 (18a), it is shown that the small winning game is being played after the symbol display time (for example, 0.5 seconds) of the special figure 2 has elapsed. As mentioned above, the small winning game related to the small winning of special figure 2 is a small winning game in which the game ball is likely to enter the second variable winning hole 235, and you can expect to win the prize ball. At the timing shown in FIG. 59 (18a), since three game balls entered the second variable winning hole 235 after the start of the small winning game, 30 prize balls were paid out, and the lower right part of the display screen , the words "130/200 get!" are displayed, including the number of prize balls won in the previous small winning game. Note that the display of the total number of award balls displayed below the mini symbol has not been updated. In addition, in the center of the display screen, the words "SMALL BONUS!" indicating that a small winning game is in progress are displayed superimposed on the bancho character TDR, informing the player that a small winning game is in progress. ing.

Thereafter, when the second variable winning hole 235 is opened and closed a predetermined number of times (12 times) or a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls enter the second variable winning hole 235, the small winning game ends. At the timing shown in FIG. 59 (19a), it is shown that the small winning game has ended when ten game balls have entered the second variable winning hole 235. At this time, in the lower right part of the display screen of the decorative pattern display device 208, the words "200/200 get!" are displayed according to the number of prize balls acquired, and this small winning game is similar to the previous small winning game. It is announced that a total of 200 prize balls have been paid out.

After that, as shown in FIG. 59 (20a), the small winning game ends and the symbol variation display starts in the special figure 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. In addition, since there is no pending symbol variation display in special drawing 1, the symbol variation display is not started. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a moving animation of the hold icons h21 and h22 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the hold icon that was in the display position of the first hold icon h21 (the hold icon that is the target of the current pattern change) is displayed. ) moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0, and the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21 and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. . In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 2 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of storage in the special pattern 2 is decreased by 1, and the storage number of the special pattern 2 is decreased by 1. The number becomes "1". In addition, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special symbol 2 has also started in the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284. In addition, at the timing shown in FIG. 59 (20a), the character TDR of the bancho is clothed and displayed in a reduced size, and an animation in which the number of prize balls acquired in two small winning games is added to the total number of prize balls acquired is shown. It is shown how it is displayed. After that, as shown in FIG. 59 (21a), the total number of prize balls acquired from ``1700pt'' is updated to ``1900pt'' by adding the number of 200 prize balls acquired in two small winning games. has been done. Moreover, the timing shown in FIG. 59(j) shows the situation when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is finished. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, depending on the result of the special pattern 2 being out of place, the decorative patterns are stopped and displayed in the combination of the outgoing decorative patterns of "Decoration 4 - Decoration 1 - Decoration 7". In addition, the mini pattern is also stopped and displayed at "417" in accordance with this. In the fourth symbol/retention number display area 284, an "x" indicating that the fourth symbol of the special drawing 2 is a loss is displayed.

After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 has elapsed, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started as shown in FIG. 59 (22a). The symbol variation display of this special figure 2 is a shortened variation that results in a jackpot (for example, a shortened reach variation of 15 seconds). In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a moving animation of the pending icon h21 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the pending icon (the pending icon that is subject to the current pattern change) that was in the display position of the first pending icon h21 is moved. , moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as a variable icon h0. In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, a variable display of the decorative pattern related to the special pattern 2 is started, and in the fourth pattern/retention number display area 284, the number of storage in the special pattern 2 is decreased by 1, 4 symbols have also started to be displayed in a variable manner.

After that, in FIG. 59 (23a), decorative symbols of "Decoration 1" are stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 208a and the right symbol display area 208c, a ready-to-win state is formed, and a ready-to-win effect is started. At this time, the decorative pattern is enlarged and displayed while moving to the center. The jackpot with the decorative pattern of "Decoration 1" is a variable jackpot, and after the jackpot game ends, the small win rush will resume, so the words "Chance has arrived!" will be displayed in the center of the display screen, and the small win rush will continue. suggests that. After that, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 59 (24a), the "special symbol" is stopped and displayed in the middle symbol display area 208, and the swinging fluctuation is performed.

After that, as shown in FIG. 59 (25a), the decorative pattern display device 208 stops displaying the combination of decorative patterns that confirm the rank-up bonus of "Decoration 1 - Special - Decoration 1", and also The fourth symbol is stopped and displayed as "○", and the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed as a combination of "1 special 1". In addition, the decorative symbol display device 208 also displays the text "You did it!" to congratulate the player on reaching the jackpot with a high probability of transitioning to a small win rush. After that, when the symbol display time of special drawing 2 has elapsed, as shown in FIG. 59 (26a), the words "Rank up bonus!" and "Small hit rush continuation jackpot!" are displayed, and the jackpot start effect is started. . Note that this jackpot is the 11th hit (big hit/small hit) after the first jackpot, so the words "11th" are displayed to indicate this. In addition, the total number of prize balls acquired is displayed in the lower right corner of the display screen.

Note that the embodiments described above are only a part, and the effects to be executed are not limited thereto. Further, some performances may be performed or some performances may not be performed in consideration of the performance effects and the like. For example, if a special small win occurs in battle mode and the mission shifts to a small win rush, the mission may not be carried out, or even if the mission is carried out, the battle is not performed without the victory of the lord's character HDS. The mode may be changed to a small hit rush. In addition, regarding the pending notice where the display mode of the pending icon changes, when the pending notice is given in battle mode, the symbol fluctuation display that is the subject of the pending notice (target of the pre-read notice) will change to a small hit rush. It is executed when the symbol fluctuation display is displayed, when the number of hits is the ceiling number, and when the symbol fluctuation display is a special small hit. When a symbol fluctuation display that causes the number of hits to reach the ceiling number or a symbol fluctuation display that results in a special small hit is executed, an effect in which the lord's character HDS wins is performed, and the symbol becomes a jackpot that transitions to a small hit rush. In the variable display, the mission presentation may not be performed, or even if the mission presentation is performed, the presentation in which the lord's character HDS wins may not be performed (for example, a long freeze may be performed). Further, both the mission performance and the pending notice may be executed.

In addition, in the embodiment described above, in the case of a special small win, there is a presentation that the mission is successful, a small win, and a transition from battle mode to a small win rush, and a presentation that the mission is successful. Although we have shown the effect of transitioning from battle mode to small win rush without a small win being performed, it is also possible to perform only one of them.

In the above description,
“Game control means [for example, main control unit 300, etc.] capable of executing control to shift to one of a plurality of game states,
A symbol display means capable of displaying symbol variations [for example, the first special symbol display device 212, the second special symbol display device 214, etc.];
A game machine comprising:
One of the plurality of gaming states is a first gaming state [for example, a normal gaming state (a special pattern low probability normal pattern low probability state), etc.],
One of the plurality of game states is a second game state [e.g., battle mode (special pattern high probability regular pattern high probability state), etc.],
One of the gaming states of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state [for example, small hit rush (special pattern high probability normal pattern low probability state), etc.],
The second gaming state is a gaming state more advantageous than the first gaming state,
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the second gaming state,
When a jackpot game is started in the first gaming state, there is a case where the jackpot game shifts to the second gaming state (hereinafter referred to as the "first case") after the jackpot game ends [for example, FIG. As shown in the figure below, when a 5R variable jackpot occurs in the normal gaming state, the game shifts to battle mode after the jackpot game related to the jackpot ends, etc.]
In the first case, there is a case where the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state due to the execution of the symbol variation display that results in a loss (hereinafter referred to as the "second case"). Yes [For example, as shown in Figure 20, when transitioning from the normal game state to the battle mode, if the symbol variation display of special symbol 1 is executed a predetermined number of times (for example, 50 times) and the electric support is missed, the jackpot game Shifting from battle mode to small hit rush without starting],
When a jackpot game is started in the second gaming state, there is a case (hereinafter referred to as "third case") where the jackpot game is shifted to the second gaming state after the jackpot game ends [for example, FIG. As shown in the figure below, if a 5R probability-variable jackpot occurs in the battle mode, the game returns to the battle mode after the jackpot game related to the jackpot ends, etc.]
In the third case, there is a case where the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state due to the execution of the symbol variation display that results in a loss (hereinafter referred to as the "fourth case"). Yes [For example, as shown in FIG. 20, when transitioning from battle mode to battle mode again, if the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is executed a predetermined number of times (for example, the 30th time) and the electric support is missed, the jackpot game Shifting from battle mode to small hit rush without starting],
In the fourth case, it is easier to shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state with a smaller number of executions of the symbol variation display that results in a loss [for example, As shown in FIG. 20, the average number of symbol fluctuation displays for special map 1 that misses electric support is smaller when transitioning to battle mode via route B than when transitioning to battle mode via route A. Easier to transition from battle mode to small hit rush, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
explained.

According to the conventional game machine, there was room for improvement in the game control means, but according to this game machine, it is possible to provide a game machine with characteristics in the game control means.

Further, according to this gaming machine, even if the player hits the jackpot without displaying enough symbol fluctuations to move to the third gaming state, the player may feel less disappointed.

Here, the game control means may be capable of executing only a control for shifting to one of a plurality of gaming states, or may be capable of executing control for shifting to one of a plurality of gaming states. Control other than control may also be executable. Further, the game control means may always execute control to transition to one of a plurality of gaming states, or may execute control to transition to one of a plurality of gaming states. It may be something that may not be executed.

Further, the symbol display means may be capable of only displaying symbol variations, or may be capable of displaying other than symbol variation display. Further, the symbol display means may always execute symbol variation display, or may be capable of displaying other than symbol variation display.

Further, the game control means may be capable of transitioning only between the first gaming state, the second gaming state, and the third gaming state, or may be capable of transitioning between the first gaming state, the second gaming state, and the third gaming state. It may also be possible to shift to a gaming state other than the gaming state. Further, the game control means may always transition to the first gaming state, the second gaming state, and the third gaming state, or the gaming control means may always transition to the first gaming state, the second gaming state, and the third gaming state. There may be cases where the game does not shift to the gaming state.

Furthermore, when a jackpot game is started in the first gaming state, the transition may only be made to the second gaming state after the jackpot game ends, or the jackpot game is started in the first gaming state. Then, after the end of the jackpot game, the game state may be shifted to a game state other than the second game state. Furthermore, when a jackpot game is started in the first gaming state, the transition to the second gaming state may be made after the end of the jackpot game, and when a jackpot game is started in the first gaming state, There may be cases where the transition to the second gaming state does not occur after the end of the jackpot game.

Furthermore, when a jackpot game is started in the first gaming state, the transition to the second gaming state may occur only after the jackpot game ends, or the jackpot game is started in the first gaming state. Then, there may be a case where the second game state is shifted to other than after the end of the jackpot game.

Furthermore, in the first case, the second gaming state may only transition to the third gaming state by executing a symbol fluctuation display that results in a loss, or in the first case, the symbol variation display that results in a loss By executing the symbol variation display, the second gaming state may shift to a gaming state other than the third gaming state. In addition, in the first case, the second gaming state may always be shifted to the third gaming state by executing the symbol fluctuation display that results in a loss, or in the first case, the symbol that results in a loss There may be cases where the second gaming state does not transition to the third gaming state due to the variable display being executed.

In addition, in the first case, there may be a case where a transition is made from only the second gaming state to the third gaming state by executing a symbol variation display that results in a loss; There may also be a case where a transition is made from a gaming state other than the second gaming state to a third gaming state by executing the symbol variation display. In addition, only in the first case, the symbol fluctuation display that results in a loss may be executed and the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state, or in other cases than the first Even in this case, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state by executing a symbol variation display that results in a loss.

Furthermore, when a jackpot game is started in the second gaming state, the jackpot game may only be shifted to the second gaming state after the jackpot game ends, or the jackpot game is started in the second gaming state. Then, after the end of the jackpot game, the game state may be shifted to a game state other than the second game state. Furthermore, when a jackpot game is started in the second gaming state, the transition to the second gaming state may be made after the end of the jackpot game, and when a jackpot game is started in the second gaming state, There may be cases where the transition to the second gaming state does not occur after the end of the jackpot game.

Furthermore, when a jackpot game is started in the second gaming state, the transition to the second gaming state may occur only after the jackpot game ends, or the jackpot game is started in the second gaming state. Then, there may be a case where the second game state is shifted to other than after the end of the jackpot game. Furthermore, if a jackpot game is started only in the second gaming state, it may be possible to shift to the second gaming state after the end of the jackpot game, or a jackpot game may be started in a gaming state other than the second gaming state. Once the game is started, the second game state may be entered after the jackpot game ends.

Furthermore, in the third case, the second gaming state may only transition to the third gaming state by executing a symbol fluctuation display that results in a loss, or in the third case, the symbol variation display that results in a loss By executing the symbol variation display, the second gaming state may shift to a gaming state other than the third gaming state. Furthermore, in the third case, the second gaming state may always be shifted to the third gaming state by executing the symbol fluctuation display that results in a loss, or in the third case, the symbol that results in a loss There may be cases where the second gaming state does not transition to the third gaming state due to the variable display being executed.

In addition, only in the third case, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state by executing a symbol variation display that results in a loss, or in cases other than the third case. Also, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state by executing a symbol variation display that results in a loss.

Further, in the fourth case, it may be easier to transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state with a smaller number of executions of the symbol variation display that results in a loss than in the second case, In the fourth case, it may be easier to transition from the second gaming state to a gaming state other than the third gaming state with fewer executions of the symbol variation display that results in a miss than in the second case. . Further, in the fourth case, the number of executions of the symbol variation display that results in a loss may be smaller than in the second case, and it may be easier to transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state. In the fourth case, the number of executions of the symbol variation display that results in a loss may be smaller than in the second case, and the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may not be easy.

Further, in the fourth case, it may be easier to transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state only when the number of executions of the symbol variation display that results in a loss is smaller than in the second case, In the fourth case, it may be easier to transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state in addition to the fewer number of executions of the symbol variation display resulting in a loss than in the second case.

Further, "the game control means is a means that can select one type of number of times of winning from a plurality of types of number of times of winning when transitioning to the second gaming state after the end of the jackpot game [for example, FIG. As shown in (a), the control unit 300 selects the number of symbol fluctuation displays of the special symbol 1 in which the electric support is dropped due to the jackpot symbol based on the distribution table for determining the special symbol 1 jackpot symbol],
The number of times the game gets stuck is the number of times the symbol variation display is executed, which is a necessary deviation to transition from the second game state to the third game state without starting a jackpot game.
The average number of times it will get stuck in the third case is smaller than the average number of times it will get stuck in the first case [For example, as shown in FIG. When moving to battle mode via route B, the average number of symbol fluctuation displays for special map 1 that misses electric support is smaller than when moving to battle mode, and it is easier to transition from battle mode to small hit rush, etc.] ,
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

According to this gaming machine, it may be possible to create an expectation that the player will always move to the third gaming state.

Here, the game control means may be capable of selecting only one type of number of times of winning from a plurality of types of number of times of winning when transitioning to the second game state after the end of the jackpot game, or When transitioning to the second gaming state after the end of the game, it may be possible to select a number of times other than one type of number of times of getting stuck from among a plurality of types of number of times of getting stuck. Further, the game control means may always select one type of number of times of getting stuck from among a plurality of types of number of times of getting stuck when transitioning to the second game state after the end of the jackpot game, or the game control means may be configured to always select one type of number of times of getting stuck from among a plurality of types of number of times of getting stuck, or the end of the jackpot game. When moving to the second gaming state later, one type of number of times of getting stuck may not be selected from a plurality of types of number of times of getting stuck.

Further, the game control means may be capable of selecting one type of number of times of getting stuck only when transitioning to the second gaming state after the end of the jackpot game, or may be capable of selecting one type of number of times of getting stuck from a plurality of types of number of times of getting stuck, or It may also be possible to select one type of number of times of getting stuck from among a plurality of types of number of times of getting stuck even in cases other than when transitioning to the second gaming state after the game ends.

Also, the average number of locks selected in the third case may be smaller than the average number of locks selected in the first case, or the average number of locks selected in the first case may be smaller than the average number of locks selected in the first case. The number of times of failure selected in the third case other than the average may also be smaller than the average. Furthermore, the average number of locks selected in the third case may necessarily be smaller than the average number of locks selected in the first case, or the average number of locks selected in the first case may be smaller than the average number of locks selected in the first case. There may be a case where the average number of times the locking occurs selected in the third case is not less than the average.

Furthermore, the average number of locks selected in the third case may be smaller than the average number of locks selected in the first case, or the average number of locks selected in the first case may be smaller than the average number of locks selected in the first case. The average number of stuck times selected in the third case may be smaller than the average.

In addition, 'a jackpot game is started when one type of jackpot symbol among the plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed as a result of the execution of the symbol variation display,
The plurality of types of jackpot symbols are each associated with the number of winnings [For example, as shown in FIG. ],
One type of jackpot pattern among the plurality of types of jackpot patterns is a first jackpot pattern [for example, "special pattern E", etc.],
One type of jackpot pattern among the plurality of types of jackpot patterns is a second jackpot pattern [e.g., “special pattern I”, etc.],
The number of winnings associated with the first jackpot symbol is a first number of times [for example, 50 times, etc.],
The number of winnings associated with the second jackpot symbol is a second number of times [for example, 30 times, etc.],
The first number of times is greater than the second number of times,
The probability that the first jackpot symbol will be displayed in the case of a jackpot in the first gaming state [for example, the probability that "special pattern E" will be selected during non-electronic support is 35/100, etc.]; When a jackpot occurs in the second gaming state, the probability that the second jackpot symbol is displayed is the same [for example, the probability that "Tokuzu I" is selected during electric support is 35/100],
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Note that the third number of times (for example, 10 times), which is smaller than the first number of times and the second number of times, may be selected as the number of times of winning in the case of a jackpot in the first gaming state; If a jackpot is achieved in the gaming state, it may be more likely to be selected than in the first gaming state.

Here, as a result of executing the symbol variation display, only the jackpot game may be started when one type of jackpot symbol among the plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed, or the symbol variation display may be executed. As a result, when one type of jackpot symbol among the plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed, a game other than the jackpot game may be started. Furthermore, the jackpot game may always be started when one type of jackpot symbol among the plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed as a result of the symbol variation display being executed, or as a result of the symbol variation display being executed. , the jackpot game may not be started when one type of jackpot symbol among the plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed.

Further, the jackpot game may be started only when one type of jackpot symbol among the plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed as a result of the symbol variation display being executed, or the jackpot game may be started as a result of the symbol variation display being executed. The jackpot game may also be started in cases other than when one type of jackpot symbol among the plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed. Further, the jackpot game may be started only when one type of jackpot symbol among the plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed only as a result of the symbol variation display being executed, or the jackpot game may be started when the symbol variation display is executed. Even if the result is other than the result, the jackpot game may be started when one type of jackpot symbol among the plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed.

Moreover, the plurality of types of jackpot symbols may be associated with each other only with the number of winnings, or the plurality of jackpot symbols may be associated with something other than the number of winnings. Further, the plurality of types of jackpot symbols may be necessarily associated with the number of winnings, or the plurality of jackpot symbols may not be associated with the number of winnings.

Further, the plurality of types of jackpot symbols may be only the first jackpot symbol and the second jackpot symbol, or there may be jackpot symbols other than the first jackpot symbol and the second jackpot symbol. Further, the first jackpot symbol and the second jackpot symbol may always be present, or the first jackpot symbol and the second jackpot symbol may not be present.

Further, the number of winnings associated with the first jackpot symbol may be only the first number and the second number, or there may be a number of winnings other than the first number and the second number. . In addition, the number of winnings associated with the first large value symbol may always be the first number and the second number, or even if there is no first number and second number. good.

Further, the first number of times may be more than only the second number of times, or may be more than the number of times other than the second number of times. Furthermore, the first number of times may always be greater than the second number of times, or may be less than the second number of times.

Also, only the probability that the first jackpot symbol will be displayed when a jackpot occurs in the first gaming state is the same as the probability that the second jackpot symbol will be displayed when a jackpot occurs in the second gaming state. The probability that the first jackpot symbol will be displayed when a jackpot occurs in the first gaming state, and the probability that the second jackpot symbol will be displayed when a jackpot occurs in the second gaming state. Other probabilities may also be the same. In addition, the probability that the first jackpot symbol will be displayed when a jackpot occurs in the first gaming state is always the same as the probability that the second jackpot symbol will be displayed when a jackpot occurs in the second gaming state. The probability that the first jackpot symbol will be displayed when a jackpot occurs in the first gaming state, and the probability that the second jackpot symbol will be displayed when a jackpot occurs in the second gaming state. may not be the same.

In addition, "When a jackpot game is started in the third gaming state, there is a case where the jackpot game shifts to the third gaming state after the end of the jackpot game [For example, during the small winning rush, "special map b" ~ If you hit a jackpot with "Special Figure F", after the jackpot game related to the jackpot ends, the small hit rush will start again],
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

According to this gaming machine, once the third gaming state is entered, the player may be able to play while hoping for a jackpot.

Here, when a jackpot game is started in the third gaming state, the jackpot game may only shift to the third gaming state after the jackpot game ends, or the jackpot game starts in the third gaming state. Then, after the end of the jackpot game, there may be a case where the game state shifts to a game state other than the third game state. Furthermore, when a jackpot game is started in the third gaming state, the transition to the third gaming state may be made after the end of the jackpot game, and when a jackpot game is started in the third gaming state, There may be cases where the transition to the third gaming state does not occur after the end of the jackpot game.

Furthermore, when a jackpot game is started in the third gaming state, the transition to the third gaming state may occur only after the end of the jackpot game, or the jackpot game is started in the third gaming state. Then, there may be a case where the third game state is shifted to other than after the end of the jackpot game. Furthermore, if a jackpot game is started only in the third gaming state, the transition to the third gaming state may occur after the end of the jackpot game, or a jackpot game may be started in a gaming state other than the third gaming state. When a game is started, a transition may be made to a third game state after the end of the jackpot game.

Also, ``When a jackpot game is started in the first gaming state, the transition to the third gaming state may occur after the end of the jackpot game. Then, after the jackpot game related to the jackpot ends, the game shifts to a small win rush, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

According to this gaming machine, by having a jackpot that can be achieved by shifting to the advantageous third gaming state all at once, it may be possible to further give the player a sense of expectation.

Here, when a jackpot game is started in the first gaming state, the jackpot game may only be shifted to the third gaming state after the end of the jackpot game, or the jackpot game is started in the first gaming state. Then, after the end of the jackpot game, there may be a case where the game state shifts to a game state other than the third game state. In addition, when a jackpot game is started in the first gaming state, the transition to the third gaming state may be made after the end of the jackpot game, and when a jackpot game is started in the first gaming state, There may be cases where the transition to the third gaming state does not occur after the end of the jackpot game.

Furthermore, when a jackpot game is started in the first gaming state, the transition to a third gaming state may occur only after the jackpot game ends, or the jackpot game is started in the first gaming state. Then, there may be a case where the third game state is shifted to other than after the end of the jackpot game.

Note that when a jackpot game is started in the second gaming state, the game may shift to the third gaming state after the jackpot game ends.

In addition, "first starting winning means [for example, special figure 1 starting opening (variable) 231 etc.]"
A second starting winning means [for example, special drawing 2 starting opening 232, etc.],
The symbol display means includes a first symbol display means [for example, the first special symbol display device 212, etc.] and a second symbol display means [for example, the second special symbol display device 214, etc.],
The first symbol display means is capable of executing the symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "first symbol variation display") when a game ball enters the first starting prize winning means. It is a symbol display means,
The second symbol display means is capable of executing the symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "second symbol variation display") when a game ball enters the second starting prize winning means. It is a symbol display means,
The first starting winning means is a starting winning means that can change between a first state [for example, a state in which the shutter member 2311 is closed, etc.] and a second state [for example, a state in which the shutter 2311 is opened, etc.]. ,
The second state is a state in which the game ball enters the first starting winning means more easily than the first state,
The second gaming state is a gaming state including a variable probability state and an electric support state [for example, a special pattern high probability general pattern high probability state, etc.],
The third gaming state is a gaming state that includes the variable probability state and the non-electric support state [for example, a special pattern high probability normal pattern low probability state, etc.],
In the electric support state, the first start-up winning means is more likely to enter the second state than in the non-electric support state [for example, in the low probability state of normal figures, the probability of winning is 0%, In the high probability state shown in the figure, the hit probability is 100%, and the shutter 2311 is likely to be in an open state, etc.]
In the second gaming state, it is easier to hit the jackpot with the first symbol variation display than with the second symbol variation display [For example, as shown in FIG. 21(b), in the battle mode, the symbol variation of special symbol 1 The display is a short fluctuation, the symbol fluctuation display of special map 2 is a long fluctuation, the result of the symbol fluctuation display of special map 1 is more likely to result in a jackpot than special map 2, etc.]
In the third gaming state, the second symbol variation display is more likely to result in a jackpot than the first symbol variation display [for example, in the small hit rush as shown in FIG. 21(b), the special symbol 2 symbol The fluctuation display is a short fluctuation, the symbol fluctuation display of special map 1 is a long fluctuation, the result of the symbol fluctuation display of special map 1 is more likely to result in a jackpot than special map 2, etc.],
As a result of executing the second symbol variation display, when a small winning symbol [for example, "special pattern g", etc.] is displayed, a second small winning game [for example, the second variable prize opening 235 opens] Small winning games, etc.] are started,
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the symbol display means may include only the first symbol display means and the second symbol display means, or may include symbol display means other than the first symbol display means and the second symbol display means. It may also include. Further, the symbol display means may necessarily include the first symbol display means and the second symbol display means, or may not include the first symbol display means and the second symbol display means. It may be something.

Further, the first symbol display means may be capable of only displaying a symbol variation when a game ball enters the first starting winning means, or the first starting winning means It may also be possible to perform operations other than displaying symbol variations when a game ball enters the ball. Further, the first symbol display means may always execute a symbol variation display when a game ball enters the first starting prize winning means, or the first symbol displaying means may always perform a symbol variation display when a game ball enters the first starting prize winning means. The symbol variation display may not be executed when a game ball enters the game ball.

Further, the first symbol display means may be capable of displaying symbol variations only when a game ball enters the first starting winning means, or the first starting winning means The symbol variation display may also be executed in cases other than the case where a game ball enters the ball.

Further, the second symbol display means may be capable of only displaying symbol variations when a game ball enters the second starting winning means, or the second starting winning means It may also be possible to perform operations other than displaying symbol variations when a game ball enters the ball. Further, the second symbol display means may always execute a symbol variation display when a game ball enters the second starting prize winning means, or the second symbol displaying means may always execute a symbol variation display when a game ball enters the second starting winning means. The symbol variation display may not be executed when a game ball enters the game ball.

Further, the second symbol display means may be capable of displaying a symbol variation only when a game ball enters the second starting winning means, or the second starting winning means The symbol variation display may also be executed in cases other than the case where a game ball enters the ball.

Further, the first starting winning means may be able to change only between the first state and the second state, or may be able to change into states other than the first state and the second state. It may be. Further, the first starting winning means may always change between the first state and the second state, or may not change between the first state and the second state. Good too.

Further, the second state may be only a state in which it is easier for the game ball to enter the first starting prize winning means than in the first state, or a state in which the game ball is more likely to enter the first starting winning means than in the first state. The ball may be in a state other than the state in which it is easy to enter the winning means. In addition, the second state may be a state in which the game ball always enters the first starting winning means more easily than the first state, or the second state may be a state in which the game ball always enters the first starting prize means more easily than the first state. There may be cases where the ball is not in a state where it is easy to enter the winning means.

Further, the second gaming state may include only the variable probability state and the electric support state, or may include states other than the variable probability state and the electric support state. Further, the second gaming state may necessarily include a variable probability state and an electric support state, or may not include a variable probability state and an electric support state.

Further, the third gaming state may include only the variable probability state and the non-electric support state, or may include states other than the variable probability state and the non-electric support state. Further, the third gaming state may always include a variable probability state and a non-electric support state, or may not include a variable probability state and a non-electric support state.

In addition, in the electric support state, the first starting winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state, and in the electric support state, the first starting winning means is more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state. The starting winning means may be in a state where it is likely to be in a state other than the second state. In addition, in the electric support state, the first starting winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state, and in the electric support state, the first starting prize means is more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state. The starting prize winning means may be in a state where it is not likely to be in the second state.

In addition, in the electric support state, the first starting winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state, and in the electric support state, it is more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state. The first starting winning means may be in a state where it is likely to be in the second state.

Furthermore, in the second gaming state, the jackpot may be more likely to occur only in the first symbol variation display than in the second symbol variation display, and in the second gaming state, the first symbol variation display may be more likely to occur than in the second symbol variation display. A symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display may also be more likely to result in a jackpot. Also, in the second gaming state, the first symbol variation display may always be more likely to hit the jackpot than the second symbol variation display, and in the second gaming state, the first symbol variation display may be more likely to result in a jackpot than the second symbol variation display. There may be cases where it is not easy to hit the jackpot with the symbol fluctuation display.

Also, only in the second gaming state, it may be easier to hit the jackpot with the first symbol fluctuation display than with the second symbol fluctuation display, or even in a gaming state other than the second gaming state, the second symbol fluctuation display may It may be easier to hit the jackpot with the first symbol variation display.

In addition, in the third gaming state, the jackpot may be more likely to occur only in the second symbol variation display than in the first symbol variation display, and in the third gaming state, the second symbol variation display may be more likely to hit than the first symbol variation display. A symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display may also be more likely to result in a jackpot. In addition, in the third gaming state, the second symbol variation display may be more likely to result in a jackpot than the first symbol variation display, and in the third gaming state, the second symbol variation display may be more likely to result in a jackpot than the first symbol variation display. There may be cases where it is not easy to hit the jackpot with the symbol fluctuation display.

Also, only in the third gaming state, it may be easier to hit the jackpot with the second symbol fluctuation display than with the first symbol fluctuation display, or even in game states other than the third gaming state, the first symbol fluctuation display It may be easier to hit the jackpot with the second symbol variation display.

In addition, only the second small winning game may be started when a small winning symbol is displayed as a result of executing the second symbol variation display, or as a result of executing the second symbol variation display, When a small winning symbol is displayed, a game other than the second small winning game may be started. In addition, the second small winning game may always be started when a small winning symbol is displayed as a result of executing the second symbol variation display, or as a result of executing the second symbol variation display, When the small winning symbol is displayed, the second small winning game may not be started.

In addition, the second small winning game may be started only when a small winning symbol is displayed as a result of executing the second symbol variation display, or as a result of executing the second symbol variation display, The second small winning game may be started other than when the small winning symbols are displayed.

In addition, ``There is a case where both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are being executed,
In the second game state, it is more advantageous to play right-handed than to left-handed [For example, as shown in FIG. 7(b), in the electric support state, by playing right Since it becomes easier to win the special figure 1 starting hole (variable) 231, the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is more likely to be executed, and it is easier to hit the jackpot when hitting the right than the left, etc.]
In the third game state, it is a game state in which the right-handed hit is more advantageous than the left-handed hit [for example, as shown in FIG. 4(a), in the small hit rush, the right-handed hit is more advantageous. Therefore, the result is easier to be displayed in the symbol variation display of special symbol 2, which is executed by the winning of the game ball into the winning special symbol 2 starting hole 232, than the symbol fluctuation display of special symbol 1, so it is better to hit right. It is more likely to be a jackpot, etc.]
The first symbol fluctuation display can be executed at one fluctuation time selected from among the plurality of types of fluctuation time,
The second symbol fluctuation display can be executed at one fluctuation time selected from among the plurality of types of fluctuation time,
In the second gaming state, the variation time of the second symbol variation display is longer than the variation time of the first symbol variation display that can be selected [For example, in the battle mode, the variation time of the special symbol 2 Since a long variation of 450 to 500 seconds is selected, the time is longer than the variation time of special map 1],
As a result of executing the first symbol variation display, when a small winning symbol [for example, "special pattern C", etc.] is displayed, the first small winning game [for example, the first variable prize opening 234 is opened. Small winning games, etc.] are started,
At least in the probability variation state, when the result of the first symbol variation display is displayed, either the jackpot symbol or the small prize symbol is displayed [for example, as shown in FIG. 14(b), special symbol 1 Then, everything except the jackpot will be a small win, etc.]
If either a jackpot symbol or a small win symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means during execution of the second symbol variation display, the second symbol variation display being executed is discarded. A losing symbol is displayed on the second symbol display means [For example, as shown in FIG. 21(b), if a small hit or a jackpot occurs in special symbol 1 while the symbol variation of special symbol 2 is displayed, the winning symbol is displayed on the second symbol display means. The symbol variation display of special drawing 2 is discarded and a missing symbol is displayed, etc.],
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, there may be a case where both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are executed, or there may be a case where both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are executed. There may be cases other than the case in which the process is being executed. Also, both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display may be always executed, or both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display may be executed. There may be cases where there is no such thing.

In addition, there may be a case where only both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are being executed, or there is a case where only both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are executed. There may be a case where the symbol variation display is also being executed.

In addition, only the second game state may be a game state in which hitting the right hand is more advantageous than hitting the left, or even in game states other than the second playing state, it is more advantageous to hit the right hand than the left hand. It may be a game state where it is more advantageous to hit the ball to the right. Also, in the second game state, it may be a game state in which it is always more advantageous to hit the right hand than to the left, or in the second game state, it is always more advantageous to hit the right hand than to the left. There may be cases where the game state is not more advantageous.

In addition, only the third game state may be a game state in which hitting the right hand is more advantageous than hitting the left, or even in game states other than the third game state, it is more advantageous to hit the right hand than the left hand. It may be a game state where it is more advantageous to hit the ball to the right. In addition, in the third game state, it may be a game state in which it is always more advantageous to hit the right hand than the left hand, or in the third game state, the right hand ball is always more advantageous than the left hand ball. There may be cases where the game state is not more advantageous.

Further, the first symbol fluctuation display may be executed only during one selected fluctuation time among multiple types of fluctuation times, or the first symbol fluctuation display may be executed during one selected fluctuation time among multiple types of fluctuation times. It may be possible to execute the first symbol variation display at a variation time other than the above. Further, the first symbol fluctuation display may be always performed at one selected fluctuation time among the plurality of fluctuation times, or the first symbol fluctuation display may be performed at one selected fluctuation time among the plurality of fluctuation times. There may be cases where one symbol variation display is not executed.

Further, the second symbol fluctuation display may be executed only during one selected fluctuation time among multiple types of fluctuation times, or the second symbol fluctuation display may be executed during one selected fluctuation time among multiple types of fluctuation times. It may be possible to execute the second symbol variation display at a variation time other than the above. In addition, the second symbol fluctuation display may always be executed at one fluctuation time selected from among the plurality of fluctuation times, or the second symbol fluctuation display may be performed at one fluctuation time selected from among the plurality of fluctuation times. There may be cases where the second symbol variation display is not executed.

Further, in the second gaming state, only the variation time of the second symbol variation display may be longer than the variation time of the first symbol variation display that can be selected, and in the second gaming state, The variation time other than the variation time of the second symbol variation display may be longer than the variation time of the first symbol variation display that may be selected. Furthermore, in the second gaming state, the variation time of the second symbol variation display may always be longer than the variation time of the first symbol variation display that may be selected, and in the second gaming state The variation time of the second symbol variation display may not be longer than the variation time of the first symbol variation display that may be selected.

Further, the variation time of the second symbol variation display may be longer than the variation time of the first symbol variation display that can be selected only in the second gaming state, and the variation time of the second symbol variation display may be longer than the variation time of the first symbol variation display that can be selected only in the second gaming state. Even in the game state, the variation time of the second symbol variation display may be longer than the variation time of the first symbol variation display that may be selected.

In addition, only the first small winning game may be started when a small winning symbol is displayed as a result of executing the first symbol variation display, or as a result of executing the first symbol variation display, When a small winning symbol is displayed, a game other than the first small winning game may be started. In addition, the first small winning game may always be started when a small winning symbol is displayed as a result of executing the first symbol fluctuation display, or as a result of executing the first symbol fluctuation display, The first small winning game may not be started when the small winning symbol is displayed.

Furthermore, the first small winning game may be started only when a small winning symbol is displayed as a result of executing the first symbol variation display, or as a result of executing the first symbol variation display, The first small winning game may also be started in cases other than when small winning symbols are displayed. In addition, the first small winning game may be started only when the small winning symbol is displayed as a result of the execution of the first symbol variation display, or the first small winning game may be started only as a result of the execution of the first symbol variation display. Even with other results, the first small winning game may be started when a small winning symbol is displayed.

In addition, at least in the probability variable state, when the result of the first symbol variation display is displayed, only either the jackpot symbol or the small winning symbol may be displayed, or at least in the probability variation state, the first symbol variation may be displayed. When the display result is displayed, a symbol other than either the jackpot symbol or the small prize symbol may be displayed. In addition, at least in the variable probability state, when the result of the first symbol variation display is displayed, either the jackpot symbol or the small winning symbol may be always displayed, or at least in the variable probability state, the first symbol variation may be displayed. When the display results are displayed, either the jackpot symbol or the small prize symbol may not be displayed.

In addition, at least in the variable probability state, either the jackpot symbol or the small win symbol may be displayed only when the result of the first symbol variation display is displayed, or at least in the variable probability state, the first symbol Even in cases other than the case where the result of the variable display is displayed, either the jackpot symbol or the small prize symbol may be displayed. In addition, at least in the variable probability state, if only the result of the first symbol variation display is displayed, either the jackpot symbol or the small winning symbol may be displayed, or at least in the variable probability state, the first symbol variation display may be displayed. When a result other than the displayed result is displayed, either a jackpot symbol or a small win symbol may be displayed.

In addition, if the result of the first symbol fluctuation display is displayed only in the variable probability state, either the jackpot symbol or the small winning symbol may be displayed, or even in states other than the variable probability state, the first symbol When the result of the variable display is displayed, either the jackpot symbol or the small prize symbol may be displayed.

Additionally, if either a jackpot symbol or a small win symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means while the second symbol variation display is being executed, the second symbol variation display that is being executed is discarded and the second symbol variation display is discarded. Only the winning symbol may be displayed on the second symbol display means, or when either the jackpot symbol or the small winning symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means during execution of the second symbol variation display. , the second symbol variation display being executed may be discarded and a symbol other than the missed symbol may be displayed on the second symbol display means. Additionally, if either a jackpot symbol or a small win symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means while the second symbol variation display is being executed, the second symbol variation display that is being executed is discarded and the second symbol variation display is discarded. A losing symbol may always be displayed on the second symbol display means, or if either a jackpot symbol or a small win symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means during execution of the second symbol variation display. , there may be a case where the second symbol variation display being executed is discarded and the missed symbol is not displayed on the second symbol display means.

Additionally, if either a jackpot symbol or a small win symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means while the second symbol variation display is being executed, the second symbol variation display that is being executed is discarded and the second symbol variation display is discarded. A losing symbol may be displayed only on the second symbol display means, or when either a jackpot symbol or a small win symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means during execution of the second symbol variation display. , the second symbol variation display being executed may be discarded and a missed symbol may be displayed on a symbol display means other than the second symbol display means. Additionally, if either a jackpot symbol or a small win symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means while the second symbol variation display is being executed, only the second symbol variation display that is being executed is discarded. A losing symbol may be displayed on the second symbol display means, or when either a jackpot symbol or a small win symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means during execution of the second symbol variation display. , symbol variation displays other than the second symbol variation display being executed may be discarded and a missed symbol may be displayed on the second symbol display means.

Also, only when either a jackpot symbol or a small win symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means while the second symbol variation display is being executed, the second symbol variation display that is being executed is discarded. A losing symbol may be displayed on the second symbol display means, or either a jackpot symbol or a small win symbol may be displayed on the first symbol display means during execution of the second symbol variation display. In other cases as well, the second symbol variation display being executed may be discarded and a missed symbol may be displayed on the second symbol display means. In addition, if either the jackpot symbol or the small win symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means only while the second symbol variation display is being executed, the second symbol variation display that is being executed is discarded. A losing symbol may be displayed on the second symbol display means, or either a jackpot symbol or a small win symbol may be displayed on the first symbol display means other than when the second symbol variation display is being executed. In this case, the second symbol variation display being executed may be discarded and a missed symbol may be displayed on the second symbol display means.

In addition, "first variable winning means [for example, first variable winning opening 234, etc.],
A second variable winning means [for example, the second variable winning opening 235, etc.],
Equipped with
When a small winning symbol [for example, "special pattern C", etc.] is displayed on the first symbol display means, the first variable prize winning means becomes open;
When a small winning symbol [for example, "special pattern g", etc.] is displayed on the second symbol display means, the second variable prize winning means becomes open,
Compared to a case where a small winning symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means and the first variable winning means is in an open state, a small winning symbol is displayed on the second symbol display means and the second variable prize winning means is in an open state. It is easier to pay out prize balls when the variable winning means is in the open state [For example, as shown in Fig. 4(a), if a small hit occurs on special drawing 1, the first Although the variable winning hole 234 performs a maximum of two short openings, it is practically difficult for the ball to enter the first variable winning hole 234, and as shown in FIG. In this case, the second variable winning hole 235 is opened briefly 12 times at maximum, and the game ball flowing down on the shutter member 2351 of the second variable winning hole 234 is configured to easily fall. Prize balls are more likely to be paid out],
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

According to this game machine, there are cases where it is possible to increase the number of game balls only in the third game state.

Here, when a small winning symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means, only the first variable winning means may be in an open state, or when a small winning symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means. Variable winning means other than the first variable winning means may be in an open state. Further, when a small winning symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means, the first variable winning means may always be in an open state, or when a small winning symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means, the first variable winning means may be in an open state. There may be cases where one variable winning means does not become open.

Further, when only the small winning symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means, the first variable winning means may be in an open state, or when symbols other than the small winning symbol are displayed on the first symbol display means. Then, the first variable winning means may be in an open state.

Further, when a small winning symbol is displayed on the second symbol display means, only the second variable winning means may be in an open state, or when a small winning symbol is displayed on the second symbol display means, the second variable winning means may be in an open state. Variable winning means other than the second variable winning means may be in an open state. Further, when a small winning symbol is displayed on the second symbol display means, the second variable winning means may always be in an open state, or when a small winning symbol is displayed on the second symbol display means, the second variable winning means may be in an open state. There may be cases where the second variable winning means does not become open.

Further, when only the small winning symbols are displayed on the second symbol display means, the second variable winning means may be in an open state, or when symbols other than the small winning symbols are displayed on the second symbol display means. Then, the second variable winning means may be in an open state.

In addition, compared to the case where the small winning symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means and the first variable winning means is in the open state, the small winning symbol is displayed on the second symbol display means and the second variable prize winning means is in an open state. Only the prize balls may be paid out more easily when the winning means is in the open state, or the small winning symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means and the first variable winning means is in the open state. Objects other than prize balls may be paid out more easily when the small winning symbol is displayed on the second symbol display means and the second variable winning means is in the open state than when the prize ball is . In addition, compared to the case where the small winning symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means and the first variable winning means is in the open state, the small winning symbol is displayed on the second symbol display means and the second variable prize winning means is in an open state. The prize balls may be paid out more easily when the winning means is in the open state, or the small winning symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means and the first variable winning means is in the open state. Even if the prize ball is not more likely to be paid out when the small winning symbol is displayed on the second symbol display means and the second variable winning means is in the open state than when the prize ball is good.

In addition, compared to the case where the small winning symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means and the first variable winning means is in the open state, the small winning symbol is displayed on the second symbol display means and the second variable prize winning means is in an open state. The prize balls may be easily paid out only when the winning means is in the open state, or when the small winning symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means and the first variable winning means is in the open state. Rather, the prize balls may be easily paid out even in cases other than the case where the small winning symbol is displayed on the second symbol display means and the second variable winning means is in the open state.

Further, ``the game machine is a pachinko machine [for example, pachinko machine 100, etc.],
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Also, in the above description,
``A holding means [for example, the main control unit 300, etc.] capable of holding off the start of symbol variation display;
Pre-read notification means capable of executing multiple types of pre-read notifications [for example, decorative pattern display device 208, etc.];
A game machine comprising:
One of the plurality of types of lookahead notices is a first lookahead notice [for example, the series shown in FIGS. 35(a) to 35(n) and FIGS. advance notice, etc.],
The first look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that is started after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first look-ahead notice (hereinafter referred to as "first symbol change display") is suspended [e.g. , As shown in FIGS. 36(2) to 36(3), the pre-reading notice is started after the symbol change display related to the fourth pending icon h24 of the special drawing 2, which is the target of the pre-reading notice, is suspended. etc],
The first pre-read notice is a pre-read notice that may start the first effect during the execution of the first symbol variation display [for example, as shown in FIGS. 36(11) to 36(12) When the production button 136 is operated, the Bancho character TDR becomes gigantic and its clothes are torn, and a speech bubble with the words "You get 3 small wins!" is displayed. ],
The first performance includes information regarding the symbol variation display that was suspended after the first symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "second symbol variation display") and the first symbol variation. This refers to the production of content based on information that includes at least information related to display [For example, as shown in Figure 36 (12), the character TDR of the bancho becomes gigantic and changes to a display mode in which his clothes are torn; In the production display where a speech bubble with the words "You'll get 3 hits!" is displayed, the result of the symbol fluctuation display that is subject to continuous notice is a small hit, and the pending special symbol 2 symbol is displayed. Suggesting that two small wins are included in the fluctuation display],
A game machine characterized by: ”
explained.

According to the conventional game machine, there was room for improvement in the advance notice means, but according to this game machine, it is possible to provide a game machine having features in the advance notice means.

Further, according to this game machine, there are cases where a plurality of benefits can be expected in the symbol variation display subject to the advance notice.

Here, the suspension means may be capable of suspending only the start of the symbol variation display, or may be capable of suspending operations other than the start of the symbol variation display. Further, the holding means may always hold the symbol variation display or may not hold the symbol variation display in some cases.

Further, the pre-read notification means may be capable of only executing multiple types of pre-read notifications, or may be capable of executing things other than multiple types of pre-read notifications. Further, the pre-reading notice means may always execute a plurality of types of pre-reading notices, or may not execute a plurality of types of pre-reading notices.

Further, the pre-read notice means may be capable of executing only the first pre-read notice, or may be capable of executing pre-read notices other than the first pre-read notice. Further, the pre-read notification means may always execute the first pre-read notification, or may not execute the first pre-read notification.

Further, the first pre-read notice may be started only after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first pre-read notice is suspended, or the first pre-read notice may be started only after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first pre-read notice is suspended. The display may be started even after the display has been suspended. Further, the first pre-read notice may always be started after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first pre-read notice has been suspended, or the first pre-read notice may always start after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first pre-read notice. The display may not be started after the display is suspended.

Further, the first pre-read notice may start only the first effect while the first symbol variation display is being executed, or may be such that only the first effect is started while the first symbol variation display is being executed. It may also be possible to start a performance other than the first performance. Further, the first look-ahead notice may always start the first effect while the first symbol variation display is being executed, or the first pre-read notice may be one that always starts the first effect while the first symbol variation display is being executed. There may be cases where the performance does not start.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may start the first effect only during the execution of the first symbol variation display, or may start the first effect only during the execution of the first symbol variation display. The first performance may also be started.

In addition, "the first pre-read notice is a pre-read notice that may be executed when the first symbol change display is a specific symbol change display [for example, a symbol change display that will result in a small hit, etc.] ,
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the first pre-read notice may be executed only when the first symbol variation display is a specific symbol variation display, or may be executed only when the first symbol variation display is a specific symbol variation display. It may also be executed in cases other than the case of symbol variation display. Further, the first pre-read notice may be executed whenever the first symbol variation display is a specific symbol variation display, or may be executed whenever the first symbol variation display is a specific symbol variation display. It may be something that may not be executed in some cases.

In addition, "the specific symbol variation display is a symbol variation display that will give you a certain benefit [e.g., small win, etc.],"
The first pre-read notice is a pre-read notice that may execute the first effect when the second symbol variation display in which the certain benefit is granted is pending [e.g. , as shown in Figure 36 (12), the Bancho character TDR becomes gigantic, his clothes change to a torn display, and a speech bubble with the words "You get 3 small wins!" is displayed. The effect display may be started if the symbol variation display of the reserved special drawing 2 includes a small hit],
The first pre-read notice is provided during execution of the first symbol variation display when the second symbol variation display in which the certain privilege is granted is not pending. A second performance that is different from the performance [for example, as shown in FIG. 35(l), a performance display in which a speech bubble with the words “Get a small hit!” is displayed along with the bankcho character TDR] [For example, as shown in FIG. 35(l), if the symbol change display that is suspended after the symbol change display that is the subject of continuous notice does not include a small hit, the bancho A production display will start in which a speech bubble with the words "Get a small hit!" will be displayed along with the character TDR], etc.
The second performance is a preview performance that foretells that the certain benefit will be granted as a result of the first symbol variation display being executed.
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

According to this game machine, it may be possible to please the player at the time when the first pre-read notice is started.

Further, the first pre-read notice may be such that only the first performance is executed when a second symbol variation display that will give a certain benefit is pending. , it may also be possible to perform performances other than the first performance when a second symbol variation display in which a certain privilege is given is on hold. Further, the first pre-read notice may be such that the first performance is always executed when the second symbol variation display that will give a certain benefit is pending, or The first performance may not be executed when the second symbol variation display, which will give a special benefit, is on hold.

Further, the first pre-read notice may be such that the first effect may be executed only when a second symbol variation display in which a certain benefit is granted is pending. , the first performance may be executed even in cases other than the case where the second symbol variation display in which a certain privilege is given is on hold.

Further, the first pre-read notice may be such that only the first effect is executed when the second symbol variation display that will give a certain benefit is not pending. , it may also be possible to perform performances other than the first performance when the second symbol variation display in which a certain privilege is given is not pending. Further, the first pre-read notice may be such that the first effect is always executed when the second symbol variation display that will give a certain benefit is not pending, or may be such that the first effect is always executed. The first performance may not be performed when the second symbol variation display in which a privilege is given is not pending.

Further, the first pre-read notice may be such that the first performance is executed only when a second symbol variation display that will give a certain benefit is not pending. , the first performance may be executed even when the second symbol variation display in which a certain privilege is given is not pending.

In addition, "a symbol variation display in which the certain privilege is given to the symbol variation display that has been suspended after the first performance has started (hereinafter referred to as a "third symbol variation display [for example, Fig. 37 As shown in (21), the Bancho character TDR becomes gigantic, his clothes change to a torn display, and a speech bubble with the words "You get 3 small wins!" is displayed. Symbol fluctuation display related to the second hold icon h22 and third hold icon h23 that was held after the start of the symbol change display, etc. that includes a small hit]) is included. In this case, the first performance may continue until the provision of the certain benefit related to the third symbol variation display starts [for example, FIG. 37 (12) to FIG. 38 (22)] As shown in Figure 39 (23a) to Figure 39 (32a), the Bancho character TDR becomes gigantic and changes to a display with torn clothes, and the words ``Get 3 small wins!'' are attached. If the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit is suspended after the effect display in which the balloon is displayed starts, the symbol fluctuation display related to the suspension will continue until a small hit occurs as a result of the symbol fluctuation display related to the suspension, etc.)
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, if the symbol variation display that has been put on hold after the first performance has started includes a symbol variation display that will give a certain benefit, a certain benefit related to the symbol variation display Only the second look-ahead notice may continue until the provision of the first effect starts, or a certain benefit may be provided to the symbol variation display that is suspended after the first effect has started. When a symbol variation display is included, a pre-read notice other than the second pre-read notice may also continue until the provision of a certain privilege related to the symbol change display is started. In addition, if the symbol variation display that has been suspended after the first performance has started includes a symbol variation display that will give a certain benefit, a certain benefit related to the symbol variation display The second look-ahead notice may always continue until the awarding starts, or the symbol variation display may be such that a certain benefit is given to the symbol variation display that was put on hold after the first presentation has started. is included, the second pre-read notice may not continue until the provision of a certain benefit related to the symbol variation display starts.

In addition, only if the symbol variation display that has been suspended after the first performance has started includes a symbol variation display that will give a certain benefit, a certain benefit related to the symbol variation display The second look-ahead notice may continue until the provision of the first effect has started, or a certain benefit may be provided to the symbol change display that has been suspended after the first effect has started. Even in cases other than the case where a symbol variation display is included, the second pre-read notice may continue until the provision of a certain benefit related to the symbol variation display is started.

In addition, ``the above-mentioned certain privilege includes at least a first jackpot [for example, a jackpot where "special map a" is displayed] and a second jackpot [for example, a jackpot where "special map b" to "special map f" are displayed. including jackpots, etc.]
The first jackpot is a jackpot in which the game state changes before and after the jackpot game after the end of the jackpot game related to the first jackpot [For example, if you hit the jackpot with "special map a", the jackpot related to the jackpot Shifting to challenge mode after the game is over],
The second jackpot is a jackpot where the game state does not change before and after the jackpot game after the jackpot game related to the second jackpot ends [For example, if you hit the jackpot with "special map b" to "special map f" , after the end of the jackpot game related to the jackpot, the game returns to a small jackpot rush],
The first look-ahead notice is to start the first performance while the first symbol variation display is being executed, when the second symbol variation display that will result in the second jackpot is pending. [For example, the Bancho character TDR shown in Figure 39 (12b) becomes gigantic and changes to a display with torn clothes, and the words "Tricolor!! One small win and something new!" [Production display, etc. in which attached speech bubbles are displayed],
The first look-ahead notice is a look-ahead that starts the second performance while the first symbol change display is being executed, when the second symbol change display that results in the first jackpot is pending. [For example, as shown in Figures 43 (12) to (24), the symbol fluctuation display that is the subject of continuous notice is suspended, and then the symbol fluctuation display that is suspended is a symbol fluctuation display that usually results in a jackpot. is included, an effect display will start in which a speech bubble with the words "Get a small hit!" will be displayed together with the bancho character TDR],
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

According to this game machine, it may be possible to prevent players from having excessive expectations.

Here, a certain benefit may include only the first jackpot and the second jackpot, or may include jackpots other than the first jackpot and the second jackpot. Further, a certain benefit may necessarily include at least the first jackpot and the second jackpot, or may not include at least the first jackpot and the second jackpot. .

Further, the first jackpot may be such that only the game state changes before and after the jackpot game after the jackpot game related to the first jackpot ends, or after the jackpot game related to the first jackpot ends. Things other than the game state may also change before and after the jackpot game. Further, the first jackpot may be such that the game state always changes before and after the jackpot game after the jackpot game related to the first jackpot ends, or after the jackpot game related to the first jackpot ends. The game state may not change before and after the jackpot game.

In addition, the first jackpot may be such that the game state changes only after the jackpot game related to the first jackpot ends, or after the jackpot game related to the first jackpot ends. In addition to this, the game state may change before and after the jackpot game.

Further, the second jackpot may be such that only the game state does not change before and after the jackpot game after the jackpot game related to the second jackpot ends, or after the jackpot game related to the second jackpot ends. Things other than the game state may not change before and after the jackpot game. Further, the second jackpot may be such that the game state does not always change before and after the jackpot game after the jackpot game related to the second jackpot ends, or after the jackpot game related to the second jackpot ends. The game state may change before and after the jackpot game.

In addition, the second jackpot may be such that the game state does not change before and after the jackpot game only after the jackpot game related to the second jackpot ends, or after the jackpot game related to the second jackpot ends. In addition, the game state may not change before and after the jackpot game.

In addition, the first look-ahead notice may start only the first performance while the first symbol variation display is being executed, if the second symbol variation display that will result in a second jackpot is pending. Alternatively, if the second symbol variation display that results in a second jackpot is pending, a production other than the first production may be started while the first symbol variation display is being executed. It may be something that has. In addition, the first look-ahead notice always starts the first performance while the first symbol variation display is being executed when the second symbol variation display that will result in a second jackpot is pending. Or, if the second symbol variation display that will result in a second jackpot is pending, the first effect may not start while the first symbol variation display is being executed. good.

In addition, the first look-ahead notice may start the first performance while the first symbol variation display is being executed, only when the second symbol variation display that will result in a second jackpot is pending. It may also be possible to start only the first performance while the first symbol variation display is being executed, even in cases other than when the second symbol variation display that becomes the second jackpot is pending. It may be something that happens.

In addition, the first pre-read notice starts only the second performance while the first symbol variation display is being executed, when the second symbol variation display that will result in the first jackpot is pending. Or, if the second symbol variation display that results in the first jackpot is pending, a production other than the second production may be started while the first symbol variation display is being executed. good. In addition, the first look-ahead notice is such that when the second symbol variation display that results in the first jackpot is pending, the second effect is always started while the first symbol variation display is being executed. Or, if the second symbol variation display that results in the first jackpot is pending, the second effect may not start while the first symbol variation display is being executed. good.

In addition, the first pre-read notice starts the second performance while the first symbol variation display is being executed, only when the second symbol variation display that will result in the first jackpot is pending. Alternatively, the second effect may be started while the first symbol variation display is being executed, even in cases other than when the second symbol variation display that will result in the first jackpot is pending. Good too.

In addition, it is equipped with a game control means [e.g., control unit 300, etc.] capable of executing control to shift to one game state among a plurality of game states,
One of the plurality of gaming states is a first gaming state [for example, a normal gaming state (a special pattern low probability normal pattern low probability state), etc.],
One of the gaming states of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state [for example, small hit rush (special pattern high probability normal pattern low probability state), etc.],
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the first gaming state,
The certain benefit includes a small win,
The third game state is a small winning game where prize balls are likely to be paid out [for example, a small winning game where the second variable prize opening 235 is opened and closed a maximum of 12 times due to a small winning with "special map g"] is a gaming state where it is easy to start,
When the first look-ahead notice is started in the third gaming state, the symbol variation display until the first symbol variation display is started is off [for example, FIG. 35(c) to FIG. As shown in (h), the symbol variation display from the start of the continuous notice to before the start of the symbol variation display that is the subject of the continuous notice is off, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

According to this gaming machine, the third gaming state does not end while the first pre-read notice is being executed, which may give the player peace of mind.

Here, the game control means may be capable of executing only a control for shifting to one of a plurality of gaming states, or may be capable of executing control for shifting to one of a plurality of gaming states. Control other than control may also be executable. Further, the game control means may always execute control to transition to one of a plurality of gaming states, or may execute control to transition to one of a plurality of gaming states. It may be something that may not be executed.

Further, the game control means may be able to execute only the control for transitioning to the first gaming state and the third gaming state, or the control for transitioning to the first gaming state and the third gaming state. Other controls may also be executable. Further, the game control means may always execute the control to transition to the first gaming state and the third gaming state, or may execute the control to transition to the first gaming state and the third gaming state. It may be something that may not be executed.

Further, the game control means may be capable of executing control to only transition to the first game state and the third game state, or may be a game state other than the first game state and the third game state. It may also be possible to execute control that transfers to

Furthermore, the third gaming state may be a gaming state that is more advantageous than only the first gaming state, or may be a gaming state that is more advantageous than any gaming state other than the first gaming state. Furthermore, the third gaming state may be a gaming state that is always more advantageous than the first gaming state, or may not be a gaming state that is more advantageous than the first gaming state.

Moreover, a certain benefit may include only a small win or may include other than a small win. Further, a certain benefit may necessarily include a small win, or may not include a small win.

Further, the third game state may be one in which only small winning games in which prize balls are likely to be paid out are likely to be started, or games other than small winning games in which prize balls are likely to be paid out are also likely to be started. It may be. Further, the third game state may be one in which a small winning game in which prize balls are easily paid out is always likely to be started, or a small winning game in which prize balls are likely to be paid out is not likely to be started. It may be something.

Furthermore, when the first look-ahead notice is started in the third gaming state, only the symbol variation display up to the start of the first symbol variation display may be off, or in the third gaming state When the first pre-read notice is started, symbol variation displays other than the symbol variation displays up to the start of the first symbol variation display may also be missed. In addition, when the first look-ahead notice is started in the third gaming state, the symbol fluctuation display until the first symbol fluctuation display starts may always be off, or in the third gaming state Once the first pre-read notice is started, the symbol variation display may not be missed until the first symbol variation display is started.

Furthermore, when the first pre-read notice is started in the third gaming state, the symbol fluctuation display may be discontinued until only the first symbol fluctuation display is started, and in the third gaming state When the first pre-read notice is started, the symbol variation display until the symbol variation display other than the first symbol variation display is started may be discontinued. In addition, if only the first pre-read notice is started in the third gaming state, the symbol fluctuation display until the first symbol fluctuation display starts may be discontinued, and in the third gaming state When a pre-read notice other than the first pre-read notice is started, the symbol variation display up to the start of the first symbol variation display may be discontinued. Furthermore, if the first look-ahead notice is started only in the third gaming state, the symbol fluctuation display may be delayed until the first symbol fluctuation display is started, or When the first pre-read notice is started in the gaming state, the symbol variation display up to the start of the first symbol change display may be off. The pre-read notice is a second pre-read notice [for example, the pending notice shown in FIG. 42 (12a), etc.],
[ For example, as shown in FIG. 42 (12a), after the symbol variation display that is the subject of continuous notice is put on hold, the pending notice starts when the symbol variation display that has been put on hold includes a symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot. ],
The second lookahead notice is a lookahead notice different from the first lookahead notice,
The second look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that is not a continuous notice;
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the second pre-read notice may be started only when the second symbol change display that will give a certain benefit is suspended, or It may be possible that the second symbol variation display in which the symbol is given is started other than when it is suspended. Further, the second pre-read notice may always be started when the second symbol change display that will give a certain benefit is suspended, or the second pre-read notice may be started when the second symbol change display that will give a certain benefit is suspended. The second symbol variation display may not be started if it is suspended.

Further, ``the game machine is a pachinko machine [for example, pachinko machine 100, etc.],
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Also, in the above description,
“Game control means [for example, control unit 300, etc.] capable of executing control to shift to one of a plurality of game states,
A first starting winning means [for example, special drawing 1 starting opening (variable) 231, etc.],
A second starting winning means [for example, special drawing 2 starting opening 232, etc.],
a first symbol display means [for example, the first special symbol display device 212, etc.] capable of performing a first symbol variation display when a game ball enters the first starting prize winning means;
a second symbol display means [e.g., second special symbol display device 214, etc.] capable of performing a second symbol variation display when a game ball enters the second starting prize winning means;
A game machine comprising:
There is a case where both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are being executed,
One of the plurality of game states is a second game state [e.g., battle mode (special pattern high probability regular pattern high probability state), etc.],
One of the gaming states of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state [for example, small hit rush (special pattern high probability normal pattern low probability state), etc.],
The third gaming state is a gaming state different from the second gaming state,
The first starting winning means is a starting winning means that can change between a first state [for example, a state in which the shutter member 2311 is closed, etc.] and a second state [for example, a state in which the shutter 2311 is opened, etc.]. ,
The second state is a state in which the game ball enters the first starting winning means more easily than the first state,
The second gaming state is a gaming state including an electric support state [for example, a high probability state of normal figures, etc.],
The third gaming state is a gaming state that includes a non-electric support state [for example, a low probability state of regular figures, etc.],
In the electric support state, the first starting winning means is more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state [for example, in the low probability state of a general figure, the winning probability is 0%, and in the high probability state of a general figure In this state, the hit probability is 100%, and the shutter 2311 is likely to be in an open state, etc.],
In the second gaming state, a game ball may enter the second starting winning means,
In the third gaming state, a game ball may enter the second starting winning means,
In the second gaming state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display is shorter than the variation time of the second symbol variation display [for example, in the battle mode as shown in FIG. 21(b), The symbol fluctuation display of special map 1 is a short fluctuation, the symbol fluctuation display of special map 2 is a long fluctuation, and the time of the symbol fluctuation display of special map 1 is shorter than the time of the symbol fluctuation display of special map 2. etc],
In the third gaming state, the variation time of the second symbol variation display is shorter than the variation time of the first symbol variation display [for example, in the small hit rush as shown in FIG. , the symbol fluctuation display of special map 2 is a short fluctuation, the symbol fluctuation display of special map 1 is a long fluctuation, and the time of the symbol fluctuation display of special map 2 is longer than the time of the symbol fluctuation display of special map 1. short, etc.],
When the result of the first symbol variation display is displayed, a jackpot symbol [for example, "Special symbol A", "Special symbol B", "Special symbol E" to "Special symbol Q", etc.] and a small winning symbol [for example, "Special drawing C" etc.] will be displayed [For example, as shown in Figure 14(b), in special drawing 1, all except the jackpot will be a small hit],
As a result of the second symbol variation display, a small winning symbol [for example, "special pattern g", etc.] may be displayed,
A small winning game that is executed with a small winning symbol displayed in the second symbol variation display has a higher prize than a small winning game that is executed with a small winning symbol displayed in the first symbol variation display. The ball is easily paid out [For example, as shown in FIG. 4(a), when a small hit is made on special drawing 1, the first variable prize opening 234 will open up to two short times, It is practically difficult for the ball to enter the first variable winning hole 234, and as shown in FIG. 12 short openings are performed, and the game balls flowing down on the shutter member 2351 of the second variable prize opening 234 are configured to easily fall, so the prize balls are easily paid out],
If a jackpot symbol or a small win symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means during execution of the second symbol variation display, the second symbol variation display being executed is discarded and the second symbol variation display is discarded. A missed symbol is displayed on the symbol display means [For example, as shown in FIG. 21(b), if a small hit or a jackpot is achieved with special symbol 1 while the symbol of special symbol 2 is being displayed, the symbol of special symbol 2 that is being executed is displayed. [Fluctuating display is discarded and a missing symbol is displayed, etc.]
When the first symbol variation display is started a certain number of times [for example, 51 times, etc.] after shifting to the second gaming state, the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state. death,
The variation time of the first symbol variation display being executed when the first symbol variation display is started and transitioned to the third gaming state is the variation time of the second symbol variation display being executed. shorter than
By displaying a jackpot symbol or a small win symbol on the first symbol display means, the second symbol variation display is discarded and a losing symbol is displayed on the second symbol display means [for example, FIG. As shown in (b), the variation time of special figure 1 and the variation time of special figure 2 at the start of the 51st symbol variation display of special figure 1 are the variation times that can be selected in the battle mode. The fluctuation time of special pattern 1 is shorter than the fluctuation time of figure 2, so the small winning symbol is displayed first in special symbol 1, the symbol fluctuation display of special symbol 2 is discarded, and the winning symbol is displayed. etc],
A game machine characterized by: ”
explained.

According to the conventional game machine, there was room for improvement in the symbol display means, but according to this game machine, it is possible to provide a game machine with characteristic symbol display means.

Further, according to this gaming machine, since the condition for transitioning from the second gaming state to the third gaming state is the start of the first symbol variation display for a certain number of times, the transition to the third gaming state Since the second symbol variation display at the time can be reliably discarded by displaying the result of the first symbol variation display, it is possible to smoothly transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state. There are cases where it is possible.

Here, the game control means may be capable of executing only a control for shifting to one of a plurality of gaming states, or may be capable of executing control for shifting to one of a plurality of gaming states. Control other than control may also be executable. Further, the game control means may execute control to always shift to one of a plurality of gaming states, or may execute control to always shift to one of a plurality of gaming states. It may be something that may not be executed.

Further, the first symbol display means may be capable of only displaying the first symbol variation when a game ball enters the first starting prize winning means, or A symbol variation display other than the first symbol variation display may also be executable when a game ball enters the starting winning means. Further, the first symbol display means may always execute the first symbol variation display when a game ball enters the first starting prize winning means, or The first symbol variation display may not be executed when a game ball enters the winning means.

Further, the first symbol display means may be able to execute the first symbol variation display only when a game ball enters the first start winning means, or The first symbol variation display may also be executed in cases other than the case where a game ball enters the starting winning means.

Further, the second symbol display means may be able to execute only the second symbol variation display when a game ball enters the second start winning means, or may be capable of only displaying the second symbol variation display when a game ball enters the second start winning means. A symbol variation display other than the second symbol variation display may also be executable when a game ball enters the starting winning means. Further, the second symbol display means may always execute the second symbol variation display when a game ball enters the second starting winning means, or The second symbol variation display may not be executed when a game ball enters the winning means.

Further, the second symbol display means may be able to execute the second symbol variation display only when a game ball enters the second start winning means, or The second symbol variation display may also be executed in cases other than the case where a game ball enters the starting winning means.

Also, there may be a case where both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are being executed, or there may be a case where both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are executed. There may be cases other than the case where the process is in the running state. In addition, there may always be a state in which both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are being executed, or the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display may both be executed. There may be cases where the program is not running.

Also, there may be a case where both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are being executed, or the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display may both be executed. There may be cases where the state is other than the state in which it is being executed.

Further, the game control means may be capable of shifting only to the second gaming state and the third gaming state, or may be capable of shifting to gaming states other than the second gaming state and the third gaming state. It may be something. Further, the game control means may be one that always shifts to the second gaming state and the third gaming state, or may not shift to the second gaming state and the third gaming state. It's okay.

Further, the first starting winning means may be able to change only between the first state and the second state, or may be able to change into states other than the first state and the second state. It may be. Furthermore, it may be something that always changes between the first state and the second state, or it may be something that does not change between the first state and the second state.

Further, the second state may be a state in which the game ball enters only the first starting winning means more easily than the first state, or a state in which the gaming ball enters the first starting winning means more easily than in the first state. The ball may also be in a state where it is easy to enter a winning means other than the winning means. In addition, the second state may be a state in which the game ball always enters the first starting winning means more easily than the first state, or the second state may be a state in which the game ball always enters the first starting prize means more easily than the first state. The situation may be such that it is not easy to enter the winning means.

Further, the second state may be a state in which the game ball enters the first starting winning means more easily than in the first state alone, or a state in which the game ball enters the first starting winning means more easily than in the first state alone. It may be in a state where it is easy for the ball to enter the first winning means.

Further, the second gaming state may include only the electric support state, or may include states other than the electric support state. Further, the second gaming state may always include the electric support state, or may be a state that may not include the electric support state.

Further, the third gaming state may include only the non-electric support state, or may include states other than the non-electric support state. Further, the third gaming state may always include a non-electric support state, or may be a state that may not include a non-electric support state.

Also, in the electric support state, the first starting winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electrical support state, and in the electric supporting state, the first starting winning means is more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electrical support state. may also be likely to be in a state other than the second state. Also, in the electric support state, the first starting winning means may always be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric supporting state, and in the electric supporting state, the first starting winning means is more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric supporting state. There may be cases where the second state is not likely to occur.

Also, in the electric support state, only the first starting winning means may be more likely to enter the second state than in the non-electrical support state, and in the electric supporting state, the first starting winning means is more likely to enter the second state than in the non-electrical support state. Other winning means may also be more likely to enter the second state. Also, in the electric support state, the first starting winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state, and in the electric support state, the first starting winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state. The starting winning means may easily enter the second state.

Furthermore, in the second gaming state, the game ball may enter only the second starting winning means, or in the second gaming state, the game ball may enter winning means other than the second starting winning means. A game ball may enter the ball. In addition, in the second gaming state, the game ball may always enter the second starting prize winning means, or in the second gaming state, the game ball may not enter the second starting winning means. There may be.

Furthermore, the game ball may enter the second starting winning means only in the second gaming state, or the game ball may enter the second starting winning means even in gaming states other than the second gaming state. A game ball may enter the ball.

Furthermore, in the third gaming state, the game ball may enter only the second starting winning means, or in the third gaming state, the game ball may enter winning means other than the second starting winning means. A game ball may enter the ball. In addition, in the third gaming state, the game ball may always enter the second starting winning means, or in the third gaming state, the gaming ball may not enter the second starting winning means. There may be.

Further, the game ball may enter the second starting winning means only in the third gaming state, or the game ball may enter the second starting winning means even in gaming states other than the third gaming state. A game ball may enter the ball.

Also, only in the second gaming state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display may be shorter than the variation time of the second symbol variation display, and even in gaming states other than the second gaming state, The variation time of the first symbol variation display may be shorter than the variation time of the second symbol variation display. Furthermore, in the second gaming state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display may always be shorter than the variation time of the second symbol variation display, and in the second gaming state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display may be shorter than the variation time of the second symbol variation display. The variation time of the first symbol variation display may not be shorter than the variation time of the variation display.

Also, only in the third gaming state, the variation time of the second symbol variation display may be shorter than the variation time of the first symbol variation display, and even in gaming states other than the third gaming state, The variation time of the second symbol variation display may be shorter than the variation time of the first symbol variation display. Furthermore, in the third gaming state, the variation time of the second symbol variation display may always be shorter than the variation time of the first symbol variation display, and in the third gaming state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display may be shorter than the variation time of the first symbol variation display. The variation time of the second symbol variation display may not be shorter than the variation time of the variation display.

In addition, when the result of the first symbol variation display is displayed, only either the jackpot symbol or the small prize symbol may be displayed, or when the result of the first symbol variation display is displayed, the jackpot symbol or the small prize symbol may be displayed. Symbols other than the symbols and small winning symbols may also be displayed. In addition, when the result of the first symbol variation display is displayed, either the jackpot symbol or the small win symbol may be always displayed, or when the result of the first symbol variation display is displayed, the jackpot symbol There may be cases where either the symbol or the small winning symbol is not displayed.

Also, only when the result of the first symbol variation display is displayed, either the jackpot symbol or the small win symbol may be displayed, or other than when the result of the first symbol variation display is displayed. In this case, either the jackpot symbol or the small prize symbol may be displayed.

Also, as a result of the second symbol variation display, only the small winning symbols may be displayed, or as a result of the second symbol variation display, symbols other than the small winning symbol may also be displayed. Good too. Further, as a result of the second symbol variation display, a small winning symbol may always be displayed, or as a result of the second symbol variation display, a small winning symbol may not be displayed.

In addition, there may be a case where the small winning symbol is displayed only in the result of the second symbol variation display, or there is a case where the small winning symbol is displayed in the result other than the result of the second symbol variation display. There may be.

In addition, a small winning game that is executed with a small winning symbol displayed in the second symbol variation display has a higher prize than a small winning game that is executed with a small winning symbol displayed in the first symbol variation display. Only the balls may be paid out more easily, or a small winning game that is executed with the small winning symbol displayed in the second symbol changing display is more likely than a small winning game that is executed with the small winning symbol displayed in the first symbol changing display. In a small winning game, items other than prize balls may be paid out more easily. In addition, a small winning game that is executed with a small winning symbol displayed in the second symbol variation display has a higher prize than a small winning game that is executed with a small winning symbol displayed in the first symbol variation display. The ball may always be paid out more easily, or the small winning symbol may be displayed and executed in the second symbol variation display rather than the small winning symbol being displayed and executed in the first symbol variation display. There may be cases where the prize ball is not easily paid out in a small winning game where the player is given a small winning game.

In addition, only the small winning game that is executed with the small winning symbol displayed in the second symbol variation display is better than the small winning game that is executed with the small winning symbol displayed in the first symbol variation display. The prize ball may be paid out easily, or even in a game other than the small winning game where the small winning symbol is displayed in the first symbol variation display and executed, the small winning symbol is displayed in the second symbol variation display. The prize balls may be paid out more easily in a small winning game that is executed by playing the game.

Also, if a jackpot symbol or a small win symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means while the second symbol variation display is being executed, the second symbol variation display that is being executed is discarded and the second symbol variation display is Only the winning symbol may be displayed on the display means, or if a jackpot symbol or a small winning symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means while the second symbol variation display is being executed, the second symbol that is being executed The symbol variation display may be discarded and symbols other than the missed symbol may be displayed on the second symbol display means. Also, if a jackpot symbol or a small win symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means while the second symbol variation display is being executed, the second symbol variation display that is being executed is discarded and the second symbol variation display is A winning symbol may always be displayed on the display means, or if a jackpot symbol or a small winning symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means during execution of the second symbol variation display, the second symbol variation display may be displayed. There may be a case where the symbol variation display is discarded and the missed symbol is not displayed on the second symbol display means.

Also, if a jackpot symbol or a small win symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means while the second symbol variation display is being executed, the second symbol variation display that is being executed is discarded and the second symbol variation display is A losing symbol may be displayed only on the display means, or if a jackpot symbol or a small winning symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means while the second symbol variation display is being executed, the second symbol that is being executed The symbol variation display may be discarded and a missed symbol may be displayed on a symbol display means other than the second symbol display means. Additionally, if a jackpot symbol or a small win symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means while the second symbol variation display is being executed, only the second symbol variation display being executed is discarded and the second symbol variation display is discarded. A losing symbol may be displayed on the symbol display means, and if a jackpot symbol or a small prize symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means during execution of the second symbol variation display, the second symbol that is being executed The symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display may be discarded and a missed symbol may be displayed on the second symbol display means.

Additionally, if only a jackpot symbol or a small win symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means while the second symbol variation display is being executed, the second symbol variation display being executed is discarded and the second symbol variation display is discarded. A losing symbol may be displayed on the symbol display means, and if a symbol other than a jackpot symbol or a small win symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means during execution of the second symbol variation display, the symbol displaying means may display a winning symbol. The second symbol variation display may be discarded and a missed symbol may be displayed on the second symbol display means. Additionally, if a jackpot symbol or a small win symbol is displayed only on the first symbol display means while the second symbol variation display is being executed, the second symbol variation display being executed is discarded and the second symbol variation display is discarded. A losing symbol may be displayed on the symbol display means, or if a jackpot symbol or a small win symbol is displayed on a symbol display means other than the first symbol display means during execution of the second symbol variation display, the execution is executed. The second symbol variation display in the middle may be discarded and a missed symbol may be displayed on the second symbol display means.

In addition, if a jackpot symbol or a small win symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means only while the second symbol variation display is being executed, the second symbol variation display being executed is discarded and the second symbol variation display is discarded. A losing symbol may be displayed on the symbol display means, and when a jackpot symbol or a small win symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means other than during the execution of the second symbol variation display, it is possible to display the winning symbol on the first symbol display means. The second symbol variation display may be discarded and a missed symbol may be displayed on the second symbol display means.

Furthermore, when the first symbol variation display starts a certain number of times after shifting to the second gaming state, the second gaming state may only shift to the third gaming state, or the second When the first symbol variation display is started a certain number of times after shifting to the gaming state, the second gaming state may also shift to a gaming state other than the third gaming state. Furthermore, when the first symbol variation display starts a certain number of times after shifting to the second gaming state, the second gaming state may always shift to the third gaming state, or the second gaming state may always shift to the third gaming state. If the first symbol variation display is started a certain number of times after the game state is shifted to the game state, there may be a case where the game state does not shift from the second game state to the third game state.

Further, the second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state only when the first symbol fluctuation display is started a certain number of times after shifting to the second gaming state, or the second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state. The second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state even in cases other than the case where the first symbol variation display is started a certain number of times after shifting to the second gaming state. Furthermore, if the first symbol fluctuation display is started a certain number of times after shifting only to the second gaming state, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state, or the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state. When the first symbol variation display is started a certain number of times after shifting to a gaming state other than the gaming state, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state.

Furthermore, when the first symbol variation display is started and the transition to the third gaming state is made, the variation time of the first symbol variation display that is being executed is longer than the variation time of the second symbol variation display that is being executed. For a short time, only the second symbol variation display may be discarded by displaying the jackpot symbol or the small winning symbol on the first symbol display device, or the first symbol variation display may be started and the third game begins. The fluctuation time of the first symbol fluctuation display that is being executed when the state is shifted to is shorter than the fluctuation time of the second symbol fluctuation display that is being executed, and the jackpot symbol or small win symbol is displayed on the first symbol display device. By being displayed, symbol variation displays other than the second symbol variation display may also be discarded. Furthermore, when the first symbol variation display is started and the transition to the third gaming state is made, the variation time of the first symbol variation display that is being executed is longer than the variation time of the second symbol variation display that is being executed. Shortly, the second symbol variation display may be always discarded by displaying the jackpot symbol or small winning symbol on the first symbol display device, or the first symbol variation display may be started and the third game begins. The fluctuation time of the first symbol fluctuation display that is being executed when the state is shifted to is shorter than the fluctuation time of the second symbol fluctuation display that is being executed, and the jackpot symbol or small win symbol is displayed on the first symbol display device. There may be a case where the second symbol variation display is not discarded by being displayed.

Furthermore, when the first symbol variation display is started and the transition to the third gaming state is made, the variation time of the first symbol variation display that is being executed is longer than the variation time of the second symbol variation display that is being executed. For a short time, the second symbol fluctuation display may be discarded by displaying only the jackpot symbol or the small prize symbol on the first symbol display device, or the first symbol fluctuation display may be started and the third game begins. The fluctuation time of the first symbol fluctuation display that is being executed when the state shifts to the state is shorter than the fluctuation time of the second symbol fluctuation display that is being executed, and the first symbol display device displays a symbol other than a jackpot symbol or a small win symbol. The second symbol variation display may be discarded by displaying the symbol. Furthermore, when the first symbol variation display is started and the transition to the third gaming state is made, the variation time of the first symbol variation display that is being executed is longer than the variation time of the second symbol variation display that is being executed. For a short time, the second symbol fluctuation display may be discarded by displaying the jackpot symbol or the small prize symbol only on the first symbol display device, or the first symbol fluctuation display may be started and the third game begins. The fluctuation time of the first symbol fluctuation display that is being executed when the state shifts to the state is shorter than the fluctuation time of the second symbol fluctuation display that is being executed, and the jackpot symbol is displayed on a symbol display device other than the first symbol display device. Alternatively, the second symbol variation display may be discarded by displaying the small winning symbol.

Also, when the first symbol variation display starts and moves to the third gaming state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display that is being executed is calculated from only the variation time of the second symbol variation display that is being executed. is also short, and the second symbol variation display may be discarded by displaying the jackpot symbol or small prize symbol on the first symbol display device, or the first symbol variation display may be started and the third game begins. The fluctuation time of the first symbol fluctuation display that is being executed when transitioning to the state is shorter than the fluctuation time other than the fluctuation time of the second symbol fluctuation display that is being executed, and the jackpot symbol or The second symbol variation display may be discarded by displaying the small winning symbol.

Furthermore, after the symbols are displayed on both the first symbol display means and the second symbol display means, both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are suspended. In this case, the second symbol variation display is started before the first symbol variation display [For example, as shown in FIG. Because the sequence is to execute the status update process, the symbol variation display of special map 2 is started first, then the symbol variation display of special symbol 1 is started, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

According to this gaming machine, by displaying a small win on the first symbol display means in the second gaming state, it may be possible to reliably discard the second symbol variation display.

Here, after the symbols are displayed on both the first symbol display means and the second symbol display means, if both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are suspended, the first symbol variation display is suspended. Only the second symbol variation display may be started before the symbol variation display, or after the symbol is displayed on both the first symbol display means and the second symbol display means, the first symbol variation display may be started. When both the fluctuating display and the second fluctuating symbol display are on hold, the fluctuating symbol display other than the second fluctuating symbol may also be started before the first fluctuating symbol display. Further, after the symbols are displayed on both the first symbol display means and the second symbol display means, if both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are suspended, the first symbol variation display The second symbol variation display may always be started before the symbol variation display, or the first symbol variation may be started after the symbol is displayed on both the first symbol display means and the second symbol display means. When both the display and the second symbol variation display are on hold, the second symbol variation display may not be started before the first symbol variation display.

Further, after the symbols are displayed on both the first symbol display means and the second symbol display means, only when both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are suspended, the second symbol variation display is performed. The second symbol variation display may be started before the first symbol variation display, or after the symbols are displayed on both the first symbol display means and the second symbol display means, the first symbol variation display may be started. Even in cases other than when both the fluctuating display and the second fluctuating symbol display are suspended, the second fluctuating symbol display may be started before the first fluctuating symbol display. Further, only after the symbols are displayed on both the first symbol display means and the second symbol display means, if both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are suspended, the The second symbol variation display may be started before the first symbol variation display, or the second symbol variation display may be started after the symbols are displayed on both the first symbol display means and the second symbol display means. If both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are on hold, the second symbol variation display may be started before the first symbol variation display.

Further, ``In the second gaming state, the fluctuation time of the first symbol fluctuation display is determined regardless of the number of reservations of the first symbol fluctuation display.
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

According to this gaming machine, when transitioning from the second gaming state to the third gaming state, regardless of the number of pending symbols in the first symbol variation display, for example, the shortening variation is executed and the second symbol variation is quickly changed. By discarding the symbol fluctuation display, it may be possible to smoothly transition the gaming state.

Here, in the second gaming state, only the variation time of the first symbol variation display may be determined regardless of the number of reservations in the first symbol variation display, or in the second gaming state, only the variation time of the first symbol variation display may be determined. Regardless of the number of pending symbol variations, things other than the first symbol variation display variation time may also be determined. Further, in the second gaming state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display may be determined regardless of the number of reservations in the first symbol variation display, or in the second gaming state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display may be determined. The fluctuation time of the first symbol fluctuation display may not be determined regardless of the number of pending fluctuation displays.

Furthermore, in the second gaming state, the fluctuation time of the first symbol fluctuation display may be determined regardless of only the number of reservations in the first symbol fluctuation display, and in the second gaming state, the fluctuation time of the first symbol fluctuation display may be determined. The fluctuation time of the first symbol fluctuation display may be determined in spite of things other than the number of reservations of the fluctuation display. Further, only in the second gaming state, the fluctuation time of the first symbol fluctuation display may be determined regardless of the number of reservations in the first symbol fluctuation display, or even in a gaming state other than the second gaming state. , the variation time of the first symbol variation display may be determined regardless of the number of reservations of the first symbol variation display.

Further, "one of the gaming states of the plurality of types of gaming states is a first gaming state [for example, a normal gaming state (a special pattern low probability regular pattern low probability state), etc."
The second gaming state is a gaming state more advantageous than the first gaming state,
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the first gaming state,
In the first gaming state, the fluctuation time of the first symbol fluctuation display is shorter than the fluctuation time of the second symbol fluctuation display, and the jackpot symbol or the small prize symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means. By displaying the second symbol variation display, the second symbol variation display is discarded [For example, as shown in FIG. Since the time of the symbol variation display of special symbol 1 is shorter than the symbol variation display time of special symbol 2, the jackpot symbol or small winning symbol is displayed on special symbol 1 and the symbol variation of special symbol 2 occurs. display is discarded, etc.],
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

According to this gaming machine, even if there is a possibility of a small hit in the second symbol variation display, it can be reliably discarded by the first symbol variation display. In some cases, it is possible to prevent unintended balls from being acquired by making small hits appear on the display.

Here, in the first gaming state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display is shorter than the variation time of the second symbol variation display, and the jackpot symbol or small win symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means. Only the second symbol variation display may be discarded by being changed, and in the first gaming state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display is shorter than the variation time of the second symbol variation display. , symbol variation displays other than the second symbol variation display may also be discarded by displaying the jackpot symbol or the small winning symbol on the first symbol display means. In addition, in the first gaming state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display is shorter than the variation time of the second symbol variation display, and the jackpot symbol or small win symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means. By doing so, the second symbol variation display may always be discarded, and in the first gaming state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display is shorter than the variation time of the second symbol variation display, There may be a case where the second symbol variation display is not discarded because the jackpot symbol or the small prize symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means.

In addition, in the first gaming state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display is shorter than the variation time of the second symbol variation display, and only the jackpot symbol or small win symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means. The second symbol variation display may be discarded by being changed, and in the first gaming state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display is shorter than the variation time of the second symbol variation display, The second symbol variation display may be discarded by displaying a symbol other than the jackpot symbol or the small prize symbol on the first symbol display means. In addition, in the first gaming state, the fluctuation time of the first symbol fluctuation display is shorter than the fluctuation time of the second symbol fluctuation display, and the jackpot symbol or small prize symbol is displayed only on the first symbol display means. The second symbol variation display may be discarded by being changed, and in the first gaming state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display is shorter than the variation time of the second symbol variation display, The second symbol variation display may be discarded by displaying a jackpot symbol or a small prize symbol on a symbol display means other than the first symbol display means.

Further, only in the first gaming state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display is shorter than the variation time of the second symbol variation display, and the jackpot symbol or small win symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means. The second symbol fluctuation display may be discarded by the second symbol fluctuation display, or even in a game state other than the first game state, the fluctuation time of the first symbol fluctuation display may be shorter than the fluctuation time of the second symbol fluctuation display. The second symbol variation display may be discarded by displaying the jackpot symbol or the small win symbol on the first symbol display means.

Furthermore, in the third gaming state, the first symbol variation display is discarded by displaying the jackpot symbol or the small prize symbol on the second symbol display means [for example, FIG. 22(b) As shown in Figure 1, in the small hit rush, the symbol fluctuation display of special symbol 2 is a shortened fluctuation, the fluctuation time of the symbol fluctuation display of special symbol 1 is a long fluctuation of 450 to 500 seconds, and the symbol fluctuation of special symbol 1 is a short fluctuation. Since the time of the symbol fluctuation display of special map 2 is shorter than the display time, if a jackpot symbol or a small winning symbol is displayed on special symbol 2, the symbol fluctuation display of special symbol 1 will be discarded, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, in the third gaming state, only the first symbol variation display may be discarded by displaying the jackpot symbol or the small winning symbol on the second symbol display means, and in the third gaming state, only the first symbol variation display may be discarded. , symbol variation displays other than the first symbol variation display may also be discarded by displaying the jackpot symbol or the small winning symbol on the second symbol display means. Furthermore, in the third gaming state, the first symbol variation display may be always discarded by displaying the jackpot symbol or the small winning symbol on the second symbol display means, and in the third gaming state, There may be a case where the first symbol variation display is not discarded because the jackpot symbol or the small prize symbol is displayed on the second symbol display means.

Further, in the third gaming state, the first symbol variation display may be discarded by displaying only the jackpot symbol or the small winning symbol on the second symbol display means, and in the third gaming state, The first symbol variation display may be discarded by displaying a symbol other than the jackpot symbol or the small prize symbol on the second symbol display means. Furthermore, in the third gaming state, the first symbol variation display may be discarded by displaying the jackpot symbol or the small winning symbol only on the second symbol display means, and in the third gaming state, The first symbol variation display may be discarded by displaying a jackpot symbol or a small prize symbol on a symbol display means other than the second symbol display means.

Further, the first symbol fluctuation display may be discarded by displaying the jackpot symbol or the small prize symbol on the second symbol display means only in the third gaming state, or Even in the gaming state, the first symbol variation display may be discarded by displaying a jackpot symbol or a small prize symbol on the second symbol display means.

In addition, "first variable winning means [for example, first variable winning opening 234, etc.],
A second variable winning means [for example, second variable winning opening 235, etc.],
Equipped with
The first variable winning means is a variable winning means that can change between a third state [for example, a state in which the shutter member 2341 is retracted] and a fourth state [for example, a state in which the shutter member 2341 is protruded]. can be,
The fourth state is a state in which the game ball enters the first variable winning means more easily than the third state,
The second variable winning means is a variable winning means that can change between a fifth state [for example, a state in which the shutter member 2351 is protruded] and a sixth state [for example, a state in which the shutter member 2351 is retracted]. can be,
The sixth state is a state in which the game ball enters the second variable winning means more easily than the fifth state,
A small winning game (hereinafter referred to as "the first A small winning game [for example, a small winning game in which the first variable prize opening 234 is opened twice at most] is started,
A small winning game (hereinafter referred to as "the second A small winning game [for example, a small winning game in which the second variable prize opening 235 is briefly opened up to 12 times] is started.
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

According to this gaming machine, it may be possible to easily obtain balls only when a small hit occurs in the second symbol variation display of the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display. .

Here, the first variable winning means may be changeable only to the third state and the fourth state, or may be changeable to states other than the third state and the fourth state. It may be something. Further, the first variable winning means may always change between the third state and the fourth state, or may not change between the third state and the fourth state. Good too.

Further, the fourth state may be a state in which the game ball enters only the first variable winning means more easily than the third state, or the fourth state may be a state in which the game ball enters only the first variable winning means more easily than the third state, or the fourth state The ball may also be in a state where it is easy to enter a winning means other than the winning means. Further, the fourth state may be a state in which the game ball is always easier to enter the first variable winning means than the third state, or the fourth state may be a state in which the game ball is more likely to enter the first variable winning means than the third state. There may be cases where the winning means is not in a state where it is easy to enter the ball.

Further, the fourth state may be a state in which it is easier for the game ball to enter the first variable winning means than in the third state alone, or a state in which the game ball is more likely to enter the first variable winning means than in the third state alone. The first variable winning means may be in a state where it is easy to enter the ball.

Further, the second variable prize winning means may be one that can change only to the fifth state and the sixth state, or one that can change to states other than the fifth state and the sixth state. It may be. Further, the second variable winning means may always change between the fifth state and the sixth state, or may not change between the fifth state and the sixth state. Good too.

In addition, the sixth state may be a state in which the game ball enters only the second variable winning means more easily than the fifth state, or the sixth state may be a state in which the game ball enters only the second variable winning means more easily than the fifth state. The ball may also be in a state where it is easy to enter a winning means other than the winning means. In addition, the sixth state may be a state in which the game ball always enters the second variable winning means more easily than the fifth state, or the sixth state may be a state in which the game ball is more likely to enter the second variable winning means than the fifth state. There may be cases where the winning means is not in a state where it is easy to enter the ball.

Further, the sixth state may be a state in which the game ball enters the second variable prize winning means more easily than in the fifth state alone, or a state in which the game ball enters the second variable winning means more easily than in the fifth state alone. The second variable winning means may be in a state where it is easy to enter the ball.

Further, when a small winning symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means, only a small winning game in which the first variable winning means enters the fourth state may be started, or a small winning symbol may be displayed on the first symbol displaying means. When a winning symbol is displayed, a game other than a small winning game in which the first variable prize winning means enters the fourth state may be started. Further, when a small winning symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means, a small winning game in which the first variable prize winning means enters the fourth state may always be started, or a small winning symbol may be displayed on the first symbol displaying means. There may be cases where the small winning game in which the first variable winning means is in the fourth state when the winning symbol is displayed is not started.

Further, when a small winning symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means, a small winning game may be started in which only the first variable winning means is in the fourth state, or a small winning symbol is displayed on the first symbol displaying means. When a winning symbol is displayed, a small winning game may be started in which winning means other than the first variable winning means are in a fourth state. Further, a small winning game may be started in which the first variable winning means is in the fourth state when only small winning symbols are displayed on the first symbol display means, or a small winning symbol is displayed on the first symbol displaying means. Even if a symbol other than the winning symbol is displayed, a small winning game may be started in which the first variable winning means is in the fourth state. Further, when a small winning symbol is displayed only on the first symbol display means, a small winning game may be started in which the first variable winning means enters the fourth state, or a small winning symbol may be displayed on only the first symbol display means. When a small winning symbol is displayed on the symbol display means, a small winning game may be started in which the first variable prize winning means enters a fourth state.

Further, only a small winning game may be started in which the second variable winning means enters the sixth state when a small winning symbol is displayed on the second symbol display means, or a small winning symbol may be displayed on the second symbol displaying means. When a winning symbol is displayed, a game other than a small winning game may be started in which the second variable winning means enters the sixth state. Further, when a small winning symbol is displayed on the second symbol display means, a small winning game in which the second variable prize winning means is in the sixth state may always be started, or a small winning symbol may be displayed on the second symbol display means. There may be cases where the small winning game in which the second variable winning means goes into the sixth state when the winning symbol is displayed does not start.

Further, when a small winning symbol is displayed on the second symbol display means, a small winning game may be started in which only the second variable winning means is in the sixth state, or a small winning symbol is displayed on the second symbol display means. When a winning symbol is displayed, a small winning game may be started in which winning means other than the second variable winning means are in the sixth state. Further, a small winning game may be started in which the second variable winning means is in the sixth state when only small winning symbols are displayed on the second symbol display means, or a small winning symbol is displayed on the second symbol displaying means. Even if a symbol other than the winning symbol is displayed, a small winning game may be started in which the second variable winning means is in the sixth state. In addition, a small winning game may be started in which the second variable winning means enters the sixth state when the small winning symbol is displayed only on the second symbol display means, or a small winning symbol may be displayed on the second symbol displaying means only, When a small winning symbol is displayed on the symbol display means, a small winning game may be started in which the second variable prize winning means enters the sixth state.

In addition, "the total time during which the first variable winning means is in the fourth state in the first small winning game [for example, 0.2 second short opening x maximum of 2 times, etc.] In the small winning game, the total time for the second variable winning means to be in the sixth state [for example, 0.2 seconds of short opening x maximum of 12 times, etc.] is longer;
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

According to this gaming machine, it may be possible to easily obtain balls only when a small hit occurs in the second symbol variation display of the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display. .

Here, the total time for the second variable winning means to be in the sixth state in the second small winning game is longer than the total time for the first variable winning means to be in the fourth state in the first small winning game. The second variable winning means may be in the fourth state in the second small winning game longer than the total time in which the first variable winning means is in the fourth state in the first small winning game. The time other than the total time required for the sixth state may be longer. Also, the total time for the second variable winning means to be in the sixth state in the second small winning game is longer than the total time for the first variable winning means to be in the fourth state in the first small winning game. The total time for the first variable winning means to be in the fourth state in the first small winning game may be longer than the total time for the second variable winning means to be in the fourth state in the second small winning game. There may be cases where the total time for the state is not longer.

Also, the total time during which the second variable winning means is in the sixth state only in the second small winning game is longer than the total time during which the first variable winning means is in the fourth state in the first small winning game. The second variable winning means may be longer than the total time in which the first variable winning means is in the fourth state in the first small winning game, even in games other than the second small winning game. The total time for the means to be in the sixth state may be longer. In addition, the total time during which the second variable winning means is in the sixth state in the second small winning game is longer than the total time during which the first variable winning means is in the fourth state only in the first small winning game. The second variable winning means in the second small winning game may be longer than the total time during which the first variable winning means is in the fourth state in games other than the first small winning game. The total time for the means to be in the sixth state may be longer.

In addition, "deceleration means for reducing the falling speed of the game ball [for example, the first rear rib 23r1, the rear horizontal rib 23r2, the second rear rib 23r3, the first front rib 23f1, the front horizontal rib 23f2, the second front rib rib 23f3, ball guide ribs 23f6 to 23f8, etc.],
In the second game state, it is easier to hit the jackpot when you play right than when you play left [For example, as shown in FIG. Since it becomes easier to win in the starting hole (variable) 231, the symbol variation display of special drawing 1 is easier to execute, and it is easier to hit the jackpot when hitting the right than the left, etc.]
In the third game state, it is easier to win a jackpot when you hit right than when you hit left [for example, as shown in FIG. 4(a), in a small hit rush, you win by hitting right Since the pattern variation display of special pattern 2, which is executed by the winning of the game ball into the possible special pattern 2 starting hole 232, is easier to display the result than the pattern variation display of special pattern 1, it is better to hit the ball to the right to win the jackpot. easy, etc.],
The first variable winning means is a variable winning means having a first shutter member [for example, shutter member 2341, etc.] that can move forward and backward in the front and back direction,
The third state is a state in which the first shutter member is retracted backward,
The fourth state is a state in which the first shutter member protrudes forward,
The second variable winning means is a variable winning means having a second shutter member [for example, shutter member 2351, etc.] that can move forward and backward in the front and back direction,
The fifth state is a state in which the second shutter member protrudes forward,
The sixth state is a state in which the second shutter member is retracted backward,
The first variable winning means is a variable winning means in which a game ball rolling from one end of the first shutter member to the other end can enter in the fourth state [for example, as shown in FIG. ), the game ball that rolled from one end of the protruding shutter member 2341 to the other end enters the first variable prize opening 234],
The second variable winning means is a variable winning means that allows a game ball to enter when the game ball rolling on the second shutter member falls when changing from the fifth state to the sixth state. [For example, as shown in FIG. 4(b), when the shutter member 2351 changes from the protruding state to the retracted state, the game ball rolling on the shutter member 2351 falls and the second variable winning prize is generated. ball entering the mouth 235],
The second variable winning means is arranged upstream of the first variable winning means in the downstream direction of the game ball, and the game ball that does not enter the second variable winning means is placed in the first variable winning means. [For example, as shown in FIG. Game balls that do not enter the second variable winning hole 235 in which is in a protruding state are guided to the first variable winning hole 234, etc.],
The deceleration means is a means for reducing the falling speed of the game ball rolling on at least the second shutter member [for example, as shown in FIG. 6, the first rear rib 23r1, the rear horizontal rib 23r2 , decelerating the game ball rolling on the shutter member 2351 by the rear second rib 23r3, the front first rib 23f1, the front horizontal rib 23f2, the front second rib 23f3, and the ball guide ribs 23f6 to 23f8],
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the deceleration means may be one that reduces only the falling speed of the game ball, or may be one that reduces speeds other than the falling speed of the game ball. Furthermore, the deceleration means may necessarily reduce the speed of the game balls falling, or may not reduce the speed of the game balls.

Also, in the second gaming state, it may be easier to hit the jackpot only when hitting right than when hitting left, or in the second gaming state, it is easier to hit the jackpot when hitting right than hitting left. may be more likely to result in something other than a jackpot. In addition, in the second gaming state, it may be more likely to hit the jackpot when hitting right than when hitting left, or in the second gaming state, it may be easier to hit the jackpot when hitting right than hitting left. There may be cases where it is not easy to hit the jackpot.

Also, only in the second gaming state, it may be easier to hit the jackpot when hitting right than when hitting left, or even in game states other than the second gaming state, hitting right-handed than hitting left-handed. If you do so, you may be more likely to hit the jackpot.

Also, in the third gaming state, it may be easier to hit the jackpot only when hitting right than when hitting left, and in the third gaming state, it is easier to hit the jackpot when hitting right than hitting left. may be more likely to result in something other than a jackpot. Also, in the third gaming state, it may be more likely to hit the jackpot when hitting right than when hitting left, and in the third gaming state, it may be easier to hit the jackpot when hitting right than hitting left. There may be cases where it is not easy to hit the jackpot.

Also, only in the third gaming state, it may be easier to hit the jackpot when hitting right than when hitting left, and even in game states other than the third gaming state, hitting right is easier than hitting left. If you do so, you may be more likely to hit the jackpot.

Further, the first variable winning means may have only a first shutter member that is movable forward and backward, or may have a member other than the first shutter member that is movable forward and backward. There may be. Further, the first variable prize winning means may necessarily have a first shutter member that can move forward and backward in the front and back direction, or may not have a first shutter member that can move forward and backward in the front and back direction. It may be.

Further, the third state may be a state in which the first shutter member is retracted only to the rear, or a state in which the first shutter member is retracted in a direction other than the rear. Further, the third state may be a state in which the first shutter member is always retracted to the rear, or a state in which the first shutter member is not retracted to the rear in some cases.

Further, the fourth state may be a state in which the first shutter member protrudes only forward, or may be a state in which the first shutter member protrudes not only forwardly. Further, the fourth state may be a state in which the first shutter member always projects forward, or may be a state in which the first shutter member does not necessarily project forward.

Further, the second variable prize winning means may have only a second shutter member that is movable forward and backward, or may also have a member other than the second shutter member that is movable forward and backward. There may be. Further, the second variable prize winning means may necessarily have a second shutter member that can move forward and backward in the front and rear directions, or may not have a second shutter member that can move forward and backward in the front and back direction. It may be.

Further, the fifth state may be a state in which the second shutter member protrudes only forward, or may be a state in which the second shutter member protrudes not only forward. Further, the fifth state may be a state in which the second shutter member always projects forward, or may be a state in which the second shutter member does not necessarily project forward.

Further, the sixth state may be a state in which the second shutter member is retracted only to the rear, or may be a state in which the second shutter member is retracted in a direction other than the rear. Further, the sixth state may be a state in which the second shutter member is always retracted rearward, or may be a state in which the second shutter member is not retracted rearward.

Further, the first variable prize winning means may be such that only a game ball that has rolled from one end of the first shutter member to the other end in the fourth state can enter the game ball, or Game balls other than the game ball that rolled from one end of the first shutter member to the other end in the fourth state may also be allowed to enter. Further, the first variable prize winning means may be such that the game ball that rolls from one end of the first shutter member to the other end in the fourth state always enters the game ball, or In the fourth state, the game ball may not enter the ball after rolling from one end of the first shutter member to the other end.

Further, the first variable prize winning means may be such that a game ball that has rolled from one end of the first shutter member to the other end can enter only in the fourth state; Even in states other than the fourth state, a game ball that has rolled from one end of the first shutter member to the other end may be allowed to enter.

In addition, the second variable prize winning means is capable of winning only when the game ball rolling on the second shutter member falls when changing from the fifth state to the sixth state. Or, when changing from the fifth state to the sixth state, the game ball rolling on the second shutter member may be able to enter the ball by something other than falling. In addition, the second variable winning means is such that when changing from the fifth state to the sixth state, the game ball that rolls on the second shutter member always enters the ball by falling. Alternatively, the game ball rolling on the second shutter member may fall and not enter the ball when changing from the fifth state to the sixth state.

Further, the second variable prize winning means is such that the game ball rolling on the second shutter member can enter the ball only when the state changes from the fifth state to the sixth state. Alternatively, the ball may be entered by the game ball rolling on the second shutter member falling other than when changing from the fifth state to the sixth state.

In addition, the second variable winning means is arranged upstream of the first variable winning means in the downstream direction of the game ball, and the game ball that does not enter the second variable winning means is the first variable winning means. Alternatively, the second variable winning means may be placed upstream of the first variable winning means in the downstream direction of the game ball so that the ball does not enter the second variable winning means. The game ball may be guided through other means than the first variable winning means. In addition, the second variable winning means is arranged upstream of the first variable winning means in the downstream direction of the game ball, and the game ball that does not enter the second variable winning means is the first variable winning means. Alternatively, the second variable winning means may be arranged upstream of the first variable winning means in the downstream direction of the game ball so that the ball does not enter the second variable winning means. There may be cases where the game ball is not guided to the first variable winning means.

In addition, the second variable winning means is arranged upstream of the first variable winning means in the downstream direction of the game ball, and only the game balls that have not entered the second variable winning means are transferred to the first variable winning means. The ball may be guided to the winning means, or the second variable winning means may be arranged upstream in the downstream direction of the game ball than the first variable winning means, so that the ball does not enter the second variable winning means. Game balls other than game balls may also be guided to the first variable winning means. In addition, the second variable winning means is arranged only upstream of the first variable winning means in the downstream direction of the game ball, and the game ball that does not enter the second variable winning means is transferred to the first variable winning means. The ball may be guided to the winning means, or the second variable winning means may be arranged other than the upstream side of the first variable winning means in the downstream direction of the game ball, so that the ball enters the second variable winning means. The missing game ball may be guided to the first variable winning means.

In addition, only the second variable winning means is arranged upstream of the first variable winning means in the downstream direction of the game ball, and the game ball that does not enter the second variable winning means is placed in the first variable winning means. The winning means other than the second variable winning means may be placed upstream of the first variable winning means in the downstream direction of the game ball, and the winning means may be guided to the second variable winning means. The game balls that do not hit may be guided to the first variable winning means.

Further, the deceleration means may be one that reduces only the falling speed of the game ball rolling on at least the second shutter member, or may reduce the falling speed of the game ball rolling on the second shutter member other than the falling speed of the game ball rolling on the second shutter member. It may also reduce the speed of Further, it may necessarily reduce the falling speed of the game ball rolling on at least the second shutter member, or it may not reduce the falling speed of the game ball rolling on at least the second shutter member. It may be something that has.

Further, ``the game machine is a pachinko machine [for example, pachinko machine 100, etc.],
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Also, in the above description,
“Game control means [for example, main control unit 300, etc.] capable of executing control to shift to one of a plurality of game states,
A presentation means capable of performing multiple presentations [for example, decorative pattern display device 208, etc.];
A game machine comprising:
One of the plurality of game states is a second game state [e.g., battle mode (special pattern high probability regular pattern high probability state), etc.],
One of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state [e.g., small hit rush (special pattern high probability normal pattern low probability state), etc.],
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the second gaming state,
One of the plurality of performances is a first performance [for example, a mission performance to reduce the life of the swordsman character KNG to 0 and defeat it as shown in FIGS. 29(b) to 29(n)]. ,
One of the plurality of performances is a second performance [for example, a performance in which the lord character HDS is striking a victory pose as shown in FIG. 29(o)], and the first performance is: A performance that may be started in the second gaming state,
The first performance is a mission-based performance,
The second performance is a performance that starts when the mission is accomplished,
When the second performance is started, the second game state may shift to the third game state without executing the jackpot game [for example, as shown in FIGS. 29(o) to 29(p) ), when the lord's character HDS performs a victory pose, the game shifts to a small win rush, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
explained.

According to the conventional game machine, there was room for improvement in the game control means, but according to this game machine, it is possible to provide a game machine with characteristics in the game control means.

Further, according to this game machine, even if the player does not hit the jackpot, it may be possible to draw attention to the trend of the mission.

Here, the game control means may be capable of executing only a control for shifting to one of a plurality of gaming states, or may be capable of executing control for shifting to one of a plurality of gaming states. Control other than control may also be executable. Further, the game control means may always execute control to transition to one of a plurality of gaming states, or may execute control to transition to one of a plurality of gaming states. It may be something that may not be executed.

Furthermore, the presentation means may be capable of only performing a plurality of presentations, or may be capable of executing things other than a plurality of presentations. Further, the presentation means may always perform a plurality of presentations, or may not execute a plurality of presentations.

Further, the first performance may be started only in the second gaming state, or may be started in a gaming state other than the second gaming state. Good too. Further, the first performance may be something that is always started in the second gaming state, or may be something that may not be started in the second gaming state.

Further, the second performance may be started only when the mission is accomplished, or may be started in cases other than when the mission is accomplished. Furthermore, the second performance may be one that is always started when the mission is accomplished, or may be one that may not be started even when the mission is accomplished.

Furthermore, when the second performance is started, the second game state may only transition to the third game state without the jackpot game being executed, or the second performance may be started. There may also be a case where the second gaming state shifts to a gaming state other than the third gaming state without executing the jackpot game. In addition, when the second performance is started, the second game state may always be shifted to the third game state without the jackpot game being executed, or when the second performance is started, the second There may be cases where the jackpot game is not executed from the first game state and the third game state is not shifted.

Furthermore, when the second performance is started, there may be a case where the transition is made from only the second game state to a third game state without executing the jackpot game, or the second performance is started. There may also be cases where a transition from a game state other than the second game state to a third game state is made without a jackpot game being executed. Furthermore, the second game state may be shifted to the third game state without the jackpot game being executed only when the second performance is started, or the second performance may be started only when the second performance is started. In cases other than the above case, there may be a case where the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state without executing the jackpot game.

In addition, ``When the second gaming state starts, the first performance may start, and in connection with the end of the second gaming state, the second performance may start [for example, As shown in Figure 29(b) to Figure 29(o), when entering battle mode, the mission begins, and when the electric support is removed, the mission is accomplished, and the lord's character HDS is shown striking a victory pose. is started],
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

According to this game machine, there are cases where the entire period of the second game state can be drawn to attention by the presentation of the mission.

Here, the first performance may be started when the second game state starts, and only the second performance may be started in connection with the end of the second game state, or the second performance may be started only when the second game state ends. When the second game state starts, the first performance may be started, and in connection with the end of the second game state, a performance other than the second performance may be started. Further, the first performance may be started when the second game state starts, and the second performance may always be started in connection with the end of the second game state, or the second performance may be started when the second game state starts. Once started, the first performance may be started, and the second performance may not be started in connection with the end of the second game state.

Further, the first performance may be started when the second game state starts, and the second performance may be started only in connection with the end of the second game state, or the second performance may be started only in connection with the end of the second game state. When the game state starts, the first performance is started, and the second performance may be started in connection with other than the end of the second game state. Further, the first performance may be started when the second game state starts, and the second performance may be started in connection with only the second game state ending, or the second performance may be started in connection with the end of only the second game state. The first performance may be started when a game state starts, and the second performance may be started in connection with the end of a game state other than the second game state.

Further, when the second game state starts, only the first performance may start, and the second performance may start in connection with the end of the second game state, or the second performance may start in connection with the end of the second game state. When the game state starts, performances other than the first performance may also be started, and the second performance may be started in connection with the end of the second game state. Furthermore, the first performance may always start when the second game state starts, and the second performance may start in connection with the end of the second game state, or the second performance may start in connection with the end of the second game state. The first performance may not start when the game state starts, but the second performance may start in connection with the end of the second game state.

Further, the first performance may be started when only the second game state starts, and the second performance may be started in connection with the end of the second game state, or the second performance may be started in connection with the end of the second game state. The first performance may be started when a game state other than the game state starts, and the second performance may be started in connection with the end of the second game state.

In addition, it is equipped with a symbol display means capable of displaying symbol variations [for example, the first special symbol display device 212, the second special symbol display device 214, etc.],
The third game state is a game state in which prize balls are more likely to be paid out in small win games than in the second game state [for example, in small win rush, prize balls are more likely to be paid out than in battle mode. It is easy to get a small hit with “Special Map G”],
The game control means controls the number of times of getting stuck in a plurality of types after transitioning to the second game state [for example, the number of times of electric support of special map 1 (10 times, 15 times, 20 times, 25 times, 30 times, 35 times). , 40 times, 45 times, 50 times, etc.)],
The number of times the game gets stuck is the number of times the symbol variation display is executed, which is a necessary deviation to transition from the second game state to the third game state without starting a jackpot game.
When the symbol variation display of the number of winnings selected from the plurality of types of winnings is executed after the second gaming state has started (hereinafter referred to as the "fifth case"), the corresponding number of winnings is executed. Transition from the second game state to the third game state [For example, if the number of electric support of special map 1 is selected 50 times, when the symbol fluctuation display of special map 1 is executed 50 times, the battle mode will change to the Shift to hit rush, etc.]
In the fifth case, the mission is accomplished and the second performance is started [For example, as shown in FIGS. When executed, the mission is accomplished and a scene in which the lord's character HDS is striking a victory pose starts, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

According to this game machine, it may be possible to draw attention to the trend of the mission performance while hoping that the number of times the player gets stuck is small.

Here, the symbol display means may be capable of only displaying symbol variations, or may be capable of displaying other than symbol variation display. Further, the symbol display means may always execute the symbol variation display, or may not execute the symbol variation display in some cases.

Further, the third gaming state may be one in which only prize balls are more likely to be paid out by a small winning game than in the second gaming state, or it may be more likely that only prize balls are paid out by a small winning game than in the second gaming state. The items may also be easily paid out. Further, the third gaming state may be such that the prize ball is always paid out more easily by the small winning game than the second gaming state, or the prize ball is always more likely to be paid out by the small winning game than the second gaming state. It may be something that is not easily paid out.

Further, the game control means may be capable of selecting only one type of number of times of getting stuck after transitioning to the second gaming state, or may be capable of selecting only one type of number of times of getting stuck after shifting to the second gaming state, or After the transition, it may be possible to select a number of times other than one of the plurality of types of times of getting stuck. Further, the game control means may always select one type of number of times of getting stuck after shifting to the second gaming state from among a plurality of types of number of times of getting stuck, or may select one type of number of times of getting stuck after shifting to the second gaming state. After that, one of the plurality of types of times of failure may not be selected.

In addition, if the symbol variation display of the number of fits selected from among the plurality of types of number of fits is executed after the second game state has started, the second game state will only transition to the third game state. Alternatively, after the second gaming state has started, if the symbol variation display of the number of winnings selected from among the plurality of types of winning numbers is executed, the transition from the second gaming state to a game state other than the third gaming state may be performed. It is also possible to shift to the gaming state. In addition, if the symbol variation display of the number of winnings selected from among the plurality of types of number of winnings is executed after the second gaming state has started, the second gaming state will always transition to the third gaming state. Alternatively, after the second gaming state has started, if the symbol variation display of the number of winnings selected from among the plurality of types of winnings is executed, the second gaming state may be changed to the third gaming state. There may be cases where the migration does not occur.

In addition, the second gaming state only shifts to the third gaming state when the symbol variation display of the selected number of winnings among the plurality of types of winning numbers is executed after the second gaming state starts. Alternatively, the change from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be performed in any case other than when the symbol variation display of the number of winnings selected from among the plurality of types of winning numbers is executed after the second gaming state has started. You may shift to the gaming state. In addition, only after the second gaming state has started, if the symbol variation display of the selected number of winnings among the plurality of types of winnings is executed, the second gaming state will transition to the third gaming state. Alternatively, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be performed even after the second gaming state has started, if the symbol variation display of the number of winnings selected from among the plurality of types of winning numbers is executed. You may move to

Further, in the fifth case, the mission may be accomplished and only the second performance may be started, or in the fifth case, the mission may be accomplished and performances other than the second performance may be started. Further, in the fifth case, the mission may be accomplished and the second effect may always be started, or in the fifth case, the mission may be achieved and the second effect may not be started.

Further, the mission may be accomplished and the second effect is started only in the fifth case, or the mission may be achieved and the second effect is started in cases other than the fifth case.

In addition, it is equipped with a "pre-reading notice means [for example, decorative pattern display device 208, etc.] capable of executing multiple types of pre-reading notices,"
One of the plurality of types of look-ahead notices is a first look-ahead notice [for example, a continuous notice in which a continuous attack is performed as shown in FIGS. 30(c) to 30(h), etc.),
The first pre-read notice is a continuous notice in which an effect is executed in the direction in which the mission is achieved every time the symbol variation display is executed [for example, as shown in FIGS. 30(c) to 30(h) , a continuous preview performance with continuous attacks that damage the swordsman character KNG every time the symbol change display of special drawing 1 is performed],
The first pre-read notice is a pre-read notice that may be started in the second gaming state when any of the plurality of pending symbol variation displays has a result other than a jackpot. For example, as shown in FIGS. 30(c) to 30(h), if all of the symbol fluctuation displays of the reserved special symbol 1 are small hits, a continuous preview performance may be performed],
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Conventional game machines that give advance notice make people expect a jackpot, but according to this game machine, by giving advance notice, for example, the game state changes due to a jackpot that changes the game state. In some cases, it is possible to create a sense of expectation for the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state, without making the player worry that the game will happen, and to create a sense of expectation that is different from the conventional one.

Here, the pre-read notice means may be capable of only executing multiple types of pre-read notices, or may be capable of executing notices other than multiple types of pre-read notices. Further, the pre-reading notice means may always execute a plurality of types of pre-reading notices, or may not execute a plurality of types of pre-reading notices.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be a continuous notice in which only the performance is executed in the direction that the mission is achieved every time the symbol variation display is executed, or the mission is achieved every time the symbol variation display is executed. It may also be a continuous notice in which something other than a direction is performed. Further, the first look-ahead notice may be a continuous notice in which the performance is always executed in the direction in which the mission is achieved every time the symbol variation display is executed, or the mission is achieved every time the symbol variation display is executed. It may be a continuous notice in which the direction may not be executed.

Further, the first pre-read notice may be started only when, in the second gaming state, any of the plurality of pending symbol change displays result in a result other than a jackpot. Alternatively, in the second gaming state, any of the plurality of pending symbol variation displays may be started in cases other than the case where the result is different from a jackpot. . Further, the first pre-read notice may be always started in the second gaming state when any of the plurality of pending symbol change displays has a result other than a jackpot. In the second gaming state, if any of the plurality of pending symbol variation displays results in a result other than a jackpot, the game may not be started.

Further, the first pre-read notice may be started only in the second gaming state when any of the plurality of pending symbol change displays has a result other than a jackpot. Alternatively, even in a gaming state other than the second gaming state, it may be started if any of the plurality of pending symbol variation displays has a result different from the jackpot. good.

Furthermore, ``one of the plurality of types of pre-read notices is a second pre-read notice [for example, the suspended notice shown in Figures 31(g) to 31(n), or the pending notice shown in Figures 32(f) to 32(n). suspension notice, etc. shown in Figure (n)],
The second lookahead notice is a lookahead notice different from the first lookahead notice,
When the second pre-read notice is started in the second gaming state, the game enters the third gaming state in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process,
The first gaming process is a gaming process in which a jackpot game is executed in the second gaming state, and the transition is made to the third gaming state after the jackpot game ends [for example, in the battle mode " If you hit the jackpot with the probability variable super jackpot of "Special Map B", the game will shift to a small hit rush after the jackpot game related to the jackpot ends],
The second game process refers to a game process in which the second game state transitions to the third game state in the fifth case [for example, after transitioning to battle mode, special figure 1 When the symbol fluctuation display is executed a predetermined number of times and the electric support is removed, the battle mode shifts to a small hit rush, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

According to this gaming machine, by providing the second advance notice, it is possible to create a sense of anticipation for the transition to the third gaming state, and it is also possible to create expectations for the possibility of hitting the jackpot. There are cases.

Here, when the second pre-read notice is started in the second gaming state, the transition to the third gaming state only occurs in either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. Alternatively, when the second pre-read notice is started in the second gaming state, after that, in either the first gaming process or the second gaming process, a game other than the third gaming state may be started. It may also shift to a gaming state. In addition, when the second pre-read notice is started in the second gaming state, the transition to the third gaming state is always made in either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. Alternatively, once the second advance notice is started in the second gaming state, the game does not shift to the third gaming state during either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. There may be cases.

Furthermore, when the second pre-read notice is started in the second gaming state, the transition to the third gaming state is made only during either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. Alternatively, when the second pre-read notice is started in the second gaming state, the third game may be played in a gaming process other than either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. You may move to the state. In addition, if the second pre-read notice is started only in the second gaming state, then the transition to the third gaming state occurs during either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. Alternatively, if the second pre-read notice is started in a gaming state other than the second gaming state, the third game may be started in either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. You may move to the state.

In addition, it is equipped with a "pre-reading notice means [for example, decorative pattern display device 208, etc.] capable of executing multiple types of pre-reading notices,"
One of the plurality of types of look-ahead notices is a second look-ahead notice [for example, the pending notice shown in FIGS. 31(g) to 31(n), and FIGS. ), and
When the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, the game enters the third gaming state in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process,
The first gaming process is a gaming process in which a jackpot game is executed in the second gaming state, and the transition is made to the third gaming state after the jackpot game ends [for example, in the battle mode " If you hit the jackpot with the probability variable super jackpot of “Special Map B”, the game will shift to a small hit rush after the jackpot game related to the jackpot ends, etc.]
The second gaming process is a gaming process in which the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state without starting a jackpot game in the second gaming state [for example, a battle After entering the mode, if the symbol fluctuation display of special drawing 1 is executed a predetermined number of times and the electric support is removed, the transition from battle mode to small hit rush, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

According to this gaming machine, by providing the second advance notice, it is possible to create a sense of anticipation for the transition to the third gaming state, and it is also possible to create expectations for the possibility of hitting the jackpot. There are cases.

Here, the pre-read notice means may be capable of only executing multiple types of pre-read notices, or may be capable of executing notices other than multiple types of pre-read notices. Further, the pre-reading notice means may always execute a plurality of types of pre-reading notices, or may not execute a plurality of types of pre-reading notices.

In addition, when the second pre-read notice is started in the second gaming state, the transition to the third gaming state only occurs in either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. Alternatively, once the second advance notice is started in the second gaming state, a game other than the third gaming state may be played in either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. It may also move to the state. In addition, when the second pre-read notice is started in the second gaming state, the transition to the third gaming state is always made in either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. Alternatively, once the second advance notice is started in the second gaming state, the game does not shift to the third gaming state during either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. There may be cases.

Furthermore, when the second pre-read notice is started in the second gaming state, the transition to the third gaming state is made only during either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. Alternatively, when the second pre-read notice is started in the second gaming state, the third game may be played in a gaming process other than either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. You may move to the state. In addition, if the second pre-read notice is started only in the second gaming state, then the transition to the third gaming state occurs during either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. Alternatively, if the second pre-read notice is started in a gaming state other than the second gaming state, the third game may be started in either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. You may move to the state.

Further, "one of the plurality of performances is a third performance [for example, a performance in which the lord character HDS shown in FIG. 28(l) is defeated],"
The third performance is a performance that informs that the mission has failed,
When the third performance starts, a certain jackpot occurs (for example, a regular jackpot for "Special Map A", a 5R probability-variable jackpot for "Special Map E" to "Special Map Q", etc.),
After the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot ends, transitioning to a gaming state different from the third gaming state;
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the third effect may be one that notifies only that the mission has failed, or may also be one that notifies others that the mission has failed. Further, the third effect may always notify that the mission has failed, or may not notify that the mission has failed.

Further, when the third performance is started, only a certain jackpot may be achieved, or when the third performance is started, a jackpot other than the certain jackpot may be achieved. Further, a certain jackpot may always occur when the third performance is started, or a certain jackpot may not occur when the third performance starts.

Further, a certain jackpot may be achieved when only the third performance is started, or a certain jackpot may be achieved even when a performance other than the third performance is started.

Further, after the jackpot game related to a certain jackpot ends, the game state may only be shifted to a game state different from the third game state, or after the jackpot game related to a certain jackpot ends, the third game state may be changed. It is also possible to shift to a game state other than the game state different from the game state. Further, after the jackpot game related to a certain jackpot is finished, the game state may always be shifted to a different gaming state from the third gaming state, or after the jackpot game related to a certain jackpot is finished, the third gaming state may be changed. There may be cases where the game does not shift to a different game state from the game state.

In addition, "one of the plurality of gaming states is a first gaming state [for example, a normal gaming state (special figure low probability normal, low probability), etc."
The second gaming state is a gaming state more advantageous than the first gaming state,
The third gaming state is a gaming state more advantageous than the first gaming state,
When a jackpot game is started in the first gaming state, when the jackpot game is finished, the transition is made to the second gaming state and the first performance is started (hereinafter referred to as "first case [ For example, as shown in FIG. 28, when a 5R probability-variable jackpot occurs in the normal gaming state, after the jackpot game related to the jackpot ends, the game shifts to battle mode and the mission performance begins. ).
When a jackpot game is started in the second gaming state, the first performance is started after the jackpot game ends (hereinafter referred to as "third case [ For example, as shown in FIG. 29, if there is a 5R fixed-variable jackpot in the battle mode, after the jackpot game related to the jackpot ends, the battle mode will be re-entered and the mission performance will be started. ).
It is easier to accomplish the mission in the third case than in the first case [For example, as shown in FIG. In the case of a definite jackpot, the average number of times of electric support is smaller, so it is easier to miss electric support, and the mission is easier to accomplish, etc.)
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, when a jackpot game is started in the first gaming state, there may be a case where the jackpot game is finished and then shifted to a second gaming state and only the first performance is started. When a jackpot game is started in one gaming state, a transition may be made to a second gaming state after the jackpot game ends, and performances other than the first performance may also be started. Furthermore, when a jackpot game is started in the first gaming state, the first performance may always be started by shifting to the second gaming state after the end of the jackpot game, or the first performance may always be started in the first gaming state. When a jackpot game is started, the second game state may be entered after the jackpot game ends, and the first performance may not be started.

Furthermore, when a jackpot game is started in the first gaming state, the first performance may be started only after the jackpot game ends, or the first performance may be started only in the second gaming state. When a jackpot game is started in the game state, after the end of the jackpot game, a game state other than the second game state may be entered and the first performance may be started. Furthermore, when a jackpot game is started in the first gaming state, the second gaming state may be shifted to and the first performance may be started only after the jackpot game ends. When a jackpot game is started in the gaming state, the first performance may be started by shifting to the second gaming state even after the jackpot game ends.

Further, only when a jackpot game is started in the first gaming state, there may be a case where the first performance is started by shifting to the second gaming state after the end of the jackpot game, or the first performance may be started in the second gaming state. Even in cases other than the case where a jackpot game is started in one gaming state, the first performance may be started by shifting to a second gaming state after the end of the jackpot game. Further, if a jackpot game is started only in the first gaming state, there may be a case where the jackpot game is finished and then transferred to a second gaming state and the first performance is started. When a jackpot game is started in a game state other than the game state, the first performance may be started after the jackpot game ends by shifting to a second game state.

Furthermore, when a jackpot game is started in the second gaming state, there may be cases where the jackpot game ends and the second gaming state is entered and only the first performance is started, or the second performance may be started. When a jackpot game is started in the gaming state, a transition may be made to a second gaming state after the jackpot game ends, and a performance other than the first performance may be started. Furthermore, when a jackpot game is started in the second gaming state, the first performance may be started without fail by shifting to the second gaming state after the end of the jackpot game, or in the second gaming state. When a jackpot game is started, the second game state may be entered after the jackpot game ends, and the first performance may not be started.

Furthermore, when a jackpot game is started in the second gaming state, the first performance may be started only by shifting to the second gaming state after the end of the jackpot game, or the first performance may be started in the second gaming state. When a jackpot game is started in the game state, after the end of the jackpot game, a game state other than the second game state may be entered and the first performance may be started. Further, when a jackpot game is started in the second gaming state, the transition to the second gaming state and the first performance may be started only after the jackpot game ends, or the second performance may be started. When a jackpot game is started in the gaming state, the first performance may be started by shifting to the second gaming state even after the jackpot game ends.

Further, only when a jackpot game is started in the second gaming state, the first performance may be started after the jackpot game ends, or the first performance may be started after the jackpot game ends. Even in cases other than the case where the jackpot game is started in the second gaming state, the first performance may be started by shifting to the second gaming state after the jackpot game ends. Further, if a jackpot game is started only in the second gaming state, the first performance may be started after the jackpot game ends, or the first performance may be started after the jackpot game ends. When a jackpot game is started in a gaming state other than the gaming state, the first performance may be started after the jackpot game ends by shifting to a second gaming state.

Also, it may be easier to accomplish only the mission in the third case than in the first case, or it may be easier to accomplish tasks other than the mission in the third case than in the first case. . Also, the mission may always be easier to accomplish in the third case than in the first case, or it may not be easier to accomplish the mission in the third case than in the first case. You can.

Also, it may be easier to accomplish the mission only in the third case than in the first case, or it may be easier to accomplish the mission in cases other than the third case than in the first case. Good too.

Further, ``the game machine is a pachinko machine [for example, pachinko machine 100, etc.],
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Also, in the above description,
“Game control means [for example, main control unit 300, etc.] capable of executing control to shift to one of a plurality of game states,
A symbol display means capable of displaying symbol variations [for example, the first special symbol display device 212, the second special symbol display device 214, etc.];
A production means capable of performing multiple productions [for example, decorative pattern display device 208, etc.],
Pre-read notification means capable of executing multiple types of pre-read notifications [for example, decorative pattern display device 208, etc.];
A game machine comprising:
One of the plurality of game states is a second game state [e.g., battle mode (special pattern high probability regular pattern high probability state), etc.],
One of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state [e.g., small hit rush (special pattern high probability normal pattern low probability state), etc.],
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the second gaming state,
The third game state is a game state in which prize balls are more likely to be paid out in small win games than in the second game state [for example, in small win rush, prize balls are more likely to be paid out than in battle mode. It is easy to get a small hit with “Special Map G”],
One of the plurality of performances is a first performance [for example, a mission performance to reduce the life of the swordsman character KNG to 0 and defeat it as shown in FIGS. 29(b) to 29(n)]. ,
One of the plurality of performances is a second performance [for example, a performance in which the lord character HDS is striking a victory pose as shown in FIG. 29(o)],
The first performance is a performance that may be started in the second gaming state,
The first performance is a mission-based performance,
The second performance is a performance that starts when the mission is accomplished,
When the second performance is started, the second game state may shift to the third game state without executing the jackpot game [for example, in FIGS. 29(o) to 29(p) ), when the lord's character HDS performs a victory pose, the game shifts to a small win rush, etc.]
After the second gaming state has started, if the symbol variation display is executed a certain number of times (hereinafter referred to as "a certain number of winnings") without starting the jackpot game (hereinafter, (referred to as the "fifth case"), the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state,
In the fifth case, the mission is accomplished and the second performance is started [For example, as shown in FIGS. When the mission is completed, a production will begin in which the lord's character HDS strikes a victory pose, etc.]
One of the plurality of types of look-ahead notices is a first look-ahead notice [for example, a continuous notice in which the continuous attacks shown in FIGS. 30(c) to 30(h) are performed, etc.),
The first look-ahead notice is a continuous notice in which an effect is executed in the direction in which the mission is achieved every time the symbol variation display is executed [for example, as shown in FIGS. 30(c) to 30(h) , a continuous preview performance with continuous attacks that damage the swordsman character KNG every time the symbol variation display of special drawing 1 is performed],
The first pre-read notice is a pre-read notice that may be started in the second gaming state when any of the plurality of pending symbol variation displays has a result other than a jackpot. For example, as shown in FIGS. 30(c) to 30(h), if all of the symbol fluctuation displays of the reserved special symbol 1 are small hits, a continuous preview performance may be performed],
A game machine characterized by: ”
explained.

Here, the game control means may be capable of executing only a control for shifting to one of a plurality of gaming states, or may be capable of executing control for shifting to one of a plurality of gaming states. Control other than control may also be executable. Further, the game control means may always execute control to transition to one of a plurality of gaming states, or may execute control to transition to one of a plurality of gaming states. It may be something that may not be executed.

Further, the symbol display means may be capable of only displaying symbol variations, or may be capable of displaying other than symbol variation display. Further, the symbol display means may always execute the symbol variation display, or may not execute the symbol variation display in some cases.

Furthermore, the presentation means may be capable of executing only a plurality of presentations, or may be capable of executing operations other than a plurality of presentations. Further, the presentation means may always perform a plurality of presentations, or may not execute a plurality of presentations.

Further, the pre-reading notice means may be capable of executing only plural types of pre-reading notices, or may be capable of executing pre-reading notices other than the plurality of types of pre-reading notices. Further, the pre-reading notice means may always execute a plurality of types of pre-reading notices, or may not execute a plurality of types of pre-reading notices.

Furthermore, the third gaming state may be more advantageous than only the second gaming state, or may be more advantageous than any gaming state other than the second gaming state. Furthermore, the third gaming state may be always more advantageous than the second gaming state, or may be less advantageous than the second gaming state.

Further, the third gaming state may be one in which the prize balls are more easily paid out only by small winning games than in the second gaming state, or it may be more likely to be paid out by games other than small winning games than in the second gaming state. The prize ball may also be easily paid out. Further, the third gaming state may be such that the prize ball is always paid out more easily by the small winning game than the second gaming state, or the prize ball is always more likely to be paid out by the small winning game than the second gaming state. It may be something that is not easily paid out.

Further, the first performance may be started only in the second gaming state, or may be started in a gaming state other than the second gaming state. Good too. Further, the first performance may be something that is always started in the second gaming state, or may be something that may not be started in the second gaming state.

Further, the second performance may be started only when the mission is accomplished, or may be started even when the mission is accomplished. Further, the second performance may be started whenever the mission is accomplished, or may be started even when the mission is not accomplished.

Furthermore, when the second performance is started, the second game state may only transition to the third game state without the jackpot game being executed, or the second performance may be started. There may also be a case where the second gaming state shifts to a gaming state other than the third gaming state without executing the jackpot game. In addition, when the second performance is started, the second game state may always be shifted to the third game state without the jackpot game being executed, or when the second performance is started, the second There may be cases where the jackpot game is not executed from the first game state and the third game state is not shifted.

Furthermore, when only the second performance is started, the second game state may shift to the third game state without the jackpot game being executed, or performances other than the second performance may be performed. Once started, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state without the jackpot game being executed.

In addition, after the second gaming state has started, if the symbol variation display that results in a miss without starting the jackpot game is executed a certain number of times, the second gaming state will only transition to the third gaming state. Alternatively, after the second gaming state has started, if the symbol variation display that results in a loss without starting the jackpot game is executed a certain number of times, the second gaming state can be changed to the third game. It is also possible to shift to a game state other than the state. In addition, after the second gaming state has started, if a symbol variation display that results in a loss without starting a jackpot game is executed a certain number of times, the second gaming state will always transition to the third gaming state. Alternatively, after the second gaming state has started, if the symbol variation display that results in a loss without starting the jackpot game is executed a certain number of times, the second gaming state can be changed to the third game. There may be cases where the state does not change.

In addition, after the second gaming state has started, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state occurs only when a symbol variation display that results in a miss without starting a jackpot game is executed a certain number of times. Alternatively, after the second gaming state has started, the symbol change display that results in a loss without starting the jackpot game is executed a certain number of times. You may move to a third gaming state.

In addition, after the second gaming state has started, if the symbol variation display that results in a loss without starting the jackpot game is executed a certain number of times, the second gaming state will transition to the third gaming state. Alternatively, after the second gaming state has started, if the symbol fluctuation display that results in a loss without starting the jackpot game is executed a number of times other than a certain number of times, the second gaming state may be changed from the second gaming state to the second gaming state. You may shift to the third gaming state.

Also, only after the second gaming state has started, if the symbol variation display that results in a loss without starting the jackpot game is executed a certain number of times, the second gaming state will transition to the third gaming state. Alternatively, even after the second gaming state has started, if the symbol variation display that results in a loss without starting the jackpot game is executed a certain number of times, the second gaming state can be changed. You may move to a third gaming state.

Furthermore, in the fifth case, the mission may be accomplished and only the second presentation may be started, or in the fifth case, the mission may be accomplished and a presentation other than the second presentation may be started. Further, in the fifth case, the mission may be accomplished and the second effect may always be started, or in the fifth case, the mission may be achieved and the second effect may not be started.

Further, the mission may be accomplished and the second effect is started only in the fifth case, or the mission may be achieved and the second effect is started in cases other than the fifth case.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be a continuous notice in which only the performance is executed in the direction that the mission is achieved every time the symbol variation display is executed, or the mission is achieved every time the symbol variation display is executed. It may be a continuous notice in which something other than the direction is performed. Further, the first look-ahead notice may be a continuous notice in which the performance is always executed in the direction in which the mission is achieved every time the symbol variation display is executed, or the mission is achieved every time the symbol variation display is executed. It may be a continuous notice in which the direction may not be executed.

Further, the first pre-read notice may be a continuous notice in which the performance is executed only in the direction in which the mission is achieved each time the symbol variation display is executed, or the mission is achieved each time the symbol variation display is executed. It may also be a continuous notice in which effects are performed in directions other than the direction.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be a continuous notice in which the performance is executed in the direction that the mission is achieved only every time the symbol variation display is executed, or the first look-ahead notice may be a continuous notice in which the performance is executed in the direction that the mission is achieved only every time the symbol variation display is executed, or the first look-ahead notice may be a continuous notice in which the effect is executed in the direction that the mission is achieved only every time the symbol variation display is executed. It may also be a continuous notice in which the effect is executed in the direction that the goal is achieved.

Furthermore, even if the first pre-read notice may be started in the second gaming state only when all of the pending symbol change displays have results other than the jackpot. Alternatively, in the second gaming state, any of the plurality of pending symbol variation displays may be started even when the result is different from a jackpot. Further, the first pre-read notice may be always started in the second gaming state when any of the plurality of pending symbol fluctuation displays has a result different from the jackpot, In the second gaming state, any of the plurality of pending symbol variation displays may not be started if the result is different from a jackpot.

In addition, even if the first look-ahead notice may be started only in the second gaming state when any of the multiple pending symbol fluctuation displays has a result other than a jackpot, Alternatively, even in a game state other than the second game state, it may be started if any of the plurality of pending symbol variation displays has a result other than a jackpot.

In addition, "the game control means controls the number of times of getting stuck in a plurality of types after transitioning to the second game state [for example, the number of electric support of special map 1 (10 times, 15 times, 20 times, 25 times, 30 times"). , 35 times, 40 times, 45 times, 50 times, etc.] as the certain number of times the device gets stuck;
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the game control means may be capable of selecting only one type of the number of times of getting stuck as a certain number of times of getting stuck from among the plurality of types of number of times of getting stuck after transitioning to the second gaming state, After transitioning to the second gaming state, it may be possible to select a number of times of getting stuck other than one type of number of times of getting stuck as a certain number of times of getting stuck. Further, the game control means may always select one type of the number of times of getting stuck as a certain number of times of getting stuck from among the plurality of types of number of times of getting stuck after shifting to the second gaming state, or the second There may be a case where one type of the number of times of getting stuck is not selected as a certain number of times of getting stuck after shifting to the gaming state.

In addition, ``one of the plurality of types of pre-read notices is a second pre-read notice [for example, the pending notice shown in Figures 31(g) to 31(n), or the pending notice shown in Figures 32(f) to suspension notice, etc. shown in Figure (n)],
The second lookahead notice is a lookahead notice different from the first lookahead notice,
When the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, the game enters the third gaming state in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process,
The first gaming process is a gaming process in which a jackpot game is executed in the second gaming state, and the transition is made to the third gaming state after the jackpot game ends [for example, in the battle mode " If you hit the jackpot with the probability variable super jackpot of “Special Map B”, the game will shift to a small hit rush after the jackpot game related to the jackpot ends, etc.]
The second gaming process refers to a gaming process in which the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state in the fifth case [for example, special figure 1 after shifting to battle mode] When the symbol fluctuation display is executed a predetermined number of times and the electric support is removed, the battle mode shifts to a small hit rush, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, when the second pre-read notice is started in the second gaming state, the transition to the third gaming state only occurs in either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. Alternatively, when the second pre-read notice is started in the second gaming state, after that, in either the first gaming process or the second gaming process, a game other than the third gaming state may be started. It may also shift to a gaming state. In addition, when the second pre-read notice is started in the second gaming state, the transition to the third gaming state is always made in either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. Alternatively, once the second advance notice is started in the second gaming state, the game does not shift to the third gaming state during either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. There may be cases.

Furthermore, when the second pre-read notice is started in the second gaming state, the transition to the third gaming state is made only during either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. Alternatively, when the second pre-read notice is started in the second gaming state, the third game may be played in a gaming process other than either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. You may move to the state.

In addition, only when the second pre-read notice is started in the second gaming state, the transition to the third gaming state will occur in either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. Alternatively, even in cases other than the case where the second pre-read notice is started in the second gaming state, the third game in either the first gaming process or the second gaming process may be performed. You may shift to the gaming state.

In addition, if the second pre-read notice is started only in the second gaming state, then the transition to the third gaming state occurs during either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. Alternatively, if the second pre-read notice is started in a gaming state other than the second gaming state, the third game may be started in either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. You may move to the state.

In addition, "a game control means [for example, the main control unit 300, etc.] that can execute control to shift to one game state among a plurality of game states,
A production means capable of performing multiple productions [for example, decorative pattern display device 208, etc.],
Pre-read notification means capable of executing multiple types of pre-read notifications [for example, decorative pattern display device 208, etc.];
A game machine comprising:
One of the plurality of game states is a second game state [e.g., battle mode (special pattern high probability regular pattern high probability state), etc.],
One of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state [e.g., small hit rush (special pattern high probability normal pattern low probability state), etc.],
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the second gaming state,
One of the plurality of performances is a first performance [for example, a mission performance to reduce the life of the swordsman character KNG to 0 and defeat it as shown in FIGS. 29(b) to 29(n)]. ,
One of the plurality of performances is a second performance [for example, a performance in which the lord character HDS is striking a victory pose as shown in FIG. 29(o)],
The first performance is a performance that may be started in the second gaming state,
The first performance is a mission-based performance,
The second performance is a performance that starts when the mission is accomplished,
When the second performance is started, the second game state may shift to the third game state without executing the jackpot game [for example, in FIGS. 29(o) to 29(p) ), when the lord's character HDS performs a victory pose, the game shifts to a small win rush, etc.]
One of the plurality of types of look-ahead notices is a second look-ahead notice [for example, the pending notice shown in FIGS. 31(g) to 31(n), and FIGS. ), and
When the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, the game enters the third gaming state in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process,
The first gaming process is a gaming process in which a jackpot game is executed in the second gaming state, and the transition is made to the third gaming state after the jackpot game ends [for example, in the battle mode " If you hit the jackpot with the probability variable super jackpot of “Special Map B”, the game will shift to a small hit rush after the jackpot game related to the jackpot ends, etc.]
The second gaming process is a gaming process in which the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state without starting a jackpot game in the second gaming state [for example, a battle After entering the mode, if the symbol fluctuation display of special drawing 1 is executed a predetermined number of times and the electric support is removed, the transition from battle mode to small hit rush, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the game control means may be capable of executing only a control for shifting to one of a plurality of gaming states, or may be capable of executing control for shifting to one of a plurality of gaming states. Control other than control may also be executable. Further, the game control means may always execute control to transition to one of a plurality of gaming states, or may execute control to transition to one of a plurality of gaming states. It may be something that may not be executed.

Furthermore, the presentation means may be capable of executing only a plurality of presentations, or may be capable of executing operations other than a plurality of presentations. Further, the presentation means may always perform a plurality of presentations, or may not execute a plurality of presentations.

Further, the pre-reading notice means may be capable of executing only plural types of pre-reading notices, or may be capable of executing pre-reading notices other than the plurality of types of pre-reading notices. Further, the pre-reading notice means may always execute a plurality of types of pre-reading notices, or may not execute a plurality of types of pre-reading notices.

Furthermore, the third gaming state may be more advantageous than only the second gaming state, or may be more advantageous than any gaming state other than the second gaming state. Furthermore, the third gaming state may be always more advantageous than the second gaming state, or may be less advantageous than the second gaming state.

Further, the first performance may be started only in the second gaming state, or may be started in a gaming state other than the second gaming state. Good too. Further, the first performance may be something that is always started in the second gaming state, or may be something that may not be started in the second gaming state.

Further, the second performance may be started only when the mission is accomplished, or may be started even when the mission is accomplished. Further, the second performance may be started whenever the mission is accomplished, or may be started even when the mission is not accomplished.

Furthermore, when the second performance is started, the second game state may only transition to the third game state without the jackpot game being executed, or the second performance may be started. There may also be a case where the second gaming state shifts to a gaming state other than the third gaming state without executing the jackpot game. In addition, when the second performance is started, the second game state may always be shifted to the third game state without the jackpot game being executed, or when the second performance is started, the second There may be cases where the jackpot game is not executed from the first game state and the third game state is not shifted.

Furthermore, when only the second performance is started, the second game state may shift to the third game state without the jackpot game being executed, or performances other than the second performance may be performed. Once started, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state without the jackpot game being executed.

In addition, when the second pre-read notice is started in the second gaming state, the game progresses only to the third gaming state during either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. Alternatively, once the second advance notice is started in the second gaming state, a game other than the third gaming state may be played in either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. It may also move to the state. In addition, when the second pre-read notice is started in the second gaming state, the transition to the third gaming state is always made in either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. Alternatively, once the second advance notice is started in the second gaming state, the game does not shift to the third gaming state during either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. There may be cases.

Furthermore, when the second pre-read notice is started in the second gaming state, the transition to the third gaming state is made only during either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. Alternatively, when the second pre-read notice is started in the second gaming state, the third game may be played in a gaming process other than either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. You may move to the state.

In addition, only when the second pre-read notice is started in the second gaming state, the transition to the third gaming state will occur in either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. Alternatively, even in cases other than the case where the second pre-read notice is started in the second gaming state, the third game in either the first gaming process or the second gaming process may be performed. You may shift to the gaming state.

In addition, if the second pre-read notice is started only in the second gaming state, then the transition to the third gaming state occurs during either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. Alternatively, if the second pre-read notice is started in a gaming state other than the second gaming state, the third game may be started in either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. You may move to the state.

Further, "When the second gaming state starts, the first performance may start, and the second performance may start in connection with the end of the second gaming state [for example, As shown in Figures 29(b) to 29(o), when entering battle mode, the mission begins, and when the electric support is removed, the mission is accomplished and the lord's character HDS is shown striking a victory pose. is started],
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the first performance may be started when the second game state starts, and only the second performance may be started in connection with the end of the second game state, or the second performance may be started only when the second game state ends. When the second game state starts, the first performance may be started, and in connection with the end of the second game state, a performance other than the second performance may be started. Further, the first performance may be started when the second game state starts, and the second performance may always be started in connection with the end of the second game state, or the second performance may be started when the second game state starts. Once started, the first performance may be started, and the second performance may not be started in connection with the end of the second game state.

Furthermore, the first performance may be started when the second game state starts, and the second performance may be started only in connection with the end of the second game state, or the second performance may be started only in connection with the end of the second game state. The first performance may be started when the game state starts, and the second performance may be started in connection with something other than the end of the second game state.

Further, when the second game state starts, only the first performance may start, and the second performance may start in connection with the end of the second game state, or the second performance may start in connection with the end of the second game state. When the game state starts, a performance other than the first performance may be started, and the second performance may be started in connection with the end of the second game state.

Further, the first performance may be started when only the second game state starts, and the second performance may be started in connection with the end of the second game state, or the second performance may be started in connection with the end of the second game state. The first performance may be started when a game state other than the game state starts, and the second performance may be started in connection with the end of the second game state.

Further, "one of the plurality of performances is a third performance [for example, a performance in which the lord character HDS shown in FIG. 28(l) is defeated],"
The third performance is a performance that informs that the mission has failed,
When the third performance starts, a certain jackpot occurs (for example, a regular jackpot for "Special Map A", a 5R probability-variable jackpot for "Special Map E" to "Special Map Q", etc.),
After the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot ends, transitioning to a gaming state different from the third gaming state;
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the third effect may be one that notifies only that the mission has failed, or may also be one that notifies others that the mission has failed. Further, the third effect may always notify that the mission has failed, or may not notify that the mission has failed.

Further, when the third performance is started, only a certain jackpot may be achieved, or when the third performance is started, a jackpot other than the certain jackpot may be achieved. Further, a certain jackpot may always occur when the third performance is started, or a certain jackpot may not occur when the third performance starts.

Further, a certain jackpot may be achieved when only the third performance is started, or a certain jackpot may be achieved when a performance other than the third performance is started.

Further, after the jackpot game related to a certain jackpot ends, the game state may only be shifted to a game state different from the third gaming state, or after the jackpot game related to a certain jackpot ends, the third game state may be changed. You may also shift to a game state other than the game state different from the game state. Further, after the jackpot game related to a certain jackpot ends, the game state may always be shifted to a different gaming state from the third gaming state, or after the jackpot game related to a certain jackpot ends, the third gaming state may be changed. There may be cases where the game does not shift to a different gaming state.

In addition, the game state may be shifted to a different game state from the third game state only after the jackpot game related to a certain jackpot ends, or the third game state may be shifted to a different game state from the third game state only after the jackpot game related to a certain jackpot is finished. You may shift to a gaming state different from the current state.

Further, after only the jackpot game related to a certain jackpot ends, it may be possible to shift to a gaming state different from the third gaming state, or after the jackpot game other than the jackpot game related to a certain jackpot ends, You may shift to a gaming state different from the third gaming state.

In addition, "one of the plurality of gaming states is a first gaming state [for example, a normal gaming state (special figure low probability normal, low probability), etc."
The second gaming state is a gaming state more advantageous than the first gaming state,
The third gaming state is a gaming state more advantageous than the first gaming state,
When a jackpot game is started in the first gaming state, when the jackpot game is finished, the transition is made to the second gaming state and the first performance is started (hereinafter referred to as "first case [ For example, as shown in FIG. 28, when a 5R probability-variable jackpot occurs in the normal gaming state, after the jackpot game related to the jackpot ends, the game shifts to battle mode and the mission performance begins. ).
When a jackpot game is started in the second gaming state, the first performance is started after the jackpot game ends (hereinafter referred to as "third case [ For example, as shown in FIG. 29, if there is a 5R fixed-variable jackpot in the battle mode, after the jackpot game related to the jackpot ends, the battle mode will be re-entered and the mission performance will be started. ).
It is easier to accomplish the mission in the third case than in the first case [For example, as shown in FIG. In the case of a definite jackpot, the average number of times of electric support is smaller, so it is easier to miss electric support, and the mission is easier to accomplish, etc.)
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the second gaming state may be more advantageous than only the first gaming state, or may be more advantageous than any gaming state other than the first gaming state. Furthermore, the second gaming state may be always more advantageous than the first gaming state, or may be less advantageous than the first gaming state.

Further, the third gaming state may be more advantageous than only the first gaming state, or may be more advantageous than any gaming state other than the first gaming state. Furthermore, the third gaming state may be always more advantageous than the first gaming state, or may be less advantageous than the first gaming state.

Furthermore, when a jackpot game is started in the first gaming state, there may be a case where the jackpot game is finished and then the second gaming state is entered and only the first performance is started. When a jackpot game is started in the gaming state, a transition may be made to a second gaming state after the jackpot game ends, and a performance other than the first performance may be started. Furthermore, when a jackpot game is started in the first gaming state, the first performance may always be started by shifting to the second gaming state after the end of the jackpot game, or the first performance may always be started in the first gaming state. When a jackpot game is started, the second game state may be entered after the jackpot game ends, and the first performance may not be started.

Furthermore, when a jackpot game is started in the first gaming state, the first performance may be started only after the jackpot game ends, or the first performance may be started only in the second gaming state. When a jackpot game is started in the game state, after the end of the jackpot game, a game state other than the second game state may be entered and the first performance may be started.

Furthermore, when a jackpot game is started in the first gaming state, the second gaming state may be shifted to and the first performance may be started only after the jackpot game ends. When a jackpot game is started in the gaming state, the first performance may be started by shifting to the second gaming state even after the jackpot game ends.

Further, only when a jackpot game is started in the first gaming state, there may be a case where the first performance is started by shifting to the second gaming state after the end of the jackpot game, or the first performance may be started in the second gaming state. Even in cases other than the case where a jackpot game is started in one gaming state, the first performance may be started by shifting to a second gaming state after the end of the jackpot game.

Further, if a jackpot game is started only in the first gaming state, there may be a case where the jackpot game is finished and then transferred to a second gaming state and the first performance is started. When a jackpot game is started in a gaming state other than the gaming state, the first performance may be started after the jackpot game ends by shifting to a second gaming state.

Also, the mission may be easier to accomplish only in the third case than in the first case, or it may be easier to accomplish the mission in cases other than the third case than in the first case. Good too. Also, the mission may always be easier to accomplish in the third case than in the first case, or it may not be easier to accomplish the mission in the third case than in the first case. You can.

Further, ``the game machine is a pachinko machine [for example, pachinko machine 100, etc.],
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Also, in the above description,
“Game control means [for example, main control unit 300, etc.] capable of executing control to shift to one of a plurality of game states,
A first starting winning means [for example, special drawing 1 starting opening 230, etc.],
A second starting winning means [for example, special drawing 2 starting opening 232, special drawing 2 starting opening (variable) 233, etc.],
a first symbol display means [for example, the first special symbol display device 212, etc.] capable of performing a first symbol variation display when a game ball enters the first starting prize winning means;
a second symbol display means [e.g., second special symbol display device 214, etc.] capable of performing a second symbol variation display when a game ball enters the second starting prize winning means;
A first variable winning means [for example, first variable winning opening 234, etc.],
A second variable winning means [for example, second variable winning opening 235, etc.],
A game machine comprising:
One of the plurality of gaming states is a first gaming state [for example, a normal gaming state (a special pattern low probability normal pattern low probability state), etc.],
One of the plurality of game states is a second game state [e.g., battle mode (special pattern high probability regular pattern high probability state), etc.],
One of the gaming states of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state [for example, small hit rush (special pattern high probability normal pattern low probability state), etc.],
The second gaming state is a gaming state more advantageous than the first gaming state,
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the second gaming state,
When the number of times of getting stuck in the second gaming state becomes a first number [for example, 50 times, etc.], the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state,
In the second gaming state, when the number of times of getting stuck becomes a second number [for example, 30 times, etc.], the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state,
The first number of times and the second number of times are different numbers,
A state in which the game ball is likely to enter the first variable prize winning means (hereinafter referred to as "the first ball" The third state [for example, a small winning game state where the first variable prize opening 234 opens and closes].
A game ball is likely to enter the second variable winning means in response to a small winning symbol [for example, "special pattern g" or "special pattern z", etc.] being displayed on the second pattern display means. state (hereinafter referred to as "fourth state [for example, small winning game state where the second variable prize opening 235 opens and closes]"),
It is easier to get a prize ball in the fourth state than in the third state [For example, as shown in FIG. Although the variable winning hole 234 performs a maximum of two short openings, it is practically difficult for the ball to enter the first variable winning hole 234, and as shown in FIG. In this case, the second variable winning opening 235 is opened briefly 12 times at maximum, and the game ball flowing down on the shutter member 2351 of the second variable winning opening 235 is configured to easily fall. Prize balls are more likely to be paid out],
In the first game state, a first jackpot game [for example, "special drawing B" is displayed on the first special drawing display device 212 and a jackpot (a 10R probability odd jackpot that shifts to a small winning rush after the jackpot game ends). When the first jackpot game, etc. that has been transferred to is started, the third gaming state is transferred to the third gaming state after the first jackpot game ends,
A game machine characterized by: ”
explained.

According to the conventional game machine, there was room for improvement in the game control means, but according to this game machine, it is possible to provide a game machine with characteristics in the game control means.

Further, according to this gaming machine, by providing a pattern that leads directly to the third game state via the jackpot, it may be possible to make the player expect a large ball payout in combination with the prize balls obtained in the jackpot.

Here, the game control means may be capable of executing only a control for shifting to one of a plurality of gaming states, or may be capable of executing control for shifting to one of a plurality of gaming states. Control other than control may also be executable. Further, the game control means may always execute control to transition to one of a plurality of gaming states, or may execute control to transition to one of a plurality of gaming states. It may be something that may not be executed.

Further, the first symbol display means may be able to execute the first symbol variation display only when a game ball enters the first start winning means, or The first symbol variation display may also be executed in cases other than the case where a game ball enters the starting winning means. Further, the first symbol display means may always execute the first symbol variation display when a game ball enters the first starting prize winning means, or The first symbol variation display may not be executed when a game ball enters the winning means.

Further, the second symbol display means may be able to execute the second symbol variation display only when a game ball enters the second start winning means, or The second symbol variation display may also be executed in cases other than the case where a game ball enters the starting winning means. Further, the second symbol display means may always execute the second symbol variation display when a game ball enters the second starting prize winning means, or The second symbol variation display may not be executed when a game ball enters the winning means.

Furthermore, the second gaming state may be more advantageous than only the first gaming state, or may be more advantageous than any gaming state other than the first gaming state. Furthermore, the second gaming state may be always more advantageous than the first gaming state, or may be less advantageous than the first gaming state.

Furthermore, the third gaming state may be more advantageous than only the second gaming state, or may be more advantageous than any gaming state other than the second gaming state. Furthermore, the third gaming state may be always more advantageous than the second gaming state, or may be less advantageous than the second gaming state.

Furthermore, the second gaming state may only transition to the third gaming state when the number of times it gets stuck becomes the first number, or the number of times it gets stuck in the second gaming state becomes the first number. When the number of times reaches the first number, the second gaming state may shift to a gaming state other than the third gaming state. In addition, the second gaming state may always be transferred to the third gaming state by the number of times of getting stuck in the second gaming state becoming the first number of times, or the number of getting stuck in the second gaming state may be the first number of times of getting stuck. There may be cases where the second gaming state does not transition to the third gaming state because of the number of times.

Furthermore, the second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state simply by the number of times of getting stuck in the second gaming state becoming the first number, or the number of times of getting stuck in the second gaming state may be changed. The second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state for reasons other than the first number of times.

Furthermore, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state only when the number of times of getting stuck becomes the first number, or the second gaming state may transition to the third gaming state only in the second gaming state. There may also be cases in which the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state when the number of times the game gets stuck reaches the first number.

Furthermore, the second gaming state may only transition to the third gaming state when the number of times it gets stuck becomes the second number, or the number of times it gets stuck in the second gaming state When the number of times becomes the second, the second gaming state may shift to a gaming state other than the third gaming state. Furthermore, the second gaming state may always be transferred to the third gaming state by the number of times of getting stuck in the second gaming state becoming the second number of times, or the number of getting stuck in the second gaming state may be the second number of times of getting stuck. There may be cases where the second gaming state does not transition to the third gaming state because of the number of times.

Furthermore, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state simply by the number of times the game gets stuck in the second gaming state becomes the second number, or the number of times the game gets stuck in the second gaming state The second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state for reasons other than the second number of times.

Furthermore, the second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state by the number of times of getting stuck only in the second gaming state, or the second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state only in the second gaming state. There may also be cases in which the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state when the number of times the game gets stuck reaches the second number.

In addition, the number of times it gets stuck may be the number of times it gets stuck only due to the number of fluctuations of special pattern 1, the number of times it gets stuck only due to the number of fluctuations of special pattern 2, or the number of times it gets stuck only due to the number of fluctuations of special pattern 2. The number of stuck times may be determined by all the number of fluctuations.

Further, the game ball may be in a state where it is easy to enter only the first variable winning means in response to the small winning symbol being displayed on the first symbol display means, or the first symbol display means may In response to the display of the small winning symbol, the game ball may be in a state where it is easy to enter a winning means other than the first variable winning means. Further, the game ball may always be in a state where it is easy to enter the first variable winning means in response to the small winning symbol being displayed on the first symbol display means, or the first symbol display means may There may be cases where the game ball is not in a state where it is easy to enter the first variable winning means in response to the display of the small winning symbol.

Further, the game ball may be in a state where it is easy to enter the first variable winning means only in response to the display of the small winning symbol on the first symbol display means, or the first symbol display means may The game ball may be in a state where it is easy to enter the first variable winning means in response to things other than the display of the small winning symbol.

In addition, the game ball may be in a state where it is easy to enter the first variable prize winning means in response to the small winning symbol being displayed only on the first symbol display means, or the game ball may be in a state where it is easy to enter the ball into the first variable winning means, or other than the first symbol display means. The game ball may be in a state where it is easy to enter the first variable prize winning means in response to the small winning symbol being displayed on the symbol displaying means.

Further, in response to the small winning symbol being displayed on the second symbol display means, the game ball may enter a state where it is easy to enter only the second variable winning means, or the second symbol display means may In response to the display of the small winning symbol, the game ball may be in a state where it is easy to enter a winning means other than the second variable winning means. In addition, the game ball may always be in a state where it is easy to enter the second variable winning means in response to the small winning symbol being displayed on the second symbol display means, or the second symbol display means may There may be cases where the game ball is not in a state where it is easy to enter the second variable winning means in response to the display of the small winning symbol.

Further, the game ball may be in a state where it is easy to enter the second variable winning means only in response to the display of the small winning symbol on the second symbol display means, or the second symbol display means may The game ball may be in a state where it is easy to enter the second variable winning means in response to things other than the display of the small winning symbol.

Further, the game ball may be in a state where it is easy to enter the second variable winning means in response to the small winning symbol being displayed only on the second symbol display means, or the game ball may be in a state where it is easy to enter the second variable winning means, or the ball may be placed in a state other than the second symbol display means. The game ball may be in a state where it is easy to enter the second variable prize winning means in response to the small winning symbol being displayed on the symbol displaying means.

Also, it may be easier to get a prize ball only in the fourth state than in the third state, or it may be easier to get a prize ball in a state other than the fourth state than in the third state. It may be easy. Also, it may be easier to get a prize ball in the fourth state than in the third state, or it may not be easier to get a prize ball in the fourth state than in the third state. There may be.

Furthermore, when the first jackpot game is started in the first gaming state, it may be possible to move only to the third gaming state after the end of the first jackpot game, or if the first jackpot game is started in the first gaming state. When the jackpot game is started, a transition may be made to a game state other than the third game state after the first jackpot game ends. In addition, when the first jackpot game is started in the first gaming state, it may always shift to the third gaming state after the first jackpot game ends, or the first jackpot game in the first gaming state Once the jackpot game is started, there may be cases where the game does not shift to the third gaming state after the first jackpot game ends.

Further, when the first jackpot game is started in the first gaming state, the transition to the third gaming state may be made only after the first jackpot game ends, or the first jackpot game in the first gaming state Once the jackpot game is started, the third game state may be entered even after the first jackpot game ends.

In addition, only when the first jackpot game is started in the first gaming state, the transition to the third gaming state may be made after the first jackpot game ends, or the first jackpot game in the first gaming state In cases other than the case where the first jackpot game is started, the third game state may be shifted to after the first jackpot game ends.

Also, if the first jackpot game is started only in the first gaming state, it may be possible to shift to the third gaming state after the first jackpot game is finished, or in a gaming state other than the first gaming state. When the first jackpot game is started in , a transition may be made to a third gaming state after the first jackpot game ends.

In addition, "a second jackpot game in the first gaming state [for example, a jackpot when "special drawing E" is displayed on the first special drawing display device 212 (5R probability strange jackpot that shifts to battle mode after the jackpot game ends)" When the jackpot game, etc. that has transitioned to ``is started, the second gaming state is transitioned to after the end of the second jackpot game,
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, when the second jackpot game is started in the first gaming state, the transition may only be made to the second gaming state after the end of the second jackpot game, or the second jackpot game may be started in the first gaming state. When the first jackpot game is started, the player may shift to a game state other than the second game state after the second jackpot game ends. In addition, when the second jackpot game is started in the first gaming state, the transition to the second gaming state may be made after the end of the second jackpot game, or if the second jackpot game is started in the first gaming state. Once the jackpot game is started, there may be cases where the transition to the second gaming state does not occur after the second jackpot game ends.

Furthermore, when the second jackpot game is started in the first gaming state, the second jackpot game may be shifted to the second gaming state only after the second jackpot game ends, or the second jackpot game in the first gaming state may be started. Once the jackpot game is started, the second game state may be shifted to other than after the second jackpot game ends.

In addition, only when the second jackpot game is started in the first gaming state, the transition to the second gaming state may be made after the second jackpot game ends, or In cases other than the case where the jackpot game is started, the second game state may be shifted to after the second jackpot game ends.

Also, if the second jackpot game is started only in the first gaming state, the second jackpot game may be shifted to the second gaming state after the second jackpot game ends, or a gaming state other than the first gaming state may be entered. When the second jackpot game is started in , the second jackpot game may be shifted to the second gaming state after the second jackpot game ends.

In addition, "In the second game state, the second jackpot game [For example, as shown in FIG. A jackpot game that transitions to a 5R guaranteed strange jackpot that transitions to the battle mode after the end, or a jackpot game that transitions to a 5R guaranteed strange jackpot after the game ends, or a jackpot game that transitions to a jackpot (jackpot) when "special pattern f" is displayed on the second special pattern display device 214, as shown in FIG. 46(b) When a jackpot game, etc. that transitions to a 5R jackpot that transitions to battle mode after the end of the game is started, the game transitions to the second game state after the end of the second jackpot game,
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, when the second jackpot game is started in the second gaming state, the transition may only be made to the second gaming state after the end of the second jackpot game, or the second jackpot game may be started in the second gaming state. When the first jackpot game is started, the player may shift to a game state other than the second game state after the second jackpot game ends. In addition, when the second jackpot game is started in the second gaming state, the transition to the second gaming state may be made after the end of the second jackpot game, or the second jackpot game is started in the second gaming state. Once the jackpot game is started, there may be cases where the transition to the second gaming state does not occur after the second jackpot game ends.

Furthermore, when the second jackpot game is started in the second gaming state, the transition to the second gaming state may be made only after the second jackpot game ends, or the second jackpot game is started in the second gaming state. Once the jackpot game is started, the second game state may be shifted to other than after the second jackpot game ends.

Further, only when the second jackpot game is started in the second gaming state, the transition to the second gaming state may be made after the end of the second jackpot game, or the second jackpot game may be started in the second gaming state. In cases other than the case where the jackpot game is started, the second game state may be shifted to after the second jackpot game ends.

Furthermore, if the second jackpot game is started only in the second gaming state, the second jackpot game may be shifted to the second gaming state after the second jackpot game ends, or the second jackpot game may be started in a gaming state other than the second gaming state. When the second jackpot game is started in , the second jackpot game may be shifted to the second gaming state after the second jackpot game ends.

In addition, "a third jackpot game in the third gaming state [for example, a jackpot when "special drawing b" is displayed on the second special drawing display device 214 (a 10R probability odd jackpot that shifts to a small winning rush after the jackpot game ends") ), when the jackpot game, etc. that has transitioned to ) is started, the game will transition to the third gaming state after the third jackpot game ends,
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, when the third jackpot game is started in the third gaming state, the third jackpot game may only be shifted to the third gaming state after the third jackpot game ends, or the third jackpot game in the third gaming state may be When the first jackpot game is started, a transition may be made to a game state other than the third game state after the third jackpot game ends. In addition, when the third jackpot game is started in the third gaming state, the third jackpot game may always be shifted to the third gaming state after the third jackpot game ends, or the third jackpot game may be started in the third gaming state. Once the jackpot game is started, there may be cases where the transition to the third gaming state does not occur after the third jackpot game ends.

Furthermore, when the third jackpot game is started in the third gaming state, the third jackpot game may be shifted to the third gaming state only after the third jackpot game is finished, or the third jackpot game may be started in the third gaming state. Once the jackpot game is started, the third game state may be shifted to other than after the third jackpot game ends.

Further, only when the third jackpot game is started in the third gaming state, the transition to the third gaming state may be made after the third jackpot game ends, or In cases other than the case where the first jackpot game is started, the third game state may be shifted to after the third jackpot game ends.

Also, if the third jackpot game is started only in the third gaming state, the third jackpot game may be shifted to the third gaming state after the third jackpot game ends, or the gaming state other than the third gaming state may be changed to the third jackpot game. When the third jackpot game is started in , the third game state may be shifted to after the third jackpot game ends.

In addition, ``Multiple types of jackpot games are possible,
The third jackpot game is a jackpot game that theoretically has the largest number of balls out of the plurality of types of jackpot games [for example, as shown in FIG. 11(b) and FIG. 46(b), the second jackpot game When “special pattern b” is displayed on the special pattern display device 214 and it becomes a jackpot, a 10R jackpot game is executed in which the second variable prize opening 235 is opened, and it is theoretically possible to obtain a number of 1000 balls. It is a possible jackpot game, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, only the plurality of types of jackpot games may be executable, or games other than the plurality of types of jackpot games may also be executable. Further, a plurality of types of jackpot games may always be executed, or a plurality of types of jackpot games may not be executed.

Note that a certain jackpot game that may be started in the first gaming state may also be a jackpot game that theoretically has the largest number of balls out of a plurality of types of jackpot games. Further, a certain jackpot game that may be started in the first gaming state may be a jackpot game that theoretically has the smallest number of balls out of a plurality of types of jackpot games.

Further, "When the third jackpot game is started in the second gaming state, the transition to the third gaming state occurs after the third jackpot game ends,"
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, when the third jackpot game is started in the second gaming state, the third jackpot game may only be shifted to the third gaming state after the third jackpot game ends, or the third jackpot game may be started in the second gaming state. When the first jackpot game is started, a transition may be made to a game state other than the third game state after the third jackpot game ends. In addition, when the third jackpot game is started in the second gaming state, the third jackpot game may always be shifted to the third gaming state after the third jackpot game ends, or the third jackpot game may be started in the second gaming state. Once the jackpot game is started, there may be cases where the transition to the third gaming state does not occur after the third jackpot game ends.

Furthermore, when the third jackpot game is started in the second gaming state, the transition to the third gaming state may be made only after the end of the third jackpot game, or the third jackpot game is started in the second gaming state. Once the jackpot game is started, the third game state may be shifted to other than after the third jackpot game ends.

In addition, only when the third jackpot game is started in the second gaming state, the transition to the third gaming state may be made after the third jackpot game ends, or the third jackpot game may be started in the second gaming state. In cases other than the case where the first jackpot game is started, the third game state may be shifted to after the third jackpot game ends.

Also, if the third jackpot game is started only in the second gaming state, the third jackpot game may be shifted to the third gaming state after the third jackpot game is finished, or a gaming state other than the second gaming state may be entered. When the third jackpot game is started in , the third game state may be shifted to after the third jackpot game ends.

In addition, ``In the third gaming state, the second symbol variation display is more likely to result in a jackpot than the first symbol variation display [For example, as shown in FIG. 21(b), in the small hit rush, the special symbol The symbol variation display of 2 is a short variation, the symbol variation display of special symbol 1 is a long variation, and the result of the symbol variation display of special symbol 1 is more likely to result in a jackpot than that of special symbol 2], etc.
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, in the third gaming state, the jackpot may be more likely to occur only in the second symbol variation display than in the first symbol variation display, or in the third gaming state, the jackpot may be more likely to occur in the second symbol variation display than in the first symbol variation display. A symbol variation display other than the second symbol variation display may also be more likely to result in a jackpot. In addition, in the third gaming state, the second symbol variation display may be more likely to result in a jackpot than the first symbol variation display, and in the third gaming state, the second symbol variation display may be more likely to result in a jackpot than the first symbol variation display. There may be cases where it is not easy to hit the jackpot with the symbol fluctuation display.

Also, only in the third gaming state, it may be easier to hit the jackpot with the second symbol fluctuation display than with the first symbol fluctuation display, or even in game states other than the third gaming state, the first symbol fluctuation display It may be easier to hit the jackpot with the second symbol variation display.

In addition, "the second gaming state is a gaming state including a variable probability state and an electric support state [for example, a special pattern high probability regular pattern high probability state, etc.],
The third gaming state is a gaming state including a variable probability state and a non-electric support state [for example, a special pattern high probability general pattern low probability state, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the second gaming state may include only the variable probability state and the electric support state, or may include states other than the variable probability state and the electric support state. Further, the second gaming state may necessarily include a variable probability state and an electric support state, or may not include a variable probability state and an electric support state.

Further, the third gaming state may include only the variable probability state and the non-electric support state, or may include states other than the variable probability state and the non-electric support state. Further, the third gaming state may always include a variable probability state and a non-electric support state, or may not include a variable probability state and a non-electric support state.

In addition, "the first start-up winning means is in a first state [e.g., a state in which the shutter member 2311 is closed, etc.] and a second state [e.g., a state in which the shutter member 2311 is performing an opening/closing operation, etc.]" It is a variable starting winning means,
The second state is a state in which the game ball enters the first starting winning means more easily than the first state,
In the electric support state, the first start-up winning means is more likely to enter the second state than in the non-electric support state [for example, in the low probability state of normal figures, the probability of winning is 0%, In the high probability state shown in the figure, the hit probability is 100%, and the shutter 2311 is likely to be in an open state, etc.]
In the second gaming state, it is easier to hit the jackpot with the first symbol variation display than with the second symbol variation display [For example, as shown in FIG. 21(b), in the battle mode, the symbol variation of special symbol 1 The display is a short fluctuation, the symbol fluctuation display of special map 2 is a long fluctuation, the result of the symbol fluctuation display of special map 1 is more likely to result in a jackpot than special map 2, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the first starting winning means may be able to change only between the first state and the second state, or may be able to change into a state other than the first state and the second state. It may be something. Furthermore, it may be something that always changes between the first state and the second state, or it may be something that does not change between the first state and the second state.

Further, the second state may be a state in which the game ball enters only the first starting winning means more easily than the first state, or a state in which the gaming ball enters the first starting winning means more easily than in the first state. The ball may also be in a state where it is easy to enter a winning means other than the winning means. In addition, the second state may be a state in which the game ball always enters the first starting winning means more easily than the first state, or the second state may be a state in which the game ball always enters the first starting prize means more easily than the first state. The situation may be such that it is not easy to enter the winning means.

Further, the second state may be a state in which the game ball enters the first starting winning means more easily than in the first state alone, or a state in which the game ball enters the first starting winning means more easily than in the first state alone. It may be in a state where it is easy for the ball to enter the first winning means.

Also, in the electric support state, the first starting winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electrical support state, and in the electric supporting state, the first starting winning means is more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electrical support state. may also be likely to be in a state other than the second state. Also, in the electric support state, the first starting winning means may always be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric supporting state, and in the electric supporting state, the first starting winning means is more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric supporting state. There may be cases where the second state is not likely to occur.

Also, in the electric support state, only the first starting winning means may be more likely to enter the second state than in the non-electrical support state, and in the electric supporting state, the first starting winning means is more likely to enter the second state than in the non-electrical support state. Other winning means may also be more likely to enter the second state. Also, in the electric support state, the first starting winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state, and in the electric support state, the first starting winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state. The starting winning means may easily enter the second state.

Furthermore, in the second gaming state, the jackpot may be more likely to occur only in the first symbol variation display than in the second symbol variation display, and in the second gaming state, the first symbol variation display may be more likely to occur than in the second symbol variation display. A symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display may also be more likely to result in a jackpot. Also, in the second gaming state, the first symbol variation display may always be more likely to hit the jackpot than the second symbol variation display, and in the second gaming state, the first symbol variation display may be more likely to result in a jackpot than the second symbol variation display. There may be cases where it is not easy to hit the jackpot with the symbol fluctuation display.

Also, only in the second gaming state, it may be easier to hit the jackpot with the first symbol fluctuation display than with the second symbol fluctuation display, or even in a gaming state other than the second gaming state, the second symbol fluctuation display may It may be easier to hit the jackpot with the first symbol variation display.

In addition, "the second starting winning means [for example, the second variable winning opening (variable) 233 shown in FIG. It is a starting winning means that can change the state [for example, a state where the shutter member 2331 is performing an opening/closing operation],
The second state is a state in which the game ball enters the second starting winning means more easily than the first state,
In the electric support state, the second starting winning means is more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state [for example, in the low probability state of normal figures, the probability of winning is 0%, In the high probability state shown in the figure, the hit probability is 100%, and the shutter member 2331 is likely to open and close, etc.]
In the second gaming state, it is easier to hit the jackpot with the second symbol variation display than with the first symbol variation display [For example, as shown in FIG. 49(a), in the battle mode, the symbol variation of special symbol 2 The display is a short variation, the symbol variation display of special pattern 1 is a long variation, the result of the symbol variation display of special pattern 2 is more likely to result in a jackpot than that of special pattern 1, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the second starting winning means may be able to change only between the first state and the second state, or may be able to change into a state other than the first state and the second state. It may be something. Furthermore, it may be something that always changes between the first state and the second state, or it may be something that does not change between the first state and the second state.

Further, the second state may be a state in which the game ball enters only the second starting winning means more easily than the first state, or a state in which the gaming ball enters the second starting winning means more easily than the first state. The ball may also be in a state where it is easy to enter a winning means other than the winning means. Further, the second state may be a state in which the game ball always enters the second starting winning means more easily than the first state, or a state in which the gaming ball is more likely to enter the second starting winning means than in the first state. The situation may be such that it is not easy to enter the winning means.

In addition, the second state may be a state in which the game ball enters the second start winning means more easily than in the first state alone, or a state in which the game ball enters the second starting winning means more easily than in the first state alone. The second starting winning means may be in a state where it is easy to enter the ball.

Also, in the electric support state, the second starting winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electrical support state, and in the electric supporting state, the second starting winning means is more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electrical support state. may also be likely to be in a state other than the second state. Also, in the electric support state, the second starting winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electrical support state, and in the electric supporting state, the second starting winning means is more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electrical support state. There may be cases where the second state is not likely to occur.

Also, in the electric support state, only the second starting winning means may be more likely to enter the second state than in the non-electrical support state, and in the electric supporting state, the second starting winning means may be more likely to enter the second state than in the non-electrical support state. Other winning means may also be more likely to enter the second state. Also, in the electric support state, the second starting winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state, and in the electric support state, the second starting prize means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state. The starting winning means may easily enter the second state.

Furthermore, in the second gaming state, the jackpot may be more likely to occur only in the second symbol variation display than in the first symbol variation display; A symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display may also be more likely to result in a jackpot. Also, in the second gaming state, the second symbol variation display may always be more likely to hit the jackpot than the first symbol variation display, and in the second gaming state, the second symbol variation display may be more likely to result in a jackpot than the first symbol variation display. There may be cases where it is not easy to hit the jackpot with the symbol fluctuation display.

Also, only in the second gaming state, it may be easier to hit the jackpot with the second symbol fluctuation display than with the first symbol fluctuation display, or even in a gaming state other than the second gaming state, the first symbol fluctuation display It may be easier to hit the jackpot with the second symbol variation display.

In addition, the "third gaming state" means that a small winning symbol [for example, "special pattern g" or "special pattern z", etc.] is displayed on the second pattern display means and the second variable prize winning means is displayed. is a small winning rush state in which it is easy to obtain a prize ball by playing a small winning game, which is the fourth state.
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

In addition, as a result of the execution of the first symbol variation display, one type of jackpot symbol among the plurality of types of jackpot symbols [for example, "Special symbol A" and "Special symbol B" shown in FIG. 11(a) ”, “Special drawing E” to “Special drawing Q”, “Special drawing A”, “Special drawing B”, “Special drawing E” to “Special drawing M”, etc. shown in Figure 46(a)] are displayed. The jackpot game starts when
One type of jackpot pattern among the plurality of types of jackpot patterns is a first jackpot pattern [for example, "special pattern E", etc.],
One type of jackpot pattern among the plurality of types of jackpot patterns is a second jackpot pattern [e.g., “special pattern I”, etc.],
One type of jackpot pattern among the plurality of types of jackpot patterns is a third jackpot pattern [e.g., "special pattern B", etc.],
When a jackpot is achieved with the first jackpot symbol, when the number of winnings reaches the first number after shifting to the second gaming state, the second gaming state changes to the third gaming state. transition,
When a jackpot is achieved with the second jackpot symbol, when the number of winnings reaches the second number after shifting to the second gaming state, the second gaming state changes to the third gaming state. transition,
If the third jackpot symbol results in a jackpot, the first jackpot game is started;
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, as a result of executing the first symbol variation display, the jackpot game may be started only when one type of jackpot symbol among the plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed, or the jackpot game may be started only when the first symbol variation display is displayed. As a result of executing the variable display, the jackpot game may be started in cases other than the case where one type of jackpot symbol among the plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed. Furthermore, as a result of the execution of the first symbol variation display, the jackpot game may always be started when one type of jackpot symbol among the plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed, or the first symbol variation display may always start the jackpot game. As a result of the display, when one type of jackpot symbol among the plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed, the jackpot game may not be started.

Further, the jackpot game may be started when only one type of jackpot symbol among the plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed as a result of executing the first symbol variation display, or the jackpot game may be started when the first symbol variation display is executed. The jackpot game may also be started when a symbol other than one type of jackpot symbol among the plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed as a result of the display.

Further, as a result of only the first symbol variation display being executed, a jackpot game may be started when one type of jackpot symbol among a plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed, or the first symbol variation display may be performed. A jackpot game may be started when one type of jackpot symbol among a plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed as a result of symbol variation display other than the display.

Also, if you hit the jackpot with the first jackpot symbol, if the number of times you get hit reaches the first number after moving to the second gaming state, you will only be able to move from the second gaming state to the third gaming state. Alternatively, if you hit the jackpot with the first jackpot symbol, and the number of hits reaches the first number after moving to the second gaming state, you can move from the second gaming state to a game other than the third gaming state. It may also move to the state. Also, if you hit the jackpot with the first jackpot symbol, if the number of times you get hit reaches the first number after moving to the second gaming state, you will definitely move from the second gaming state to the third gaming state. Alternatively, if you hit the jackpot with the first jackpot symbol, if the number of times you get hit becomes the first number after moving to the second gaming state, you will not move from the second gaming state to the third gaming state. There may be cases.

In addition, if you hit the jackpot with the first jackpot symbol, you can switch from the second gaming state to the third gaming state only if the number of winnings reaches the first number after moving to the second gaming state. You may move, or if you hit the jackpot with the first jackpot symbol, or if you move to the second game state and the number of times you get hit is not the first number, you may move to the second game. The state may be shifted to a third gaming state.

Also, if you hit the jackpot with the first jackpot symbol, if the number of winnings becomes the first number only after you move to the second gaming state, you will move from the second gaming state to the third gaming state. Alternatively, if you hit the jackpot with the first jackpot symbol, if the number of hits reaches the first number even after you have moved to the second gaming state, you will move from the second gaming state to the third gaming state. You may.

Also, only when the first jackpot symbol hits the jackpot, if the number of winnings reaches the first number after moving to the second gaming state, the second gaming state will shift to the third gaming state. Also, in cases other than the case where the first jackpot symbol is a jackpot, if the number of winnings reaches the first number after moving to the second gaming state, the second gaming state will be changed to the third one. You may shift to the gaming state.

In addition, if you hit the jackpot with the second jackpot symbol, if the number of times you get hit reaches the second number after moving to the second gaming state, you will only be able to move from the second gaming state to the third gaming state. Alternatively, if you hit the jackpot with the second jackpot symbol, and the number of times you get hit reaches the second number after moving to the second gaming state, you can move from the second gaming state to a game other than the third gaming state. It may also move to the state. In addition, if you hit the jackpot with the second jackpot symbol, if the number of times you get hit reaches the second number after moving to the second gaming state, you will definitely move from the second gaming state to the third gaming state. Alternatively, if you hit the jackpot with the second jackpot symbol, if the number of times you get hit reaches the second number after moving to the second gaming state, you will not move from the second gaming state to the third gaming state. There may be cases.

Also, if you hit the jackpot with the second jackpot symbol, you can switch from the second gaming state to the third gaming state only if the number of times you get hit is the second number after moving to the second gaming state. You may move, or if you hit the jackpot with the second jackpot symbol, or if the number of times you get hit is the second number after moving to the second gaming state, you can also move to the second game. The state may be shifted to a third gaming state.

Also, if you hit the jackpot with the second jackpot symbol, if the number of times you get hit reaches the second number only after you move to the second gaming state, you will move from the second gaming state to the third gaming state. Alternatively, if you hit the jackpot with the second jackpot symbol, if the number of hits reaches the second number of times other than after you have moved to the second gaming state, you will move from the second gaming state to the third gaming state. You may.

Also, only in the case of a jackpot with the second jackpot symbol, if the number of winnings reaches the second number after shifting to the second gaming state, the second gaming state will shift to the third gaming state. Also, in cases other than the case where a jackpot is achieved with the second jackpot symbol, if the number of winnings reaches the second number after moving to the second gaming state, the second gaming state will be changed from the second gaming state to the third one. You may shift to the gaming state.

Also, if a jackpot is achieved with the third jackpot symbol, only the first jackpot game may be started, or if a jackpot is achieved with the third jackpot symbol, jackpot games other than the first jackpot game may be started. May be started. Also, if a jackpot is achieved with the third jackpot symbol, the first jackpot game may always be started, or if a jackpot is achieved with the third jackpot symbol, the first jackpot game may not be started. There may be.

In addition, the first jackpot game may be started only when a jackpot is achieved with the third jackpot symbol, or the first jackpot game may be started only when a jackpot is achieved with the third jackpot symbol. A game may be started.

In addition, ``The number of hits is the number of consecutive misses in the first symbol variation display without becoming a jackpot.
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

In addition, ``The number of hits is the number of consecutive misses in the second symbol variation display without becoming a jackpot.
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

In addition, ``The number of winnings is the total number of consecutive winnings in the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display without becoming a jackpot.
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Further, "the gaming machine is a pachinko machine [for example, the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG. 1],"
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

A game control means [for example, main control unit 300, etc.] capable of executing control to shift to one of a plurality of game states,
A first starting winning means [for example, special drawing 1 starting opening 230, etc.],
A second starting winning means [for example, special drawing 2 starting opening 232, special drawing 2 starting opening (variable) 233, etc.],
a first symbol display means [for example, the first special symbol display device 212, etc.] capable of performing a first symbol variation display when a game ball enters the first starting prize winning means;
a second symbol display means [e.g., second special symbol display device 214, etc.] capable of performing a second symbol variation display when a game ball enters the second starting prize winning means;
A first variable winning means [for example, first variable winning opening 234, etc.],
A second variable winning means [for example, second variable winning opening 235, etc.],
A game machine comprising:
One of the plurality of gaming states is a first gaming state [for example, a normal gaming state (a special pattern low probability normal pattern low probability state), etc.],
One of the plurality of game states is a second game state [e.g., battle mode (special pattern high probability regular pattern high probability state), etc.],
One of the gaming states of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state [for example, small hit rush (special pattern high probability normal pattern low probability state), etc.],
The second gaming state is a gaming state more advantageous than the first gaming state,
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the second gaming state,
When the number of times of getting stuck in the second gaming state becomes a first number [for example, 50 times, etc.], the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state,
In the second gaming state, when the number of times of getting stuck becomes a second number [for example, 30 times, etc.], the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state,
The first number of times and the second number of times are different numbers,
A state in which the game ball is likely to enter the first variable prize winning means (hereinafter referred to as "the first ball" The third state [for example, a small winning game state where the first variable prize opening 234 opens and closes].
A game ball is likely to enter the second variable winning means in response to a small winning symbol [for example, "special pattern g" or "special pattern z", etc.] being displayed on the second pattern display means. state (hereinafter referred to as "fourth state [for example, small winning game state where the second variable prize opening 235 opens and closes]"),
It is easier to get a prize ball in the fourth state than in the third state [For example, as shown in FIG. Although the variable winning hole 234 performs a maximum of two short openings, it is practically difficult for the ball to enter the first variable winning hole 234, and as shown in FIG. In this case, the second variable winning opening 235 is opened briefly 12 times at maximum, and the game ball flowing down on the shutter member 2351 of the second variable winning opening 235 is configured to easily fall. Prize balls are more likely to be paid out],
Transitioning from the second gaming state to the third gaming state in response to a certain small winning symbol [e.g., “special pattern z”, etc.] being displayed in the second gaming state;
A game machine characterized by:

According to the conventional game machine, there was room for improvement in the game control means, but according to this game machine, it is possible to provide a game machine with characteristics in the game control means.

Further, according to this gaming machine, it is possible to shift to a small win rush without increasing the number of misses and without hitting the jackpot, which may make the player look forward to it.

Here, the game control means may be capable of executing only a control for shifting to one of a plurality of gaming states, or may be capable of executing control for shifting to one of a plurality of gaming states. Control other than control may also be executable. Further, the game control means may always execute control to transition to one of a plurality of gaming states, or may execute control to transition to one of a plurality of gaming states. It may be something that may not be executed.

Further, the first symbol display means may be able to execute the first symbol variation display only when a game ball enters the first start winning means, or The first symbol variation display may also be executed in cases other than the case where a game ball enters the starting winning means. Further, the first symbol display means may always execute the first symbol variation display when a game ball enters the first starting prize winning means, or The first symbol variation display may not be executed when a game ball enters the winning means.

Further, the second symbol display means may be able to execute the second symbol variation display only when a game ball enters the second start winning means, or The second symbol variation display may also be executed in cases other than the case where a game ball enters the starting winning means. Further, the second symbol display means may always execute the second symbol variation display when a game ball enters the second starting prize winning means, or The second symbol variation display may not be executed when a game ball enters the winning means.

Furthermore, the second gaming state may be more advantageous than only the first gaming state, or may be more advantageous than any gaming state other than the first gaming state. Furthermore, the second gaming state may be always more advantageous than the first gaming state, or may be less advantageous than the first gaming state.

Furthermore, the third gaming state may be more advantageous than only the second gaming state, or may be more advantageous than any gaming state other than the second gaming state. Furthermore, the third gaming state may be always more advantageous than the second gaming state, or may be less advantageous than the second gaming state.

Furthermore, the second gaming state may only transition to the third gaming state when the number of times it gets stuck becomes the first number, or the number of times it gets stuck in the second gaming state becomes the first number. When the number of times reaches the first number, the second gaming state may shift to a gaming state other than the third gaming state. In addition, the second gaming state may always be transferred to the third gaming state by the number of times of getting stuck in the second gaming state becoming the first number of times, or the number of getting stuck in the second gaming state may be the first number of times of getting stuck. There may be cases where the second gaming state does not transition to the third gaming state because of the number of times.

Furthermore, the second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state simply by the number of times of getting stuck in the second gaming state becoming the first number, or the number of times of getting stuck in the second gaming state may be changed. The second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state for reasons other than the first number of times.

Furthermore, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state only when the number of times of getting stuck becomes the first number, or the second gaming state may transition to the third gaming state only in the second gaming state. There may also be cases in which the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state when the number of times the game gets stuck reaches the first number.

Furthermore, the second gaming state may only transition to the third gaming state when the number of times it gets stuck becomes the second number, or the number of times it gets stuck in the second gaming state When the number of times becomes the second, the second gaming state may shift to a gaming state other than the third gaming state. Furthermore, the second gaming state may always be transferred to the third gaming state by the number of times of getting stuck in the second gaming state becoming the second number of times, or the number of getting stuck in the second gaming state may be the second number of times of getting stuck. There may be cases where the second gaming state does not transition to the third gaming state because of the number of times.

Furthermore, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state simply by the number of times the game gets stuck in the second gaming state becomes the second number, or the number of times the game gets stuck in the second gaming state The second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state for reasons other than the second number of times.

Furthermore, the second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state by the number of times of getting stuck only in the second gaming state, or the second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state only in the second gaming state. There may also be cases in which the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state when the number of times the game gets stuck reaches the second number.

In addition, the number of times it gets stuck may be the number of times it gets stuck only due to the number of fluctuations of special pattern 1, the number of times it gets stuck only due to the number of fluctuations of special pattern 2, or the number of times it gets stuck only due to the number of fluctuations of special pattern 2. The number of stuck times may be determined by all the number of fluctuations.

Further, the game ball may be in a state where it is easy to enter only the first variable winning means in response to the small winning symbol being displayed on the first symbol display means, or the first symbol display means may In response to the display of the small winning symbol, the game ball may be in a state where it is easy to enter a winning means other than the first variable winning means. Further, the game ball may always be in a state where it is easy to enter the first variable winning means in response to the small winning symbol being displayed on the first symbol display means, or the first symbol display means may There may be cases where the game ball is not in a state where it is easy to enter the first variable winning means in response to the display of the small winning symbol.

Further, the game ball may be in a state where it is easy to enter the first variable winning means only in response to the display of the small winning symbol on the first symbol display means, or the first symbol display means may The game ball may be in a state where it is easy to enter the first variable winning means in response to things other than the display of the small winning symbol.

In addition, the game ball may be in a state where it is easy to enter the first variable prize winning means in response to the small winning symbol being displayed only on the first symbol display means, or the game ball may be in a state where it is easy to enter the ball into the first variable winning means, or other than the first symbol display means. The game ball may be in a state where it is easy to enter the first variable prize winning means in response to the small winning symbol being displayed on the symbol displaying means.

Further, in response to the small winning symbol being displayed on the second symbol display means, the game ball may enter a state where it is easy to enter only the second variable winning means, or the second symbol display means may In response to the display of the small winning symbol, the game ball may be in a state where it is easy to enter a winning means other than the second variable winning means. In addition, the game ball may always be in a state where it is easy to enter the second variable winning means in response to the small winning symbol being displayed on the second symbol display means, or the second symbol display means may There may be cases where the game ball is not in a state where it is easy to enter the second variable winning means in response to the display of the small winning symbol.

Further, the game ball may be in a state where it is easy to enter the second variable winning means only in response to the display of the small winning symbol on the second symbol display means, or the second symbol display means may The game ball may be in a state where it is easy to enter the second variable winning means in response to things other than the display of the small winning symbol.

Further, the game ball may be in a state where it is easy to enter the second variable winning means in response to the small winning symbol being displayed only on the second symbol display means, or the game ball may be in a state where it is easy to enter the second variable winning means, or the ball may be placed in a state other than the second symbol display means. The game ball may be in a state where it is easy to enter the second variable prize winning means in response to the small winning symbol being displayed on the symbol displaying means.

Also, it may be easier to get a prize ball only in the fourth state than in the third state, or it may be easier to get a prize ball in a state other than the fourth state than in the third state. It may be easy. Also, it may be easier to get a prize ball in the fourth state than in the third state, or it may not be easier to get a prize ball in the fourth state than in the third state. There may be.

In addition, in the second gaming state, the second gaming state may only shift to the third gaming state in response to a certain small winning symbol being displayed, or in the second gaming state, The second gaming state may also be shifted to a gaming state other than the third gaming state in response to the display of the small winning symbol. In addition, in the second gaming state, the second gaming state may necessarily shift to the third gaming state in response to a certain small winning symbol being displayed, or in the second gaming state, There may be cases where the second gaming state does not shift to the third gaming state in response to the display of the small winning symbol.

Further, in the second gaming state, the second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state only in response to a certain small winning symbol being displayed, or in the second gaming state, The second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state in response to a situation other than the display of the small winning symbol.

In addition, in the second gaming state, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state in response to only a certain small winning symbol being displayed, or in the second gaming state, The second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state in response to a symbol other than the small winning symbol being displayed.

Further, only in the second gaming state, the second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state in response to a certain small winning symbol being displayed, or a game other than the second gaming state may be In this state, the second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state in response to a certain small winning symbol being displayed.

Further, "the probability of a small hit in the second gaming state [for example, 1/10, etc.] is the same as the probability of a small win in the third gaming state [for example, 1/10, etc.],"
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, only the probability of a small hit in the second gaming state and the probability of a small winning in the third gaming state may be the same, or the probability of a small winning in the second gaming state, Probabilities other than the probability of a small hit in the third gaming state may also be the same. Furthermore, the probability of a small hit in the second gaming state and the probability of a small winning in the third gaming state may always be the same, or the probability of a small winning in the second gaming state and the probability of a small winning in the third gaming state may be the same. There may be cases where the probabilities of a small hit are not the same in the three gaming states.

Furthermore, the probability that the certain small winning symbol is displayed and a small hit [for example, 1/10 x 1/40 = 1/400, etc.] is higher than the probability that the small winning symbol will be a jackpot in the second gaming state [ For example, lower than 1/29.9 etc. with setting 1,
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

According to this game machine, it may be possible to function as a bonus unexpected element.

Here, the probability of a small winning symbol being displayed and a small winning may be lower than the probability of only a jackpot in the second gaming state, or the probability of a small winning symbol being displayed and a small winning. The probability of winning may be lower than the probabilities other than the probability of winning in the second gaming state. Furthermore, the probability that a certain small winning symbol is displayed and a small winning occurs may be necessarily lower than the probability that a small winning symbol is displayed and a small winning occurs in the second gaming state. The probability of hitting the jackpot in the second gaming state may not be lower than the probability of hitting the jackpot in the second gaming state.

In addition, in response to a certain jackpot in the second gaming state [for example, a jackpot where "special pattern b" is displayed on the second special pattern display device 214], Shifting to the third gaming state after the end of the jackpot game,
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, in response to a certain jackpot in the second gaming state, the player may only move to the third gaming state after the end of the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot, or in the second gaming state. In response to a certain jackpot, the player may shift to a gaming state other than the third gaming state after the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot ends. In addition, in response to a certain jackpot in the second gaming state, the game may always shift to the third gaming state after the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot ends, or if a certain jackpot occurs in the second gaming state. In response to a certain jackpot, the game may not shift to a third gaming state after the jackpot game related to a certain jackpot ends.

In addition, in response to a certain jackpot in the second gaming state, the third gaming state may be entered only after the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot ends, or in response to a certain jackpot in the second gaming state. In response to a certain jackpot, the third gaming state may be entered other than after the jackpot game related to a certain jackpot ends.

Further, only in response to a certain jackpot in the second gaming state, the third gaming state may be shifted to after the end of the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot, or in response to a certain jackpot in the second gaming state. Depending on matters other than the occurrence of a certain jackpot, a transition to a third gaming state may be made after the jackpot game related to a certain jackpot ends.

In addition, in response to a certain jackpot occurring only in the second gaming state, it may be possible to shift to a third gaming state after the end of the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot, or to move to a third gaming state in a state other than the second gaming state. In response to a certain jackpot in the gaming state, a transition to a third gaming state may be made after the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot ends.

In addition, ``In the third gaming state, the second symbol variation display is more likely to result in a jackpot than the first symbol variation display [For example, as shown in FIG. 21(b), in the small hit rush, the special symbol The symbol variation display of 2 is a short variation, the symbol variation display of special symbol 1 is a long variation, and the result of the symbol variation display of special symbol 1 is more likely to result in a jackpot than that of special symbol 2], etc.
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, in the third gaming state, the jackpot may be more likely to occur only in the second symbol variation display than in the first symbol variation display, or in the third gaming state, the jackpot may be more likely to occur in the second symbol variation display than in the first symbol variation display. A symbol variation display other than the second symbol variation display may also be more likely to result in a jackpot. In addition, in the third gaming state, the second symbol variation display may be more likely to result in a jackpot than the first symbol variation display, and in the third gaming state, the second symbol variation display may be more likely to result in a jackpot than the first symbol variation display. There may be cases where it is not easy to hit the jackpot with the symbol fluctuation display.

Also, only in the third gaming state, it may be easier to hit the jackpot with the second symbol fluctuation display than with the first symbol fluctuation display, or even in game states other than the third gaming state, the first symbol fluctuation display It may be easier to hit the jackpot with the second symbol variation display.

In addition, "the second gaming state is a gaming state including a variable probability state and an electric support state [for example, a special pattern high probability normal pattern high probability state, etc.],
The third gaming state is a gaming state including a variable probability state and a non-electric support state [for example, a special pattern high probability general pattern low probability state, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the second gaming state may include only the variable probability state and the electric support state, or may include states other than the variable probability state and the electric support state. Further, the second gaming state may necessarily include a variable probability state and an electric support state, or may not include a variable probability state and an electric support state.

Further, the third gaming state may include only the variable probability state and the non-electric support state, or may include states other than the variable probability state and the non-electric support state. Further, the third gaming state may always include a variable probability state and a non-electric support state, or may not include a variable probability state and a non-electric support state.

In addition, "the first start-up winning means is in a first state [e.g., a state in which the shutter member 2311 is closed, etc.] and a second state [e.g., a state in which the shutter member 2311 is performing an opening/closing operation, etc.]" It is a variable starting winning means,
The second state is a state in which the game ball enters the first starting winning means more easily than the first state,
In the electric support state, the first start-up winning means is more likely to enter the second state than in the non-electric support state [for example, in the low probability state of normal figures, the probability of winning is 0%, In the high probability state shown in the figure, the hit probability is 100%, and the shutter 2311 is likely to be in an open state, etc.]
In the second gaming state, it is easier to hit the jackpot with the first symbol variation display than with the second symbol variation display [For example, as shown in FIG. 21(b), in the battle mode, the symbol variation of special symbol 1 The display is a short fluctuation, the symbol fluctuation display of special map 2 is a long fluctuation, the result of the symbol fluctuation display of special map 1 is more likely to result in a jackpot than special map 2, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the first starting winning means may be able to change only between the first state and the second state, or may be able to change into a state other than the first state and the second state. It may be something. Furthermore, it may be something that always changes between the first state and the second state, or it may be something that does not change between the first state and the second state.

Further, the second state may be a state in which the game ball enters only the first starting winning means more easily than the first state, or a state in which the gaming ball enters the first starting winning means more easily than in the first state. The ball may also be in a state where it is easy to enter a winning means other than the winning means. In addition, the second state may be a state in which the game ball always enters the first starting winning means more easily than the first state, or the second state may be a state in which the game ball always enters the first starting prize means more easily than the first state. The situation may be such that it is not easy to enter the winning means.

Further, the second state may be a state in which the game ball enters the first starting winning means more easily than in the first state alone, or a state in which the game ball enters the first starting winning means more easily than in the first state alone. It may be in a state where it is easy for the ball to enter the first winning means.

Also, in the electric support state, the first starting winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electrical support state, and in the electric supporting state, the first starting winning means is more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electrical support state. may also be likely to be in a state other than the second state. Also, in the electric support state, the first starting winning means may always be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric supporting state, and in the electric supporting state, the first starting winning means is more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric supporting state. There may be cases where the second state is not likely to occur.

Also, in the electric support state, only the first starting winning means may be more likely to enter the second state than in the non-electrical support state, and in the electric supporting state, the first starting winning means is more likely to enter the second state than in the non-electrical support state. Other winning means may also be more likely to enter the second state. Also, in the electric support state, the first starting winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state, and in the electric support state, the first starting winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state. The starting winning means may easily enter the second state.

Furthermore, in the second gaming state, the jackpot may be more likely to occur only in the first symbol variation display than in the second symbol variation display, and in the second gaming state, the first symbol variation display may be more likely to occur than in the second symbol variation display. A symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display may also be more likely to result in a jackpot. Also, in the second gaming state, the first symbol variation display may always be more likely to hit the jackpot than the second symbol variation display, and in the second gaming state, the first symbol variation display may be more likely to result in a jackpot than the second symbol variation display. There may be cases where it is not easy to hit the jackpot with the symbol fluctuation display.

Also, only in the second gaming state, it may be easier to hit the jackpot with the first symbol fluctuation display than with the second symbol fluctuation display, or even in a gaming state other than the second gaming state, the second symbol fluctuation display may It may be easier to hit the jackpot with the first symbol variation display.

In addition, "the second starting winning means [for example, the second variable winning opening (variable) 233 shown in FIG. It is a starting winning means that can change the state [for example, a state where the shutter member 2331 is performing an opening/closing operation],
The second state is a state in which the game ball enters the second starting winning means more easily than the first state,
In the electric support state, the second start-up winning means is more likely to enter the second state than in the non-electric support state [for example, in the low probability state of normal figures, the probability of winning is 0%, In the high probability state shown in the figure, the hit probability is 100%, and the shutter member 2331 is likely to open and close, etc.]
In the second gaming state, it is easier to hit the jackpot with the second symbol variation display than with the first symbol variation display [For example, as shown in FIG. 49(a), in the battle mode, the symbol variation of special symbol 2 The display is a short variation, the symbol variation display of special pattern 1 is a long variation, the result of the symbol variation display of special pattern 2 is more likely to result in a jackpot than that of special pattern 1, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the second starting winning means may be able to change only between the first state and the second state, or may be able to change into a state other than the first state and the second state. It may be something. Furthermore, it may be something that always changes between the first state and the second state, or it may be something that does not change between the first state and the second state.

Further, the second state may be a state in which the game ball enters only the second starting winning means more easily than the first state, or a state in which the gaming ball enters the second starting winning means more easily than the first state. The ball may also be in a state where it is easy to enter a winning means other than the winning means. Further, the second state may be a state in which the game ball always enters the second starting winning means more easily than the first state, or a state in which the gaming ball is more likely to enter the second starting winning means than in the first state. The situation may be such that it is not easy to enter the winning means.

In addition, the second state may be a state in which the game ball enters the second start winning means more easily than in the first state alone, or a state in which the game ball enters the second starting winning means more easily than in the first state alone. The second starting winning means may be in a state where it is easy to enter the ball.

Also, in the electric support state, the second starting winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electrical support state, and in the electric supporting state, the second starting winning means is more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electrical support state. may also be likely to be in a state other than the second state. Also, in the electric support state, the second starting winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electrical support state, and in the electric supporting state, the second starting winning means is more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electrical support state. There may be cases where the second state is not likely to occur.

Also, in the electric support state, only the second starting winning means may be more likely to enter the second state than in the non-electrical support state, and in the electric supporting state, the second starting winning means may be more likely to enter the second state than in the non-electrical support state. Other winning means may also be more likely to enter the second state. Also, in the electric support state, the second starting winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state, and in the electric support state, the second starting prize means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state. The starting winning means may easily enter the second state.

Furthermore, in the second gaming state, the jackpot may be more likely to occur only in the second symbol variation display than in the first symbol variation display; A symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display may also be more likely to result in a jackpot. Also, in the second gaming state, the second symbol variation display may always be more likely to hit the jackpot than the first symbol variation display, and in the second gaming state, the second symbol variation display may be more likely to result in a jackpot than the first symbol variation display. There may be cases where it is not easy to hit the jackpot with the symbol fluctuation display.

Also, only in the second gaming state, it may be easier to hit the jackpot with the second symbol fluctuation display than with the first symbol fluctuation display, or even in a gaming state other than the second gaming state, the first symbol fluctuation display It may be easier to hit the jackpot with the second symbol variation display.

In addition, ``the third gaming state means that a small winning symbol [for example, "special pattern g" or "special pattern z", etc.] is displayed on the second pattern display means and the second variable prize winning means is displayed. is a small winning rush state in which it is easy to obtain a prize ball by playing a small winning game, which is the fourth state.
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

In addition, as a result of the execution of the first symbol variation display, one type of jackpot symbol among the plurality of types of jackpot symbols [for example, "Special symbol A" and "Special symbol B" shown in FIG. 11(a) ”, “Special drawing E” to “Special drawing Q”, “Special drawing A”, “Special drawing B”, “Special drawing E” to “Special drawing M”, etc. shown in Figure 46(a)] are displayed. The jackpot game starts when
One type of jackpot pattern among the plurality of types of jackpot patterns is a first jackpot pattern [for example, "special pattern E", etc.],
One type of jackpot pattern among the plurality of types of jackpot patterns is a second jackpot pattern [e.g., “special pattern I”, etc.],
When a jackpot is achieved with the first jackpot symbol, when the number of winnings reaches the first number after shifting to the second gaming state, the second gaming state changes to the third gaming state. transition,
When a jackpot is achieved with the second jackpot symbol, when the number of winnings reaches the second number after shifting to the second gaming state, the second gaming state changes to the third gaming state. Transition,
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, as a result of executing the first symbol variation display, the jackpot game may be started only when one type of jackpot symbol among the plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed, or the jackpot game may be started only when the first symbol variation display is displayed. As a result of executing the variable display, the jackpot game may be started in cases other than the case where one type of jackpot symbol among the plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed. Furthermore, as a result of the execution of the first symbol variation display, the jackpot game may always be started when one type of jackpot symbol among the plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed, or the first symbol variation display may always start the jackpot game. As a result of the display, when one type of jackpot symbol among the plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed, the jackpot game may not be started.

Further, the jackpot game may be started when only one type of jackpot symbol among the plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed as a result of executing the first symbol variation display, or the jackpot game may be started when the first symbol variation display is executed. The jackpot game may also be started when a symbol other than one type of jackpot symbol among the plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed as a result of the display.

Further, as a result of only the first symbol variation display being executed, a jackpot game may be started when one type of jackpot symbol among a plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed, or the first symbol variation display may be performed. A jackpot game may be started when one type of jackpot symbol among a plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed as a result of symbol variation display other than the display.

Also, if you hit the jackpot with the first jackpot symbol, if the number of times you get hit reaches the first number after moving to the second gaming state, you will only be able to move from the second gaming state to the third gaming state. Alternatively, if you hit the jackpot with the first jackpot symbol, and the number of hits reaches the first number after moving to the second gaming state, you can move from the second gaming state to a game other than the third gaming state. It may also move to the state. Also, if you hit the jackpot with the first jackpot symbol, if the number of times you get hit reaches the first number after moving to the second gaming state, you will definitely move from the second gaming state to the third gaming state. Alternatively, if you hit the jackpot with the first jackpot symbol, if the number of times you get hit becomes the first number after moving to the second gaming state, you will not move from the second gaming state to the third gaming state. There may be cases.

In addition, if you hit the jackpot with the first jackpot symbol, you can switch from the second gaming state to the third gaming state only if the number of winnings reaches the first number after moving to the second gaming state. You may move, or if you hit the jackpot with the first jackpot symbol, or if you move to the second game state and the number of times you get hit is not the first number, you may move to the second game. The state may be shifted to a third gaming state.

Also, if you hit the jackpot with the first jackpot symbol, if the number of winnings becomes the first number only after you move to the second gaming state, you will move from the second gaming state to the third gaming state. Alternatively, if you hit the jackpot with the first jackpot symbol, if the number of hits reaches the first number even after you have moved to the second gaming state, you will move from the second gaming state to the third gaming state. You may.

Also, only when the first jackpot symbol hits the jackpot, if the number of winnings reaches the first number after moving to the second gaming state, the second gaming state will shift to the third gaming state. Also, in cases other than the case where the first jackpot symbol is a jackpot, if the number of winnings reaches the first number after moving to the second gaming state, the second gaming state will be changed to the third one. You may shift to the gaming state.

In addition, if you hit the jackpot with the second jackpot symbol, if the number of times you get hit reaches the second number after moving to the second gaming state, you will only be able to move from the second gaming state to the third gaming state. Alternatively, if you hit the jackpot with the second jackpot symbol, and the number of times you get hit reaches the second number after moving to the second gaming state, you can move from the second gaming state to a game other than the third gaming state. It may also move to the state. In addition, if you hit the jackpot with the second jackpot symbol, if the number of times you get hit reaches the second number after moving to the second gaming state, you will definitely move from the second gaming state to the third gaming state. Alternatively, if you hit the jackpot with the second jackpot symbol, if the number of times you get hit reaches the second number after moving to the second gaming state, you will not move from the second gaming state to the third gaming state. There may be cases.

Also, if you hit the jackpot with the second jackpot symbol, you can switch from the second gaming state to the third gaming state only if the number of times you get hit is the second number after moving to the second gaming state. You may move, or if you hit the jackpot with the second jackpot symbol, or if the number of times you get hit is the second number after moving to the second gaming state, you can also move to the second game. The state may be shifted to a third gaming state.

Also, if you hit the jackpot with the second jackpot symbol, if the number of times you get hit reaches the second number only after you move to the second gaming state, you will move from the second gaming state to the third gaming state. Alternatively, if you hit the jackpot with the second jackpot symbol, if the number of hits reaches the second number of times other than after you have moved to the second gaming state, you will move from the second gaming state to the third gaming state. You may.

Also, only in the case of a jackpot with the second jackpot symbol, if the number of winnings reaches the second number after shifting to the second gaming state, the second gaming state will shift to the third gaming state. Also, in cases other than the case where a jackpot is achieved with the second jackpot symbol, if the number of winnings reaches the second number after moving to the second gaming state, the second gaming state will be changed from the second gaming state to the third one. You may shift to the gaming state.

In addition, ``The number of hits is the number of consecutive misses in the first symbol fluctuation display without becoming a jackpot.
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

In addition, ``The number of hits is the number of consecutive misses in the second symbol variation display without becoming a jackpot.
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

In addition, ``The number of winnings is the total number of consecutive winnings in the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display without becoming a jackpot.
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Further, "the game machine is a pachinko machine [for example, the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG. 1],"
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Also, in the above description,
“Game control means [for example, main control unit 300, etc.] capable of executing control to shift to one of a plurality of game states,
A production means capable of performing multiple productions [for example, decorative pattern display device 208, etc.],
Pre-read notification means capable of executing multiple types of pre-read notifications [for example, decorative pattern display device 208, etc.];
A game machine comprising:
One of the plurality of game states is a second game state [e.g., battle mode (special pattern high probability regular pattern high probability state), etc.],
One of the gaming states of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state [for example, small hit rush (special pattern high probability normal pattern low probability state), etc.],
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the second gaming state,
One of the plurality of performances is a first performance [for example, a mission performance to reduce the life of the swordsman character KNG to 0 and defeat it as shown in FIGS. 29(b) to 29(n)]. ,
One of the plurality of performances is a second performance [for example, a performance in which the lord character HDS is striking a victory pose as shown in FIG. 29(o)],
The first performance is a performance that may be started during at least a part of the period in the second gaming state,
The first performance is a mission-based performance,
The second performance is a performance that is started in connection with the achievement of the mission,
When the second performance is started, the second game state may shift to the third game state without executing the jackpot game [for example, in FIGS. 29(o) to 29(p) ) or as shown in FIGS. 52(i) to 52(k), when the lord's character HDS takes a winning pose, the game shifts to a small winning rush without a jackpot game being executed. etc.],
One of the plurality of types of look-ahead notices is a first look-ahead notice [for example, a continuous notice in which continuous attack effects shown in FIGS. 30(c) to 30(h) are performed, or FIG. a mission performance that starts at the timing shown in b), a mission performance that starts at the timing shown in FIG. 52(b), etc.],
The first look-ahead notice is a notice in which an effect is executed in the direction in which the mission is accomplished in the symbol variation display where the first look-ahead notice is being executed [for example, FIG. 30(c) to FIG. As shown in (h), there is a continuous preview effect with continuous attacks that damage the swordsman character KNG every time the symbol variation display of special drawing 1 is performed, and as shown in Fig. 51 (c) and Fig. 52 (c). , a continuous preview production that damages the swordsman character KNG every time the symbol variation display of special drawing 2 ends],
The first pre-read notice starts when, in the second gaming state, the result of the plurality of pending symbol variation displays is a result other than a jackpot [for example, a loss, a special small hit, etc.] This is a advance notice that may be
A game machine characterized by: ”
explained.

According to the conventional game machine, there was room for improvement in the advance notice means, but according to this game machine, it is possible to provide a game machine having features in the advance notice means.

Further, according to this gaming machine, it is possible to provide a new game feature that does not make the player expect a jackpot game based on the advance notice.

Here, the game control means may be capable of executing only a control for shifting to one of a plurality of gaming states, or may be capable of executing control for shifting to one of a plurality of gaming states. Control other than control may also be executable. Further, the game control means may always execute control to transition to one of a plurality of gaming states, or may execute control to transition to one of a plurality of gaming states. It may be something that may not be executed.

Furthermore, the presentation means may be capable of only performing a plurality of presentations, or may be capable of executing things other than a plurality of presentations. Further, the presentation means may always perform a plurality of presentations, or may not execute a plurality of presentations.

Here, the pre-read notice means may be capable of only executing multiple types of pre-read notices, or may be capable of executing notices other than multiple types of pre-read notices. Further, the pre-reading notice means may always execute a plurality of types of pre-reading notices, or may not execute a plurality of types of pre-reading notices.

Furthermore, the third gaming state may be more advantageous than only the second gaming state, or may be more advantageous than any gaming state other than the second gaming state. Furthermore, the third gaming state may be always more advantageous than the second gaming state, or may be less advantageous than the second gaming state.

Further, the first performance may be started only during at least a part of the period in the second gaming state, or may be performed during a period other than at least a part of the period in the second gaming state. may also be started. Further, the first performance may always start during at least a part of the period in the second gaming state, or may not start during at least a part of the period in the second gaming state. It may be.

Note that the first performance may be started during a part of the period in the second gaming state, or may be started during the entire period in the second gaming state. It may be.

Furthermore, the second performance may be started only in connection with the mission being accomplished, or may be started in connection with something other than the mission being accomplished. It may be something that Furthermore, the second performance may always be started in connection with the mission being accomplished, or may be started in connection with the mission not being accomplished. There may be.

Furthermore, when the second performance is started, the second game state may only transition to the third game state without the jackpot game being executed, or the second performance may be started. There may also be a case where the second gaming state shifts to a gaming state other than the third gaming state without executing the jackpot game. In addition, when the second performance is started, the second game state may always be shifted to the third game state without the jackpot game being executed, or when the second performance is started, the second There may be cases where the jackpot game is not executed from the first game state and the third game state is not shifted.

Furthermore, when only the second performance is started, the second game state may shift to the third game state without the jackpot game being executed, or performances other than the second performance may be performed. Once started, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state without the jackpot game being executed.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be such that the effect is executed only in the direction in which the mission is achieved in the symbol variation display where the first look-ahead notice is being executed, or the first look-ahead notice may be The effect may also be executed in a direction other than the direction in which the mission is accomplished in the symbol variation display being executed. Further, the first look-ahead notice may be such that the effect is always executed in the direction in which the mission is achieved in the symbol variation display where the first look-ahead notice is being executed, or the first look-ahead notice may be There may be cases where the performance is not performed in the direction in which the mission is accomplished in the symbol variation display that is being performed.

Further, the first pre-read notice may be such that an effect is executed in the direction that the mission is achieved only in the symbol variation display where the first pre-read notice is executed, or the first pre-read notice may be Even in a symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display being executed, an effect may be executed in a direction in which the mission is accomplished.

In addition, even if the first pre-read notice may be started only when the result of the multiple pending symbol change displays is different from the jackpot in the second gaming state, Alternatively, in the second gaming state, it may be started even in cases other than when the result of the plurality of pending symbol variation displays is different from the jackpot. In addition, the first pre-read notice may always be started in the second game state when the result of a plurality of pending symbol fluctuation displays is a result different from the jackpot, or In this state, if the result of a plurality of pending symbol variation displays is different from a jackpot, the game may not be started.

In addition, even if the first look-ahead notice may be started only in the second gaming state when the result of multiple pending symbol fluctuation displays is different from the jackpot, Alternatively, it may be started even in a game state other than the second game state when the result of a plurality of pending symbol variation displays is different from the jackpot.

In addition, "The progress status until the mission is accomplished is reported [For example, the progress status until the mission is accomplished is reported based on the life gauge and life value of the swordsman character KNG shown in FIG. 30(a)." Equipped with a notification means [e.g., decorative pattern display device 208, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the notification means may notify only the progress status until the mission is accomplished, or may notify the status other than the progress status until the mission is accomplished. Further, the notification means may always notify the progress status until the mission is achieved, or may not notify the progress status until the mission is achieved.

In addition, ``Even if the mission is not achieved, there is a possibility that the game will shift to the third gaming state [for example, as shown in FIGS. 53(e) to 53(g) and FIGS. i), and as shown in Figures 56(d) to 56(i), even if the mission is not achieved, there is a rush to win small prizes],
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, even if the mission is not achieved, the transition may be made only to the third gaming state, or even if the mission is not achieved, the transition may be made to a gaming state other than the third gaming state. There may be cases where you do so. Furthermore, even if the mission is not achieved, the game may always move to the third game state, or even if the mission is not achieved, the game may not move to the third game state.

In addition, in the second gaming state, in response to a certain small winning symbol [for example, "Special Z" etc.] being displayed, the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state. [For example, in battle mode (special pattern high probability general pattern high probability state), the electric support state ends when the special small winning symbol "special pattern Z" stops displaying, so the special pattern high probability normal pattern low transition to a probability state (i.e., small hit rush)],
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

According to this gaming machine, for example, if you hit a small hit with a certain type of small winning symbol even if the number of times you get stuck is one type, you do not know when you will move to the third gaming state, so you can expect a small winning in the second gaming state. In some cases, it is possible to play games while holding the .

Here, in the second gaming state, the second gaming state may only shift to the third gaming state in response to a certain small winning symbol being displayed, or in the second gaming state, The second gaming state may also be shifted to a gaming state other than the third gaming state in response to a certain small winning symbol being displayed. In addition, in the second gaming state, the second gaming state may necessarily shift to the third gaming state in response to a certain small winning symbol being displayed, or in the second gaming state, There may be cases where the second gaming state does not shift to the third gaming state in response to the display of the small winning symbol.

Further, in the second gaming state, the second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state only in response to a certain small winning symbol being displayed, or in the second gaming state, The second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state in response to a situation other than the display of the small winning symbol.

Further, only in the second gaming state, the second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state in response to a certain small winning symbol being displayed, or a game other than the second gaming state may be In this state, the second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state in response to a certain small winning symbol being displayed.

In addition, ``During the execution of the first performance, the mission is not achieved in connection with the display of the certain small winning symbol, and the second gaming state changes to the third gaming state. [For example, as shown in Figures 56(d) to 56(i), when a special small winning symbol is displayed during a mission and the small winning occurs, the small winning occurs after the short freeze effect is performed. Shifting to rush, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, during the execution of the first performance, even if the mission is not achieved in connection with the display of a certain small winning symbol, and the game state is only shifted from the second game state to the third game state. It is possible to change from the second game state to a game state other than the third game state without accomplishing the mission in connection with the display of a certain small winning symbol during the execution of the first performance. You may migrate. Furthermore, during the execution of the first performance, the second game state may always be shifted to the third game state without the mission being accomplished in connection with the display of a certain small winning symbol. However, during the execution of the first performance, there are cases in which the mission is not achieved due to the display of a certain small winning symbol and the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state does not occur. Good too.

Furthermore, during the execution of the first performance, the mission may be shifted from only the second game state to the third game state without accomplishing the mission in connection with the display of a certain small winning symbol. However, during the execution of the first performance, the mission is not achieved in connection with the display of a certain small winning symbol, and the game state shifts from a game state other than the second game state to the third game state. It's okay.

Also, during the execution of the first performance, the second game state may be shifted to the third game state without the mission being accomplished only in relation to the display of a certain small winning symbol. However, during the execution of the first performance, the mission is not achieved due to anything other than the display of a certain small winning symbol, and the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state. It's okay.

Also, only during the execution of the first performance, the second game state may be shifted to the third game state without the mission being accomplished in connection with the display of a certain small winning symbol. However, even during execution of a performance other than the first performance, the mission may not be achieved due to the display of a certain small winning symbol and the second game state may transition to the third game state. It's okay.

Further, "During the execution of the first performance, the mission is accomplished in connection with the display of the certain small winning symbol, and the second performance is started [for example, in FIG. 52(g) ) ~ As shown in the same figure (k), a special small winning symbol is displayed during a mission, and when a small winning occurs, the master swordsman character KNG is defeated and the lord character HDS strikes a victory pose. has been started],
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, during the execution of the first performance, the mission may be achieved in connection with the display of a certain small winning symbol, and only the second performance may be started, or only the second performance may be started during the execution of the first performance. Among them, a mission may be accomplished in connection with the display of a certain small winning symbol, and a production other than the second production may be started. Further, during the execution of the first production, the mission may be achieved in connection with the display of a certain small winning symbol, and the second production may always be started, or the second production may be started during the execution of the first production. In this case, the mission may be accomplished in connection with the display of a certain small winning symbol, and the second performance may not be started.

Furthermore, during the execution of the first performance, the mission may be accomplished only in relation to the display of a certain small winning symbol, and the second performance may be started, or the second performance may be started during the execution of the first performance. In this case, the mission may be accomplished in connection with something other than the display of a certain small winning symbol, and the second performance may be started.

Further, only during the execution of the first performance, the mission may be achieved in connection with the display of a certain small winning symbol and the second performance may be started, or the second performance may be started during the execution of the first performance. Even during execution, the mission may be accomplished and the second performance may be started in connection with the display of a certain small winning symbol.

In addition, ``When the number of times of getting stuck in the second gaming state becomes the first number [for example, 50 times, etc.], the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state,
In the second gaming state, when the number of times of getting stuck becomes a second number [for example, 30 times, etc.], the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state,
The number of hits is the number of times the symbol fluctuation display consecutively misses without hitting the jackpot.
the first number of times and the second number of times are different numbers;
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, there may be a case where the number of times of getting stuck in the second gaming state becomes the first number and the second gaming state only shifts to the third gaming state, or there is a case where the number of times of getting stuck in the second gaming state becomes the first number of times, or the number of times of getting stuck in the second gaming state becomes the first number. When the number of times reaches the first number of times, the second gaming state may shift to a gaming state other than the third gaming state. In addition, the second gaming state may always be transferred to the third gaming state by the number of times of getting stuck in the second gaming state becoming the first number of times, or the number of getting stuck in the second gaming state may be the first number of times of getting stuck. There may be cases where the second gaming state does not transition to the third gaming state because of the number of times.

Furthermore, the second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state simply by the number of times of getting stuck in the second gaming state becoming the first number, or the number of times of getting stuck in the second gaming state may be changed. The second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state for reasons other than the first number of times.

Furthermore, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state only when the number of times of getting stuck becomes the first number, or the second gaming state may transition to the third gaming state only in the second gaming state. There may also be cases in which the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state when the number of times the game gets stuck reaches the first number.

Furthermore, the second gaming state may only transition to the third gaming state when the number of times it gets stuck becomes the second number, or the number of times it gets stuck in the second gaming state When the number of times becomes the second, the second gaming state may shift to a gaming state other than the third gaming state. Furthermore, the second gaming state may always be transferred to the third gaming state by the number of times of getting stuck in the second gaming state becoming the second number of times, or the number of getting stuck in the second gaming state may be the second number of times of getting stuck. There may be cases where the second gaming state does not transition to the third gaming state because of the number of times.

Furthermore, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state simply by the number of times the game gets stuck in the second gaming state becomes the second number, or the number of times the game gets stuck in the second gaming state The second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state for reasons other than the second number of times.

Furthermore, the second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state by the number of times of getting stuck only in the second gaming state, or the second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state only in the second gaming state. There may also be cases in which the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state when the number of times the game gets stuck reaches the second number.

In addition, the number of times it gets stuck may be the number of times it gets stuck only due to the number of fluctuations of special pattern 1, the number of times it gets stuck only due to the number of fluctuations of special pattern 2, or the number of times it gets stuck only due to the number of fluctuations of special pattern 2. The number of stuck times may be determined by all the number of fluctuations.

Further, ``the game control means is means that can select the number of times the game gets stuck after shifting to the second game state from among a plurality of types of times the game gets stuck [for example, FIG. 15(a) or FIG. As shown in (a), the control unit 300 selects the number of symbol fluctuation displays of the special symbol 1 that causes the electric support to be dropped due to the jackpot symbol based on the distribution table for determining the special symbol 1 jackpot, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the game control means may be able to select the number of times the game gets stuck after transitioning to the second game state only from among a plurality of types of times, or the game control means may be able to select the number of times the game gets stuck after transitioning to the second game state, or the number of times the game gets stuck after transitioning to the second game state. The number of times the device gets stuck may be selectable from a plurality of types of times other than the number of times the device gets stuck. Further, the game control means may always select the number of times the game gets stuck after transitioning to the second game state from among a plurality of types of times the game gets stuck, or the number of times the game gets stuck after transitioning to the second game state. may not be selected from among multiple types of times of failure.

In addition, "one of the plurality of types of look-ahead notices is a third look-ahead notice [for example, the hold icons shown in FIGS. 32(f) to 32(i) are displayed in a rainbow color display mode. suspension notice, etc.]
The third look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that the result of the symbol change display that is the target of look-ahead may be a certain jackpot [for example, a jackpot where “special pattern B” is displayed],
If the certain jackpot occurs in connection with the execution of the third pre-read notice, the game state shifts to the third gaming state after the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot ends [for example, in FIG. 32 ( f) ~ As shown in (p) of the same figure, the pending icon of the pending object that is the target of pre-reading is displayed in a rainbow-colored display mode, and the result of the symbol fluctuation display that is the target of the pre-reading is that "Special pattern B" is If you hit the jackpot with the displayed 10R guaranteed variable jackpot symbol, the game will move to a small hit rush after the jackpot game related to the jackpot ends, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, if a certain jackpot occurs in connection with the execution of the third pre-read notice, it may be possible to move only to the third gaming state after the end of the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot, or If a certain jackpot is achieved in connection with the execution of the third pre-read notice, the player may shift to a gaming state other than the third gaming state after the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot ends. In addition, if a certain jackpot is achieved in connection with the execution of the third pre-read notice, the game state may always be shifted to the third gaming state after the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot ends; If a certain jackpot is achieved in connection with the execution of the pre-read notice, the game may not shift to the third gaming state after the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot ends.

In addition, if a certain jackpot occurs in connection with the execution of the third pre-read notice, the transition to the third gaming state may be made only after the end of the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot; If a certain jackpot occurs in connection with the execution of the pre-read notice, the game may shift to a third gaming state other than after the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot ends.

In addition, only when a certain jackpot occurs in connection with the execution of the third pre-read notice, the game may shift to the third gaming state after the end of the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot. Even in cases other than the case where a certain jackpot occurs in connection with the execution of the third pre-read notice, the third game state may be shifted to after the end of the jackpot game related to a certain jackpot.

In addition, if a certain jackpot is achieved in connection with the execution of only the third pre-read notice, it may be possible to shift to the third gaming state after the end of the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot, or the third If a certain jackpot is achieved in connection with the execution of a pre-read notice other than the pre-read notice, a transition may be made to a third game state after the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot ends.

In addition, "the second gaming state is a gaming state including a variable probability state and an electric support state [for example, a special pattern high probability normal pattern high probability state, etc.],
The third gaming state is a gaming state including a variable probability state and a non-electric support state [for example, a special pattern high probability general pattern low probability state, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the second gaming state may include only the variable probability state and the electric support state, or may include states other than the variable probability state and the electric support state. Further, the second gaming state may necessarily include a variable probability state and an electric support state, or may not include a variable probability state and an electric support state.

Further, the third gaming state may include only the variable probability state and the non-electric support state, or may include states other than the variable probability state and the non-electric support state. Further, the third gaming state may always include a variable probability state and a non-electric support state, or may not include a variable probability state and a non-electric support state.

Further, "one of the gaming states among the plurality of gaming states is a first gaming state [for example, a normal gaming state (a special pattern low probability regular pattern low probability state), etc."
The first gaming state is a normal gaming state,
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

In addition, ``The third gaming state is a small winning rush state in which it is easy to obtain prize balls by playing small winning games.
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Further, "one of the plurality of performances is a third performance [for example, a performance in which the lord character HDS shown in FIG. 28(l) is defeated],"
The third performance is a performance that informs that the mission has failed,
In connection with the start of the third performance, the game state shifts to a game state different from the third game state [for example, as shown in FIG. [Special drawings E] to [Special drawings Q] become a 5R probability-variable jackpot and move to battle mode.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the third effect may be one that notifies only that the mission has failed, or may also be one that notifies others that the mission has failed. Further, the third effect may always notify that the mission has failed, or may not notify that the mission has failed.

In addition, it may be possible to shift to a gaming state different from the third gaming state only in relation to the start of the third production, or it may be related to things other than the start of the third production. The player may move to a gaming state different from the third gaming state. Also, in connection with the start of the third performance, the game state may always be shifted to a different game state from the third game state, or in connection with the start of the third performance, the third game state may be changed. There may be cases where the game does not shift to a different game state from the game state.

Further, "the game machine is a pachinko machine [for example, the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG. 1],"
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Also, in the above description,
“Game control means [for example, main control unit 300, etc.] capable of executing control to shift to one of a plurality of game states,
A production means capable of performing multiple productions [for example, decorative pattern display device 208, etc.],
Pre-read notification means capable of executing multiple types of pre-read notifications [for example, decorative pattern display device 208, etc.];
A game machine comprising:
One of the plurality of game states is a second game state [e.g., battle mode (special pattern high probability regular pattern high probability state), etc.],
One of the gaming states of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state [for example, small hit rush (special pattern high probability normal pattern low probability state), etc.],
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the second gaming state,
One of the plurality of performances is a first performance [for example, a mission performance to reduce the life of the swordsman character KNG to 0 and defeat it as shown in FIGS. 29(b) to 29(n)]. ,
One of the plurality of performances is a second performance [for example, a performance in which the lord character HDS is striking a victory pose as shown in FIG. 29(o)],
The first performance is a performance that may be started during at least a part of the period in the second gaming state,
The first performance is a mission-based performance,
The second performance is a performance that is started in connection with the achievement of the mission,
When the second performance is started, the second game state may shift to the third game state without executing the jackpot game [for example, in FIGS. 29(o) to 29(p) ) or as shown in FIGS. 52(i) to 52(k), when the lord's character HDS takes a winning pose, the game shifts to a small winning rush without a jackpot game being executed. etc.],
One of the plurality of types of look-ahead notices is a second look-ahead notice [for example, the pending notice shown in FIGS. 31(g) to 31(n), and FIGS. ), and
When the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, the game enters the third gaming state in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process,
The first gaming process is a gaming process in which a jackpot game is executed in the second gaming state, and the transition is made to the third gaming state after the jackpot game ends [for example, in the battle mode " If you hit the jackpot with the probability variable super jackpot of “Special Map B”, the game will shift to a small hit rush after the jackpot game related to the jackpot ends, etc.]
The second gaming process is a gaming process in which the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state without starting a jackpot game in the second gaming state [for example, a battle After entering the mode, if the symbol fluctuation display of special map 1 is executed a predetermined number of times and the electric support is removed, the battle mode will transition to a small hit rush, or if a special small hit occurs during the battle mode and the battle mode is switched off. Shift to small hit rush, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
explained.

According to the conventional game machine, there was room for improvement in the game control means, but according to this game machine, it is possible to provide a game machine with characteristics in the game control means.

Further, according to this gaming machine, it may be possible to make the player expect that when the first performance is performed, there is a possibility that a benefit greater than the transition to the third gaming state will be provided.

Here, the game control means may be capable of executing only a control for shifting to one of a plurality of gaming states, or may be capable of executing control for shifting to one of a plurality of gaming states. Control other than control may also be executable. Further, the game control means may always execute control to transition to one of a plurality of gaming states, or may execute control to transition to one of a plurality of gaming states. It may be something that may not be executed.

Furthermore, the presentation means may be capable of only performing a plurality of presentations, or may be capable of executing things other than a plurality of presentations. Further, the presentation means may always perform a plurality of presentations, or may not execute a plurality of presentations.

Further, the pre-read notification means may be capable of only executing multiple types of pre-read notifications, or may be capable of executing notifications other than multiple types of pre-read notifications. Further, the pre-reading notice means may always execute a plurality of types of pre-reading notices, or may not execute a plurality of types of pre-reading notices.

Furthermore, the third gaming state may be more advantageous than only the second gaming state, or may be more advantageous than any gaming state other than the second gaming state. Furthermore, the third gaming state may be always more advantageous than the second gaming state, or may be less advantageous than the second gaming state.

Further, the first performance may be started only during at least a part of the period in the second gaming state, or may be performed during a period other than at least a part of the period in the second gaming state. may also be started. Further, the first performance may always start during at least a part of the period in the second gaming state, or may not start during at least a part of the period in the second gaming state. It may be.

Note that the first performance may be started during a part of the period in the second gaming state, or may be started during the entire period in the second gaming state. It may be.

Furthermore, the second performance may be started only in connection with the mission being accomplished, or may be started in connection with something other than the mission being accomplished. It may be something that Furthermore, the second performance may always be started in connection with the mission being accomplished, or may be started in connection with the mission not being accomplished. There may be.

Furthermore, when the second performance is started, the second game state may only transition to the third game state without the jackpot game being executed, or the second performance may be started. There may also be a case where the second gaming state shifts to a gaming state other than the third gaming state without executing the jackpot game. In addition, when the second performance is started, the second game state may always be shifted to the third game state without the jackpot game being executed, or when the second performance is started, the second There may be cases where the jackpot game is not executed from the first game state and the third game state is not shifted.

Furthermore, when only the second performance is started, the second game state may shift to the third game state without the jackpot game being executed, or performances other than the second performance may be performed. Once started, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state without the jackpot game being executed.

In addition, when the second pre-read notice is started in the second gaming state, the transition to the third gaming state only occurs in either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. Alternatively, once the second advance notice is started in the second gaming state, a game other than the third gaming state may be played in either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. It may also move to the state. In addition, when the second pre-read notice is started in the second gaming state, the transition to the third gaming state is always made in either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. Alternatively, once the second advance notice is started in the second gaming state, the game does not shift to the third gaming state during either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. There may be cases.

Furthermore, when the second pre-read notice is started in the second gaming state, the transition to the third gaming state is made only during either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. Alternatively, when the second pre-read notice is started in the second gaming state, the third game may be played in a gaming process other than either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. You may move to the state.

In addition, only when the second pre-read notice is started in the second gaming state, the transition to the third gaming state will occur in either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. Alternatively, even in cases other than the case where the second pre-read notice is started in the second gaming state, the third game in either the first gaming process or the second gaming process may be performed. You may shift to the gaming state.

In addition, if the second pre-read notice is started only in the second gaming state, then the transition to the third gaming state occurs during either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. Alternatively, if the second pre-read notice is started in a game state other than the second game state, then the third pre-read notice may be started in either the first game process or the second game process. You may shift to a gaming state.

In addition, "The progress status until the mission is accomplished is reported [For example, the progress status until the mission is accomplished is reported based on the life gauge and life value of the swordsman character KNG shown in FIG. 30(a)." Equipped with a notification means [e.g., decorative pattern display device 208, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the notification means may notify only the progress status until the mission is accomplished, or may notify the status other than the progress status until the mission is accomplished. Further, the notification means may always notify the progress status until the mission is achieved, or may not notify the progress status until the mission is achieved.

In addition, ``Even if the mission is not achieved, there is a possibility that the game will shift to the third gaming state [for example, as shown in FIGS. i), and as shown in Figures 56(d) to 56(i), even if the mission is not achieved, there is a rush to win small prizes],
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, even if the mission is not achieved, the transition may be made only to the third gaming state, or even if the mission is not achieved, the transition may be made to a gaming state other than the third gaming state. There may be cases where you do so. Furthermore, even if the mission is not achieved, the game may always move to the third game state, or even if the mission is not achieved, the game may not move to the third game state.

In addition, in the second gaming state, in response to a certain small winning symbol [for example, "special pattern Z", etc.] being displayed, the second gaming process changes the winning pattern from the second gaming state to the second gaming state. Shift to the third game state [For example, in the battle mode (special pattern high probability general pattern high probability state), the electric support state ends when the special small winning symbol "special pattern Z" stops displaying, Shifting to a state of high probability of special drawings and low probability of regular drawings (i.e. small hit rush)],
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

According to this gaming machine, for example, if you hit a small hit with a certain type of small winning symbol even if the number of times you get stuck is one type, you do not know when you will move to the third gaming state, so you can expect a small winning in the second gaming state. In some cases, it is possible to play games while holding the .

Here, in the second gaming state, in response to a certain small winning symbol being displayed, the second gaming state may only be shifted to the third gaming state by the second gaming process, or the second gaming state may be shifted only to the third gaming state. In the second gaming state, in response to a certain small winning symbol being displayed, the second gaming state may be shifted to a gaming state other than the third gaming state through the second gaming process. In addition, in the second gaming state, in response to a certain small winning symbol being displayed, the second gaming state may always be shifted to the third gaming state by the second gaming process, or In the game state, there may be cases where the second game state does not shift from the second game state to the third game state by the second game process in response to the display of a certain small winning symbol.

Further, in the second gaming state, the second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state by the second gaming process only in response to a certain small winning symbol being displayed, or the second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state by the second gaming process. In the gaming state, the second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state by a second gaming process in response to something other than the display of a certain small winning symbol.

Further, only in the second gaming state, the second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state by the second gaming process in response to a certain small winning symbol being displayed, or the second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state by the second gaming process. Even in a game state other than the game state, the second game state may be shifted to a third game state by a second game process in response to a certain small winning symbol being displayed.

In addition, ``During the execution of the first production, the mission is not achieved in connection with the display of the certain small winning symbol, and the second gaming process leaves the second gaming state. Shift to the third game state [For example, as shown in FIGS. 56(d) to 56(i), when a special small winning symbol is displayed during a mission and a small winning occurs, the short freeze effect is After the event, there is a rush to win small prizes, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, during the execution of the first performance, the mission is not achieved in connection with the display of a certain small winning symbol, and the second game state is changed from the second game state to the third game state by the second game process. Alternatively, during the execution of the first production, the mission may not be achieved in connection with the display of a certain small winning symbol, and the second gaming state may be entered through the second gaming process. You may also shift to a gaming state other than the third gaming state. Also, during the execution of the first performance, the mission is not achieved in connection with the display of a certain small winning symbol, and the second game state changes from the second game state to the third game state in the second game process. You may always transition from the second gaming state in the second gaming process without accomplishing the mission related to the display of a certain small winning symbol during the execution of the first performance. There may be cases where the game does not shift to the third gaming state.

In addition, during the execution of the first performance, the mission is not achieved in connection with the display of a certain small winning symbol, and the second game state is changed from only the second game state to the third game state due to the second game process. Alternatively, during the execution of the first production, the mission may not be achieved in connection with the display of a certain small winning symbol, and the second gaming process may result in a state other than the second gaming state. A transition may be made from the first gaming state to the third gaming state.

Also, during the execution of the first performance, the mission is not achieved only in relation to the display of a certain small winning symbol, and the second game state changes from the second game state to the third game state due to the second game process. Alternatively, during the execution of the first performance, the mission may not be accomplished in connection with anything other than the display of a certain small winning symbol, and the second game may be played in the second game process. A transition may be made from the first gaming state to the third gaming state.

In addition, only during the execution of the first performance, the mission is not achieved in connection with the display of a certain small winning symbol, and the second game state changes from the second game state to the third game state by the second game process. , or even during execution of a performance other than the first performance, the mission may not be achieved in connection with the display of a certain small winning symbol, and the second game process may be performed. A transition may be made from the first gaming state to the third gaming state.

Further, "During the execution of the first performance, the mission is accomplished in connection with the display of the certain small winning symbol, and the second performance is started [for example, in FIG. 52(g) ) ~ As shown in the same figure (k), a special small winning symbol is displayed during a mission, and when a small winning occurs, the master swordsman character KNG is defeated and the lord character HDS strikes a victory pose. has been started],
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, during the execution of the first performance, the mission may be achieved in connection with the display of a certain small winning symbol, and only the second performance may be started, or only the second performance may be started during the execution of the first performance. Among them, a mission may be accomplished in connection with the display of a certain small winning symbol, and a production other than the second production may be started. Further, during the execution of the first production, the mission may be achieved in connection with the display of a certain small winning symbol, and the second production may always be started, or the second production may be started during the execution of the first production. In this case, the mission may be accomplished in connection with the display of a certain small winning symbol, and the second performance may not be started.

Furthermore, during the execution of the first performance, the mission may be accomplished only in relation to the display of a certain small winning symbol, and the second performance may be started, or the second performance may be started during the execution of the first performance. In this case, the mission may be accomplished in connection with something other than the display of a certain small winning symbol, and the second performance may be started.

Further, only during the execution of the first performance, the mission may be achieved in connection with the display of a certain small winning symbol and the second performance may be started, or the second performance may be started during the execution of the first performance. Even during execution, the mission may be accomplished and the second performance may be started in connection with the display of a certain small winning symbol.

In addition, ``When the number of times of getting stuck in the second gaming state becomes the first number [for example, 50 times, etc.], the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state,
In the second gaming state, when the number of times of getting stuck becomes a second number [for example, 30 times, etc.], the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state,
The number of hits is the number of times the symbol fluctuation display consecutively misses without hitting the jackpot.
the first number of times and the second number of times are different numbers;
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, there may be a case where the number of times of getting stuck in the second gaming state becomes the first number and the second gaming state only shifts to the third gaming state, or there is a case where the number of times of getting stuck in the second gaming state becomes the first number of times, or the number of times of getting stuck in the second gaming state becomes the first number. When the number of times reaches the first number of times, the second gaming state may shift to a gaming state other than the third gaming state. In addition, the second gaming state may always be transferred to the third gaming state by the number of times of getting stuck in the second gaming state becoming the first number of times, or the number of getting stuck in the second gaming state may be the first number of times of getting stuck. There may be cases where the second gaming state does not transition to the third gaming state because of the number of times.

Furthermore, the second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state simply by the number of times of getting stuck in the second gaming state becoming the first number, or the number of times of getting stuck in the second gaming state may be changed. The second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state for reasons other than the first number of times.

Furthermore, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state only when the number of times of getting stuck becomes the first number, or the second gaming state may transition to the third gaming state only in the second gaming state. There may also be cases in which the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state when the number of times the game gets stuck reaches the first number.

Furthermore, the second gaming state may only transition to the third gaming state when the number of times it gets stuck becomes the second number, or the number of times it gets stuck in the second gaming state When the number of times becomes the second, the second gaming state may shift to a gaming state other than the third gaming state. Furthermore, the second gaming state may always be transferred to the third gaming state by the number of times of getting stuck in the second gaming state becoming the second number of times, or the number of getting stuck in the second gaming state may be the second number of times of getting stuck. There may be cases where the second gaming state does not transition to the third gaming state because of the number of times.

Furthermore, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state simply by the number of times the game gets stuck in the second gaming state becomes the second number, or the number of times the game gets stuck in the second gaming state The second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state for reasons other than the second number of times.

Furthermore, the second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state by the number of times of getting stuck only in the second gaming state, or the second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state only in the second gaming state. There may also be cases in which the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state when the number of times the game gets stuck reaches the second number.

In addition, the number of times it gets stuck may be the number of times it gets stuck only due to the number of fluctuations of special pattern 1, the number of times it gets stuck only due to the number of fluctuations of special pattern 2, or the number of times it gets stuck only due to the number of fluctuations of special pattern 2. The number of stuck times may be determined by all the number of fluctuations.

Further, ``the game control means is a means that can select the number of times the game gets stuck after shifting to the second game state from among a plurality of types of times [for example, FIG. 15(a) or FIG. As shown in (a), the control unit 300 selects the number of symbol fluctuation displays of the special symbol 1 in which the electric support is dropped due to the jackpot symbol based on the distribution table for determining the special symbol 1 jackpot symbol],
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the game control means may be able to select the number of times the game gets stuck after transitioning to the second game state only from among a plurality of types of times, or the game control means may be able to select the number of times the game gets stuck after transitioning to the second game state, or the number of times the game gets stuck after transitioning to the second game state. The number of times the device gets stuck may be selectable from a plurality of types of times other than the number of times the device gets stuck. Further, the game control means may always select the number of times the game gets stuck after transitioning to the second game state from among a plurality of types of times the game gets stuck, or the number of times the game gets stuck after transitioning to the second game state. may not be selected from among multiple types of times of failure.

In addition, "one of the plurality of types of look-ahead notices is a third look-ahead notice [for example, the hold icons shown in FIGS. 32(f) to 32(i) are displayed in a rainbow color display mode. suspension notice, etc.]
The third look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that the result of the symbol change display that is the target of look-ahead may be a certain jackpot [for example, a jackpot where “special pattern B” is displayed],
If the certain jackpot occurs in connection with the execution of the third pre-read notice, the game state shifts to the third gaming state after the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot ends [for example, in FIG. 32 ( f) ~ As shown in (p) of the same figure, the pending icon of the pending object that is the target of pre-reading is displayed in a rainbow-colored display mode, and the result of the symbol fluctuation display that is the target of the pre-reading is that "Special pattern B" is If you hit the jackpot with the displayed 10R guaranteed variable jackpot symbol, the game will move to a small hit rush after the jackpot game related to the jackpot ends, etc.]
A game machine characterized by:

Here, if a certain jackpot occurs in connection with the execution of the third pre-read notice, it may be possible to move only to the third gaming state after the end of the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot, or If a certain jackpot is achieved in connection with the execution of the third pre-read notice, the player may shift to a gaming state other than the third gaming state after the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot ends. In addition, if a certain jackpot is achieved in connection with the execution of the third pre-read notice, the game state may always be shifted to the third gaming state after the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot ends; If a certain jackpot is achieved in connection with the execution of the pre-read notice, the game may not shift to the third gaming state after the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot ends.

In addition, if a certain jackpot occurs in connection with the execution of the third pre-read notice, the transition to the third gaming state may be made only after the end of the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot; If a certain jackpot occurs in connection with the execution of the pre-read notice, the game may shift to a third gaming state other than after the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot ends.

In addition, only when a certain jackpot occurs in connection with the execution of the third pre-read notice, the game may shift to the third gaming state after the end of the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot. Even in cases other than the case where a certain jackpot occurs in connection with the execution of the third pre-read notice, the third game state may be shifted to after the end of the jackpot game related to a certain jackpot.

In addition, if a certain jackpot is achieved in connection with the execution of only the third pre-read notice, it may be possible to shift to the third gaming state after the end of the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot, or the third If a certain jackpot is achieved in connection with the execution of a pre-read notice other than the pre-read notice, a transition may be made to a third game state after the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot ends.

In addition, "the second gaming state is a gaming state including a variable probability state and an electric support state [for example, a special pattern high probability normal pattern high probability state, etc.],
The third gaming state is a gaming state including a variable probability state and a non-electric support state [for example, a special pattern high probability general pattern low probability state, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the second gaming state may include only the variable probability state and the electric support state, or may include states other than the variable probability state and the electric support state. Further, the second gaming state may necessarily include a variable probability state and an electric support state, or may not include a variable probability state and an electric support state.

Further, the third gaming state may include only the variable probability state and the non-electric support state, or may include states other than the variable probability state and the non-electric support state. Further, the third gaming state may always include a variable probability state and a non-electric support state, or may not include a variable probability state and a non-electric support state.

Further, "one of the gaming states among the plurality of gaming states is a first gaming state [for example, a normal gaming state (a special pattern low probability normal pattern low probability state), etc.",
The first gaming state is a normal gaming state,
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

In addition, ``The third gaming state is a small winning rush state in which it is easy to obtain prize balls by playing small winning games.
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Further, "one of the plurality of performances is a third performance [for example, a performance in which the lord character HDS shown in FIG. 28(l) is defeated],"
The third performance is a performance that informs that the mission has failed,
In connection with the start of the third performance, the game state shifts to a game state different from the third game state [for example, as shown in FIG. [Special drawings E] to [Special drawings Q] become a 5R probability-variable jackpot and move to battle mode.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the third effect may be one that notifies only that the mission has failed, or may also be one that notifies others that the mission has failed. Further, the third effect may always notify that the mission has failed, or may not notify that the mission has failed.

In addition, it may be possible to shift to a gaming state different from the third gaming state only in relation to the start of the third production, or it may be related to things other than the start of the third production. The player may move to a gaming state different from the third gaming state. Also, in connection with the start of the third performance, the game state may always be shifted to a different game state from the third game state, or in connection with the start of the third performance, the third game state may be changed. There may be cases where the game does not shift to a different game state from the game state.

Further, "the game machine is a pachinko machine [for example, the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG. 1],"
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Also, in the above description,
“Game control means [for example, main control unit 300, etc.] capable of executing control to shift to one of a plurality of game states,
A production means capable of performing multiple productions [for example, decorative pattern display device 208, etc.],
Pre-read notification means capable of executing multiple types of pre-read notifications [for example, decorative pattern display device 208, etc.];
A game machine comprising:
One of the plurality of game states is a second game state [e.g., battle mode (special pattern high probability regular pattern high probability state), etc.],
One of the gaming states of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state [for example, small hit rush (special pattern high probability normal pattern low probability state), etc.],
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the second gaming state,
One of the plurality of performances is a first performance [for example, a mission performance to reduce the life of the swordsman character KNG to 0 and defeat it as shown in FIGS. 29(b) to 29(n)]. ,
One of the plurality of performances is a second performance [for example, a performance in which the lord character HDS is striking a victory pose as shown in FIG. 29(o)],
The first performance is a performance that may be started during at least a part of the period in the second gaming state,
The first performance is a mission-based performance,
The second performance is a performance that is started in connection with the achievement of the mission,
When the second performance is started, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state without a jackpot game being executed,
One of the plurality of types of look-ahead notices is a first look-ahead notice [for example, a continuous notice in which continuous attack effects shown in FIGS. 30(c) to 30(h) are performed, or FIG. a mission performance that starts at the timing shown in b), a mission performance that starts at the timing shown in FIG. 52(b), etc.],
The first look-ahead notice is a notice in which an effect is executed in the direction in which the mission is accomplished in the symbol variation display where the first look-ahead notice is being executed [for example, FIG. 30(c) to FIG. As shown in (h), there is a continuous preview effect with continuous attacks that damage the swordsman character KNG every time the symbol variation display of special drawing 1 is performed, and as shown in Fig. 51 (c) and Fig. 52 (c). , a continuous preview production that damages the swordsman character KNG every time the symbol variation display of special drawing 2 ends],
The first pre-read notice starts when, in the second gaming state, the result of the plurality of pending symbol variation displays is a result other than a jackpot [for example, a loss, a special small hit, etc.] This is a advance notice that may be
If a certain jackpot [for example, a jackpot in which "special map B" or "special map b" is displayed] occurs in the second gaming state (hereinafter referred to as the "first case"), the corresponding After the jackpot game related to a certain jackpot ends, the game state shifts to the third game state [For example, if a jackpot that transitions to a small win rush occurs during the battle mode, the small win rush occurs after the end of the jackpot game. ],
In the first case, the jackpot game is started without the mission being accomplished [For example, as shown in FIGS. 55(d) to 55(j), the mission is not started during the battle mode. (Without completing the mission) "Special drawing b" is displayed and it becomes a jackpot that transitions to a small hit rush, after which the jackpot game starts, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
explained.

According to the conventional game machine, there was room for improvement in the game control means, but according to this game machine, it is possible to provide a game machine with characteristics in the game control means.

In addition, according to this gaming machine, the period during which transition to the third gaming state is expected is when the mission is achieved by the first performance, but in addition to completing the mission, the transition to the third gaming state is also expected. In some cases, it may be possible to do so.

Here, the game control means may be capable of executing only a control for shifting to one of a plurality of gaming states, or may be capable of executing control for shifting to one of a plurality of gaming states. Control other than control may also be executable. Further, the game control means may always execute control to transition to one of a plurality of gaming states, or may execute control to transition to one of a plurality of gaming states. It may be something that may not be executed.

Furthermore, the presentation means may be capable of only performing a plurality of presentations, or may be capable of executing things other than a plurality of presentations. Further, the presentation means may always perform a plurality of presentations, or may not execute a plurality of presentations.

Further, the pre-read notification means may be capable of only executing multiple types of pre-read notifications, or may be capable of executing notifications other than multiple types of pre-read notifications. Further, the pre-reading notice means may always execute a plurality of types of pre-reading notices, or may not execute a plurality of types of pre-reading notices.

Furthermore, the third gaming state may be more advantageous than only the second gaming state, or may be more advantageous than any gaming state other than the second gaming state. Furthermore, the third gaming state may be always more advantageous than the second gaming state, or may be less advantageous than the second gaming state.

Further, the first performance may be started only during at least a part of the period in the second gaming state, or may be performed during a period other than at least a part of the period in the second gaming state. may also be started. Further, the first performance may always start during at least a part of the period in the second gaming state, or may not start during at least a part of the period in the second gaming state. It may be.

Note that the first performance may be started during a part of the period in the second gaming state, or may be started during the entire period in the second gaming state. It may be.

Furthermore, the second performance may be started only in connection with the mission being accomplished, or may be started in connection with something other than the mission being accomplished. It may be something that Furthermore, the second performance may always be started in connection with the mission being accomplished, or may be started in connection with the mission not being accomplished. There may be.

Furthermore, when the second performance is started, the second game state may only transition to the third game state without the jackpot game being executed, or the second performance may be started. There may also be a case where the second gaming state shifts to a gaming state other than the third gaming state without executing the jackpot game. In addition, when the second performance is started, the second game state may always be shifted to the third game state without the jackpot game being executed, or when the second performance is started, the second There may be cases where the jackpot game is not executed from the first game state and the third game state is not shifted.

Furthermore, when only the second performance is started, the second game state may shift to the third game state without the jackpot game being executed, or performances other than the second performance may be performed. Once started, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state without the jackpot game being executed.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be such that the effect is executed only in the direction in which the mission is achieved in the symbol variation display where the first look-ahead notice is being executed, or the first look-ahead notice may be The effect may also be executed in a direction other than the direction in which the mission is accomplished in the symbol variation display being executed. Further, the first look-ahead notice may be such that the effect is always executed in the direction in which the mission is achieved in the symbol variation display where the first look-ahead notice is being executed, or the first look-ahead notice may be There may be cases where the performance is not performed in the direction in which the mission is accomplished in the symbol variation display that is being performed.

Further, the first pre-read notice may be such that an effect is executed in the direction that the mission is achieved only in the symbol variation display where the first pre-read notice is executed, or the first pre-read notice may be Even in a symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display being executed, an effect may be executed in a direction in which the mission is accomplished.

In addition, even if the first pre-read notice may be started only when the result of the multiple pending symbol change displays is different from the jackpot in the second gaming state, Alternatively, in the second gaming state, it may be started even in cases other than when the result of the plurality of pending symbol variation displays is different from the jackpot. In addition, the first pre-read notice may always be started in the second game state when the result of a plurality of pending symbol fluctuation displays is a result different from the jackpot, or In this state, if the result of a plurality of pending symbol variation displays is different from a jackpot, the game may not be started.

In addition, even if the first look-ahead notice may be started only in the second gaming state when the result of multiple pending symbol fluctuation displays is different from the jackpot, Alternatively, it may be started even in a game state other than the second game state when the result of a plurality of pending symbol variation displays is different from the jackpot.

In addition, if a certain jackpot occurs in the second gaming state, the player may only move to the third gaming state after the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot ends, or if a certain jackpot occurs in the second gaming state, When a jackpot occurs, the player may shift to a gaming state other than the third gaming state after the jackpot game related to the jackpot ends. In addition, if a certain jackpot occurs in the second gaming state, it may be necessary to move to the third gaming state after the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot ends, or if a certain jackpot occurs in the second gaming state. When a certain jackpot occurs, the game may not shift to the third gaming state after the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot ends.

In addition, if a certain jackpot occurs in the second gaming state, it may be possible to move to the third gaming state only after the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot ends, or if a certain jackpot occurs in the second gaming state. If a jackpot occurs, the third gaming state may be entered even after the jackpot game related to the jackpot ends.

Further, only when a certain jackpot occurs in the second gaming state, the transition to the third gaming state may be made after the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot ends, or if a certain jackpot occurs in the second gaming state. Even in cases other than the case where a certain jackpot occurs, the third gaming state may be shifted to after the jackpot game related to a certain jackpot ends.

In addition, if a certain jackpot occurs only in the second gaming state, it may be possible to move to the third gaming state after the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot ends, or in a case other than the second gaming state. If a certain jackpot occurs in the gaming state, the game may shift to a third gaming state after the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot ends.

Further, in the first case, only the jackpot game may be started without the mission being accomplished, or in the first case, a game other than the jackpot game may be started without the mission being accomplished. Further, in the first case, the jackpot game may always be started without the mission being accomplished, or in the first case, the jackpot game may not be started without the mission being accomplished.

Further, the jackpot game may be started only in the first case without the mission being accomplished, or the jackpot game may be started without the mission being accomplished in cases other than the first case.

In addition, ``In the case where the first effect is executed over a plurality of consecutive symbol fluctuation displays (hereinafter referred to as ``the second case [for example, as shown in FIGS. 58(a) to 58(g) The mission is carried out across multiple consecutive symbol fluctuation displays].
In the second case, even if a jackpot is included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended during the execution of the first production, the symbol variation display scheduled to end the first production is executed. [For example, as shown in FIG. 58, a mission targeting the second pending symbol variation display in FIG. 58(a) is started. Even if a symbol variation display that later becomes a jackpot is suspended, the mission ends at the second pending symbol variation display, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the first effect may be executed only across a plurality of consecutive symbol fluctuation displays, or may be executed other than across a plurality of consecutive symbol fluctuation displays. It may also be something that may be used. In addition, the first effect may always be executed across a plurality of consecutive symbol variation displays, or may not be executed across a plurality of consecutive symbol variation displays. It's okay.

In addition, in the second case, even if a jackpot is included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended during the execution of the first production, the symbol variation display scheduled to end the first production will not be executed. Only the first effect may continue until the first effect is executed, or in the second case, even if a jackpot is included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended during the execution of the first effect, the first effect may continue until the first effect is executed. Performances other than the first performance may be continued until the symbol variation display scheduled to end is executed. In addition, in the second case, even if a jackpot is included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended during the execution of the first production, the symbol variation display scheduled to end the first production will not be executed. The first performance may always continue until the first performance is executed, or in the second case, even if a jackpot is included in the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended during the execution of the first performance, the first performance may continue until the first performance is executed. The first performance may not continue until the symbol variation display that is scheduled to end is executed.

In addition, in the second case, even if a jackpot is included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended during the execution of the first production, only the symbol variation display scheduled to end the first production will be executed. The first performance may continue until the first performance is executed, or in the second case, even if the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended during the execution of the first performance includes a jackpot, the first performance may continue until the first performance is executed. The first performance may continue until a symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display scheduled to end.

In addition, in the second case, only if the jackpot is included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended during the execution of the first production, until the symbol variation display scheduled to end the first production is executed. The first performance may continue, or in the second case, even if the symbol fluctuation display whose start was suspended during the execution of the first performance does not include a jackpot, the first performance may continue. The first performance may continue until the symbol variation display scheduled to end is executed.

In addition, in the second case, even if a jackpot is included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended only during the execution of the first production, the symbol variation display scheduled to end the first production will be executed. The first effect may continue until the first effect is executed, or in the second case, even if the jackpot is included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended other than during the execution of the first effect, the first effect may continue until the first effect is executed. The first performance may continue until the symbol variation display scheduled to end the first performance is executed.

In addition, only in the second case, even if a jackpot is included in the symbol variation display whose start was suspended during the execution of the first production, the symbol variation display scheduled to end the first production will be executed. The first performance may continue until the first performance is executed, and even in cases other than the second case, even if the jackpot is included in the symbol fluctuation display whose start was suspended during the execution of the first performance, Also, the first performance may continue until the symbol variation display is executed, which is scheduled to end the first performance.

In addition, "The progress status until the mission is accomplished is reported [For example, the progress status until the mission is accomplished is reported based on the life gauge and life value of the swordsman character KNG shown in FIG. 30(a)." Equipped with a notification means [e.g., decorative pattern display device 208, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the notification means may notify only the progress status until the mission is accomplished, or may notify the status other than the progress status until the mission is accomplished. Further, the notification means may always notify the progress status until the mission is achieved, or may not notify the progress status until the mission is achieved.

In addition, in the second gaming state, in response to a certain small winning symbol [for example, "Special Z" etc.] being displayed, the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state. [For example, in the battle mode (special pattern high probability general pattern high probability state), the electric support state ends when the special small winning symbol "special pattern Z" stops displaying, so the special pattern high probability normal pattern low transition to a probability state (i.e., small hit rush)],
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

According to this gaming machine, for example, if you hit a small hit with a certain type of small winning symbol even if the number of times you get stuck is one type, you do not know when you will move to the third gaming state, so you can expect a small winning in the second gaming state. In some cases, it is possible to play games while holding the .

Here, in the second gaming state, the second gaming state may only shift to the third gaming state in response to a certain small winning symbol being displayed, or in the second gaming state, The second gaming state may also be shifted to a gaming state other than the third gaming state in response to a certain small winning symbol being displayed. In addition, in the second gaming state, the second gaming state may necessarily shift to the third gaming state in response to a certain small winning symbol being displayed, or in the second gaming state, There may be cases where the second gaming state does not shift to the third gaming state in response to the display of the small winning symbol.

Further, in the second gaming state, the second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state only in response to a certain small winning symbol being displayed, or in the second gaming state, The second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state in response to a situation other than the display of the small winning symbol.

Further, only in the second gaming state, the second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state in response to a certain small winning symbol being displayed, or a game other than the second gaming state may be In this state, the second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state in response to a certain small winning symbol being displayed.

In addition, ``During the execution of the first production, the mission is not achieved in connection with the display of the certain small winning symbol, and the second gaming state changes to the third gaming state. [For example, as shown in FIGS. 56(d) to 56(i), when a special small winning symbol is displayed during a mission and a small winning occurs, the small winning occurs after a short freeze effect is performed. Shifting to rush, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, during the execution of the first performance, even if the mission is not achieved in connection with the display of a certain small winning symbol, and the game state is only shifted from the second game state to the third game state. It is possible to change from the second game state to a game state other than the third game state without accomplishing the mission in connection with the display of a certain small winning symbol during the execution of the first performance. You may migrate. Furthermore, during the execution of the first performance, the second game state may always be shifted to the third game state without the mission being accomplished in connection with the display of a certain small winning symbol. However, during the execution of the first performance, there are cases in which the mission is not achieved due to the display of a certain small winning symbol and the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state does not occur. Good too.

Furthermore, during the execution of the first performance, the mission may be shifted from only the second game state to the third game state without accomplishing the mission in connection with the display of a certain small winning symbol. However, during the execution of the first performance, the mission is not achieved in connection with the display of a certain small winning symbol, and the game state shifts from a game state other than the second game state to the third game state. It's okay.

Also, during the execution of the first performance, the second game state may be shifted to the third game state without the mission being accomplished only in relation to the display of a certain small winning symbol. However, during the execution of the first performance, the mission is not achieved due to anything other than the display of a certain small winning symbol, and the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state. It's okay.

Also, only during the execution of the first performance, the second game state may be shifted to the third game state without the mission being accomplished in connection with the display of a certain small winning symbol. However, even during execution of a performance other than the first performance, the mission may not be achieved due to the display of a certain small winning symbol and the second game state may transition to the third game state. It's okay.

Further, "During the execution of the first performance, the mission is accomplished in connection with the display of the certain small winning symbol, and the second performance is started [for example, in FIG. 52 (g) ) ~ As shown in Figure (k), a special small winning symbol is displayed during a mission, and when a small winning occurs, the master swordsman character KNG is defeated and the lord character HDS strikes a victory pose. has been started],
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, during the execution of the first performance, the mission may be achieved in connection with the display of a certain small winning symbol, and only the second performance may be started, or only the second performance may be started during the execution of the first performance. Among them, a mission may be accomplished in connection with the display of a certain small winning symbol, and a production other than the second production may be started. Further, during the execution of the first production, the mission may be achieved in connection with the display of a certain small winning symbol, and the second production may always be started, or the second production may be started during the execution of the first production. In this case, the mission may be accomplished in connection with the display of a certain small winning symbol, and the second performance may not be started.

Furthermore, during the execution of the first performance, the mission may be accomplished only in relation to the display of a certain small winning symbol, and the second performance may be started, or the second performance may be started during the execution of the first performance. In this case, the mission may be accomplished in connection with something other than the display of a certain small winning symbol, and the second performance may be started.

Further, only during the execution of the first performance, the mission may be achieved in connection with the display of a certain small winning symbol and the second performance may be started, or the second performance may be started during the execution of the first performance. Even during execution, the mission may be accomplished and the second performance may be started in connection with the display of a certain small winning symbol.

In addition, ``When the number of times of getting stuck in the second gaming state becomes the first number [for example, 50 times, etc.], the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state,
In the second gaming state, when the number of times of getting stuck becomes a second number [for example, 30 times, etc.], the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state,
The number of hits is the number of times the symbol fluctuation display consecutively misses without hitting the jackpot.
the first number of times and the second number of times are different numbers;
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, there may be a case where the number of times of getting stuck in the second gaming state becomes the first number and the second gaming state only shifts to the third gaming state, or there is a case where the number of times of getting stuck in the second gaming state becomes the first number of times, or the number of times of getting stuck in the second gaming state becomes the first number. When the number of times reaches the first number of times, the second gaming state may shift to a gaming state other than the third gaming state. In addition, the second gaming state may always be transferred to the third gaming state by the number of times of getting stuck in the second gaming state becoming the first number of times, or the number of getting stuck in the second gaming state may be the first number of times of getting stuck. There may be cases where the second gaming state does not transition to the third gaming state because of the number of times.

Furthermore, the second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state simply by the number of times of getting stuck in the second gaming state becoming the first number, or the number of times of getting stuck in the second gaming state may be changed. The second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state for reasons other than the first number of times.

Furthermore, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state only when the number of times of getting stuck becomes the first number, or the second gaming state may transition to the third gaming state only in the second gaming state. There may also be cases in which the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state when the number of times the game gets stuck reaches the first number.

Furthermore, the second gaming state may only transition to the third gaming state when the number of times it gets stuck becomes the second number, or the number of times it gets stuck in the second gaming state When the number of times becomes the second, the second gaming state may shift to a gaming state other than the third gaming state. Furthermore, the second gaming state may always be transferred to the third gaming state by the number of times of getting stuck in the second gaming state becoming the second number of times, or the number of getting stuck in the second gaming state may be the second number of times of getting stuck. There may be cases where the second gaming state does not transition to the third gaming state because of the number of times.

Furthermore, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state simply by the number of times the game gets stuck in the second gaming state becomes the second number, or the number of times the game gets stuck in the second gaming state The second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state for reasons other than the second number of times.

Furthermore, the second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state by the number of times of getting stuck only in the second gaming state, or the second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state only in the second gaming state. There may also be cases in which the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state when the number of times the game gets stuck reaches the second number.

In addition, the number of times it gets stuck may be the number of times it gets stuck only due to the number of fluctuations of special pattern 1, the number of times it gets stuck only due to the number of fluctuations of special pattern 2, or the number of times it gets stuck only due to the number of fluctuations of special pattern 2. The number of stuck times may be determined by all the number of fluctuations.

Further, ``the game control means is means that can select the number of times the game gets stuck after shifting to the second game state from among a plurality of types of times the game gets stuck [for example, FIG. 15(a) or FIG. As shown in (a), the control unit 300 selects the number of symbol fluctuation displays of the special symbol 1 that causes the electric support to be dropped due to the jackpot symbol based on the distribution table for determining the special symbol 1 jackpot, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the game control means may be able to select the number of times the game gets stuck after transitioning to the second game state only from among a plurality of types of times, or the game control means may be able to select the number of times the game gets stuck after transitioning to the second game state, or the number of times the game gets stuck after transitioning to the second game state. The number of times the device gets stuck may be selectable from a plurality of types of times other than the number of times the device gets stuck. Further, the game control means may always select the number of times the game gets stuck after transitioning to the second game state from among a plurality of types of times the game gets stuck, or the number of times the game gets stuck after transitioning to the second game state. may not be selected from among multiple types of times of failure.

In addition, "one of the plurality of types of look-ahead notices is a third look-ahead notice [for example, the hold icons shown in FIGS. 32(f) to 32(i) are displayed in a rainbow color display mode. suspension notice, etc.]
The third pre-reading notice is a pre-reading notice that the result of the symbol change display that is the subject of the pre-reading may result in the above-mentioned certain jackpot [for example, a jackpot in which "special pattern B" is displayed]. ,
If the certain jackpot occurs in connection with the execution of the third pre-read notice, the game state shifts to the third gaming state after the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot ends [for example, in FIG. 32 ( f) ~ As shown in (p) of the same figure, the pending icon of the pending object that is the target of pre-reading is displayed in a rainbow-colored display mode, and the result of the symbol fluctuation display that is the target of the pre-reading is that "Special pattern B" is If you hit the jackpot with the displayed 10R guaranteed variable jackpot symbol, the game will move to a small hit rush after the jackpot game related to the jackpot ends, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, if a certain jackpot occurs in connection with the execution of the third pre-read notice, it may be possible to move only to the third gaming state after the end of the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot, or If a certain jackpot is achieved in connection with the execution of the third pre-read notice, the player may shift to a gaming state other than the third gaming state after the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot ends. In addition, if a certain jackpot is achieved in connection with the execution of the third pre-read notice, the game state may always be shifted to the third gaming state after the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot ends; If a certain jackpot is achieved in connection with the execution of the pre-read notice, the game may not shift to the third gaming state after the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot ends.

In addition, if a certain jackpot occurs in connection with the execution of the third pre-read notice, the transition to the third gaming state may be made only after the end of the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot; If a certain jackpot occurs in connection with the execution of the pre-read notice, the game may shift to a third gaming state other than after the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot ends.

In addition, only when a certain jackpot occurs in connection with the execution of the third pre-read notice, the game may shift to the third gaming state after the end of the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot. Even in cases other than the case where a certain jackpot occurs in connection with the execution of the third pre-read notice, the third game state may be shifted to after the end of the jackpot game related to a certain jackpot.

In addition, if a certain jackpot is achieved in connection with the execution of only the third pre-read notice, it may be possible to shift to the third gaming state after the end of the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot, or the third If a certain jackpot is achieved in connection with the execution of a pre-read notice other than the pre-read notice, a transition may be made to a third game state after the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot ends.

In addition, "the second gaming state is a gaming state including a variable probability state and an electric support state [for example, a special pattern high probability regular pattern high probability state, etc.],
The third gaming state is a gaming state including a variable probability state and a non-electric support state [for example, a special pattern high probability general pattern low probability state, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the second gaming state may include only the variable probability state and the electric support state, or may include states other than the variable probability state and the electric support state. Further, the second gaming state may necessarily include a variable probability state and an electric support state, or may not include a variable probability state and an electric support state.

Further, the third gaming state may include only the variable probability state and the non-electric support state, or may include states other than the variable probability state and the non-electric support state. Further, the third gaming state may always include a variable probability state and a non-electric support state, or may not include a variable probability state and a non-electric support state.

Further, "one of the gaming states among the plurality of gaming states is a first gaming state [for example, a normal gaming state (a special pattern low probability normal pattern low probability state), etc.",
The first gaming state is a normal gaming state,
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

In addition, ``The third gaming state is a small winning rush state in which it is easy to obtain prize balls by playing small winning games.
A game machine characterized by: ”
Further, "one of the plurality of performances is a third performance [for example, a performance in which the lord character HDS shown in FIG. 28(l) is defeated],"
The third performance is a performance that informs that the mission has failed,
In connection with the start of the third performance, the game state shifts to a game state different from the third game state [for example, as shown in FIG. [Special drawings E] to [Special drawings Q] become a 5R probability-variable jackpot and move to battle mode.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the third effect may be one that notifies only that the mission has failed, or may also be one that notifies others that the mission has failed. Further, the third effect may always notify that the mission has failed, or may not notify that the mission has failed.

In addition, it may be possible to shift to a gaming state different from the third gaming state only in relation to the start of the third production, or it may be related to things other than the start of the third production. The player may move to a gaming state different from the third gaming state. Also, in connection with the start of the third performance, the game state may always be shifted to a different game state from the third game state, or in connection with the start of the third performance, the third game state may be changed. There may be cases where the game does not shift to a different game state from the game state.

Further, "the game machine is a pachinko machine [for example, the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG. 1],"
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Also, in the above description,
“Game control means [for example, main control unit 300, etc.] capable of executing control to shift to one of a plurality of game states,
A production means capable of performing multiple productions [for example, decorative pattern display device 208, etc.],
Pre-read notification means capable of executing multiple types of pre-read notifications [for example, decorative pattern display device 208, etc.];
A game machine comprising:
One of the plurality of game states is a second game state [e.g., battle mode (special pattern high probability regular pattern high probability state), etc.],
One of the gaming states of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state [for example, small hit rush (special pattern high probability normal pattern low probability state), etc.],
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the second gaming state,
One of the plurality of performances is a first performance [for example, a mission performance to reduce the life of the swordsman character KNG to 0 and defeat it as shown in FIGS. 29(b) to 29(n)]. ,
One of the plurality of performances is a second performance [for example, a performance in which the lord character HDS is striking a victory pose as shown in FIG. 29(o)],
The first performance is a performance that may be started during at least a part of the period in the second gaming state,
The first performance is a mission-based performance,
The second performance is a performance that is started in connection with the achievement of the mission,
When the second performance is started, the second game state may shift to the third game state without executing the jackpot game [for example, in FIGS. 29(o) to 29(p) ) or as shown in FIGS. 52(i) to 52(k), when the lord's character HDS takes a winning pose, the game shifts to a small winning rush without a jackpot game being executed. etc.],
One of the plurality of types of look-ahead notices may be a certain look-ahead notice [for example, the pending notice shown in FIGS. 31(g) to 31(n), or [Suspension notice, etc. shown in]]
When the certain pre-read notice is started in the second gaming state, the game progresses to the third gaming state in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process,
The first gaming process is a gaming process in which a jackpot game is executed in the second gaming state, and the transition is made to the third gaming state after the jackpot game ends [for example, in the battle mode " If you hit the jackpot with the probability variable super jackpot of “Special Map B”, the game will shift to a small hit rush after the jackpot game related to the jackpot ends, etc.]
The second gaming process is a gaming process in which the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state without starting a jackpot game in the second gaming state [for example, a battle After entering the mode, if the symbol fluctuation display of special map 1 is executed a predetermined number of times and the electric support is removed, the battle mode will transition to a small hit rush, or if a special small hit occurs during the battle mode and the battle mode is switched off. Shift to small hit rush, etc.]
When the second gaming state is shifted to the third gaming state by the first gaming process, the second effect is not executed [for example, in FIGS. 55(d) to 55(j) As shown, if "special map b" is displayed and it becomes a jackpot that transitions to a small hit rush, the mission will not start during battle mode (the mission will not be completed), etc.]
When transitioning from the second gaming state to the third gaming state through the second gaming process, the second effect is executed [For example, as shown in FIG. When this is reached, a scene where the lord's character HDS defeats the master swordsman character KNG and strikes a victory pose is performed, or as shown in Figure 52, if a special small hit occurs during battle mode, the lord's character HDS There will be a performance of KNG striking a victory pose after defeating the master swordsman character KNG.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
explained.

According to the conventional game machine, there was room for improvement in the performance means, but according to this game machine, it is possible to provide a game machine with characteristics in the performance means.

Furthermore, according to this gaming machine, although the player expects to complete the mission as a period during which he expects to transition to the third gaming state, there is also a period in which the player expects to transition to the third gaming state in addition to completing the mission. It may be possible to increase expectations for

Here, the game control means may be capable of executing only a control for shifting to one of a plurality of gaming states, or may be capable of executing control for shifting to one of a plurality of gaming states. Control other than control may also be executable. Further, the game control means may always execute control to transition to one of a plurality of gaming states, or may execute control to transition to one of a plurality of gaming states. It may be something that may not be executed.

Furthermore, the presentation means may be capable of only performing a plurality of presentations, or may be capable of executing things other than a plurality of presentations. Further, the presentation means may always perform a plurality of presentations, or may not execute a plurality of presentations.

Further, the pre-read notification means may be capable of only executing multiple types of pre-read notifications, or may be capable of executing notifications other than multiple types of pre-read notifications. Further, the pre-reading notice means may always execute a plurality of types of pre-reading notices, or may not execute a plurality of types of pre-reading notices.

Furthermore, the third gaming state may be more advantageous than only the second gaming state, or may be more advantageous than any gaming state other than the second gaming state. Furthermore, the third gaming state may be always more advantageous than the second gaming state, or may be less advantageous than the second gaming state.

Further, the first performance may be started only during at least a part of the period in the second gaming state, or may be performed during a period other than at least a part of the period in the second gaming state. may also be started. Further, the first performance may always start during at least a part of the period in the second gaming state, or may not start during at least a part of the period in the second gaming state. It may be.

Note that the first performance may be started during a part of the period in the second gaming state, or may be started during the entire period in the second gaming state. It may be.

Furthermore, the second performance may be started only in connection with the mission being accomplished, or may be started in connection with something other than the mission being accomplished. It may be something that Furthermore, the second performance may always be started in connection with the mission being accomplished, or may be started in connection with the mission not being accomplished. There may be.

Furthermore, when the second performance is started, the second game state may only transition to the third game state without the jackpot game being executed, or the second performance may be started. There may also be a case where the second gaming state shifts to a gaming state other than the third gaming state without executing the jackpot game. In addition, when the second performance is started, the second game state may always be shifted to the third game state without the jackpot game being executed, or when the second performance is started, the second There may be cases where the jackpot game is not executed from the first game state and the third game state is not shifted.

Furthermore, when only the second performance is started, the second game state may shift to the third game state without the jackpot game being executed, or performances other than the second performance may be performed. Once started, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state without the jackpot game being executed.

In addition, once a certain look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, even if the game progresses only to the third gaming state during either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. Okay, once a certain look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, it is possible to enter a gaming state other than the third gaming state in either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. may also be migrated. In addition, if a certain look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, even if the game progresses to the third gaming state in either the first gaming process or the second gaming process, However, once a certain advance notice is started in the second gaming state, there are cases where the game does not shift to the third gaming state in either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. There may be.

Furthermore, once a certain look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, even if the transition to the third gaming state occurs only during either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. Okay, if a certain pre-read notice is started in the second gaming state, then the third gaming state can be entered even in a gaming process other than either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. You may migrate.

In addition, only when a certain look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, the player can then move to the third gaming state in either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. Alternatively, even in cases other than the case where a certain pre-read notice is started in the second gaming state, the third game may be played later in either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. You may move to the state.

Furthermore, if a certain look-ahead notice is started only in the second gaming state, even if the game progresses to the third gaming state in either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. Okay, if a certain pre-read notice is started in a gaming state other than the second gaming state, then the third gaming state will be activated in either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. You may move to

In addition, in the case of transitioning from the second gaming state to the third gaming state by the first gaming process, only the second performance need not be executed, and the second gaming state may be changed by the first gaming process. When transitioning from to the third gaming state, performances other than the second performance do not need to be executed. Furthermore, when transitioning from the second gaming state to the third gaming state due to the first gaming process, the second performance does not necessarily have to be executed, and the second gaming state does not necessarily have to be executed due to the first gaming process. When transitioning from to the third gaming state, the second performance may be executed.

Further, the second performance does not need to be executed only when the first gaming process moves from the second gaming state to the third gaming state, and the second gaming state does not need to be executed due to the first gaming process. The second performance does not need to be executed in cases other than the case of transitioning to the third gaming state.

In addition, if the second gaming state is transferred to the third gaming state only by the first gaming process, the second performance may not be executed, and the second performance may be changed by a gaming process other than the first gaming process. When transitioning from the second gaming state to the third gaming state, the second performance does not need to be executed.

Furthermore, when transitioning from the second gaming state to the third gaming state by the second gaming process, only the second performance may be executed, or the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state by the second gaming process. When shifting to the third gaming state, performances other than the second performance may also be performed. Furthermore, when transitioning from the second gaming state to the third gaming state through the second gaming process, the second performance may always be executed, or the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state through the second gaming process. When transitioning to the third gaming state, the second performance may not be performed.

Further, the second performance may be executed only when the second gaming state is transferred to the third gaming state by the second gaming process, or the second performance is changed from the second gaming state to the third gaming state by the second gaming process. The second performance may also be executed in cases other than the case of transitioning to the third gaming state.

In addition, if the second gaming state is transferred to the third gaming state only by the second gaming process, the second performance may be executed, or the second performance may be executed by a gaming process other than the second gaming process. When moving from the gaming state to the third gaming state, the second performance may be executed.

In addition, ``In the case where the first effect is executed over a plurality of consecutive symbol fluctuation displays (hereinafter referred to as ``the second case [for example, as shown in FIGS. 58(a) to 58(g) The mission is carried out across multiple consecutive symbol fluctuation displays].
In the second case, even if a jackpot is included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended during execution of the first production, the symbol variation display scheduled to end the first production is executed. [For example, as shown in FIG. 58, a mission targeting the second pending symbol variation display in FIG. 58(a) is started. Even if a symbol variation display that later becomes a jackpot is suspended, the mission ends at the second symbol variation display that is pending, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the first effect may be executed only across a plurality of consecutive symbol fluctuation displays, or may be executed other than across a plurality of consecutive symbol fluctuation displays. It may also be something that may be used. In addition, the first effect may always be executed across a plurality of consecutive symbol variation displays, or may not be executed across a plurality of consecutive symbol variation displays. It's okay.

In addition, in the second case, even if a jackpot is included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended during the execution of the first production, the symbol variation display scheduled to end the first production will not be executed. Only the first effect may continue until the first effect is executed, or in the second case, even if a jackpot is included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended during the execution of the first effect, the first effect may continue until the first effect is executed. Performances other than the first performance may be continued until the symbol variation display scheduled to end is executed. In addition, in the second case, even if a jackpot is included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended during the execution of the first production, the symbol variation display scheduled to end the first production will not be executed. The first performance may always continue until the first performance is executed, or in the second case, even if a jackpot is included in the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended during the execution of the first performance, the first performance may continue until the first performance is executed. The first performance may not continue until the symbol variation display that is scheduled to end is executed.

In addition, in the second case, even if a jackpot is included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended during the execution of the first production, only the symbol variation display scheduled to end the first production will be executed. The first performance may continue until the first performance is executed, or in the second case, even if the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended during the execution of the first performance includes a jackpot, the first performance may continue until the first performance is executed. The first performance may continue until a symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display scheduled to end.

In addition, in the second case, only if the jackpot is included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended during the execution of the first production, until the symbol variation display scheduled to end the first production is executed. The first performance may continue, or in the second case, even if the symbol fluctuation display whose start was suspended during the execution of the first performance does not include a jackpot, the first performance may continue. The first performance may continue until the symbol variation display scheduled to end is executed.

In addition, in the second case, even if a jackpot is included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended only during the execution of the first production, the symbol variation display scheduled to end the first production will be executed. The first effect may continue until the first effect is executed, or in the second case, even if the jackpot is included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended other than during the execution of the first effect, the first effect may continue until the first effect is executed. The first performance may continue until the symbol variation display scheduled to end the first performance is executed.

In addition, only in the second case, even if a jackpot is included in the symbol variation display whose start was suspended during the execution of the first production, the symbol variation display scheduled to end the first production will be executed. The first performance may continue until the first performance is executed, and even in cases other than the second case, even if the jackpot is included in the symbol fluctuation display whose start was suspended during the execution of the first performance, Also, the first performance may continue until the symbol variation display is executed, which is scheduled to end the first performance.

In addition, "The progress status until the mission is accomplished is reported [For example, the progress status until the mission is accomplished is reported based on the life gauge and life value of the swordsman character KNG shown in FIG. 30(a)." Equipped with a notification means [e.g., decorative pattern display device 208, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the notification means may notify only the progress status until the mission is accomplished, or may notify the status other than the progress status until the mission is accomplished. Further, the notification means may always notify the progress status until the mission is achieved, or may not notify the progress status until the mission is achieved.

In addition, in the second gaming state, in response to a certain small winning symbol [for example, "special pattern Z", etc.] being displayed, the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state. [For example, in the battle mode (special pattern high probability general pattern high probability state), the electric support state ends when the special small winning symbol "special pattern Z" stops displaying, so the special pattern high probability normal pattern low transition to a probability state (i.e., small hit rush)],
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

According to this gaming machine, for example, if you hit a small hit with a certain type of small winning symbol even if the number of times you get stuck is one type, you do not know when you will move to the third gaming state, so you can expect a small winning in the second gaming state. In some cases, it is possible to play games while holding the .

Here, in the second gaming state, the second gaming state may only shift to the third gaming state in response to a certain small winning symbol being displayed, or in the second gaming state, The second gaming state may also be shifted to a gaming state other than the third gaming state in response to a certain small winning symbol being displayed. In addition, in the second gaming state, the second gaming state may necessarily shift to the third gaming state in response to a certain small winning symbol being displayed, or in the second gaming state, There may be cases where the second gaming state does not shift to the third gaming state in response to the display of the small winning symbol.

Further, in the second gaming state, the second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state only in response to a certain small winning symbol being displayed, or in the second gaming state, The second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state in response to a situation other than the display of the small winning symbol.

Further, only in the second gaming state, the second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state in response to a certain small winning symbol being displayed, or a game other than the second gaming state may be In this state, the second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state in response to a certain small winning symbol being displayed.

Further, "During the execution of the first performance, the mission is accomplished in connection with the display of the certain small winning symbol, and the second performance is started [for example, in FIG. 52(g) ) ~ As shown in the same figure (k), a special small winning symbol is displayed during a mission, and when a small winning occurs, the master swordsman character KNG is defeated and the lord character HDS strikes a victory pose. has been started],
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, during the execution of the first performance, the mission may be achieved in connection with the display of a certain small winning symbol, and only the second performance may be started, or only the second performance may be started during the execution of the first performance. Among them, a mission may be accomplished in connection with the display of a certain small winning symbol, and a production other than the second production may be started. Further, during the execution of the first production, the mission may be achieved in connection with the display of a certain small winning symbol, and the second production may always be started, or the second production may be started during the execution of the first production. In this case, the mission may be accomplished in connection with the display of a certain small winning symbol, and the second performance may not be started.

Furthermore, during the execution of the first performance, the mission may be accomplished only in relation to the display of a certain small winning symbol, and the second performance may be started, or the second performance may be started during the execution of the first performance. In this case, the mission may be accomplished in connection with something other than the display of a certain small winning symbol, and the second performance may be started.

Further, only during the execution of the first performance, the mission may be achieved in connection with the display of a certain small winning symbol and the second performance may be started, or the second performance may be started during the execution of the first performance. Even during execution, the mission may be accomplished and the second performance may be started in connection with the display of a certain small winning symbol.

In addition, ``When the number of times of getting stuck in the second gaming state becomes the first number [for example, 50 times, etc.], the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state,
In the second gaming state, when the number of times of getting stuck becomes a second number [for example, 30 times, etc.], the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state,
The number of hits is the number of times the symbol fluctuation display consecutively misses without hitting the jackpot.
the first number of times and the second number of times are different numbers;
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, there may be a case where the number of times of getting stuck in the second gaming state becomes the first number and the second gaming state only shifts to the third gaming state, or there is a case where the number of times of getting stuck in the second gaming state becomes the first number of times, or the number of times of getting stuck in the second gaming state becomes the first number. When the number of times reaches the first number of times, the second gaming state may shift to a gaming state other than the third gaming state. In addition, the second gaming state may always be transferred to the third gaming state by the number of times of getting stuck in the second gaming state becoming the first number of times, or the number of getting stuck in the second gaming state may be the first number of times of getting stuck. There may be cases where the second gaming state does not transition to the third gaming state because of the number of times.

Furthermore, the second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state simply by the number of times of getting stuck in the second gaming state becoming the first number, or the number of times of getting stuck in the second gaming state may be changed. The second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state for reasons other than the first number of times.

Furthermore, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state only when the number of times of getting stuck becomes the first number, or the second gaming state may transition to the third gaming state only in the second gaming state. There may also be cases in which the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state when the number of times the game gets stuck reaches the first number.

Furthermore, the second gaming state may only transition to the third gaming state when the number of times it gets stuck becomes the second number, or the number of times it gets stuck in the second gaming state When the number of times becomes the second, the second gaming state may shift to a gaming state other than the third gaming state. Furthermore, the second gaming state may always be transferred to the third gaming state by the number of times of getting stuck in the second gaming state becoming the second number of times, or the number of getting stuck in the second gaming state may be the second number of times of getting stuck. There may be cases where the second gaming state does not transition to the third gaming state because of the number of times.

Furthermore, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state simply by the number of times the game gets stuck in the second gaming state becomes the second number, or the number of times the game gets stuck in the second gaming state The second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state for reasons other than the second number of times.

Furthermore, the second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state by the number of times of getting stuck only in the second gaming state, or the second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state only in the second gaming state. There may also be cases in which the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state when the number of times the game gets stuck reaches the second number.

In addition, the number of times it gets stuck may be the number of times it gets stuck only due to the number of fluctuations of special pattern 1, the number of times it gets stuck only due to the number of fluctuations of special pattern 2, or the number of times it gets stuck only due to the number of fluctuations of special pattern 2. The number of stuck times may be determined by all the number of fluctuations.

Further, ``the game control means is means that can select the number of times the game gets stuck after shifting to the second game state from among a plurality of types of times the game gets stuck [for example, FIG. 15(a) or FIG. As shown in (a), the main control unit 300 selects the number of symbol fluctuation displays of the special symbol 1 in which the electric support is dropped due to the jackpot symbol based on the distribution table for determining the special symbol 1 jackpot, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the game control means may be able to select the number of times the game gets stuck after transitioning to the second game state only from among a plurality of types of times, or the game control means may be able to select the number of times the game gets stuck after transitioning to the second game state, or the number of times the game gets stuck after transitioning to the second game state. The number of times the device gets stuck may be selectable from a plurality of types of times other than the number of times the device gets stuck. Further, the game control means may always select the number of times the game gets stuck after transitioning to the second game state from among a plurality of types of times the game gets stuck, or the number of times the game gets stuck after transitioning to the second game state. may not be selected from among multiple types of times of failure.

In addition, "the second gaming state is a gaming state including a variable probability state and an electric support state [for example, a special pattern high probability regular pattern high probability state, etc.],
The third gaming state is a gaming state including a variable probability state and a non-electric support state [for example, a special pattern high probability general pattern low probability state, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the second gaming state may include only the variable probability state and the electric support state, or may include states other than the variable probability state and the electric support state. Further, the second gaming state may necessarily include a variable probability state and an electric support state, or may not include a variable probability state and an electric support state.

Further, the third gaming state may include only the variable probability state and the non-electric support state, or may include states other than the variable probability state and the non-electric support state. Further, the third gaming state may always include a variable probability state and a non-electric support state, or may not include a variable probability state and a non-electric support state.

Further, "one of the gaming states among the plurality of gaming states is a first gaming state [for example, a normal gaming state (a special pattern low probability normal pattern low probability state), etc.",
The first gaming state is a normal gaming state,
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

In addition, ``The third gaming state is a small winning rush state in which it is easy to obtain prize balls by playing small winning games.
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Further, "one of the plurality of performances is a third performance [for example, a performance in which the lord character HDS shown in FIG. 28(l) is defeated],"
The third performance is a performance that informs that the mission has failed,
In connection with the start of the third performance, the game state shifts to a game state different from the third game state [for example, as shown in FIG. [Special drawings E] to [Special drawings Q] become a 5R probability-variable jackpot and move to battle mode.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the third effect may be one that notifies only that the mission has failed, or may also be one that notifies others that the mission has failed. Further, the third effect may always notify that the mission has failed, or may not notify that the mission has failed.

In addition, it may be possible to shift to a gaming state different from the third gaming state only in relation to the start of the third production, or it may be related to things other than the start of the third production. The player may move to a gaming state different from the third gaming state. Also, in connection with the start of the third performance, the game state may always be shifted to a different game state from the third game state, or in connection with the start of the third performance, the third game state may be changed. There may be cases where the game does not shift to a different game state from the game state.

Further, "the game machine is a pachinko machine [for example, the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG. 1],"
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Also, in the above description,
“Game control means [for example, main control unit 300, etc.] capable of executing control to shift to one of a plurality of game states,
A production means capable of performing multiple productions [for example, decorative pattern display device 208, etc.],
Pre-read notification means capable of executing multiple types of pre-read notifications [for example, decorative pattern display device 208, etc.];
A game machine comprising:
One of the plurality of game states is a second game state [e.g., battle mode (special pattern high probability regular pattern high probability state), etc.],
One of the gaming states of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state [for example, small hit rush (special pattern high probability normal pattern low probability state), etc.],
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the second gaming state,
One of the plurality of performances is a first performance [for example, a mission performance to reduce the life of the swordsman character KNG to 0 and defeat it as shown in FIGS. 29(b) to 29(n)]. ,
One of the plurality of performances is a second performance [for example, a performance in which the lord character HDS is striking a victory pose as shown in FIG. 29(o)],
The first performance is a performance that may be started during at least a part of the period in the second gaming state,
The first performance is a mission-based performance,
The second performance is a performance that is started in connection with the achievement of the mission,
When the second performance is started, the second game state may shift to the third game state without executing the jackpot game [for example, in FIGS. 29(o) to 29(p) ) or as shown in FIGS. 52(i) to 52(k), when the lord's character HDS takes a winning pose, the game shifts to a small winning rush without a jackpot game being executed. etc.],
One of the plurality of types of look-ahead notices is a second look-ahead notice [for example, the pending notice shown in FIGS. 31(g) to 31(n), and FIGS. ), and
When the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, the game enters the third gaming state in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process,
The first gaming process is a gaming process in which a jackpot game is executed in the second gaming state, and the transition is made to the third gaming state after the jackpot game ends [for example, in the battle mode " If you hit the jackpot with the probability variable super jackpot of “Special Map B”, the game will shift to a small hit rush after the jackpot game related to the jackpot ends, etc.]
The second gaming process is a gaming process in which the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state without starting a jackpot game in the second gaming state [for example, a battle After entering the mode, if the symbol fluctuation display of special map 1 is executed a predetermined number of times and the electric support is removed, the battle mode will transition to a small hit rush, or if a special small hit occurs during the battle mode and the battle mode is switched off. Shift to small hit rush, etc.]
In the second gaming process, in response to a certain small winning symbol [for example, "special pattern z", etc.] being displayed and becoming a small winning in the second gaming state, a small winning related to the small winning is achieved. Including a case where the game is executed and the game enters the third game state after the end of the small winning game (hereinafter referred to as the "first case").
A game machine characterized by: ”
explained.

According to the conventional game machine, there was room for improvement in the game control means, but according to this game machine, it is possible to provide a game machine with characteristics in the game control means.

Further, according to this gaming machine, there are cases where it is possible to shift to the third gaming state without hitting the jackpot, and it may be possible to make the player look forward to it.

Further, according to this game machine, variations in the second game process may be increased.

Here, the game control means may be capable of executing only a control for shifting to one of a plurality of gaming states, or may be capable of executing control for shifting to one of a plurality of gaming states. Control other than control may also be executable. Further, the game control means may always execute control to transition to one of a plurality of gaming states, or may execute control to transition to one of a plurality of gaming states. It may be something that may not be executed.

Furthermore, the presentation means may be capable of only performing a plurality of presentations, or may be capable of executing things other than a plurality of presentations. Further, the presentation means may always perform a plurality of presentations, or may not execute a plurality of presentations.

Further, the pre-read notification means may be capable of only executing multiple types of pre-read notifications, or may be capable of executing notifications other than multiple types of pre-read notifications. Further, the pre-reading notice means may always execute a plurality of types of pre-reading notices, or may not execute a plurality of types of pre-reading notices.

Furthermore, the third gaming state may be more advantageous than only the second gaming state, or may be more advantageous than any gaming state other than the second gaming state. Furthermore, the third gaming state may be always more advantageous than the second gaming state, or may be less advantageous than the second gaming state.

Further, the first performance may be started only during at least a part of the period in the second gaming state, or may be performed during a period other than at least a part of the period in the second gaming state. may also be started. Further, the first performance may always start during at least a part of the period in the second gaming state, or may not start during at least a part of the period in the second gaming state. It may be.

Note that the first performance may be started during a part of the period in the second gaming state, or may be started during the entire period in the second gaming state. It may be.

Furthermore, the second performance may be started only in connection with the mission being accomplished, or may be started in connection with something other than the mission being accomplished. It may be something that Furthermore, the second performance may always be started in connection with the mission being accomplished, or may be started in connection with the mission not being accomplished. There may be.

Furthermore, when the second performance is started, the second game state may only transition to the third game state without the jackpot game being executed, or the second performance may be started. There may also be a case where the second gaming state shifts to a gaming state other than the third gaming state without executing the jackpot game. In addition, when the second performance is started, the second game state may always be shifted to the third game state without the jackpot game being executed, or when the second performance is started, the second There may be cases where the jackpot game is not executed from the first game state and the third game state is not shifted.

Furthermore, when only the second performance is started, the second game state may shift to the third game state without the jackpot game being executed, or performances other than the second performance may be performed. Once started, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state without the jackpot game being executed.

In addition, when the second pre-read notice is started in the second gaming state, the transition to the third gaming state only occurs in either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. Alternatively, once the second advance notice is started in the second gaming state, a game other than the third gaming state may be played in either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. It may also move to the state. In addition, when the second pre-read notice is started in the second gaming state, the transition to the third gaming state is always made in either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. Alternatively, once the second advance notice is started in the second gaming state, the game does not shift to the third gaming state during either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. There may be cases.

Furthermore, when the second pre-read notice is started in the second gaming state, the transition to the third gaming state is made only during either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. Alternatively, when the second pre-read notice is started in the second gaming state, the third game may be played in a gaming process other than either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. You may move to the state.

In addition, only when the second pre-read notice is started in the second gaming state, the transition to the third gaming state will occur in either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. Alternatively, even in cases other than the case where the second pre-read notice is started in the second gaming state, the third game in either the first gaming process or the second gaming process may be performed. You may shift to the gaming state.

In addition, if the second pre-read notice is started only in the second gaming state, then the transition to the third gaming state occurs during either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. Alternatively, if the second pre-read notice is started in a game state other than the second game state, then the third pre-read notice may be started in either the first game process or the second game process. You may shift to a gaming state.

In addition, in the second gaming process, in response to a certain small winning symbol being displayed and a small winning in the second gaming state, a small winning game related to the small winning is executed, and the small winning game is executed. The second game process may include only the case of transitioning to the third game state after the game ends, or the second game process may include only the case where a certain small winning symbol is displayed in the second gaming state and a small win is achieved. It may also include cases other than the case where a small winning game related to a small winning is executed and a transition to a third gaming state is made after the small winning game ends. In addition, in the second gaming process, in response to a certain small winning symbol being displayed and a small winning in the second gaming state, a small winning game related to the small winning is executed, and the small winning game is executed. The second game process may necessarily include a case where a transition to a third game state is made after the game ends, and the second game process may include a case in which a certain small winning symbol is displayed in the second gaming state and a small win is achieved. There may be cases where a small winning game related to a small winning is executed and a transition to a third gaming state is not included after the small winning game ends.

In addition, in the second gaming process, in response to a certain small winning symbol being displayed and a small winning in the second gaming state, a small winning game related to the small winning is executed, and the small winning game is executed. It may include a case where the game only moves to the third gaming state after the game ends, and the second gaming process is performed in response to a certain small winning symbol being displayed in the second gaming state and becoming a small winning. It may also include a case where a small winning game related to a small winning is executed and a transition is made to a game state other than the third gaming state after the small winning game ends.

In addition, in the second gaming process, in response to a certain small winning symbol being displayed and a small winning in the second gaming state, a small winning game related to the small winning is executed, and the small winning game is executed. The second game process may include a case where the game moves to the third game state only after the game ends, and the second game process is performed in response to a certain small winning symbol being displayed in the second gaming state and becoming a small win. It may also include a case where a small winning game related to a small winning is executed and a transition to a third gaming state is made other than after the small winning game ends.

In addition, in the second gaming process, in response to a certain small winning symbol being displayed and a small winning in the second gaming state, only the small winning game related to the small winning is executed, and the small winning game is executed. The second game process may include a case in which a transition is made to a third gaming state after the end of the second gaming state, and the second gaming process may include a case where a certain small winning symbol is displayed in the second gaming state and a small winning occurs. It may also include a case where a game other than a small winning game related to a small winning is executed and a transition to a third gaming state is made after the small winning game ends.

In addition, in the second gaming process, a small winning game related to the small winning is executed only in response to a certain small winning symbol being displayed and a small winning in the second gaming state, and the small winning game is executed. The second gaming process may include a transition to a third gaming state after the completion of It may also include a case where a small winning game related to the small winning is executed in response to the small winning and moving to a third gaming state after the small winning game is finished.

In addition, in the second gaming process, in response to a certain small winning symbol being displayed and a small winning only in the second gaming state, a small winning game related to the small winning is executed, and the small winning game is executed. The second gaming process may include a case in which a small winning symbol is displayed in a gaming state other than the second gaming state, resulting in a small winning. It may also include a case where a small winning game related to the small winning is executed in accordance with the small winning and moving to a third game state after the small winning game ends.

In addition, ``When the number of times of getting stuck in the second gaming state reaches a certain number [for example, 50 times, 30 times, etc.], the second gaming state is changed from the second gaming state to the third gaming state by the second gaming process. may move to
The number of hits is the number of times the symbol fluctuation display consecutively misses without hitting the jackpot.
The first case may occur before the number of times the locking occurs reaches the certain number of times.
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, there may be cases in which the second gaming state only shifts from the second gaming state to the third gaming state by the second gaming process when the number of times the game gets stuck reaches a certain number, or When the number of times of getting stuck in the game state reaches a certain number, the second game state may be shifted to a game state other than the third game state by the second game process. In addition, there may be cases in which the second gaming state always transitions from the second gaming state to the third gaming state by the second gaming process when the number of times the game gets stuck reaches a certain number; There may be cases where the number of times the game gets stuck in the game state reaches a certain number, so that the second game state does not transition to the third game state in the second game process.

Furthermore, when the number of times of getting stuck in the second gaming state reaches a certain number, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state only by the second gaming process, or When the number of times the game gets stuck in the game state reaches a certain number of times, the second game state may be shifted to the third game state by a game process other than the second game process.

Furthermore, the second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state by the second gaming process only when the number of times of getting stuck in the second gaming state reaches a certain number, or There may be a case where the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state due to the second gaming process even if the number of times of getting stuck in the gaming state becomes a certain number of times.

In addition, the first case may occur only before the number of times of getting stuck reaches a certain number, or the first case may occur even before the number of times of getting stuck reaches a certain number. It's okay. In addition, the first case may always be reached before the number of times of getting stuck reaches a certain number, or the first case may not be reached before the number of times of getting stuck reaches a certain number. good.

Further, "the probability of a small hit in the second gaming state [for example, 1/10, etc.] is the same as the probability of a small win in the third gaming state [for example, 1/10, etc.],"
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, only the probability of a small hit in the second gaming state and the probability of a small winning in the third gaming state may be the same, or the probability of a small winning in the second gaming state, Probabilities other than the probability of a small hit in the third gaming state may also be the same. Furthermore, the probability of a small hit in the second gaming state and the probability of a small winning in the third gaming state may always be the same, or the probability of a small winning in the second gaming state and the probability of a small winning in the third gaming state may be the same. There may be cases where the probabilities of a small hit are not the same in the three gaming states.

In addition, the probability that the certain small winning symbol is displayed and a small hit [for example, 1/10 x 1/40 = 1/400, etc.] is higher than the probability that the small winning symbol will be a jackpot in the second gaming state [ For example, lower than 1/29.9 etc. with setting 1,
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

According to this game machine, it may be possible to function as a bonus unexpected element.

Here, the probability of a small winning symbol being displayed and a small winning may be lower than the probability of only a jackpot in the second gaming state, or the probability of a small winning symbol being displayed and a small winning. The probability of winning may be lower than the probabilities other than the probability of winning in the second gaming state. Furthermore, the probability that a certain small winning symbol is displayed and a small winning occurs may be necessarily lower than the probability that a small winning symbol is displayed and a small winning occurs in the second gaming state. The probability of hitting the jackpot in the second gaming state may not be lower than the probability of hitting the jackpot in the second gaming state.

In addition, in response to a certain jackpot in the second gaming state [for example, a jackpot where "special pattern b" is displayed on the second special pattern display device 214], Shifting to the third gaming state after the end of the jackpot game,
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, in response to a certain jackpot in the second gaming state, the player may only move to the third gaming state after the end of the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot, or in the second gaming state. In response to a certain jackpot, the player may shift to a gaming state other than the third gaming state after the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot ends. In addition, in response to a certain jackpot in the second gaming state, the game may always shift to the third gaming state after the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot ends, or if a certain jackpot occurs in the second gaming state. In response to a certain jackpot, the game may not shift to a third gaming state after the jackpot game related to a certain jackpot ends.

In addition, in response to a certain jackpot in the second gaming state, the third gaming state may be entered only after the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot ends, or in response to a certain jackpot in the second gaming state. In response to a certain jackpot, the third gaming state may be entered other than after the jackpot game related to a certain jackpot ends.

Further, only in response to a certain jackpot in the second gaming state, the third gaming state may be shifted to after the end of the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot, or in response to a certain jackpot in the second gaming state. Depending on matters other than the occurrence of a certain jackpot, a transition to a third gaming state may be made after the jackpot game related to a certain jackpot ends.

In addition, in response to a certain jackpot occurring only in the second gaming state, it may be possible to shift to a third gaming state after the end of the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot, or to move to a third gaming state in a state other than the second gaming state. In response to a certain jackpot in the gaming state, a transition to a third gaming state may be made after the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot ends.

In addition, ``In the third gaming state, the second symbol variation display is more likely to result in a jackpot than the first symbol variation display [For example, as shown in FIG. 21(b), in the small hit rush, the special symbol The symbol variation display of 2 is a short variation, the symbol variation display of special symbol 1 is a long variation, and the result of the symbol variation display of special symbol 1 is more likely to result in a jackpot than that of special symbol 2], etc.
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, in the third gaming state, the jackpot may be more likely to occur only in the second symbol variation display than in the first symbol variation display, or in the third gaming state, the jackpot may be more likely to occur in the second symbol variation display than in the first symbol variation display. A symbol variation display other than the second symbol variation display may also be more likely to result in a jackpot. In addition, in the third gaming state, the second symbol variation display may be more likely to result in a jackpot than the first symbol variation display, and in the third gaming state, the second symbol variation display may be more likely to result in a jackpot than the first symbol variation display. There may be cases where it is not easy to hit the jackpot with the symbol fluctuation display.

Also, only in the third gaming state, it may be easier to hit the jackpot with the second symbol fluctuation display than with the first symbol fluctuation display, or even in game states other than the third gaming state, the first symbol fluctuation display It may be easier to hit the jackpot with the second symbol variation display.

In addition, "the second gaming state is a gaming state including a variable probability state and an electric support state [for example, a special pattern high probability regular pattern high probability state, etc.],
The third gaming state is a gaming state including a variable probability state and a non-electric support state [for example, a special pattern high probability general pattern low probability state, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the second gaming state may include only the variable probability state and the electric support state, or may include states other than the variable probability state and the electric support state. Further, the second gaming state may necessarily include a variable probability state and an electric support state, or may not include a variable probability state and an electric support state.

Further, the third gaming state may include only the variable probability state and the non-electric support state, or may include states other than the variable probability state and the non-electric support state. Further, the third gaming state may always include a variable probability state and a non-electric support state, or may not include a variable probability state and a non-electric support state.

In addition, "first starting winning means [for example, special figure 1 starting opening (variable) 231 etc.]"
A second starting winning means [for example, special drawing 2 starting opening 232, etc.],
a first symbol display means [for example, the first special symbol display device 212, etc.] capable of performing a first symbol variation display when a game ball enters the first starting prize winning means;
a second symbol display means [e.g., second special symbol display device 214, etc.] capable of performing a second symbol variation display when a game ball enters the second starting prize winning means;
Equipped with
The first start winning means is changeable between a first state [for example, a state in which the shutter member 2311 is closed] and a second state [for example, a state in which the shutter member 2311 is performing an opening/closing operation]. It is a starting prize means,
The second state is a state in which the game ball enters the first starting winning means more easily than the first state,
In the electric support state, the first start-up winning means is more likely to enter the second state than in the non-electric support state [for example, in the low probability state of normal figures, the probability of winning is 0%, In the high probability state shown in the figure, the hit probability is 100%, and the shutter 2311 is likely to be in an open state, etc.]
In the second gaming state, it is easier to hit the jackpot with the first symbol variation display than with the second symbol variation display [For example, as shown in FIG. 21(b), in the battle mode, the symbol variation of special symbol 1 The display is a short fluctuation, the symbol fluctuation display of special map 2 is a long fluctuation, the result of the symbol fluctuation display of special map 1 is more likely to result in a jackpot than special map 2, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the first symbol display means may be able to execute the first symbol variation display only when a game ball enters the first starting winning means, or The first symbol variation display may also be executed in cases other than the case where a game ball enters the starting prize winning means. Further, the first symbol display means may always execute the first symbol variation display when a game ball enters the first starting prize winning means, or The first symbol variation display may not be executed when a game ball enters the winning means.

Further, the second symbol display means may be able to execute the second symbol variation display only when a game ball enters the second start winning means, or The second symbol variation display may also be executed in cases other than the case where a game ball enters the starting winning means. Further, the second symbol display means may always execute the second symbol variation display when a game ball enters the second starting prize winning means, or The second symbol variation display may not be executed when a game ball enters the winning means.

Further, the first starting winning means may be able to change only between the first state and the second state, or may be able to change into states other than the first state and the second state. It may be. Further, the first starting winning means may always change between the first state and the second state, or may not change between the first state and the second state. Good too.

Further, the second state may be a state in which the game ball enters only the first starting winning means more easily than the first state, or a state in which the gaming ball enters the first starting winning means more easily than in the first state. In addition to the prize-winning means, a state in which it is easy to enter the ball may also be used. In addition, the second state may be a state in which the game ball always enters the first starting winning means more easily than the first state, or the second state may be a state in which the game ball always enters the first starting prize means more easily than the first state. It may be in a state where it is not easy to enter the winning means.

In addition, in the electric support state, only the first starting winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state, and in the electric support state, the first starting prize means is more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state. Winning means other than the starting winning means may also be in a state where they are likely to be in the second state. In addition, in the electric support state, the first starting winning means may always be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state, and in the electric support state, the first starting prize means is more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state. The starting prize winning means may be in a state where it is not likely to be in the second state.

Furthermore, in the second gaming state, the jackpot may be more likely to occur only in the first symbol variation display than in the second symbol variation display, and in the second gaming state, the first symbol variation display may be more likely to occur than in the second symbol variation display. A jackpot may be easily achieved by a symbol display means other than the symbol variation display. Also, in the second gaming state, the first symbol variation display may always be more likely to hit the jackpot than the second symbol variation display, and in the second gaming state, the first symbol variation display may be more likely to result in a jackpot than the second symbol variation display. There may be cases where it is not easy to hit the jackpot with the symbol fluctuation display.

Also, only in the second gaming state, it may be easier to hit the jackpot with the first symbol fluctuation display than with the second symbol fluctuation display, or even in a gaming state other than the second gaming state, the second symbol fluctuation display may It may be easier to hit the jackpot with the first symbol variation display.

In addition, "first starting winning means [for example, special drawing 1 starting opening 230 etc.],
A second starting winning means [for example, special figure 2 starting opening (variable) 233, etc.],
a first symbol display means [for example, the first special symbol display device 212, etc.] capable of performing a first symbol variation display when a game ball enters the first starting prize winning means;
a second symbol display means [e.g., second special symbol display device 214, etc.] capable of performing a second symbol variation display when a game ball enters the second starting prize winning means;
Equipped with
The second starting winning means [for example, the second variable winning opening (variable) 233 shown in FIG. , a state in which the shutter member 2331 is performing an opening/closing operation, etc.].
The second state is a state in which the game ball enters the second starting winning means more easily than the first state,
In the electric support state, the second start-up winning means is more likely to enter the second state than in the non-electric support state [for example, in the low probability state of normal figures, the probability of winning is 0%, In the high probability state shown in the figure, the hit probability is 100%, and the shutter member 2331 is likely to open and close, etc.]
In the second gaming state, it is easier to hit the jackpot with the second symbol variation display than with the first symbol variation display [For example, as shown in FIG. 49(a), in the battle mode, the symbol variation of special symbol 2 The display is a short variation, the symbol variation display of special pattern 1 is a long variation, the result of the symbol variation display of special pattern 2 is more likely to result in a jackpot than that of special pattern 1, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the first symbol display means may be able to execute the first symbol variation display only when a game ball enters the first starting winning means, or The first symbol variation display may also be executed in cases other than the case where a game ball enters the starting prize winning means. Further, the first symbol display means may always execute the first symbol variation display when a game ball enters the first starting prize winning means, or The first symbol variation display may not be executed when a game ball enters the winning means.

Further, the second symbol display means may be able to execute the second symbol variation display only when a game ball enters the second start winning means, or The second symbol variation display may also be executed in cases other than the case where a game ball enters the starting winning means. Further, the second symbol display means may always execute the second symbol variation display when a game ball enters the second starting prize winning means, or The second symbol variation display may not be executed when a game ball enters the winning means.

Further, the second starting prize winning means may be capable of changing only between the first state and the second state, or may be capable of changing into a state other than the first state and the second state. It may be. Further, the second starting winning means may always change between the first state and the second state, or may not change between the first state and the second state. Good too.

Further, the second state may be a state in which the game ball enters only the second starting winning means more easily than the first state, or a state in which the gaming ball enters the second starting winning means more easily than the first state. In addition to the prize-winning means, a state in which it is easy to enter the ball may also be used. Further, the second state may be a state in which the game ball always enters the second starting winning means more easily than the first state, or a state in which the gaming ball is more likely to enter the second starting winning means than in the first state. It may be in a state where it is not easy to enter the winning means.

In addition, in the electric support state, only the second starting winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state, and in the electric support state, the second starting prize means is more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state. Winning means other than the starting winning means may also be in a state where they are likely to be in the second state. In addition, in the electric support state, the second starting winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state, and in the electric support state, the second starting prize means is more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state. The starting prize winning means may be in a state where it is not likely to be in the second state.

Furthermore, in the second gaming state, the jackpot may be more likely to occur only in the second symbol variation display than in the first symbol variation display; A jackpot may be easily achieved by a symbol display means other than the symbol variation display. Also, in the second gaming state, the second symbol variation display may always be more likely to hit the jackpot than the first symbol variation display, and in the second gaming state, the second symbol variation display may be more likely to result in a jackpot than the first symbol variation display. There may be cases where it is not easy to hit the jackpot with the symbol fluctuation display.

Also, only in the second gaming state, it may be easier to hit the jackpot with the second symbol fluctuation display than with the first symbol fluctuation display, or even in a gaming state other than the second gaming state, the first symbol fluctuation display It may be easier to hit the jackpot with the second symbol variation display.

In addition, ``The third gaming state is a small winning rush state in which it is easy to obtain prize balls by playing small winning games.
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Further, "the game machine is a pachinko machine [for example, the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG. 1],"
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Also, in the above description,
``A holding means [for example, the main control unit 300, etc.] capable of holding off the start of symbol variation display;
A first look-ahead notice [for example, the consecutive notices shown in FIGS. symbol display device 208 etc.],
A game machine comprising:
The first look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that is started after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first look-ahead notice (hereinafter referred to as "first symbol change display") is suspended [e.g. , As shown in FIGS. 36(2) to 36(3), the pre-reading notice is started after the symbol change display related to the fourth pending icon h24 of the special drawing 2, which is the target of the pre-reading notice, is suspended. etc],
The first look-ahead notice is provided when the first effect [for example, when the effect button 136 shown in FIGS. 35(j) to 35(l) is operated while the first symbol variation display is being executed. , an effect display in which a speech bubble with the words "Get a small hit!" is displayed, and as shown in FIGS. 36(10) to 36(12), when the effect button 136 is operated, the bancho As the character TDR becomes larger, the display changes to a display with torn clothes, and a speech bubble with the words "Get 3 small wins!" is displayed. It is a notice,
When the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit, the first pre-read notice is started [for example, in FIGS. 35(c) to 35(m), and in FIGS. As shown in 13), continuous notice is started when the symbol fluctuation display that is the subject of advance notice becomes a small hit],
The result of the symbol variation display from the start of the first pre-read notice to the start of the first symbol variation display does not include a jackpot [for example, FIGS. 35(c) to 35(m) ), and as shown in Figures 36 (3) to (13), the result of the symbol fluctuation display from the start of the continuous notice until the start of the symbol fluctuation display that is the target of the pre-read notice is a failure. ],
The first effect includes a small hit in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "second symbol variation display"). This is an effect that starts in the first mode when a symbol variation display that is If the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the start is suspended does not include a symbol fluctuation display that will result in a small hit, when the production button 136 is operated, the display mode of the bancho character TDR will not change. , A speech bubble with the words "Get a small hit!" is displayed, etc.]
The first performance is a performance that is started in the second mode when the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit [for example, Fig. 36 (10)] ~As shown in (12) in the same figure, for example, two symbol variation displays that result in a small hit are included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the symbol variation display that is the subject of the pre-read notice is suspended. If so, when the production button 136 is operated, the Bancho character TDR becomes gigantic and changes to a display with torn clothes, and a speech bubble with the words "You get 3 small wins!" appears. ],
The first aspect and the second aspect are different aspects,
A game machine characterized by: ”
explained.

According to the conventional game machine, there was room for improvement in the advance notice means, but according to this game machine, it is possible to provide a game machine having features in the advance notice means.

Further, according to this game machine, when the first look-ahead preview is started, it may be possible to create expectations for the first performance as a preview including the subsequent increase in reservations.

Here, the holding means may be capable of holding only the start of the symbol variation display, or may be capable of holding other than the start of the symbol variation display. Further, the holding means may always hold the start of the symbol variation display, or may not hold the start of the symbol variation display in some cases.

Further, the pre-read notice means may be capable of executing only the first pre-read notice, or may be capable of executing pre-read notices other than the first pre-read notice. Further, the pre-read notification means may always execute the first pre-read notification, or may not execute the first pre-read notification.

Further, the first pre-read notice may be started only after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first pre-read notice is suspended, or the first pre-read notice may be started only after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first pre-read notice is suspended. The display may be started even after the display has been suspended. Further, the first pre-read notice may always be started after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first pre-read notice has been suspended, or the first pre-read notice may always start after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first pre-read notice. The display may not be started after the display is suspended.

Further, the first pre-read notice may be started after only the symbol change display that is the target of the first pre-read notice has been suspended, or the first pre-read notice may be started after the symbol change display that is the target of the first pre-read notice is suspended. It may be started after the symbol variation display other than the display is suspended.

Further, the first pre-read notice may start only the first effect while the first symbol variation display is being executed, or may be such that only the first effect is started while the first symbol variation display is being executed. Performances other than the first performance may also be started. Further, the first look-ahead notice may always start the first effect while the first symbol variation display is being executed, or the first effect may be started while the first symbol variation display is being executed. It may also be something that may not start.

Further, the first pre-read notice may start the first effect only while the first symbol variation display is being executed, or may be a symbol variation display other than the first symbol variation display. The first performance may be started even during the execution of the first performance.

Further, only the first pre-reading notice may be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit, or the first pre-reading notice may be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit. A look-ahead notice other than a notice may also be started. In addition, the first pre-reading notice may always be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit, or the first pre-reading notice may be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit. There may be cases where the advance notice is not started.

Also, the first pre-read notice may be started only when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit, or even in cases other than when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit. A first look-ahead notice may be started.

In addition, the first look-ahead notice may also be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is a jackpot, or when the result of the first symbol variation display is that the number of hits will be the ceiling number. The first look-ahead notice may be started.

In addition, the results of the symbol variation display from the start of the first pre-read notice to the start of the first symbol change display may not include only the jackpot, and the first pre-read notice may not include only the jackpot. The results of the symbol variation display from the started symbol variation display to the start of the first symbol variation display do not need to include anything other than a jackpot. In addition, the results of the symbol variation display from the start of the first pre-read notice to the start of the first symbol change display do not necessarily have to include a jackpot, and the first pre-read notice does not necessarily have to include a jackpot. A jackpot may be included in the result of the symbol variation display from the started symbol variation display to the start of the first symbol variation display.

Also, the jackpot may not be included only in the result of the symbol variation display from the start of the first pre-read notice to the start of the first symbol change display, or the first pre-read notice may Results other than the results of the symbol variation display from the started symbol variation display to the start of the first symbol variation display may not include a jackpot.

In addition, the first effect is when the start of the first symbol variation display is postponed and the symbol variation display whose start is postponed does not include a symbol variation display that results in a small hit. It may be an effect that is started only in this manner, or a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small win may be included in the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol fluctuation display is suspended. If there is no such effect, the performance may be started in a mode other than the first mode. In addition, the first effect is when the start of the first symbol variation display is postponed and the symbol variation display whose start is postponed does not include a symbol variation display that results in a small hit. It may be a production that is always started depending on the pattern, or a symbol variation display that results in a small hit may be included in the symbol variation display whose start is deferred after the start of the first symbol variation display is deferred. It may be an effect that may not start in the first mode if there is no such effect.

In addition, the first effect is performed only when the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol fluctuation display is suspended does not include a symbol fluctuation display that will result in a small hit. The effect may be started in this manner, or the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small win may be included in the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol fluctuation display is suspended. The performance may be started in the first mode even in cases other than the case where there is no.

In addition, the first effect is performed when only the symbol variation display that results in a small hit is not included in the symbol variation display whose start is postponed after the start of the first symbol variation display is postponed. It may be an effect that is started in this manner, or a symbol variation other than a symbol variation display that results in a small hit in a symbol variation display whose start is deferred after the start of the first symbol variation display is deferred. Even when no display is included, the presentation may be started in the first mode.

In addition, the first effect is performed when the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit is not included in the symbol fluctuation display whose start was suspended after the start of the first symbol fluctuation display was suspended. It may be a performance that is started in the manner of .The symbol fluctuation display that results in a small win may be included in the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol fluctuation display is suspended. The performance may be started in the first mode when there is no such effect.

In addition, the first effect is performed only after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended, when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended does not include a symbol variation display that results in a small hit. The effect may be started in this manner, or the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit may be included in the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended other than after the start of the first symbol fluctuation display is suspended. The performance may be started in the first mode even when the first mode is not set.

Further, the first performance may be a performance that is started only in the second mode when the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit, or The performance may be started in a mode other than the second mode when a symbol variation display that results in a small hit is included in the symbol variation display. Further, the first performance may be a performance that is always started in the second mode when the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit, or If the symbol variation display that results in a small hit is included in the symbol variation display, the performance may not be started in the second mode.

Further, the first performance may be a performance that is started in the second mode when only the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit is included in the second symbol fluctuation display; Even when the symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display that results in a small hit, the performance may be started in the second mode.

Further, the first performance may be a performance that is started in the second mode when a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit is included only in the second symbol fluctuation display, or may be a performance that is started in the second mode. The performance may be started in the second mode when a symbol variation display that results in a small hit is included in addition to the symbol variation display.

Note that the first performance may be a performance that is started in the second mode when the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot, or The performance may be started in a manner different from the second manner when the fluctuating display includes a symbol fluctuating display that results in a jackpot.

Further, the first aspect and the second aspect may be partially or completely different.

In addition, ``The first aspect and the second aspect differ in the manner of notification regarding the number of small hits [for example, as shown in FIGS. 35(j) to 35(l), If a symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after a certain symbol fluctuation display is suspended does not include a symbol fluctuation display that will result in a small hit, a speech bubble with the words "Get a small hit!" will appear. By displaying this, it is announced that only one small win is included in the symbol variation display, and as shown in Figure 36 (10) to (12), it is notified that the symbol change display is subject to advance notice. For example, if the symbol fluctuation display whose start was suspended after a certain symbol fluctuation display was suspended includes two symbol fluctuation displays that become small hits, the message "You get 3 small hits!" By displaying a speech bubble with text, it is announced that a total of 3 small wins are included: the small win in the symbol variation display and the 2 pending small wins in the symbol variation display. ],
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the first aspect and the second aspect may differ only in the notification mode related to the number of small hits, or the first aspect and the second aspect may differ in the notification mode other than the notification mode related to the number of small wins. The aspects of may also be different. Also, the first aspect and the second aspect may necessarily differ in the notification mode regarding the number of small hits, and the first aspect and the second aspect may differ in the notification mode regarding the number of small wins. There may be cases where this is not the case.

Note that the first aspect and the second aspect may each directly notify the number of small hits, or may implicitly suggest the number of small wins. .

In addition, "equipped with a game control means [e.g., main control unit 300, etc.] capable of executing control to shift to one game state among a plurality of game states,
One of the plurality of gaming states is a first gaming state [for example, a normal gaming state (a special pattern low probability normal pattern low probability state), etc.],
One of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state [for example, small hit rush (special pattern high probability normal pattern low probability state), etc.],
The third gaming state is a gaming state more advantageous than the first gaming state,
The third gaming state is a small winning rush state in which prize balls are easily obtained through small winning games,
In the third gaming state, at least during the period from the start of the first performance to the end of all the small winning games related to the small winnings related to the execution of the first performance, the third gaming state is does not end [For example, as shown in Figures 36 (3) to 37 (25), the small hit (3 small winnings) related to the notice executed in the symbol variation display that is the target of the pre-read notice after the start of the pre-read notice The symbol fluctuation display during the period until all small winning games related to (wins) are completed is a loss or a small hit, but not a jackpot, so the game status has not changed, etc.)
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the game control means may be capable of executing only a control for shifting to one of a plurality of gaming states, or may be capable of executing control for shifting to one of a plurality of gaming states. Control other than control may also be executable. Further, the game control means may always execute control to transition to one of a plurality of gaming states, or may execute control to transition to one of a plurality of gaming states. It may be something that may not be executed.

Further, the third gaming state may be more advantageous than only the first gaming state, or may be more advantageous than any gaming state other than the first gaming state. Furthermore, the third gaming state may be always more advantageous than the first gaming state, or may be less advantageous than the first gaming state.

In addition, in the third gaming state, only the third gaming state is active at least during the period from the start of the first performance to the end of all small winning games related to the small winnings related to the execution of the first performance. In the third gaming state, at least during the period from the start of the first performance to the end of all small winning games related to the small winnings related to the execution of the first performance. Game states other than the third game state do not have to end. In addition, in the third gaming state, at least during the period from the start of the first production to the end of all small winning games related to the execution of the first production, the third gaming state is always In the third gaming state, at least during the period from the start of the first performance to the end of all small winning games related to the small winnings related to the execution of the first performance. The third gaming state may end.

In addition, in the third gaming state, the third gaming state is limited to at least a period from the start of the first production until all small winning games related to small winnings related to the execution of the first production are completed. In the third gaming state, at least a period other than the period from the start of the first performance to the end of all the small winning games related to the small winnings related to the execution of the first performance. The third game state does not have to end even during the period.

In addition, in the third gaming state, at least during the period from the start of the first performance until all small winning games related to small winnings related only to the execution of the first performance are completed, the third gaming state is It does not have to end, and in the third game state, at least from the start of the first performance until all the small winning games related to the small winnings related to the execution of performances other than the first performance are completed. The third gaming state does not have to end during the period.

In addition, in the third gaming state, at least during the period from the start of only the first performance to the end of all small winning games related to the small winnings related to the execution of the first performance, the third gaming state is It does not have to end, and in the third game state, at least from the start of performances other than the first performance until all the small winning games related to the small winnings related to the execution of the first performance are completed. The third gaming state does not have to end during the period.

In addition, only in the third gaming state, at least during the period from the start of the first performance until all the small winning games related to the small winnings related to the execution of the first performance are completed, the third gaming state is It does not have to end, and even in game states other than the third game state, all small winning games related to small winnings related to the execution of the first performance are ended at least after the first performance is started. The third gaming state does not have to end during the period up to.

Further, "one of the plurality of gaming states is a second gaming state [for example, battle mode (special pattern high probability regular pattern high probability state), etc."
The first gaming state is a normal gaming state,
The second gaming state is a gaming state including a variable probability state and an electric support state [for example, a special pattern high probability general pattern high probability state, etc.],
The third gaming state is a gaming state including a variable probability state and a non-electric support state [for example, a special pattern high probability general pattern low probability state, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the second gaming state may include only the variable probability state and the electric support state, or may include states other than the variable probability state and the electric support state. Further, the second gaming state may always include a variable probability state and an electric support state, or may not include a variable probability state and an electric support state.

Further, the third gaming state may include only the variable probability state and the non-electric support state, or may include states other than the variable probability state and the non-electric support state. Further, the third gaming state may always include a variable probability state and a non-electric support state, or may not include a variable probability state and a non-electric support state.

In addition, it includes a hold display means [for example, decorative pattern display device 208, etc.] that notifies the number of symbol fluctuation displays whose start is suspended by the number of displayed hold icons,
The hold display means is a means that can display the hold icon in one display mode among a plurality of display modes,
The display mode of the pending icon corresponding to the second symbol variation display is the default display mode [For example, as shown in FIG. 36 (3) to FIG. The display mode of the pending icon indicating the symbol variation display whose start has been suspended after the display has been suspended is the default display mode, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

According to this gaming machine, it may be possible to prevent players from having excessive expectations. That is, at the time when the first pre-read notice is started, it is unclear whether the symbol variation display whose start has been suspended thereafter can be expected, and it may be preferable to display it in the default display mode.

Here, the suspension display means may notify the number of symbol variation displays whose start is pending only by the number of display pending icons, or may notify the number of symbol variation displays whose start is pending. Something other than the number of displayed icons may also be reported. Further, the suspension display means may always notify the number of symbol fluctuation displays whose start is suspended by the number of displayed symbol fluctuations, or the number of symbol fluctuation displays whose start is suspended by the number of symbol fluctuation displays whose start is suspended. It may also be a case where the number of displayed items may not be left unattended.

Further, the hold display means may be capable of displaying only the hold icon in one of the plurality of display forms, or may be capable of displaying only the hold icon in one of the plurality of display forms. It may be something that can display things. Further, the hold display means may always display the hold icon in one of the plurality of display modes, or may not display the hold icon in one of the plurality of display modes. It may be something that may occur.

In addition, ``If the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot, before the symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot among the second symbol variation displays is suspended. The first performance is executed in a manner according to the presence or absence of a symbol variation display that results in a small hit in the reserved symbol variation display [For example, as shown in FIGS. 59(10a) to 59(25a), If the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the symbol fluctuation display that is the subject of the advance notice includes a symbol fluctuation display that will result in a jackpot, the symbol fluctuation A performance is performed by the bancho character TDR in a manner corresponding to the number (for example, one) of symbol fluctuation displays that result in a small win in the symbol fluctuation displays that were suspended before the display was suspended. A game machine. ”
Also explained.

According to this game machine, since the third game state may end due to a jackpot, the first performance is not performed in the direction of lowering expectations, thereby preventing a decrease in the interest of the game. There are cases where it is possible.

Note that depending on the type of jackpot, the first performance may include information about the jackpot.

Here, if the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot, the symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot among the second symbol fluctuation displays is suspended before the symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot is suspended. Only the first performance may be executed in a manner depending on whether or not there is a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the symbol fluctuation display, or the second symbol fluctuation display may include a symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot. If the symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot among the second symbol fluctuation displays is held, the first performance is performed in a manner according to the presence or absence of a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the symbol fluctuation display that was held before the symbol fluctuation display that resulted in a jackpot among the second symbol fluctuation displays. Other effects may also be performed. In addition, if the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot, the symbol that was suspended before the symbol variation display that resulted in a jackpot among the second symbol variation displays is suspended. The first performance may always be executed in a manner depending on whether or not there is a symbol variation display that results in a small hit in the variation display, or the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot. In this case, the first performance is performed in a manner according to the presence or absence of a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the symbol fluctuation display that was held before the symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot among the second symbol fluctuation display. There may be cases where it is not executed.

In addition, if the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot, the symbol that was suspended before the symbol variation display that resulted in a jackpot among the second symbol variation displays is suspended. The first performance may be executed only in a manner according to the presence or absence of a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the fluctuation display, or the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot. In this case, even in a mode other than the mode according to the presence or absence of a symbol variation display resulting in a small hit in the symbol variation display that was suspended before the symbol variation display resulting in a jackpot in the second symbol variation display is suspended. may be performed.

In addition, if the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot, the symbol that was suspended before the symbol variation display that resulted in a jackpot among the second symbol variation displays is suspended. The first performance may be executed in a manner depending only on the presence or absence of a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the fluctuation display, or the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot. In this case, in addition to the presence or absence of a symbol fluctuation display resulting in a small hit in the symbol fluctuation display that was held before the symbol fluctuation display resulting in a jackpot among the second symbol fluctuation display, the first A performance may also be performed.

In addition, if the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot, the symbol that was suspended before the symbol variation display that resulted in a jackpot among the second symbol variation displays is suspended. The first performance may be executed in a manner depending on whether or not there is a symbol variation display that results in a small hit only in the variation display, or the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot. In this case, in a manner according to the presence or absence of a symbol variation display resulting in a small hit in a symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display that was suspended before the symbol variation display resulting in a jackpot among the second symbol variation display. The first performance may be performed.

In addition, if the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot, only the symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot among the second symbol variation displays will be held before being held. The first performance may be executed in a manner depending on whether or not there is a symbol variation display that results in a small hit in the symbol variation display, or the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot. In this case, in a manner according to the presence or absence of a symbol variation display resulting in a small hit in the symbol variation display that was held before the symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display resulting in a jackpot among the second symbol variation display is suspended. The first performance may be performed.

In addition, only when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot, the symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot among the second symbol variation displays will be suspended before the symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot. The first performance may be executed in a manner depending on whether or not there is a symbol variation display that results in a small hit in the symbol variation display, or the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot. In other cases, the second symbol variation display may also be executed in a manner according to the presence or absence of a symbol variation display resulting in a small hit in the symbol variation display held before the symbol variation display resulting in a jackpot among the second symbol variation display is suspended. One performance may be performed.

In addition, if the second symbol variation display includes only a symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot, the symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot among the second symbol variation displays will be suspended before the symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot. The first performance may be executed in a manner depending on whether or not there is a symbol variation display that results in a small hit in the symbol variation display, or a symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display that results in a jackpot in the second symbol variation display. Even in the case where a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit is included in the symbol fluctuation display that was held before the symbol fluctuation display that resulted in a jackpot in the second symbol fluctuation display is held, the mode depends on the presence or absence of a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit. The first performance may be performed.

In addition, if only the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot, the symbol variation display that results in a jackpot among the second symbol variation displays is suspended before the symbol variation display that results in a jackpot is suspended. The first performance may be executed in a manner depending on the presence or absence of a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the symbol fluctuation display, or a symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot in a symbol fluctuation display other than the second symbol fluctuation display. is included, in a manner according to the presence or absence of a symbol fluctuation display resulting in a small hit in the symbol fluctuation display that was held before the symbol fluctuation display resulting in a jackpot in the second symbol fluctuation display is suspended. The first performance may be performed.

Further, "the pre-read notice means is a means capable of executing a second pre-read notice [for example, the suspended notice shown in FIG. 32(f), etc.],
The second pre-read notice is a pre-read notice that may be started when the symbol change display that will result in a jackpot is suspended [for example, as shown in FIG. 32(f), the symbol change display that will result in a jackpot is When a hold is placed on hold, the hold icon corresponding to the hold is displayed in rainbow colors, etc.]
The second lookahead notice is a lookahead notice different from the first lookahead notice,
The second look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that is not a continuous notice;
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the pre-read notice means may be capable of executing only the second pre-read notice, or may be capable of executing pre-read notices other than the second pre-read notice. Further, the pre-read notification means may always execute the second pre-read notification, or may not execute the second pre-read notification.

Further, the second pre-read notice may be started only when the symbol change display that will result in a jackpot is suspended, or in cases other than when the symbol fluctuation display that will result in a jackpot is suspended. It may also be initiated. Further, the second pre-read notice may always be started when the symbol change display that results in a jackpot is suspended, or it may not be started when the symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot is suspended. It may be something.

In addition, a "holding means [for example, the main control unit 300, etc.] capable of holding off the start of the symbol variation display,"
Pre-reading notice means [for example, decorative pattern display device 208 etc.] and
A game machine comprising:
The first look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that is started after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first look-ahead notice (hereinafter referred to as "first symbol change display") is suspended [e.g. , As shown in FIGS. 36(2) to 36(3), the pre-reading notice is started after the symbol change display related to the fourth pending icon h24 of the special drawing 2, which is the target of the pre-reading notice, is suspended. etc],
The first look-ahead notice is provided when the first effect [for example, when the effect button 136 shown in FIGS. 35(j) to 35(l) is operated while the first symbol variation display is being executed. , an effect display in which a speech bubble with the words "Get a small hit!" is displayed, and as shown in FIGS. 36(10) to 36(12), when the effect button 136 is operated, the bancho As the character TDR becomes larger, the display changes to a display with torn clothes, and a speech bubble with the words "Get 3 small wins!" is displayed. It is a notice,
When the result of the first symbol variation display is a result in which a privilege is granted (hereinafter referred to as "a certain result [e.g., small hit, jackpot, etc.]"), the first pre-read notice is started. For example, as shown in Figures 35(c) to 35(m) and Figures 36(3) to 36(13), if the symbol fluctuation display that is the target of the look-ahead notice results in a small hit, continuous notice is issued. started, etc.],
The certain result is not included in the result of the symbol variation display from the start of the first pre-read notice to the start of the first symbol variation display [for example, when the certain result is not included] As shown in Figure (m) and Figures 36 (3) to 36 (13), the results of the symbol variation display from the start of the continuous notice until the start of the symbol variation display that is the target of the pre-read notice are ],
The first performance includes the above-mentioned one in the symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "second symbol variation display") whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended. This is an effect that starts in the first mode when the resulting symbol fluctuation display is not included [For example, as shown in FIGS. If the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the fluctuation display is suspended does not include a symbol fluctuation display that will result in a small hit, when the production button 136 is operated, the display mode of the bancho character TDR changes. Instead, a speech bubble with the words "Get a small hit!" is displayed in a manner that is displayed],
The first performance is a performance that is started in the second mode when the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a certain result [for example, FIG. 36 ( 10) - As shown in (12) of the same figure, for example, two symbol variation displays that result in a small hit are included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the symbol variation display that is the subject of the pre-read notice is suspended. In this case, when the production button 136 is operated, the character TDR of the bancho becomes gigantic and changes to a display with torn clothes, and the words "Get 3 small wins!" are attached. etc.],
The first aspect and the second aspect are different aspects,
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

According to the conventional game machine, there was room for improvement in the advance notice means, but according to this game machine, it is possible to provide a game machine having features in the advance notice means.

Further, according to this game machine, when the first look-ahead preview is started, it may be possible to create expectations for the first performance as a preview including the subsequent increase in reservations.

Here, the holding means may be capable of holding only the start of the symbol variation display, or may be capable of holding other than the start of the symbol variation display. Further, the holding means may always hold the start of the symbol variation display, or may not hold the start of the symbol variation display in some cases.

Further, the pre-read notice means may be capable of executing only the first pre-read notice, or may be capable of executing pre-read notices other than the first pre-read notice. Further, the pre-read notification means may always execute the first pre-read notification, or may not execute the first pre-read notification.

Further, the first pre-read notice may be started only after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first pre-read notice is suspended, or the first pre-read notice may be started only after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first pre-read notice is suspended. The display may be started even after the display has been suspended. Further, the first pre-read notice may always be started after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first pre-read notice has been suspended, or the first pre-read notice may always start after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first pre-read notice. The display may not be started after the display is suspended.

Further, the first pre-read notice may be started after only the symbol change display that is the target of the first pre-read notice has been suspended, or the first pre-read notice may be started after the symbol change display that is the target of the first pre-read notice is suspended. It may be started after the symbol variation display other than the display is suspended.

Further, the first pre-read notice may start only the first effect while the first symbol variation display is being executed, or may be such that only the first effect is started while the first symbol variation display is being executed. Performances other than the first performance may also be started. Further, the first look-ahead notice may always start the first effect while the first symbol variation display is being executed, or the first effect may be started while the first symbol variation display is being executed. It may also be something that may not start.

Further, the first pre-read notice may start the first effect only while the first symbol variation display is being executed, or may be a symbol variation display other than the first symbol variation display. The first performance may be started even during the execution of the first performance.

In addition, only the first pre-read notice may be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is a result in which a privilege is awarded, or the result of the first symbol variation display is a result in which a privilege is awarded. In this case, a look-ahead notice other than the first look-ahead notice may also be started. In addition, the first pre-read notice may always be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is the result that a privilege is awarded, or the result of the first symbol variation display is the result that a privilege is awarded. In this case, the first pre-read notice may not be started.

Further, the first pre-read notice may be started only when the result of the first symbol variation display is a result in which a privilege is awarded, or the first pre-read notice may be started only when the result of the first symbol variation display is a result in which a privilege is awarded. The first look-ahead notice may also be started in cases other than the case where .

In addition, the first look-ahead notice may also be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is a jackpot, or when the result of the first symbol variation display is that the number of hits will be the ceiling number. The first pre-read notice may be started when the first symbol variation display results in a special small hit.

In addition, only a certain result may not be included in the result of the symbol variation display from the start of the first pre-read notice to the start of the first symbol change display, and The results of the symbol variation display from the start of the advance notice to the start of the first symbol variation display may not include anything other than a certain result. In addition, a certain result may not necessarily be included in the result of the symbol variation display from the start of the first pre-read notice to the start of the first symbol change display, and A certain result may be included in the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display where the advance notice is started until the first symbol variation display is started.

In addition, a certain result may not be included only in the result of the symbol variation display from the start of the first pre-read notice to the start of the first symbol change display, or the first pre-read notice may not include a certain result. A certain result may not be included in the results other than the results of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display where the advance notice is started until the first symbol variation display is started.

In addition, the first effect is performed when a symbol variation display that results in a certain result is not included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended. It may be an effect that starts only in this manner, or a symbol fluctuation display that results in a certain result is included in the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol fluctuation display is suspended. The effect may also be started in a mode other than the first mode when the first mode is not set. In addition, the first effect is performed when a symbol variation display that results in a certain result is not included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended. It may be a production that is always started in this manner, or a symbol variation display that results in a certain result is included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended. It may be an effect that may not start in the first mode if the first mode is not set.

In addition, the first effect is performed only when a symbol variation display that results in a certain result is not included in the symbol variation display whose start is postponed after the start of the first symbol variation display is postponed. It may be a production that starts in one mode, or a symbol variation display that results in a certain result is included in the symbol variation display whose start is deferred after the start of the first symbol variation display is deferred. The performance may be started in the first mode even in cases other than the case where the first mode is not set.

In addition, the first effect is a first effect when only a symbol variation display that results in a certain result is not included in the symbol variation display whose start has been postponed after the start of the first symbol variation display has been postponed. It may be a production that is started in one manner, or a production other than a symbol variation display that results in a certain result in the symbol variation display whose start is deferred after the start of the first symbol variation display is deferred. Even when the symbol variation display is not included, the performance may be started in the first mode.

In addition, the first effect is the first effect when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include a symbol variation display that results in a certain result. It may be a performance that is started in one manner. Symbol fluctuation displays that result in a certain result are included in addition to the symbol fluctuation displays whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol fluctuation display is suspended. The performance may be started in the first mode when the first mode is not set.

In addition, the first effect is performed only after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended, when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended does not include a symbol variation display that results in a certain result. It may be an effect that starts in one mode, or a symbol fluctuation display that results in a certain result may be included in a symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended other than after the start of the first symbol fluctuation display is suspended. Even if it is not included, the performance may be started in the first mode.

Further, the first performance may be a performance that is started only in the second mode when a symbol variation display that results in a certain result is included in the second symbol variation display, or may be a production that starts only in the second mode. If the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a certain result, the performance may be started in a mode other than the second mode. Further, the first performance may be a performance that is always started in the second mode when a symbol variation display that results in a certain result is included in the second symbol variation display, or may be a production that is always started in the second mode. If the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a certain result, the performance may not be started in the second mode.

Furthermore, the first performance may be a performance that is started in the second mode when only a symbol variation display that results in a certain result is included in the second symbol variation display; Even when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display that results in a certain result, the performance may be started in the second mode.

Further, the first performance may be a performance that is started in the second mode when only the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a certain result, or The performance may be started in the second mode when a symbol variation display that results in a certain result is included in addition to the second symbol variation display.

Note that the first performance may be a performance that is started in the second mode when the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a certain result, or If the symbol variation display that results in a certain result is included in the symbol variation display, the performance may be started in a mode different from the second mode.

Further, the first aspect and the second aspect may be partially or completely different.

Further, "the game machine is a pachinko machine [for example, the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG. 1],"
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Also, in the above description,
``A holding means [for example, the main control unit 300, etc.] capable of holding off the start of symbol variation display;
Pre-reading notice means [for example, decorative pattern display device 208 etc.] and
A game machine comprising:
The first look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that is started after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first look-ahead notice (hereinafter referred to as "first symbol change display") is suspended [e.g. , As shown in FIGS. 36(2) to 36(3), the pre-reading notice is started after the symbol change display related to the fourth pending icon h24 of the special drawing 2, which is the target of the pre-reading notice, is suspended. etc],
The first look-ahead notice is provided when the first effect [for example, when the effect button 136 shown in FIGS. 35(j) to 35(l) is operated while the first symbol variation display is being executed. , an effect display in which a speech bubble with the words "Get a small hit!" is displayed, and as shown in FIGS. 36(10) to 36(12), when the effect button 136 is operated, the bancho As the character TDR becomes larger, the display changes to a display with torn clothes, and a speech bubble with the words "Get 3 small wins!" is displayed. It is a notice,
When the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit, the first pre-read notice is started [for example, in FIGS. 35(c) to 35(m), and in FIGS. As shown in 13), continuous notice is started when the symbol fluctuation display that is the subject of advance notice becomes a small hit],
The result of the symbol variation display from the start of the first pre-read notice to the start of the first symbol variation display does not include a jackpot [for example, FIGS. 35(c) to 35(m) ), and as shown in Figures 36 (3) to (13), the result of the symbol fluctuation display from the start of the continuous notice until the start of the symbol fluctuation display that is the target of the pre-read notice is a failure. ],
The first effect includes a small hit in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "second symbol variation display"). This is an effect that starts in the first mode when a symbol variation display that is If the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the start is suspended does not include a symbol fluctuation display that will result in a small hit, when the production button 136 is operated, the display mode of the bancho character TDR will not change. , A speech bubble with the words "Get a small hit!" is displayed, etc.]
The first performance is a performance that is started in the second mode when the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit [for example, FIG. 36 (10) ~As shown in (12) in the same figure, for example, two symbol variation displays that result in a small hit are included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the symbol variation display that is the target of the pre-read notice is suspended. If so, when the production button 136 is operated, the Bancho character TDR becomes gigantic and changes to a display with torn clothes, and a speech bubble with the words "You get 3 small wins!" appears. ],
The first aspect and the second aspect are different aspects,
The first performance is performed after at least a part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed after the first symbol variation display in which the first production is started has elapsed. [For example, as shown in Figures 36 (10) to 37 (25), the start of the display may be suspended after the symbol change display that is the subject of the pre-read notice is suspended. If the symbol variation display that has been given includes a symbol variation display that results in a small hit, the preview effect in which the Bancho's character TDR becomes gigantic will continue even after the symbol variation display ends, and Continuing until the small winning game ends],
A game machine characterized by: ”
explained.

According to the conventional game machine, there was room for improvement in the advance notice means, but according to this game machine, it is possible to provide a game machine having features in the advance notice means.

Further, according to this game machine, when the first pre-read notice is started, it may be possible to make the player look forward to the first performance as a notice including the subsequent increase in reservations.

Here, the holding means may be capable of holding only the start of the symbol variation display, or may be capable of holding other than the start of the symbol variation display. Further, the holding means may always hold the start of the symbol variation display, or may not hold the start of the symbol variation display in some cases.

Further, the pre-read notice means may be capable of executing only the first pre-read notice, or may be capable of executing pre-read notices other than the first pre-read notice. Further, the pre-read notification means may always execute the first pre-read notification, or may not execute the first pre-read notification.

Further, the first pre-read notice may be started only after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first pre-read notice is suspended, or the first pre-read notice may be started only after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first pre-read notice is suspended. The display may be started even after the display has been suspended. Further, the first pre-read notice may always be started after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first pre-read notice has been suspended, or the first pre-read notice may always start after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first pre-read notice. The display may not be started after the display is suspended.

Further, the first pre-read notice may be started after only the symbol change display that is the target of the first pre-read notice has been suspended, or the first pre-read notice may be started after the symbol change display that is the target of the first pre-read notice is suspended. It may be started after the symbol variation display other than the display is suspended.

Further, the first pre-read notice may start only the first effect while the first symbol variation display is being executed, or may be such that only the first effect is started while the first symbol variation display is being executed. Performances other than the first performance may also be started. Further, the first look-ahead notice may always start the first effect while the first symbol variation display is being executed, or the first effect may be started while the first symbol variation display is being executed. It may also be something that may not start.

Further, the first pre-read notice may start the first effect only while the first symbol variation display is being executed, or may be a symbol variation display other than the first symbol variation display. The first performance may be started even during the execution of the first performance.

Further, only the first pre-reading notice may be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit, or the first pre-reading notice may be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit. A look-ahead notice other than a notice may also be started. In addition, the first pre-reading notice may always be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit, or the first pre-reading notice may be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit. There may be cases where the advance notice is not started.

Also, the first pre-read notice may be started only when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit, or even in cases other than when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit. A first look-ahead notice may be started.

In addition, the first look-ahead notice may also be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is a jackpot, or when the result of the first symbol variation display is that the number of hits will be the ceiling number. The first look-ahead notice may be started.

In addition, the results of the symbol variation display from the start of the first pre-read notice to the start of the first symbol change display may not include only the jackpot, and the first pre-read notice may not include only the jackpot. The results of the symbol variation display from the started symbol variation display to the start of the first symbol variation display do not need to include anything other than a jackpot. In addition, the results of the symbol variation display from the start of the first pre-read notice to the start of the first symbol change display do not necessarily have to include a jackpot, and the first pre-read notice does not necessarily have to include a jackpot. A jackpot may be included in the result of the symbol variation display from the started symbol variation display to the start of the first symbol variation display.

Also, the jackpot may not be included only in the result of the symbol variation display from the start of the first pre-read notice to the start of the first symbol change display, or the first pre-read notice may Results other than the results of the symbol variation display from the started symbol variation display to the start of the first symbol variation display may not include a jackpot.

In addition, the first effect is when the start of the first symbol variation display is postponed and the symbol variation display whose start is postponed does not include a symbol variation display that results in a small hit. It may be an effect that is started only in this manner, or a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small win may be included in the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol fluctuation display is suspended. If there is no such effect, the performance may be started in a mode other than the first mode. In addition, the first effect is when the start of the first symbol variation display is postponed and the symbol variation display whose start is postponed does not include a symbol variation display that results in a small hit. It may be a production that is always started depending on the pattern, or a symbol variation display that results in a small hit may be included in the symbol variation display whose start is deferred after the start of the first symbol variation display is deferred. It may be an effect that may not start in the first mode if there is no such effect.

In addition, the first effect is performed only when the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol fluctuation display is suspended does not include a symbol fluctuation display that will result in a small hit. The effect may be started in this manner, or the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small win may be included in the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol fluctuation display is suspended. The performance may be started in the first mode even in cases other than the case where there is no.

In addition, the first effect is performed when only the symbol variation display that results in a small hit is not included in the symbol variation display whose start is postponed after the start of the first symbol variation display is postponed. It may be an effect that is started in this manner, or a symbol variation other than a symbol variation display that results in a small hit in a symbol variation display whose start is deferred after the start of the first symbol variation display is deferred. Even when no display is included, the presentation may be started in the first mode.

In addition, the first effect is performed when the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit is not included in the symbol fluctuation display whose start was suspended after the start of the first symbol fluctuation display was suspended. It may be a performance that is started in the manner of .The symbol fluctuation display that results in a small win may be included in the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol fluctuation display is suspended. The performance may be started in the first mode when there is no such effect.

In addition, the first effect is performed only after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended, when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended does not include a symbol variation display that results in a small hit. The effect may be started in this manner, or the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit may be included in the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended other than after the start of the first symbol fluctuation display is suspended. The performance may be started in the first mode even when the first mode is not set.

Further, the first performance may be a performance that is started only in the second mode when the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit, or The performance may be started in a mode other than the second mode when a symbol variation display that results in a small hit is included in the symbol variation display. Further, the first performance may be a performance that is always started in the second mode when the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit, or If the symbol variation display that results in a small hit is included in the symbol variation display, the performance may not be started in the second mode.

Further, the first performance may be a performance that is started in the second mode when only the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit is included in the second symbol fluctuation display; Even when the symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display that results in a small hit, the performance may be started in the second mode.

Further, the first performance may be a performance that is started in the second mode when a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit is included only in the second symbol fluctuation display, or may be a performance that is started in the second mode. The performance may be started in the second mode when a symbol variation display that results in a small hit is included in addition to the symbol variation display.

Note that the first performance may be a performance that is started in the second mode when the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot, or The performance may be started in a manner different from the second manner when the fluctuating display includes a symbol fluctuating display that results in a jackpot.

Further, the first aspect and the second aspect may be partially or completely different.

In addition, the first performance is continued until at least a part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed after the first symbol variation display in which the first production is started has elapsed. It may be executed continuously only, or during the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed after the first symbol variation display in which the first effect is started. The program may continue to be executed until a period other than at least a part of the period has elapsed. In addition, the first performance is continued until at least a part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed after the first symbol variation display in which the first production is started has elapsed. It may always be executed continuously, or at least a part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed after the first symbol variation display in which the first effect is started. It may not be executed continuously until the time elapses.

In addition, ``If the first effect is started in the first mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, the first effect is started before the second symbol variation display is started. [For example, as shown in FIGS. 35(j) to 35(o), after the symbol fluctuation display that is the subject of the pre-read notice is suspended, the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended is a symbol that results in a small hit. If a variable display is not included, the display of "You'll get a small win!" has ended by the time the small win game related to the symbol variable display ends],
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, if the first effect is started in the first mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, only the first effect ends before the second symbol variation display starts. Alternatively, if the first effect is started in the first mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, a production other than the first one may be performed before the second symbol variation display is started. You may quit. In addition, if the first effect is started in the first mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, even if the first effect ends before the second symbol variation display starts. However, if the first effect is started in the first mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, the first effect may not end before the second symbol variation display starts. There may be.

In addition, if the first effect is started in the first mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, even if the first effect ends only before the second symbol variation display is started. Okay, if the first effect is started in the first mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, the first effect may end before the second symbol variation display is started. It's okay.

Also, only if the first effect is started in the first mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, even if the first effect ends before the second symbol variation display is started. Also, even in cases other than the case where the first effect is started in the first mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, the first effect may be started before the second symbol variation display is started. You may quit.

In addition, if the first effect is started in the first mode only while the first symbol variation display is being executed, even if the first effect ends before the second symbol variation display starts. Okay, if the first effect is started in the first mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, the first effect will end before the second symbol variation display starts. It's okay.

In addition, ``If the first effect is started in the second mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, at least part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed. The first performance is executed continuously until the period of [For example, as shown in FIG. 36 (10) to FIG. If the symbol variation display whose start has been deferred includes a symbol variation display that results in a small hit, the preview effect in which the bancho character TDR becomes gigantic will continue even after the symbol variation display ends, and the notice [Continuing until the small winning game related to the performance ends],
While the second symbol variation display is being executed, the first performance that is being executed in the second mode changes from the second mode to the third mode [for example, as shown in FIGS. As shown in Figure (16), the display of "Get 3 small hits!" that was displayed in the symbol variation display that is the target of the pre-read notice is replaced by the symbol variation display that will be executed next to the symbol variation display. [2 more!]]
The second aspect and the third aspect are different aspects,
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, if the first effect is started in the second mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, at least a part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed has elapsed. The first effect may continue until the first effect is executed, or if the first effect is started in the second mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, the second symbol variation display may be performed. The first effect may be continued until at least a part of the period in which the first effect is executed has elapsed. In addition, if the first effect is started in the second mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, at least a part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed has elapsed. The first effect may continue and always be executed until The first performance may not be continuously performed until at least part of the period during which it is performed has elapsed.

In addition, if the first effect is started in the second mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, at least a part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed has elapsed. Only the first effect may continue to be executed until Performances other than the first performance may continue to be performed until at least part of the period to be performed has elapsed.

In addition, if the first effect is started in the second mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, at least a part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed has elapsed. The first effect may continue to be executed only up to the point in time, or if the first effect is started in the second mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, the second symbol variation display may be The first effect may be continuously executed other than until at least a part of the execution period has elapsed.

In addition, only when the first effect is started in the second mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, at least a part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed has elapsed. The first effect may continue to be executed until The first performance may be continuously performed until at least a part of the period during which the symbol variation display is performed has elapsed.

In addition, if the first effect is started in the second mode only while the first symbol variation display is being executed, at least a part of the period in which the second symbol variation display is executed has elapsed. The first effect may continue to be executed until the first symbol variation display is executed, or if the first effect is started in the second mode other than during the execution of the first symbol variation display, the second symbol variation display may be continued. The first effect may be continuously executed until at least a part of the period during which the display is executed has elapsed.

Further, while the second symbol variation display is being executed, the first performance being executed in the second mode may change only from the second mode to the third mode, or the second symbol variation display may change only from the second mode to the third mode. During execution, the first effect being executed in the second mode may change from the second mode to a mode other than the third mode. Also, while the second symbol variation display is being executed, the first performance that is being executed in the second mode may always change from the second mode to the third mode, or the second symbol variation display may change from the second mode to the third mode. There may be cases where the first effect being executed in the second mode does not change from the second mode to the third mode during execution.

Also, while the second symbol variation display is being executed, only the first performance that is being executed in the second mode may change from the second mode to the third mode, or the second symbol variation display may change from the second mode to the third mode. During execution, the effects other than the first effect being executed in the second mode may change from the second mode to the third mode.

Also, while the second symbol variation display is being executed, the first performance that is being executed only in the second mode may change from the second mode to the third mode, or the second symbol variation display may change from the second mode to the third mode. During execution, the first performance being executed in a mode other than the second mode may change from the second mode to the third mode.

Further, only while the second symbol variation display is being executed, the first performance that is being executed in the second mode may change from the second mode to the third mode, or the second symbol variation display may change from the second mode to the third mode. In addition to the execution of , the first performance being executed in the second mode may change from the second mode to the third mode.

Note that the second aspect and the third aspect may be partially or entirely different.

In addition, ``If the second symbol variation display includes multiple symbol variation displays that result in a small hit whose start is suspended, the symbol variation display that results in a small win in the second symbol variation display is executed. [For example, as shown in Figures 36 (12) to 37 (21), the mode of the first effect changes each time ``You can get one!'' display changes every time a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small win is executed after the symbol fluctuation display, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, if the second symbol fluctuation display includes multiple symbol fluctuation displays that result in a small hit whose start is deferred, each time the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the second symbol fluctuation display is executed. may change only the aspect of the first effect, or if the second symbol variation display includes multiple symbol variation displays that result in small wins whose start is pending, the second symbol variation display may change. Aspects other than the first presentation aspect may change each time the symbol variation display that results in a small hit is executed. In addition, if the second symbol fluctuation display includes multiple symbol fluctuation displays that result in a small hit and whose start is deferred, each time the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the second symbol fluctuation display is executed. The mode of the first performance may always change, and if the second symbol fluctuation display includes multiple symbol fluctuation displays that result in small wins whose start is pending, the second symbol fluctuation display may change. There may be a case where the mode of the first performance does not change each time the symbol variation display that results in a small hit is executed.

In addition, if the second symbol fluctuation display includes multiple symbol fluctuation displays that result in a small hit and whose start is deferred, each time the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the second symbol fluctuation display is executed. The mode of only the first effect may change, or if the second symbol variation display includes multiple symbol variation displays that result in a small hit whose start is pending, the second symbol variation display may change. The mode of presentation other than the first presentation may change every time the symbol variation display that results in a small hit is executed.

In addition, if the second symbol fluctuation display includes multiple symbol fluctuation displays that result in a small hit and whose start is deferred, each time the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the second symbol fluctuation display is executed. Only the mode of the first performance may change, and if the second symbol fluctuation display includes multiple symbol fluctuation displays that result in a small hit whose start is pending, the second symbol fluctuation display may change. The mode of the first performance may change other than every time the symbol variation display that results in a small hit is executed.

In addition, if the second symbol fluctuation display includes multiple symbol fluctuation displays that result in a small hit whose start is pending, each time only the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the second symbol fluctuation display is executed. The mode of the first performance may change, and if the second symbol fluctuation display includes multiple symbol fluctuation displays that result in small wins whose start is pending, the second symbol fluctuation display may change. The mode of the first performance may change every time a symbol variation display other than a symbol variation display resulting in a small hit is executed.

In addition, the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the second symbol fluctuation display is executed only when the second symbol fluctuation display includes multiple symbol fluctuation displays that result in a small hit and whose start is deferred. The mode of the first performance may change each time, and even in cases other than the case where the second symbol fluctuation display includes multiple symbol fluctuation displays that result in a small hit whose start is deferred, the second symbol fluctuation display may change. The aspect of the first performance may change every time the symbol variation display that results in a small win in the second symbol variation display is executed.

In addition, if the second symbol fluctuation display includes multiple symbol fluctuation displays that result in a small hit whose start is pending, each time the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the second symbol fluctuation display is executed. The mode of the first performance may change, and if the second symbol fluctuation display includes multiple symbol fluctuation displays other than the symbol fluctuation display that will result in a small hit whose start is pending, the second symbol fluctuation display may change. The aspect of the first performance may change every time the symbol variation display that results in a small win in the symbol variation display is executed.

In addition, if there are multiple symbol fluctuation displays that result in a small hit whose start is deferred only in the second symbol fluctuation display, each time the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the second symbol fluctuation display is executed. The mode of the first performance may change, and if a symbol fluctuation display other than the second symbol fluctuation display includes multiple symbol fluctuation displays that result in a small hit whose start is deferred, the second symbol fluctuation display may change. The aspect of the first performance may change every time the symbol variation display that results in a small win in the symbol variation display is executed.

In addition, "equipped with a game control means [e.g., main control unit 300, etc.] capable of executing control to shift to one game state among a plurality of game states,
One of the plurality of gaming states is a first gaming state [for example, a normal gaming state (a special pattern low probability normal pattern low probability state), etc.],
One of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state [for example, small hit rush (special pattern high probability normal pattern low probability state), etc.],
The third gaming state is a gaming state more advantageous than the first gaming state,
The third gaming state is a small winning rush state in which prize balls are easily obtained through small winning games,
In the third gaming state, at least during the period from the start of the first performance to the end of all the small winning games related to the small winnings related to the execution of the first performance, the third gaming state is does not end [For example, as shown in Figures 36 (3) to 37 (25), the small hit (3 small winnings) related to the notice executed in the symbol variation display that is the target of the pre-read notice after the start of the pre-read notice The symbol fluctuation display during the period until all small winning games related to (wins) are completed is a loss or a small hit, but not a jackpot, so the game status has not changed, etc.)
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the game control means may be capable of executing only a control for shifting to one of a plurality of gaming states, or may be capable of executing control for shifting to one of a plurality of gaming states. Control other than control may also be executable. Further, the game control means may always execute control to transition to one of a plurality of gaming states, or may execute control to transition to one of a plurality of gaming states. It may be something that may not be executed.

Further, the third gaming state may be more advantageous than only the first gaming state, or may be more advantageous than any gaming state other than the first gaming state. Furthermore, the third gaming state may be always more advantageous than the first gaming state, or may be less advantageous than the first gaming state.

In addition, in the third gaming state, only the third gaming state is active at least during the period from the start of the first performance to the end of all small winning games related to the small winnings related to the execution of the first performance. In the third gaming state, at least during the period from the start of the first performance to the end of all small winning games related to the small winnings related to the execution of the first performance. Game states other than the third game state do not have to end. In addition, in the third gaming state, at least during the period from the start of the first production to the end of all small winning games related to the execution of the first production, the third gaming state is always In the third gaming state, at least during the period from the start of the first performance to the end of all small winning games related to the small winnings related to the execution of the first performance. The third gaming state may end.

In addition, in the third gaming state, the third gaming state is limited to at least a period from the start of the first production until all small winning games related to small winnings related to the execution of the first production are completed. In the third gaming state, at least a period other than the period from the start of the first performance to the end of all the small winning games related to the small winnings related to the execution of the first performance. The third game state does not have to end even during the period.

In addition, in the third gaming state, at least during the period from the start of the first performance until all small winning games related to small winnings related only to the execution of the first performance are completed, the third gaming state is It does not have to end, and in the third game state, at least from the start of the first performance until all the small winning games related to the small winnings related to the execution of performances other than the first performance are completed. The third gaming state does not have to end during the period.

In addition, in the third gaming state, at least during the period from the start of only the first performance to the end of all small winning games related to the small winnings related to the execution of the first performance, the third gaming state is It does not have to end, and in the third game state, at least from the start of performances other than the first performance until all the small winning games related to the small winnings related to the execution of the first performance are completed. The third gaming state does not have to end during the period.

In addition, only in the third gaming state, at least during the period from the start of the first performance until all the small winning games related to the small winnings related to the execution of the first performance are completed, the third gaming state is It does not have to end, and even in game states other than the third game state, all small winning games related to small winnings related to the execution of the first performance are ended at least after the first performance is started. The third gaming state does not have to end during the period up to.

Further, "one of the plurality of gaming states is a second gaming state [for example, battle mode (special pattern high probability regular pattern high probability state), etc."
The first gaming state is a normal gaming state,
The second gaming state is a gaming state including a variable probability state and an electric support state [for example, a special pattern high probability general pattern high probability state, etc.],
The third gaming state is a gaming state including a variable probability state and a non-electric support state [for example, a special pattern high probability general pattern low probability state, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the second gaming state may include only the variable probability state and the electric support state, or may include states other than the variable probability state and the electric support state. Further, the second gaming state may always include a variable probability state and an electric support state, or may not include a variable probability state and an electric support state.

Further, the third gaming state may include only the variable probability state and the non-electric support state, or may include states other than the variable probability state and the non-electric support state. Further, the third gaming state may always include a variable probability state and a non-electric support state, or may not include a variable probability state and a non-electric support state.

In addition, it is equipped with a hold display means [for example, decorative pattern display device 208, etc.] that notifies the number of symbol fluctuation displays whose start is pending by the number of displayed hold icons,
The hold display means is a means that can display the hold icon in one display mode among a plurality of display modes,
The display mode of the pending icon corresponding to the second symbol variation display is the default display mode [For example, as shown in FIG. 36 (3) to FIG. The display mode of the pending icon indicating the symbol variation display whose start has been suspended after the display has been suspended is the default display mode, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

According to this gaming machine, it may be possible to prevent players from having excessive expectations. That is, at the time when the first pre-read notice is started, it is unclear whether the symbol variation display whose start has been suspended thereafter can be expected, and it may be preferable to display it in the default display mode.

Here, the suspension display means may notify the number of symbol variation displays whose start is pending only by the number of display pending icons, or may notify the number of symbol variation displays whose start is pending. Something other than the number of displayed icons may also be reported. Further, the suspension display means may always notify the number of symbol fluctuation displays whose start is suspended by the number of displayed symbol fluctuations, or the number of symbol fluctuation displays whose start is suspended by the number of symbol fluctuation displays whose start is suspended. It may also be a case where the number of displayed items may not be left unattended.

Further, the hold display means may be capable of displaying only the hold icon in one of the plurality of display forms, or may be capable of displaying only the hold icon in one of the plurality of display forms. It may be something that can display things. Further, the hold display means may always display the hold icon in one of the plurality of display modes, or may not display the hold icon in one of the plurality of display modes. It may be something that may occur.

In addition, ``If the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot, before the symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot among the second symbol variation displays is suspended. The first performance is executed in a manner according to the presence or absence of a symbol variation display that results in a small hit in the reserved symbol variation display [For example, as shown in FIGS. 59(10a) to 59(25a), If the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the symbol fluctuation display that is the subject of the advance notice includes a symbol fluctuation display that will result in a jackpot, the symbol fluctuation A performance is performed by the bancho character TDR in a manner corresponding to the number (for example, one) of symbol fluctuation displays that result in a small win in the symbol fluctuation displays that were suspended before the display was suspended. A game machine. ”
Also explained.

According to this game machine, since the third game state may end due to a jackpot, the first performance is not performed in the direction of lowering expectations, thereby preventing a decrease in the interest of the game. There are cases where it is possible.

Note that depending on the type of jackpot, the first performance may include information about the jackpot.

Here, if the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot, the symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot among the second symbol fluctuation displays is suspended before the symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot is suspended. Only the first performance may be executed in a manner depending on whether or not there is a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the symbol fluctuation display, or the second symbol fluctuation display may include a symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot. If the symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot among the second symbol fluctuation displays is held, the first performance is performed in a manner according to the presence or absence of a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the symbol fluctuation display that was held before the symbol fluctuation display that resulted in a jackpot among the second symbol fluctuation displays. Other effects may also be performed. In addition, if the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot, the symbol that was suspended before the symbol variation display that resulted in a jackpot among the second symbol variation displays is suspended. The first performance may always be executed in a manner depending on whether or not there is a symbol variation display that results in a small hit in the variation display, or the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot. In this case, the first performance is performed in a manner according to the presence or absence of a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the symbol fluctuation display that was held before the symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot among the second symbol fluctuation display. There may be cases where it is not executed.

In addition, if the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot, the symbol that was suspended before the symbol variation display that resulted in a jackpot among the second symbol variation displays is suspended. The first performance may be executed only in a manner according to the presence or absence of a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the fluctuation display, or the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot. In this case, even in a mode other than the mode according to the presence or absence of a symbol variation display resulting in a small hit in the symbol variation display that was suspended before the symbol variation display resulting in a jackpot in the second symbol variation display is suspended. may be performed.

In addition, if the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot, the symbol that was suspended before the symbol variation display that resulted in a jackpot among the second symbol variation displays is suspended. The first performance may be executed in a manner depending only on the presence or absence of a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the fluctuation display, or the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot. In this case, in addition to the presence or absence of a symbol fluctuation display resulting in a small hit in the symbol fluctuation display that was held before the symbol fluctuation display resulting in a jackpot among the second symbol fluctuation display, the first A performance may also be performed.

In addition, if the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot, the symbol that was suspended before the symbol variation display that resulted in a jackpot among the second symbol variation displays is suspended. The first performance may be executed in a manner depending on whether or not there is a symbol variation display that results in a small hit only in the variation display, or the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot. In this case, in a manner according to the presence or absence of a symbol variation display resulting in a small hit in a symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display that was suspended before the symbol variation display resulting in a jackpot among the second symbol variation display. The first performance may be performed.

In addition, if the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot, only the symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot among the second symbol variation displays will be held before being held. The first performance may be executed in a manner depending on whether or not there is a symbol variation display that results in a small hit in the symbol variation display, or the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot. In this case, in a manner according to the presence or absence of a symbol variation display resulting in a small hit in the symbol variation display that was held before the symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display resulting in a jackpot among the second symbol variation display is suspended. The first performance may be performed.

In addition, only when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot, the symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot among the second symbol variation displays will be suspended before the symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot. The first performance may be executed in a manner depending on whether or not there is a symbol variation display that results in a small hit in the symbol variation display, or the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot. In other cases, the second symbol variation display may also be executed in a manner according to the presence or absence of a symbol variation display resulting in a small hit in the symbol variation display held before the symbol variation display resulting in a jackpot among the second symbol variation display is suspended. One performance may be performed.

In addition, if the second symbol variation display includes only a symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot, the symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot among the second symbol variation displays will be suspended before the symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot. The first performance may be executed in a manner depending on whether or not there is a symbol variation display that results in a small hit in the symbol variation display, or a symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display that results in a jackpot in the second symbol variation display. Even in the case where a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit is included in the symbol fluctuation display that was held before the symbol fluctuation display that resulted in a jackpot in the second symbol fluctuation display is held, the mode depends on the presence or absence of a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit. The first performance may be performed.

In addition, if only the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot, the symbol variation display that results in a jackpot among the second symbol variation displays is suspended before the symbol variation display that results in a jackpot is suspended. The first performance may be executed in a manner depending on the presence or absence of a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the symbol fluctuation display, or a symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot in a symbol fluctuation display other than the second symbol fluctuation display. is included, in a manner according to the presence or absence of a symbol fluctuation display resulting in a small hit in the symbol fluctuation display that was held before the symbol fluctuation display resulting in a jackpot in the second symbol fluctuation display is suspended. The first performance may be performed.

Further, "the pre-read notice means is a means capable of executing a second pre-read notice [for example, the suspended notice shown in FIG. 32(f), etc.],
The second pre-read notice is a pre-read notice that may be started when the symbol change display that will result in a jackpot is suspended [for example, as shown in FIG. 32(f), the symbol change display that will result in a jackpot is When a hold is placed on hold, the hold icon corresponding to the hold is displayed in rainbow colors, etc.]
The second lookahead notice is a lookahead notice different from the first lookahead notice,
The second look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that is not a continuous notice;
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the pre-read notice means may be capable of executing only the second pre-read notice, or may be capable of executing pre-read notices other than the second pre-read notice. Further, the pre-read notification means may always execute the second pre-read notification, or may not execute the second pre-read notification.

Further, the second pre-read notice may be started only when the symbol change display that will result in a jackpot is suspended, or in cases other than when the symbol fluctuation display that will result in a jackpot is suspended. It may also be initiated. Further, the second pre-read notice may always be started when the symbol change display that results in a jackpot is suspended, or it may not be started when the symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot is suspended. It may be something.

In addition, a "holding means [for example, the main control unit 300, etc.] capable of holding off the start of the symbol variation display,"
Pre-reading notice means [for example, decorative pattern display device 208 etc.] and
A game machine comprising:
The first look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that is started after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first look-ahead notice (hereinafter referred to as "first symbol change display") is suspended [e.g. , As shown in FIGS. 36(2) to 36(3), the pre-reading notice is started after the symbol change display related to the fourth pending icon h24 of the special drawing 2, which is the target of the pre-reading notice, is suspended. etc],
The first look-ahead notice is provided when the first effect [for example, when the effect button 136 shown in FIGS. 35(j) to 35(l) is operated while the first symbol variation display is being executed. , an effect display in which a speech bubble with the words "Get a small hit!" is displayed, and as shown in FIGS. 36(10) to 36(12), when the effect button 136 is operated, the bancho As the character TDR becomes larger, the display changes to a display with torn clothes, and a speech bubble with the words "Get 3 small wins!" is displayed. It is a notice,
When the result of the first symbol variation display is a result in which a privilege is granted (hereinafter referred to as "a certain result [e.g., small hit, jackpot, etc.]"), the first pre-read notice is started. For example, as shown in Figures 35(c) to 35(m) and Figures 36(3) to 36(13), if the symbol fluctuation display that is the target of the look-ahead notice results in a small hit, continuous notice is issued. started, etc.],
The certain result is not included in the result of the symbol variation display from the start of the first pre-read notice to the start of the first symbol variation display [for example, when the certain result is not included] As shown in Figure (m) and Figures 36 (3) to 36 (13), the results of the symbol variation display from the start of the continuous notice until the start of the symbol variation display that is the target of the pre-read notice are ],
The first performance includes the above-mentioned one in the symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "second symbol variation display") whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended. This is an effect that starts in the first mode when the resulting symbol fluctuation display is not included [For example, as shown in FIGS. If the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the fluctuation display is suspended does not include a symbol fluctuation display that will result in a small hit, when the production button 136 is operated, the display mode of the bancho character TDR changes. Instead, a speech bubble with the words "Get a small hit!" is displayed in a manner that is displayed],
The first performance is a performance that is started in the second mode when the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a certain result [for example, FIG. 36 ( 10) - As shown in (12) of the same figure, for example, two symbol variation displays that result in a small hit are included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the symbol variation display that is the subject of the pre-read notice is suspended. In this case, when the production button 136 is operated, the character TDR of the bancho becomes gigantic and changes to a display with torn clothes, and the words "Get 3 small wins!" are attached. etc.],
The first aspect and the second aspect are different aspects,
The first performance is performed after at least a part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed after the first symbol variation display in which the first production is started has elapsed. [For example, as shown in Figures 36 (10) to 37 (25), the start is suspended after the symbol change display that is the subject of the pre-read notice is suspended. If the symbol variation display that has been given includes a symbol variation display that results in a small hit, the preview effect in which the Bancho character TDR becomes gigantic will continue even after the symbol variation display ends, and Continuing until the small winning game ends],
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

According to the conventional game machine, there was room for improvement in the advance notice means, but according to this game machine, it is possible to provide a game machine having features in the advance notice means.

Further, according to this game machine, when the first pre-read notice is started, it may be possible to make the player look forward to the first performance as a notice including the subsequent increase in reservations.

Here, the holding means may be capable of holding only the start of the symbol variation display, or may be capable of holding other than the start of the symbol variation display. Further, the holding means may always hold the start of the symbol variation display, or may not hold the start of the symbol variation display in some cases.

Further, the pre-read notice means may be capable of executing only the first pre-read notice, or may be capable of executing pre-read notices other than the first pre-read notice. Further, the pre-read notification means may always execute the first pre-read notification, or may not execute the first pre-read notification.

Further, the first pre-read notice may be started only after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first pre-read notice is suspended, or the first pre-read notice may be started only after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first pre-read notice is suspended. The display may be started even after the display has been suspended. Further, the first pre-read notice may always be started after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first pre-read notice has been suspended, or the first pre-read notice may always start after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first pre-read notice. The display may not be started after the display is suspended.

Further, the first pre-read notice may be started after only the symbol change display that is the target of the first pre-read notice has been suspended, or the first pre-read notice may be started after the symbol change display that is the target of the first pre-read notice is suspended. It may be started after the symbol variation display other than the display is suspended.

Further, the first pre-read notice may start only the first effect while the first symbol variation display is being executed, or may be such that only the first effect is started while the first symbol variation display is being executed. Performances other than the first performance may also be started. Further, the first look-ahead notice may always start the first effect while the first symbol variation display is being executed, or the first effect may be started while the first symbol variation display is being executed. It may also be something that may not start.

Further, the first pre-read notice may start the first effect only while the first symbol variation display is being executed, or may be a symbol variation display other than the first symbol variation display. The first performance may be started even during the execution of the first performance.

In addition, only the first pre-read notice may be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is a result in which a privilege is awarded, or the result of the first symbol variation display is a result in which a privilege is awarded. In this case, a look-ahead notice other than the first look-ahead notice may also be started. In addition, the first pre-read notice may always be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is the result that a privilege is awarded, or the result of the first symbol variation display is the result that a privilege is awarded. In this case, the first pre-read notice may not be started.

Further, the first pre-read notice may be started only when the result of the first symbol variation display is a result in which a privilege is awarded, or the first pre-read notice may be started only when the result of the first symbol variation display is a result in which a privilege is awarded. The first look-ahead notice may also be started in cases other than the case where .

In addition, the first look-ahead notice may also be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is a jackpot, or when the result of the first symbol variation display is that the number of hits will be the ceiling number. The first pre-read notice may be started when the first symbol variation display results in a special small hit.

In addition, only a certain result may not be included in the result of the symbol variation display from the start of the first pre-read notice to the start of the first symbol change display, and The results of the symbol variation display from the start of the advance notice to the start of the first symbol variation display may not include anything other than a certain result. In addition, a certain result may not necessarily be included in the result of the symbol variation display from the start of the first pre-read notice to the start of the first symbol change display, and A certain result may be included in the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display where the advance notice is started until the first symbol variation display is started.

Also, the jackpot may not be included only in the result of the symbol variation display from the start of the first pre-read notice to the start of the first symbol change display, or the first pre-read notice may Results other than the results of the symbol variation display from the started symbol variation display to the start of the first symbol variation display may not include a jackpot.

In addition, the first effect is performed when a symbol variation display that results in a certain result is not included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended. It may be an effect that starts only in this manner, or a symbol fluctuation display that results in a certain result is included in the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol fluctuation display is suspended. The effect may also be started in a mode other than the first mode when the first mode is not set. In addition, the first effect is performed when a symbol variation display that results in a certain result is not included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended. It may be a production that is always started in this manner, or a symbol variation display that results in a certain result is included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended. It may be an effect that may not start in the first mode if the first mode is not set.

In addition, the first effect is performed only when a symbol variation display that results in a certain result is not included in the symbol variation display whose start is postponed after the start of the first symbol variation display is postponed. It may be a production that starts in one mode, or a symbol variation display that results in a certain result is included in the symbol variation display whose start is deferred after the start of the first symbol variation display is deferred. The performance may be started in the first mode even in cases other than the case where the first mode is not set.

In addition, the first effect is a first effect when only a symbol variation display that results in a certain result is not included in the symbol variation display whose start has been postponed after the start of the first symbol variation display has been postponed. It may be a production that is started in one manner, or a production other than a symbol variation display that results in a certain result in the symbol variation display whose start is deferred after the start of the first symbol variation display is deferred. Even when the symbol variation display is not included, the performance may be started in the first mode.

In addition, the first effect is the first effect when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include a symbol variation display that results in a certain result. It may be a performance that is started in one manner. Symbol fluctuation displays that result in a certain result are included in addition to the symbol fluctuation displays whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol fluctuation display is suspended. The performance may be started in the first mode when the first mode is not set.

In addition, the first effect is performed only after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended, when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended does not include a symbol variation display that results in a certain result. It may be an effect that starts in one mode, or a symbol fluctuation display that results in a certain result may be included in a symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended other than after the start of the first symbol fluctuation display is suspended. Even if it is not included, the performance may be started in the first mode.

Further, the first performance may be a performance that is started only in the second mode when a symbol variation display that results in a certain result is included in the second symbol variation display, or may be a production that starts only in the second mode. If the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a certain result, the performance may be started in a mode other than the second mode. Further, the first performance may be a performance that is always started in the second mode when a symbol variation display that results in a certain result is included in the second symbol variation display, or may be a production that is always started in the second mode. If the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a certain result, the performance may not be started in the second mode.

Furthermore, the first performance may be a performance that is started in the second mode when only a symbol variation display that results in a certain result is included in the second symbol variation display; Even when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display that results in a certain result, the performance may be started in the second mode.

Further, the first performance may be a performance that is started in the second mode when only the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a certain result, or The performance may be started in the second mode when a symbol variation display that results in a certain result is included in addition to the second symbol variation display.

Note that the first performance may be a performance that is started in the second mode when the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a certain result, or If the symbol variation display that results in a certain result is included in the symbol variation display, the performance may be started in a mode different from the second mode.

Further, the first aspect and the second aspect may be partially or completely different.

In addition, the first performance is continued until at least a part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed after the first symbol variation display in which the first production is started has elapsed. It may be executed continuously only, or during the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed after the first symbol variation display in which the first effect is started. The program may continue to be executed until a period other than at least a part of the period has elapsed. In addition, the first performance is continued until at least a part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed after the first symbol variation display in which the first production is started has elapsed. It may always be executed continuously, or at least a part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed after the first symbol variation display in which the first effect is started. It may not be executed continuously until the time elapses.

Further, "the gaming machine is a pachinko machine [for example, the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG. 1],"
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Also, in the above description,
``A holding means [for example, the main control unit 300, etc.] capable of holding off the start of symbol variation display;
A first look-ahead notice [for example, the consecutive notices shown in FIGS. symbol display device 208 etc.],
A game machine comprising:
The first look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that is started after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first look-ahead notice (hereinafter referred to as "first symbol change display") is suspended [e.g. , As shown in FIGS. 36(2) to 36(3), the pre-reading notice is started after the symbol change display related to the fourth pending icon h24 of the special drawing 2, which is the target of the pre-reading notice, is suspended. etc],
The first look-ahead notice is provided when the first effect [for example, when the effect button 136 shown in FIGS. 35(j) to 35(l) is operated while the first symbol variation display is being executed. , an effect display in which a speech bubble with the words "Get a small hit!" is displayed, and as shown in FIGS. 36(10) to 36(12), when the effect button 136 is operated, the bancho As the character TDR becomes larger, the display changes to a display with torn clothes, and a speech bubble with the words "Get 3 small wins!" is displayed. It is a notice,
When the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit, the first pre-read notice is started [for example, in FIGS. 35(c) to 35(m), and in FIGS. As shown in 13), continuous notice is started when the symbol fluctuation display that is the subject of advance notice becomes a small hit],
The result of the symbol variation display from the start of the first pre-read notice to the start of the first symbol variation display does not include a jackpot [for example, FIGS. 35(c) to 35(m) ), and as shown in Figures 36 (3) to (13), the result of the symbol fluctuation display from the start of the continuous notice until the start of the symbol fluctuation display that is the target of the pre-read notice is a failure. ],
The first effect includes a small hit in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "second symbol variation display"). This is an effect that starts in the first mode when a symbol variation display that is If the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the start is suspended does not include a symbol fluctuation display that will result in a small hit, when the production button 136 is operated, the display mode of the bancho character TDR will not change. , A speech bubble with the words "Get a small hit!" is displayed, etc.]
The first performance is a performance that is started in the second mode when the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit [for example, FIG. 36 (10) ~As shown in (12) in the same figure, for example, two symbol variation displays that result in a small hit are included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the symbol variation display that is the target of the pre-read notice is suspended. If so, when the production button 136 is operated, the Bancho character TDR becomes gigantic and changes to a display with torn clothes, and a speech bubble with the words "You get 3 small wins!" appears. ],
The first aspect and the second aspect are different aspects,
The mode of the first lookahead notice in the symbol variation display where the first lookahead notice has started is different from the mode of the first lookahead notice during the execution of the first symbol variation display [for example, Fig. 35 As shown in (c), the number shown when the continuous countdown notice starts is "3", and as shown in FIG. The number indicated by is "0"],
A game machine characterized by: ”
explained.

According to the conventional game machine, there was room for improvement in the advance notice means, but according to this game machine, it is possible to provide a game machine having features in the advance notice means.

Further, according to this game machine, when the first pre-read notice is started, it may be possible to make the player look forward to the first performance as a notice including the subsequent increase in reservations.

Here, the holding means may be capable of holding only the start of the symbol variation display, or may be capable of holding other than the start of the symbol variation display. Further, the holding means may always hold the start of the symbol variation display, or may not hold the start of the symbol variation display in some cases.

Further, the pre-read notice means may be capable of executing only the first pre-read notice, or may be capable of executing pre-read notices other than the first pre-read notice. Further, the pre-read notification means may always execute the first pre-read notification, or may not execute the first pre-read notification.

Further, the first pre-read notice may be started only after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first pre-read notice is suspended, or the first pre-read notice may be started only after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first pre-read notice is suspended. The display may be started even after the display has been suspended. Further, the first pre-read notice may always be started after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first pre-read notice has been suspended, or the first pre-read notice may always start after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first pre-read notice. The display may not be started after the display is suspended.

Further, the first pre-read notice may be started after only the symbol change display that is the target of the first pre-read notice has been suspended, or the first pre-read notice may be started after the symbol change display that is the target of the first pre-read notice is suspended. It may be started after the symbol variation display other than the display is suspended.

Further, the first pre-read notice may start only the first effect while the first symbol variation display is being executed, or may be such that only the first effect is started while the first symbol variation display is being executed. Performances other than the first performance may also be started. Further, the first look-ahead notice may always start the first effect while the first symbol variation display is being executed, or the first effect may be started while the first symbol variation display is being executed. It may also be something that may not start.

Further, the first pre-read notice may start the first effect only while the first symbol variation display is being executed, or may be a symbol variation display other than the first symbol variation display. The first performance may be started even during the execution of the first performance.

Further, only the first pre-reading notice may be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit, or the first pre-reading notice may be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit. A look-ahead notice other than a notice may also be started. In addition, the first pre-reading notice may always be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit, or the first pre-reading notice may be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit. There may be cases where the advance notice is not started.

Also, the first pre-read notice may be started only when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit, or even in cases other than when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit. A first look-ahead notice may be started.

In addition, the first look-ahead notice may also be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is a jackpot, or when the result of the first symbol variation display is that the number of hits will be the ceiling number. The first look-ahead notice may be started.

In addition, the results of the symbol variation display from the start of the first pre-read notice to the start of the first symbol change display may not include only the jackpot, and the first pre-read notice may not include only the jackpot. The results of the symbol variation display from the started symbol variation display to the start of the first symbol variation display do not need to include anything other than a jackpot. In addition, the results of the symbol variation display from the start of the first pre-read notice to the start of the first symbol change display do not necessarily have to include a jackpot, and the first pre-read notice does not necessarily have to include a jackpot. A jackpot may be included in the result of the symbol variation display from the started symbol variation display to the start of the first symbol variation display.

Also, the jackpot may not be included only in the result of the symbol variation display from the start of the first pre-read notice to the start of the first symbol change display, or the first pre-read notice may Results other than the results of the symbol variation display from the started symbol variation display to the start of the first symbol variation display may not include a jackpot.

In addition, the first effect is when the start of the first symbol variation display is postponed and the symbol variation display whose start is postponed does not include a symbol variation display that results in a small hit. It may be an effect that is started only in this manner, or a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small win may be included in the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol fluctuation display is suspended. If there is no first mode, the performance may be started in a mode other than the first mode. In addition, the first effect is when the start of the first symbol variation display is postponed and the symbol variation display whose start is postponed does not include a symbol variation display that results in a small hit. It may be a production that is always started depending on the pattern, or a symbol variation display that results in a small hit may be included in the symbol variation display whose start is deferred after the start of the first symbol variation display is deferred. It may be an effect that may not start in the first mode if there is no such effect.

In addition, the first effect is performed only when the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol fluctuation display is suspended does not include a symbol fluctuation display that will result in a small hit. The effect may be started in this manner, or the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small win may be included in the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol fluctuation display is suspended. The performance may be started in the first mode even in cases other than the case where there is no.

In addition, the first effect is performed when only the symbol variation display that results in a small hit is not included in the symbol variation display whose start is postponed after the start of the first symbol variation display is postponed. It may be an effect that is started in this manner, or a symbol variation other than a symbol variation display that results in a small hit in a symbol variation display whose start is deferred after the start of the first symbol variation display is deferred. Even when no display is included, the presentation may be started in the first mode.

In addition, the first effect is performed when the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit is not included in the symbol fluctuation display whose start was suspended after the start of the first symbol fluctuation display was suspended. It may be a performance that is started in the manner of .The symbol fluctuation display that results in a small win may be included in the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol fluctuation display is suspended. The performance may be started in the first mode when there is no such effect.

In addition, the first effect is performed only after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended, when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended does not include a symbol variation display that results in a small hit. The effect may be started in this manner, or the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit may be included in the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended other than after the start of the first symbol fluctuation display is suspended. The performance may be started in the first mode even when the first mode is not set.

Further, the first performance may be a performance that is started only in the second mode when the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit, or The performance may be started in a mode other than the second mode when a symbol variation display that results in a small hit is included in the symbol variation display. Further, the first performance may be a performance that is always started in the second mode when the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit, or If the symbol variation display that results in a small hit is included in the symbol variation display, the performance may not be started in the second mode.

Further, the first performance may be a performance that is started in the second mode when only the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit is included in the second symbol fluctuation display; Even when the symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display that results in a small hit, the performance may be started in the second mode.

Further, the first performance may be a performance that is started in the second mode when a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit is included only in the second symbol fluctuation display, or may be a performance that is started in the second mode. The performance may be started in the second mode when a symbol variation display that results in a small hit is included in addition to the symbol variation display.

Note that the first performance may be a performance that is started in the second mode when the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot, or The performance may be started in a manner different from the second manner when the fluctuating display includes a symbol fluctuating display that results in a jackpot.

Further, the first aspect and the second aspect may be partially or completely different.

Further, only the mode of the first look-ahead notice in the symbol variation display where the first look-ahead notice has started may be different from the mode of the first look-ahead notice during the execution of the first symbol change display; The mode of the first lookahead notice in the symbol variation display where the first lookahead notice has started may be different from the mode other than the first lookahead notice during execution of the first symbol variation display. Further, the mode of the first look-ahead notice in the symbol variation display where the first look-ahead notice has started may necessarily be different from the mode of the first look-ahead notice during the execution of the first symbol change display; The mode of the first pre-read notice in the symbol variation display where the first pre-read notice has started may not be different from the mode of the first pre-read notice during the execution of the first symbol variation display.

In addition, "the aspect of the first pre-read notice changes during the period from the start of the first pre-read notice to the period during which the first symbol variation display is being executed [for example, from FIG. 35(c) to As shown in (i) of the same figure, when the continuous countdown notice starts, the number display counts down every time the symbol variation display is executed, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, only the aspect of the first pre-read notice may change between the start of the first pre-read notice and the period during which the first symbol variation display is being executed, or the first pre-read notice may change. Aspects other than the first pre-read notice may change during the period from when it is started until the period during which the first symbol variation display is being executed. Further, the mode of the first pre-read notice may always change between the start of the first pre-read notice and the period during which the first symbol change display is being executed, or the first pre-read notice may start. There may be cases where the aspect of the first pre-read notice does not change during the period from when the first symbol variation display is being executed.

Further, the aspect of the first pre-read notice may change only during the period from when the first pre-read notice is started until the period during which the first symbol variation display is being executed, or the first pre-read notice may change. The mode of the first pre-read notice may change during the period from the time when the first symbol variation display is being executed.

In addition, "the first pre-read notice is a pre-read notice that indicates the timing until the first symbol variation display is executed by a change in form [for example, FIGS. 35(c) to 35(i) As shown in the figure, the numerical display counts down each time the symbol fluctuation display is executed, thereby indicating the execution timing of the symbol fluctuation display that is the subject of the advance notice],
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

According to this game machine, expectations may be raised each time the symbol variation display is executed.

Here, the first pre-read notice may indicate the timing until the first symbol variation display is executed only by a change in the aspect, or the first pre-read notice may indicate the timing until the first symbol variation display is executed. The timing may be suggested by other than changes in aspect. Further, the first pre-read notice may always indicate the timing until the first symbol variation display is executed by a change in the aspect, or the first pre-read notice may always indicate the timing until the first symbol variation display is executed. The timing may not be indicated by a change in the aspect.

Further, the first pre-read notice may indicate only the timing until the first symbol variation display is executed by a change in the aspect, or the first pre-read notice may indicate the timing until the first symbol variation display is executed. Timing other than timing may be suggested by a change in aspect.

In addition, ``If the first effect is started in the first mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, the first effect is started before the second symbol variation display is started. [For example, as shown in FIGS. 35(j) to 35(o), after the symbol fluctuation display that is the subject of the pre-read notice is suspended, the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended is a symbol that results in a small hit. If a variable display is not included, the display of "You'll get a small win!" has ended by the time the small win game related to the symbol variable display ends],
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, if the first effect is started in the first mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, only the first effect ends before the second symbol variation display starts. Alternatively, if the first effect is started in the first mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, a production other than the first one may be performed before the second symbol variation display is started. You may quit. In addition, if the first effect is started in the first mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, even if the first effect ends before the second symbol variation display starts. However, if the first effect is started in the first mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, the first effect may not end before the second symbol variation display starts. There may be.

In addition, if the first effect is started in the first mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, even if the first effect ends only before the second symbol variation display is started. Okay, if the first effect is started in the first mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, the first effect may end before the second symbol variation display is started. It's okay.

Also, only if the first effect is started in the first mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, even if the first effect ends before the second symbol variation display is started. Also, even in cases other than the case where the first effect is started in the first mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, the first effect may be started before the second symbol variation display is started. You may quit.

In addition, if the first effect is started in the first mode only while the first symbol variation display is being executed, even if the first effect ends before the second symbol variation display starts. Okay, if the first effect is started in the first mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, the first effect will end before the second symbol variation display starts. It's okay.

In addition, ``If the first effect is started in the second mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, at least part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed. The first performance is executed continuously until the period of [For example, as shown in FIG. 36 (10) to FIG. If the symbol variation display whose start has been deferred includes a symbol variation display that results in a small hit, the preview effect in which the bancho character TDR becomes gigantic will continue even after the symbol variation display ends, and the notice [Continuing until the small winning game related to the performance ends],
While the second symbol variation display is being executed, the first performance that is being executed in the second mode changes from the second mode to the third mode [for example, as shown in FIGS. As shown in Figure (16), the display of "Get 3 small hits!" that was displayed in the symbol variation display that is the target of the pre-read notice is replaced by the symbol variation display that will be executed next to the symbol variation display. [2 more!]]
The second aspect and the third aspect are different aspects,
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, if the first effect is started in the second mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, at least a part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed has elapsed. The first effect may continue until the first effect is executed, or if the first effect is started in the second mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, the second symbol variation display may be performed. The first effect may be continued until at least a part of the period in which the first effect is executed has elapsed. In addition, if the first effect is started in the second mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, at least a part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed has elapsed. The first effect may continue and always be executed until The first performance may not be continuously performed until at least part of the period during which it is performed has elapsed.

In addition, if the first effect is started in the second mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, at least a part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed has elapsed. Only the first effect may continue to be executed until Performances other than the first performance may continue to be performed until at least part of the period to be performed has elapsed.

In addition, if the first effect is started in the second mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, at least a part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed has elapsed. The first effect may continue to be executed only up to the point in time, or if the first effect is started in the second mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, the second symbol variation display may be The first effect may be continuously executed other than until at least a part of the execution period has elapsed.

In addition, only when the first effect is started in the second mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, at least a part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed has elapsed. The first effect may continue to be executed until The first performance may be continuously performed until at least a part of the period during which the symbol variation display is performed has elapsed.

In addition, if the first effect is started in the second mode only while the first symbol variation display is being executed, at least a part of the period in which the second symbol variation display is executed has elapsed. The first effect may continue to be executed until the first symbol variation display is executed, or if the first effect is started in the second mode other than during the execution of the first symbol variation display, the second symbol variation display may be continued. The first effect may be continuously executed until at least a part of the period during which the display is executed has elapsed.

Further, while the second symbol variation display is being executed, the first performance being executed in the second mode may change only from the second mode to the third mode, or the second symbol variation display may change only from the second mode to the third mode. During execution, the first effect being executed in the second mode may change from the second mode to a mode other than the third mode. Also, while the second symbol variation display is being executed, the first performance that is being executed in the second mode may always change from the second mode to the third mode, or the second symbol variation display may change from the second mode to the third mode. There may be cases where the first effect being executed in the second mode does not change from the second mode to the third mode during execution.

Also, while the second symbol variation display is being executed, only the first performance that is being executed in the second mode may change from the second mode to the third mode, or the second symbol variation display may change from the second mode to the third mode. During execution, the effects other than the first effect being executed in the second mode may change from the second mode to the third mode.

Also, while the second symbol variation display is being executed, the first performance that is being executed only in the second mode may change from the second mode to the third mode, or the second symbol variation display may change from the second mode to the third mode. During execution, the first performance being executed in a mode other than the second mode may change from the second mode to the third mode.

Further, only while the second symbol variation display is being executed, the first performance that is being executed in the second mode may change from the second mode to the third mode, or the second symbol variation display may change from the second mode to the third mode. In addition to the execution of , the first performance being executed in the second mode may change from the second mode to the third mode.

Note that the second aspect and the third aspect may be partially or entirely different.

In addition, ``If the second symbol fluctuation display includes multiple symbol fluctuation displays that result in a small hit whose start is suspended, the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small win in the second symbol fluctuation display is executed. [For example, as shown in FIGS. 36 (12) to 37 (21), the mode of the first performance changes each time the "Small hit 3 ``You can get one!'' display changes every time a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small win is executed after the symbol fluctuation display, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, if the second symbol fluctuation display includes multiple symbol fluctuation displays that result in a small hit whose start is deferred, each time the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the second symbol fluctuation display is executed. may change only the aspect of the first effect, or if the second symbol variation display includes multiple symbol variation displays that result in small wins whose start is pending, the second symbol variation display may change. Aspects other than the first presentation aspect may change each time the symbol variation display that results in a small hit is executed. In addition, if the second symbol fluctuation display includes multiple symbol fluctuation displays that result in a small hit and whose start is deferred, each time the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the second symbol fluctuation display is executed. The mode of the first performance may always change, and if the second symbol fluctuation display includes multiple symbol fluctuation displays that result in small wins whose start is pending, the second symbol fluctuation display may change. There may be a case where the mode of the first performance does not change each time the symbol variation display that results in a small hit is executed.

In addition, if the second symbol fluctuation display includes multiple symbol fluctuation displays that result in a small hit and whose start is deferred, each time the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the second symbol fluctuation display is executed. The mode of only the first effect may change, or if the second symbol variation display includes multiple symbol variation displays that result in a small hit whose start is pending, the second symbol variation display may change. The mode of presentation other than the first presentation may change every time the symbol variation display that results in a small hit is executed.

In addition, if the second symbol fluctuation display includes multiple symbol fluctuation displays that result in a small hit and whose start is deferred, each time the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the second symbol fluctuation display is executed. Only the mode of the first performance may change, and if the second symbol fluctuation display includes multiple symbol fluctuation displays that result in a small hit whose start is pending, the second symbol fluctuation display may change. The mode of the first performance may change other than every time the symbol variation display that results in a small hit is executed.

In addition, if the second symbol fluctuation display includes multiple symbol fluctuation displays that result in a small hit whose start is pending, each time only the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the second symbol fluctuation display is executed. The mode of the first performance may change, and if the second symbol fluctuation display includes multiple symbol fluctuation displays that result in small wins whose start is pending, the second symbol fluctuation display may change. The mode of the first performance may change every time a symbol variation display other than a symbol variation display resulting in a small hit is executed.

In addition, the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the second symbol fluctuation display is executed only when the second symbol fluctuation display includes multiple symbol fluctuation displays that result in a small hit and whose start is deferred. The mode of the first performance may change each time, and even in cases other than the case where the second symbol fluctuation display includes multiple symbol fluctuation displays that result in a small hit whose start is deferred, the second symbol fluctuation display may change. The aspect of the first performance may change every time the symbol variation display that results in a small win in the second symbol variation display is executed.

In addition, if the second symbol fluctuation display includes multiple symbol fluctuation displays that result in a small hit whose start is pending, each time the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the second symbol fluctuation display is executed. The mode of the first performance may change, and if the second symbol fluctuation display includes multiple symbol fluctuation displays other than the symbol fluctuation display that will result in a small hit whose start is pending, the second symbol fluctuation display may change. The aspect of the first performance may change every time the symbol variation display that results in a small win in the symbol variation display is executed.

In addition, if there are multiple symbol fluctuation displays that result in a small hit whose start is deferred only in the second symbol fluctuation display, each time the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the second symbol fluctuation display is executed. The mode of the first performance may change, and if a symbol fluctuation display other than the second symbol fluctuation display includes multiple symbol fluctuation displays that result in a small hit whose start is deferred, the second symbol fluctuation display may change. The aspect of the first performance may change every time the symbol variation display that results in a small win in the symbol variation display is executed.

In addition, it is equipped with a game control means [e.g., main control unit 300, etc.] capable of executing control to shift to one game state among a plurality of game states,
One of the plurality of gaming states is a first gaming state [for example, a normal gaming state (a special pattern low probability normal pattern low probability state), etc.],
One of the gaming states of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state [for example, small hit rush (special pattern high probability normal pattern low probability state), etc.],
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the first gaming state,
The third gaming state is a small winning rush state in which prize balls are easily obtained through small winning games,
In the third gaming state, at least during the period from the start of the first performance to the end of all the small winning games related to the small winnings related to the execution of the first performance, the third gaming state is in the third gaming state. does not end [For example, as shown in Figures 36 (3) to 37 (25), after the start of the pre-read notice, the small hit related to the notice executed in the symbol fluctuation display that is the target of the pre-read notice (3 small hits) The symbol fluctuation display during the period until all small winning games related to (wins) are completed is a loss or a small hit, but not a jackpot, so the game status has not changed, etc.)
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the game control means may be capable of executing only a control for shifting to one of a plurality of gaming states, or may be capable of executing control for shifting to one of a plurality of gaming states. Control other than control may also be executable. Further, the game control means may always execute control to transition to one of a plurality of gaming states, or may execute control to transition to one of a plurality of gaming states. It may be something that may not be executed.

Further, the third gaming state may be more advantageous than only the first gaming state, or may be more advantageous than any gaming state other than the first gaming state. Furthermore, the third gaming state may be always more advantageous than the first gaming state, or may be less advantageous than the first gaming state.

In addition, in the third gaming state, only the third gaming state is active at least during the period from the start of the first performance to the end of all small winning games related to the small winnings related to the execution of the first performance. In the third gaming state, at least during the period from the start of the first performance to the end of all small winning games related to the small winnings related to the execution of the first performance. Game states other than the third game state do not have to end. In addition, in the third gaming state, at least during the period from the start of the first production to the end of all small winning games related to the execution of the first production, the third gaming state is always In the third gaming state, at least during the period from the start of the first performance to the end of all small winning games related to the small winnings related to the execution of the first performance. The third gaming state may end.

In addition, in the third gaming state, the third gaming state is limited to at least a period from the start of the first production until all small winning games related to small winnings related to the execution of the first production are completed. In the third gaming state, at least a period other than the period from the start of the first performance to the end of all the small winning games related to the small winnings related to the execution of the first performance. The third game state does not have to end even during the period.

In addition, in the third gaming state, at least during the period from the start of the first performance until all small winning games related to small winnings related only to the execution of the first performance are completed, the third gaming state is It does not have to end, and in the third game state, at least from the start of the first performance until all the small winning games related to the small winnings related to the execution of performances other than the first performance are completed. The third gaming state does not have to end during the period.

In addition, in the third gaming state, at least during the period from the start of only the first performance to the end of all small winning games related to the small winnings related to the execution of the first performance, the third gaming state is It does not have to end, and in the third game state, at least from the start of performances other than the first performance until all the small winning games related to the small winnings related to the execution of the first performance are completed. The third gaming state does not have to end during the period.

In addition, only in the third gaming state, at least during the period from the start of the first performance until all the small winning games related to the small winnings related to the execution of the first performance are completed, the third gaming state is It does not have to end, and even in game states other than the third game state, all small winning games related to small winnings related to the execution of the first performance are ended at least after the first performance is started. The third gaming state does not have to end during the period up to.

Further, "one of the plurality of gaming states is a second gaming state [for example, battle mode (special pattern high probability regular pattern high probability state), etc."
The first gaming state is a normal gaming state,
The second gaming state is a gaming state including a variable probability state and an electric support state [for example, a special pattern high probability general pattern high probability state, etc.],
The third gaming state is a gaming state including a variable probability state and a non-electric support state [for example, a special pattern high probability general pattern low probability state, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the second gaming state may include only the variable probability state and the electric support state, or may include states other than the variable probability state and the electric support state. Further, the second gaming state may always include a variable probability state and an electric support state, or may not include a variable probability state and an electric support state.

Further, the third gaming state may include only the variable probability state and the non-electric support state, or may include states other than the variable probability state and the non-electric support state. Further, the third gaming state may always include a variable probability state and a non-electric support state, or may not include a variable probability state and a non-electric support state.

In addition, it is equipped with a hold display means [for example, decorative pattern display device 208, etc.] that notifies the number of symbol fluctuation displays whose start is pending by the number of displayed hold icons,
The hold display means is a means that can display the hold icon in one display mode among a plurality of display modes,
The display mode of the pending icon corresponding to the second symbol variation display is the default display mode [For example, as shown in FIG. 36 (3) to FIG. The display mode of the pending icon indicating the symbol variation display whose start has been suspended after the display has been suspended is the default display mode, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

According to this gaming machine, it may be possible to prevent players from having excessive expectations. That is, at the time when the first pre-read notice is started, it is unclear whether the symbol variation display whose start has been suspended thereafter can be expected, and it may be preferable to display it in the default display mode.

Here, the suspension display means may notify the number of symbol variation displays whose start is pending only by the number of display pending icons, or may notify the number of symbol variation displays whose start is pending. Something other than the number of displayed icons may also be reported. Further, the suspension display means may always notify the number of symbol fluctuation displays whose start is suspended by the number of displayed symbol fluctuations, or the number of symbol fluctuation displays whose start is suspended by the number of symbol fluctuation displays whose start is suspended. It may also be a case where the number of displayed items may not be left unattended.

Further, the hold display means may be capable of displaying only the hold icon in one of the plurality of display forms, or may be capable of displaying only the hold icon in one of the plurality of display forms. It may be something that can display things. Further, the hold display means may always display the hold icon in one of the plurality of display modes, or may not display the hold icon in one of the plurality of display modes. It may be something that may occur.

In addition, if the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot, before the symbol variation display that results in a jackpot among the second symbol variation displays is suspended. The first effect is executed in a manner according to the presence or absence of a symbol variation display that results in a small hit in the reserved symbol variation display [for example, as shown in FIGS. 59(10a) to 59(25a), If the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the symbol fluctuation display that is the subject of the notice includes a symbol fluctuation display that will result in a jackpot, as shown in FIG. 59 (12a), the symbol fluctuation A performance is performed by the bancho character TDR in a manner corresponding to the number (for example, one) of symbol fluctuation displays that result in a small win in the symbol fluctuation displays that were suspended before the display was suspended. A game machine. ”
Also explained.

According to this game machine, since the third game state may end due to a jackpot, the first performance is not performed in the direction of lowering expectations, thereby preventing a decrease in the interest of the game. There are cases where it is possible.

Note that depending on the type of jackpot, the first performance may include information about the jackpot.

Here, if the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot, the symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot among the second symbol fluctuation displays is suspended before the symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot is suspended. Only the first performance may be executed in a manner depending on whether or not there is a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the symbol fluctuation display, or the second symbol fluctuation display may include a symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot. If the symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot among the second symbol fluctuation displays is held, the first performance is performed in a manner according to the presence or absence of a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the symbol fluctuation display that was held before the symbol fluctuation display that resulted in a jackpot among the second symbol fluctuation displays. Other effects may also be performed. In addition, if the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot, the symbol that was suspended before the symbol variation display that resulted in a jackpot among the second symbol variation displays is suspended. The first performance may always be executed in a manner depending on whether or not there is a symbol variation display that results in a small hit in the variation display, or the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot. In this case, the first performance is performed in a manner according to the presence or absence of a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the symbol fluctuation display that was held before the symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot among the second symbol fluctuation display. There may be cases where it is not executed.

In addition, if the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot, the symbol that was suspended before the symbol variation display that resulted in a jackpot among the second symbol variation displays is suspended. The first performance may be executed only in a manner according to the presence or absence of a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the fluctuation display, or the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot. In this case, even in a mode other than the mode according to the presence or absence of a symbol variation display resulting in a small hit in the symbol variation display that was suspended before the symbol variation display resulting in a jackpot in the second symbol variation display is suspended. may be performed.

In addition, if the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot, the symbol that was suspended before the symbol variation display that resulted in a jackpot among the second symbol variation displays is suspended. The first performance may be executed in a manner depending only on the presence or absence of a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the fluctuation display, or the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot. In this case, in addition to the presence or absence of a symbol fluctuation display resulting in a small hit in the symbol fluctuation display that was held before the symbol fluctuation display resulting in a jackpot among the second symbol fluctuation display, the first A performance may also be performed.

In addition, if the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot, the symbol that was suspended before the symbol variation display that resulted in a jackpot among the second symbol variation displays is suspended. The first performance may be executed in a manner depending on whether or not there is a symbol variation display that results in a small hit only in the variation display, or the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot. In this case, in a manner according to the presence or absence of a symbol variation display resulting in a small hit in a symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display that was suspended before the symbol variation display resulting in a jackpot among the second symbol variation display. The first performance may be performed.

In addition, if the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot, only the symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot among the second symbol variation displays will be held before being held. The first performance may be executed in a manner depending on whether or not there is a symbol variation display that results in a small hit in the symbol variation display, or the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot. In this case, in a manner according to the presence or absence of a symbol variation display resulting in a small hit in the symbol variation display that was held before the symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display resulting in a jackpot among the second symbol variation display is suspended. The first performance may be performed.

In addition, only when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot, the symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot among the second symbol variation displays will be suspended before the symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot. The first performance may be executed in a manner depending on whether or not there is a symbol variation display that results in a small hit in the symbol variation display, or the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot. In other cases, the second symbol variation display may also be executed in a manner according to the presence or absence of a symbol variation display resulting in a small hit in the symbol variation display held before the symbol variation display resulting in a jackpot among the second symbol variation display is suspended. One performance may be performed.

In addition, if the second symbol variation display includes only a symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot, the symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot among the second symbol variation displays will be suspended before the symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot. The first performance may be executed in a manner depending on whether or not there is a symbol variation display that results in a small hit in the symbol variation display, or a symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display that results in a jackpot in the second symbol variation display. Even in the case where a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit is included in the symbol fluctuation display that was held before the symbol fluctuation display that resulted in a jackpot in the second symbol fluctuation display is held, the mode depends on the presence or absence of a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit. The first performance may be performed.

In addition, if only the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot, the symbol variation display that results in a jackpot among the second symbol variation displays is suspended before the symbol variation display that results in a jackpot is suspended. The first performance may be executed in a manner depending on the presence or absence of a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the symbol fluctuation display, or a symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot in a symbol fluctuation display other than the second symbol fluctuation display. is included, in a manner according to the presence or absence of a symbol fluctuation display resulting in a small hit in the symbol fluctuation display that was held before the symbol fluctuation display resulting in a jackpot in the second symbol fluctuation display is suspended. The first performance may be performed.

Further, "the pre-read notice means is a means capable of executing a second pre-read notice [for example, the suspended notice shown in FIG. 32(f), etc.],
The second pre-read notice is a pre-read notice that may be started when the symbol change display that will result in a jackpot is suspended [for example, as shown in FIG. 32(f), the symbol change display that will result in a jackpot is When a hold is placed on hold, the hold icon corresponding to the hold is displayed in rainbow colors, etc.]
The second lookahead notice is a lookahead notice different from the first lookahead notice,
The second look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that is not a continuous notice;
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the pre-read notice means may be capable of executing only the second pre-read notice, or may be capable of executing pre-read notices other than the second pre-read notice. Further, the pre-read notification means may always execute the second pre-read notification, or may not execute the second pre-read notification.

Further, the second pre-read notice may be started only when the symbol change display that will result in a jackpot is suspended, or in cases other than when the symbol fluctuation display that will result in a jackpot is suspended. It may also be initiated. Further, the second pre-read notice may always be started when the symbol change display that results in a jackpot is suspended, or it may not be started when the symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot is suspended. It may be something.

In addition, a "holding means [for example, the main control unit 300, etc.] capable of holding off the start of the symbol variation display,"
Pre-reading notice means [for example, decorative pattern display device 208 etc.] and
A game machine comprising:
The first look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that is started after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first look-ahead notice (hereinafter referred to as "first symbol change display") is suspended [e.g. , As shown in FIGS. 36(2) to 36(3), the pre-reading notice is started after the symbol change display related to the fourth pending icon h24 of the special drawing 2, which is the target of the pre-reading notice, is suspended. etc],
The first look-ahead notice is provided when the first effect [for example, when the effect button 136 shown in FIGS. 35(j) to 35(l) is operated while the first symbol variation display is being executed. , an effect display in which a speech bubble with the words "Get a small hit!" is displayed, and as shown in FIGS. 36(10) to 36(12), when the effect button 136 is operated, the bancho As the character TDR becomes larger, the display changes to a display with torn clothes, and a speech bubble with the words "Get 3 small wins!" is displayed. It is a notice,
When the result of the first symbol variation display is a result in which a privilege is granted (hereinafter referred to as "a certain result [e.g., small hit, jackpot, etc.]"), the first pre-read notice is started. For example, as shown in Figures 35(c) to 35(m) and Figures 36(3) to 36(13), if the symbol fluctuation display that is the target of the look-ahead notice results in a small hit, continuous notice is issued. started, etc.],
The certain result is not included in the result of the symbol variation display from the start of the first pre-read notice to the start of the first symbol variation display [for example, when the certain result is not included] As shown in Figure (m) and Figures 36 (3) to 36 (13), the results of the symbol variation display from the start of the continuous notice until the start of the symbol variation display that is the target of the pre-read notice are ],
The first performance includes the above-mentioned one in the symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "second symbol variation display") whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended. This is an effect that starts in the first mode when the resulting symbol fluctuation display is not included [For example, as shown in FIGS. If the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the fluctuation display is suspended does not include a symbol fluctuation display that will result in a small hit, when the production button 136 is operated, the display mode of the bancho character TDR changes. Instead, a speech bubble with the words "Get a small hit!" is displayed in a manner that is displayed],
The first performance is a performance that is started in the second mode when the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a certain result [for example, FIG. 36 ( 10) - As shown in (12) of the same figure, for example, two symbol variation displays that result in a small hit are included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the symbol variation display that is the subject of the pre-read notice is suspended. In this case, when the production button 136 is operated, the character TDR of the bancho becomes gigantic and changes to a display with torn clothes, and the words "Get 3 small wins!" are attached. etc.],
The first aspect and the second aspect are different aspects,
The mode of the first lookahead notice in the symbol variation display where the first lookahead notice has started is different from the mode of the first lookahead notice during the execution of the first symbol variation display [for example, Fig. 35 As shown in (c), the number shown when the continuous countdown notice starts is "3", and as shown in FIG. The number indicated by is "0"],
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

According to the conventional game machine, there was room for improvement in the advance notice means, but according to this game machine, it is possible to provide a game machine having features in the advance notice means.

Further, according to this game machine, when the first pre-read notice is started, it may be possible to make the player look forward to the first performance as a notice including the subsequent increase in reservations.

Here, the holding means may be capable of holding only the start of the symbol variation display, or may be capable of holding other than the start of the symbol variation display. Further, the holding means may always hold the start of the symbol variation display, or may not hold the start of the symbol variation display in some cases.

Further, the pre-read notice means may be capable of executing only the first pre-read notice, or may be capable of executing pre-read notices other than the first pre-read notice. Further, the pre-read notification means may always execute the first pre-read notification, or may not execute the first pre-read notification.

Further, the first pre-read notice may be started only after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first pre-read notice is suspended, or the first pre-read notice may be started only after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first pre-read notice is suspended. The display may be started even after the display has been suspended. Further, the first pre-read notice may always be started after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first pre-read notice has been suspended, or the first pre-read notice may always start after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first pre-read notice. The display may not be started after the display is suspended.

Further, the first pre-read notice may be started after only the symbol change display that is the target of the first pre-read notice has been suspended, or the first pre-read notice may be started after the symbol change display that is the target of the first pre-read notice is suspended. It may be started after the symbol variation display other than the display is suspended.

Further, the first pre-read notice may start only the first effect while the first symbol variation display is being executed, or may be such that only the first effect is started while the first symbol variation display is being executed. Performances other than the first performance may also be started. Further, the first look-ahead notice may always start the first effect while the first symbol variation display is being executed, or the first effect may be started while the first symbol variation display is being executed. It may also be something that may not start.

Further, the first pre-read notice may start the first effect only while the first symbol variation display is being executed, or may be a symbol variation display other than the first symbol variation display. The first performance may be started even during the execution of the first performance.

In addition, only the first pre-read notice may be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is a result in which a privilege is awarded, or the result of the first symbol variation display is a result in which a privilege is awarded. In this case, a look-ahead notice other than the first look-ahead notice may also be started. In addition, the first pre-read notice may always be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is the result that a privilege is awarded, or the result of the first symbol variation display is the result that a privilege is awarded. In this case, the first pre-read notice may not be started.

Further, the first pre-read notice may be started only when the result of the first symbol variation display is a result in which a privilege is awarded, or the first pre-read notice may be started only when the result of the first symbol variation display is a result in which a privilege is awarded. The first look-ahead notice may also be started in cases other than the case where .

In addition, the first look-ahead notice may also be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is a jackpot, or when the result of the first symbol variation display is that the number of hits will be the ceiling number. The first pre-read notice may be started when the first symbol variation display results in a special small hit.

In addition, only a certain result may not be included in the result of the symbol variation display from the start of the first pre-read notice to the start of the first symbol change display, and The results of the symbol variation display from the start of the advance notice to the start of the first symbol variation display may not include anything other than a certain result. In addition, a certain result may not necessarily be included in the result of the symbol variation display from the start of the first pre-read notice to the start of the first symbol change display, and A certain result may be included in the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display where the advance notice is started until the first symbol variation display is started.

In addition, a certain result may not be included only in the result of the symbol variation display from the start of the first pre-read notice to the start of the first symbol change display, or the first pre-read notice may not include a certain result. A certain result may not be included in the results other than the results of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display where the advance notice is started until the first symbol variation display is started.

In addition, the first effect is performed when a symbol variation display that results in a certain result is not included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended. It may be an effect that starts only in this manner, or a symbol fluctuation display that results in a certain result is included in the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol fluctuation display is suspended. The effect may also be started in a mode other than the first mode when the first mode is not set. In addition, the first effect is performed when a symbol variation display that results in a certain result is not included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended. It may be a production that is always started in this manner, or a symbol variation display that results in a certain result is included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended. It may be an effect that may not start in the first mode if the first mode is not set.

In addition, the first effect is performed only when a symbol variation display that results in a certain result is not included in the symbol variation display whose start is postponed after the start of the first symbol variation display is postponed. It may be a production that starts in one mode, or a symbol variation display that results in a certain result is included in the symbol variation display whose start is deferred after the start of the first symbol variation display is deferred. The performance may be started in the first mode even in cases other than the case where the first mode is not set.

In addition, the first effect is a first effect when only a symbol variation display that results in a certain result is not included in the symbol variation display whose start has been postponed after the start of the first symbol variation display has been postponed. It may be a production that is started in one manner, or a production other than a symbol variation display that results in a certain result in the symbol variation display whose start is deferred after the start of the first symbol variation display is deferred. Even when the symbol variation display is not included, the performance may be started in the first mode.

In addition, the first effect is the first effect when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include a symbol variation display that results in a certain result. It may be a performance that is started in one manner. Symbol fluctuation displays that result in a certain result are included in addition to the symbol fluctuation displays whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol fluctuation display is suspended. The performance may be started in the first mode when the first mode is not set.

In addition, the first effect is performed only after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended, when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended does not include a symbol variation display that results in a certain result. It may be an effect that starts in one mode, or a symbol fluctuation display that results in a certain result may be included in a symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended other than after the start of the first symbol fluctuation display is suspended. Even if it is not included, the performance may be started in the first mode.

Further, the first performance may be a performance that is started only in the second mode when a symbol variation display that results in a certain result is included in the second symbol variation display, or may be a production that starts only in the second mode. If the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a certain result, the performance may be started in a mode other than the second mode. Further, the first performance may be a performance that is always started in the second mode when a symbol variation display that results in a certain result is included in the second symbol variation display, or may be a production that is always started in the second mode. If the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a certain result, the performance may not be started in the second mode.

Furthermore, the first performance may be a performance that is started in the second mode when only a symbol variation display that results in a certain result is included in the second symbol variation display; Even when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display that results in a certain result, the performance may be started in the second mode.

Further, the first performance may be a performance that is started in the second mode when only the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a certain result, or The performance may be started in the second mode when a symbol variation display that results in a certain result is included in addition to the second symbol variation display.

Note that the first performance may be a performance that is started in the second mode when the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a certain result, or If the symbol variation display that results in a certain result is included in the symbol variation display, the performance may be started in a mode different from the second mode.

Further, the first aspect and the second aspect may be partially or completely different.

Further, only the mode of the first look-ahead notice in the symbol variation display where the first look-ahead notice has started may be different from the mode of the first look-ahead notice during the execution of the first symbol change display; The mode of the first lookahead notice in the symbol variation display where the first lookahead notice has started may be different from the mode other than the first lookahead notice during execution of the first symbol variation display. Further, the mode of the first look-ahead notice in the symbol variation display where the first look-ahead notice has started may necessarily be different from the mode of the first look-ahead notice during the execution of the first symbol change display; The mode of the first pre-read notice in the symbol variation display where the first pre-read notice has started may not be different from the mode of the first pre-read notice during the execution of the first symbol variation display.

Further, "the game machine is a pachinko machine [for example, the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG. 1],"
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Also, in the above description,
``A holding means [for example, the main control unit 300, etc.] capable of holding off the start of symbol variation display;
Pre-reading notice means [for example, decorative pattern display device 208 etc.] and
A game machine comprising:
The first look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that is started after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first look-ahead notice (hereinafter referred to as "first symbol change display") is suspended [e.g. , As shown in FIGS. 36(2) to 36(3), the pre-reading notice is started after the symbol change display related to the fourth pending icon h24 of the special drawing 2, which is the target of the pre-reading notice, is suspended. etc],
The first look-ahead notice is provided when the first effect [for example, when the effect button 136 shown in FIGS. 35(j) to 35(l) is operated while the first symbol variation display is being executed. , an effect display in which a speech bubble with the words "Get a small hit!" is displayed, and as shown in FIGS. 36(10) to 36(12), when the effect button 136 is operated, the bancho As the character TDR becomes larger, the display changes to a display with torn clothes, and a speech bubble with the words "Get 3 small wins!" is displayed. It is a notice,
When the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit, the first pre-read notice is started [for example, in FIGS. 35(c) to 35(m), and in FIGS. As shown in 13), continuous notice is started when the symbol fluctuation display that is the subject of advance notice becomes a small hit],
The result of the symbol variation display from the start of the first pre-read notice to the start of the first symbol variation display does not include a jackpot [for example, FIGS. 35(c) to 35(m) ), and as shown in Figures 36 (3) to (13), the result of the symbol fluctuation display from the start of the continuous notice until the start of the symbol fluctuation display that is the target of the pre-read notice is a failure. ],
The first effect includes a small hit in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "second symbol variation display"). This is an effect that starts in the first mode when a symbol variation display that is If the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the start is suspended does not include a symbol fluctuation display that will result in a small hit, when the production button 136 is operated, the display mode of the bancho character TDR will not change. , A speech bubble with the words "Get a small hit!" is displayed, etc.]
The first performance is started in the second mode when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a small hit of a first number [for example, two, etc.]. [For example, as shown in FIGS. 36(10) to 36(12), a small hit occurs on a symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the symbol fluctuation display that is the subject of the pre-read notice is suspended. When two symbol fluctuation displays are included, when the production button 136 is operated, the bank chief character TDR becomes gigantic and changes to a display with torn clothes, saying, ``You got 3 small hits!'' !” is displayed in a manner that a speech bubble is displayed],
The first performance is started in the fourth mode when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a small win of a second number [for example, one, etc.]. [For example, as shown in FIGS. 59 (10a) to (12a), a small hit occurs on a symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the symbol fluctuation display that is the subject of the pre-read notice is suspended. When one symbol variation display is included, when the production button 136 is operated, the bank chief character TDR becomes gigantic and changes to a display with torn clothes, saying, ``You got two small wins!'' !” is displayed in a manner that a speech bubble is displayed],
The first aspect and the second aspect are different aspects,
The second aspect and the fourth aspect are different aspects,
A game machine characterized by: ”
explained.

According to the conventional game machine, there was room for improvement in the advance notice means, but according to this game machine, it is possible to provide a game machine having features in the advance notice means.

Further, according to this game machine, when the first pre-read notice is started, it may be possible to make the player look forward to the first performance as a notice including the subsequent increase in reservations.

Here, the holding means may be capable of holding only the start of the symbol variation display, or may be capable of holding other than the start of the symbol variation display. Further, the holding means may always hold the start of the symbol variation display, or may not hold the start of the symbol variation display in some cases.

Further, the pre-read notice means may be capable of executing only the first pre-read notice, or may be capable of executing pre-read notices other than the first pre-read notice. Further, the pre-read notification means may always execute the first pre-read notification, or may not execute the first pre-read notification.

Further, the first pre-read notice may be started only after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first pre-read notice is suspended, or the first pre-read notice may be started only after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first pre-read notice is suspended. The display may be started even after the display has been suspended. Further, the first pre-read notice may always be started after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first pre-read notice has been suspended, or the first pre-read notice may always start after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first pre-read notice. The display may not be started after the display is suspended.

Further, the first pre-read notice may be started after only the symbol change display that is the target of the first pre-read notice has been suspended, or the first pre-read notice may be started after the symbol change display that is the target of the first pre-read notice is suspended. It may be started after the symbol variation display other than the display is suspended.

Further, the first pre-read notice may start only the first effect while the first symbol variation display is being executed, or may be such that only the first effect is started while the first symbol variation display is being executed. Performances other than the first performance may also be started. Further, the first look-ahead notice may always start the first effect while the first symbol variation display is being executed, or the first effect may be started while the first symbol variation display is being executed. It may also be something that may not start.

Further, the first pre-read notice may start the first effect only while the first symbol variation display is being executed, or may be a symbol variation display other than the first symbol variation display. The first performance may be started even during the execution of the first performance.

Further, only the first pre-reading notice may be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit, or the first pre-reading notice may be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit. A look-ahead notice other than a notice may also be started. In addition, the first pre-reading notice may always be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit, or the first pre-reading notice may be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit. There may be cases where the advance notice is not started.

Also, the first pre-read notice may be started only when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit, or even in cases other than when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit. A first look-ahead notice may be started.

In addition, the first look-ahead notice may also be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is a jackpot, or when the result of the first symbol variation display is that the number of hits will be the ceiling number. The first look-ahead notice may be started.

In addition, the results of the symbol variation display from the start of the first pre-read notice to the start of the first symbol change display may not include only the jackpot, and the first pre-read notice may not include only the jackpot. The results of the symbol variation display from the started symbol variation display to the start of the first symbol variation display do not need to include anything other than a jackpot. In addition, the results of the symbol variation display from the start of the first pre-read notice to the start of the first symbol change display do not necessarily have to include a jackpot, and the first pre-read notice does not necessarily have to include a jackpot. A jackpot may be included in the result of the symbol variation display from the started symbol variation display to the start of the first symbol variation display.

Also, the jackpot may not be included only in the result of the symbol variation display from the start of the first pre-read notice to the start of the first symbol change display, or the first pre-read notice may Results other than the results of the symbol variation display from the started symbol variation display to the start of the first symbol variation display may not include a jackpot.

In addition, the first effect is when the start of the first symbol variation display is postponed and the symbol variation display whose start is postponed does not include a symbol variation display that results in a small hit. It may be an effect that is started only in this manner, or a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small win may be included in the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol fluctuation display is suspended. If there is no such effect, the performance may be started in a mode other than the first mode. In addition, the first effect is when the start of the first symbol variation display is postponed and the symbol variation display whose start is postponed does not include a symbol variation display that results in a small hit. It may be a production that is always started depending on the pattern, or a symbol variation display that results in a small hit may be included in the symbol variation display whose start is deferred after the start of the first symbol variation display is deferred. It may be an effect that may not start in the first mode if there is no such effect.

In addition, the first effect is performed only when the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol fluctuation display is suspended does not include a symbol fluctuation display that will result in a small hit. The effect may be started in this manner, or the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small win may be included in the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol fluctuation display is suspended. The performance may be started in the first mode even in cases other than the case where there is no.

In addition, the first effect is performed when only the symbol variation display that results in a small hit is not included in the symbol variation display whose start is postponed after the start of the first symbol variation display is postponed. It may be an effect that is started in this manner, or a symbol variation other than a symbol variation display that results in a small hit in a symbol variation display whose start is deferred after the start of the first symbol variation display is deferred. Even when no display is included, the presentation may be started in the first mode.

In addition, the first effect is performed when the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit is not included in the symbol fluctuation display whose start was suspended after the start of the first symbol fluctuation display was suspended. It may be a performance that is started in the manner of .The symbol fluctuation display that results in a small win may be included in the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol fluctuation display is suspended. The performance may be started in the first mode when there is no such effect.

In addition, the first effect is performed only after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended, when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended does not include a symbol variation display that results in a small hit. The effect may be started in this manner, or the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit may be included in the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended other than after the start of the first symbol fluctuation display is suspended. The performance may be started in the first mode even when the first mode is not set.

In addition, the first performance may be a performance that is started only in the second mode when the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit of the first number. Alternatively, the performance may be started in a mode other than the second mode when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a small hit of the first number. Furthermore, the first performance may be a performance that is always started in the second mode when the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit of the first number. Alternatively, if the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a small hit of the first number, the performance may not be started in the second mode.

Furthermore, even if the first performance is a performance that is started in the second mode when the second symbol fluctuation display includes only a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit of the first number, However, even if the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display that results in a small hit of the first number, even if the production starts in the second mode. good.

Furthermore, even if the first performance is a performance that starts in the second mode when only the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit of the first number. Alternatively, the performance may be started in the second mode when a symbol variation display that results in a small hit of the first number is included in addition to the second symbol variation display.

Note that the first performance may be a performance that is started in the second mode when the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot, or The performance may be started in a manner different from the second manner when the fluctuating display includes a symbol fluctuating display that results in a jackpot.

In addition, even if the first performance is a performance that starts only in the fourth mode when the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit of the second number. Alternatively, the performance may be started in a mode other than the fourth mode when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a small hit of the second number. In addition, even if the first performance is a performance that is always started in the fourth mode when the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit of the second number. Alternatively, the performance may not be started in the fourth mode when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a small hit of the second number.

In addition, even if the first performance is a performance that starts in the fourth mode when only the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit of the second number is included in the second symbol fluctuation display, Also, even if the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display that results in a small hit of the second number, even if the performance is started in the fourth mode. good.

In addition, even if the first performance is a performance that starts in the fourth mode when the second symbol fluctuation display includes only a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit of the second number. Alternatively, the performance may be started in the fourth mode when a symbol variation display that results in a small hit of the second number is included in addition to the second symbol variation display.

Note that the first performance may be a performance that is started in the fourth mode when the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot, or The performance may be started in a manner different from the fourth manner when the fluctuating display includes a symbol fluctuating display that results in a jackpot.

Further, the first aspect and the second aspect may be partially or completely different.

Further, the second aspect and the fourth aspect may be partially or completely different.

In addition, ``the first performance of the second aspect and the first performance of the fourth aspect are the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit whose start is deferred in the second symbol fluctuation display. [For example, as shown in FIGS. 36(10) to 36(12), a symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the symbol fluctuation display that is the target of the pre-read notice is suspended. If there are two symbol fluctuation displays that result in small wins, a speech bubble with the words "You'll get 3 small hits!" will be displayed, including the small wins in the symbol fluctuation displays. As shown in FIGS. 59 (10a) to 59 (12a), a symbol that results in a small hit is displayed in a symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the symbol fluctuation display that is the subject of the pre-read notice is suspended. If one variable display is included, the effect is displayed in such a way that a speech bubble with the words "You get 2 small wins!" is displayed, including the small win in the symbol variable display. etc],
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the first performance of the second aspect and the first performance of the fourth aspect notify only the number of symbol fluctuation displays resulting in a small hit whose start is pending in the second symbol fluctuation display. The first effect of the second aspect and the first effect of the fourth aspect may be a symbol variation resulting in a small hit whose start is deferred in the second symbol variation display. The presentation may be such that a number other than the displayed number is notified. In addition, the first performance of the second aspect and the first performance of the fourth aspect are modes in which the number of symbol fluctuation displays resulting in a small hit whose start is pending in the second symbol fluctuation display is always notified. The first performance of the second aspect and the first performance of the fourth aspect may be a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit whose start is deferred in the second symbol fluctuation display. It may be a case where the presentation does not notify the number of .

In addition, the first performance of the second aspect and the first performance of the fourth aspect are modes in which the number of symbol fluctuation displays resulting in a small hit whose start is pending only in the second symbol fluctuation display is notified. The first performance of the second aspect and the first performance of the fourth aspect may be a small hit whose start is suspended in a symbol variation display other than the second symbol variation display. The effect may be such that the number of symbol fluctuation displays that will be displayed will be notified.

In addition, it is equipped with a game control means [e.g., main control unit 300, etc.] capable of executing control to shift to one game state among a plurality of game states,
One of the plurality of gaming states is a first gaming state [for example, a normal gaming state (a special pattern low probability normal pattern low probability state), etc.],
One of the gaming states of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state [for example, small hit rush (special pattern high probability normal pattern low probability state), etc.],
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the first gaming state,
The third gaming state is a small winning rush state in which prize balls are easily obtained through small winning games,
In the third gaming state, at least during the period from the start of the first performance to the end of all the small winning games related to the small winnings related to the execution of the first performance, the third gaming state is in the third gaming state. does not end [For example, as shown in Figures 36 (3) to 37 (25), after the start of the pre-read notice, the small hit related to the notice executed in the symbol fluctuation display that is the target of the pre-read notice (3 small hits) The symbol fluctuation display during the period until all small winning games related to (wins) are completed is a loss or a small hit, but not a jackpot, so the game status has not changed, etc.)
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the game control means may be capable of executing only a control for shifting to one of a plurality of gaming states, or may be capable of executing control for shifting to one of a plurality of gaming states. Control other than control may also be executable. Further, the game control means may always execute control to transition to one of a plurality of gaming states, or may execute control to transition to one of a plurality of gaming states. It may be something that may not be executed.

Further, the third gaming state may be more advantageous than only the first gaming state, or may be more advantageous than any gaming state other than the first gaming state. Furthermore, the third gaming state may be always more advantageous than the first gaming state, or may be less advantageous than the first gaming state.

In addition, in the third gaming state, only the third gaming state is active at least during the period from the start of the first performance to the end of all small winning games related to the small winnings related to the execution of the first performance. In the third gaming state, at least during the period from the start of the first performance to the end of all small winning games related to the small winnings related to the execution of the first performance. Game states other than the third game state do not have to end. In addition, in the third gaming state, at least during the period from the start of the first production to the end of all small winning games related to the execution of the first production, the third gaming state is always In the third gaming state, at least during the period from the start of the first performance to the end of all small winning games related to the small winnings related to the execution of the first performance. The third gaming state may end.

In addition, in the third gaming state, the third gaming state is limited to at least a period from the start of the first production until all small winning games related to small winnings related to the execution of the first production are completed. In the third gaming state, at least a period other than the period from the start of the first performance to the end of all the small winning games related to the small winnings related to the execution of the first performance. The third game state does not have to end even during the period.

In addition, in the third gaming state, at least during the period from the start of the first performance until all small winning games related to small winnings related only to the execution of the first performance are completed, the third gaming state is It does not have to end, and in the third game state, at least from the start of the first performance until all the small winning games related to the small winnings related to the execution of performances other than the first performance are completed. The third gaming state does not have to end during the period.

In addition, in the third gaming state, at least during the period from the start of only the first performance to the end of all small winning games related to the small winnings related to the execution of the first performance, the third gaming state is It does not have to end, and in the third game state, at least from the start of performances other than the first performance until all the small winning games related to the small winnings related to the execution of the first performance are completed. The third gaming state does not have to end during the period.

In addition, only in the third gaming state, at least during the period from the start of the first performance until all the small winning games related to the small winnings related to the execution of the first performance are completed, the third gaming state is It does not have to end, and even in game states other than the third game state, all small winning games related to small winnings related to the execution of the first performance are ended at least after the first performance is started. The third gaming state does not have to end during the period up to.

Further, "one of the plurality of gaming states is a second gaming state [for example, battle mode (special pattern high probability regular pattern high probability state), etc."
The first gaming state is a normal gaming state,
The second gaming state is a gaming state including a variable probability state and an electric support state [for example, a special pattern high probability general pattern high probability state, etc.],
The third gaming state is a gaming state including a variable probability state and a non-electric support state [for example, a special pattern high probability general pattern low probability state, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the second gaming state may include only the variable probability state and the electric support state, or may include states other than the variable probability state and the electric support state. Further, the second gaming state may always include a variable probability state and an electric support state, or may not include a variable probability state and an electric support state.

Further, the third gaming state may include only the variable probability state and the non-electric support state, or may include states other than the variable probability state and the non-electric support state. Further, the third gaming state may always include a variable probability state and a non-electric support state, or may not include a variable probability state and a non-electric support state.

In addition, it includes a hold display means [for example, decorative pattern display device 208, etc.] that notifies the number of symbol fluctuation displays whose start is suspended by the number of displayed hold icons,
The hold display means is a means that can display the hold icon in one display mode among a plurality of display modes,
The display mode of the pending icon corresponding to the second symbol variation display is the default display mode [For example, as shown in FIG. 36 (3) to FIG. The display mode of the pending icon indicating the symbol variation display whose start has been suspended after the display has been suspended is the default display mode, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

According to this gaming machine, it may be possible to prevent players from having excessive expectations. That is, at the time when the first pre-read notice is started, it is unclear whether the symbol variation display whose start has been suspended thereafter can be expected, and it may be preferable to display it in the default display mode.

Here, the suspension display means may notify the number of symbol variation displays whose start is pending only by the number of display pending icons, or may notify the number of symbol variation displays whose start is pending. Something other than the number of displayed icons may also be reported. Further, the suspension display means may always notify the number of symbol fluctuation displays whose start is suspended by the number of displayed symbol fluctuations, or the number of symbol fluctuation displays whose start is suspended by the number of symbol fluctuation displays whose start is suspended. It may also be a case where the number of displayed items may not be left unattended.

Further, the hold display means may be capable of displaying only the hold icon in one of the plurality of display forms, or may be capable of displaying only the hold icon in one of the plurality of display forms. It may be something that can display things. Further, the hold display means may always display the hold icon in one of the plurality of display modes, or may not display the hold icon in one of the plurality of display modes. It may be something that may occur.

In addition, if the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot, before the symbol variation display that results in a jackpot among the second symbol variation displays is suspended. The first performance is executed in a manner according to the number of symbol fluctuation displays that result in a small hit in the reserved symbol fluctuation displays [for example, as shown in FIGS. 59 (10a) to 59 (25a), If the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the symbol fluctuation display that is the subject of the notice includes a symbol fluctuation display that will result in a jackpot, as shown in FIG. 59 (12a), the symbol fluctuation A performance is performed by the bancho character TDR in a manner corresponding to the number (for example, one) of symbol fluctuation displays that result in a small hit in the symbol fluctuation displays that were suspended before the display was suspended],
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

According to this game machine, since the third game state may end due to a jackpot, the first performance is not performed in the direction of lowering expectations, thereby preventing a decrease in the interest of the game. There are cases where it is possible.

Note that depending on the type of jackpot, the first performance may include information about the jackpot.

Here, if the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot, the symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot among the second symbol fluctuation displays is suspended before the symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot is suspended. Only the first performance may be executed in a manner depending on whether or not there is a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the symbol fluctuation display, or the second symbol fluctuation display may include a symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot. If the symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot among the second symbol fluctuation displays is held, the first performance is performed in a manner according to the presence or absence of a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the symbol fluctuation display that was held before the symbol fluctuation display that resulted in a jackpot among the second symbol fluctuation displays. Other effects may also be performed. In addition, if the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot, the symbol that was suspended before the symbol variation display that resulted in a jackpot among the second symbol variation displays is suspended. The first performance may always be executed in a manner depending on whether or not there is a symbol variation display that results in a small hit in the variation display, or the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot. In this case, the first performance is performed in a manner according to the presence or absence of a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the symbol fluctuation display that was held before the symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot among the second symbol fluctuation display. There may be cases where it is not executed.

In addition, if the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot, the symbol that was suspended before the symbol variation display that resulted in a jackpot among the second symbol variation displays is suspended. The first performance may be executed only in a manner according to the presence or absence of a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the fluctuation display, or the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot. In this case, even in a mode other than the mode according to the presence or absence of a symbol variation display resulting in a small hit in the symbol variation display that was suspended before the symbol variation display resulting in a jackpot in the second symbol variation display is suspended. may be performed.

In addition, if the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot, the symbol that was suspended before the symbol variation display that resulted in a jackpot among the second symbol variation displays is suspended. The first performance may be executed in a manner depending only on the presence or absence of a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the fluctuation display, or the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot. In this case, in addition to the presence or absence of a symbol fluctuation display resulting in a small hit in the symbol fluctuation display that was held before the symbol fluctuation display resulting in a jackpot among the second symbol fluctuation display, the first A performance may also be performed.

In addition, if the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot, the symbol that was suspended before the symbol variation display that resulted in a jackpot among the second symbol variation displays is suspended. The first performance may be executed in a manner depending on whether or not there is a symbol variation display that results in a small hit only in the variation display, or the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot. In this case, in a manner according to the presence or absence of a symbol variation display resulting in a small hit in a symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display that was suspended before the symbol variation display resulting in a jackpot among the second symbol variation display. The first performance may be performed.

In addition, if the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot, only the symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot among the second symbol variation displays will be held before being held. The first performance may be executed in a manner depending on whether or not there is a symbol variation display that results in a small hit in the symbol variation display, or the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot. In this case, in a manner according to the presence or absence of a symbol variation display resulting in a small hit in the symbol variation display that was held before the symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display resulting in a jackpot among the second symbol variation display is suspended. The first performance may be performed.

In addition, only when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot, the symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot among the second symbol variation displays will be suspended before the symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot. The first performance may be executed in a manner depending on whether or not there is a symbol variation display that results in a small hit in the symbol variation display, or the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot. In other cases, the second symbol variation display may also be executed in a manner according to the presence or absence of a symbol variation display resulting in a small hit in the symbol variation display held before the symbol variation display resulting in a jackpot among the second symbol variation display is suspended. One performance may be performed.

In addition, if the second symbol variation display includes only a symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot, the symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot among the second symbol variation displays will be suspended before the symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot. The first performance may be executed in a manner depending on whether or not there is a symbol variation display that results in a small hit in the symbol variation display, or a symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display that results in a jackpot in the second symbol variation display. Even in the case where a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit is included in the symbol fluctuation display that was held before the symbol fluctuation display that resulted in a jackpot in the second symbol fluctuation display is held, the mode depends on the presence or absence of a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit. The first performance may be performed.

In addition, if only the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot, the symbol variation display that results in a jackpot among the second symbol variation displays is suspended before the symbol variation display that results in a jackpot is suspended. The first performance may be executed in a manner depending on the presence or absence of a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the symbol fluctuation display, or a symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot in a symbol fluctuation display other than the second symbol fluctuation display. is included, in a manner according to the presence or absence of a symbol fluctuation display resulting in a small hit in the symbol fluctuation display that was held before the symbol fluctuation display resulting in a jackpot in the second symbol fluctuation display is suspended. The first performance may be performed.

In addition, ``If the first effect is started in the first mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, the first effect is started before the second symbol variation display is started. ends,
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, if the first effect is started in the first mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, only the first effect ends before the second symbol variation display starts. Alternatively, if the first effect is started in the first mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, a production other than the first one may be performed before the second symbol variation display is started. You may quit. In addition, if the first effect is started in the first mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, even if the first effect ends before the second symbol variation display starts. However, if the first effect is started in the first mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, the first effect may not end before the second symbol variation display starts. There may be.

In addition, if the first effect is started in the first mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, even if the first effect ends only before the second symbol variation display is started. Okay, if the first effect is started in the first mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, the first effect may end before the second symbol variation display is started. It's okay.

Also, only if the first effect is started in the first mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, even if the first effect ends before the second symbol variation display is started. Also, even in cases other than the case where the first effect is started in the first mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, the first effect may be started before the second symbol variation display is started. You may quit.

In addition, if the first effect is started in the first mode only while the first symbol variation display is being executed, even if the first effect ends before the second symbol variation display starts. Okay, if the first effect is started in the first mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, the first effect will end before the second symbol variation display starts. It's okay.

In addition, ``If the first effect is started in the second mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, at least part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed. The first performance is continuously executed until the period of [For example, as shown in FIG. 36 (10) to FIG. If the symbol variation display whose start has been deferred includes a symbol variation display that results in a small hit, the preview effect in which the bancho character TDR becomes gigantic continues even after the symbol variation display ends, and the notice [Continuing until the small winning game related to the performance ends],
While the second symbol variation display is being executed, the first performance that is being executed in the second mode changes from the second mode to the third mode [for example, as shown in FIGS. As shown in Figure (16), the display of "Get 3 small hits!" that was displayed in the symbol variation display that is the target of the pre-read notice is replaced by the symbol variation display that will be executed next to the symbol variation display. [2 more!]]
The second aspect and the third aspect are different aspects,
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, if the first effect is started in the second mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, at least a part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed has elapsed. The first effect may continue until the first effect is executed, or if the first effect is started in the second mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, the second symbol variation display may be performed. The first effect may be continued until at least a part of the period in which the first effect is executed has elapsed. In addition, if the first effect is started in the second mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, at least a part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed has elapsed. The first effect may continue and always be executed until The first performance may not be continuously performed until at least part of the period during which it is performed has elapsed.

In addition, if the first effect is started in the second mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, at least a part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed has elapsed. Only the first effect may continue to be executed until Performances other than the first performance may continue to be performed until at least part of the period to be performed has elapsed.

In addition, if the first effect is started in the second mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, at least a part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed has elapsed. The first effect may continue to be executed only up to the point in time, or if the first effect is started in the second mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, the second symbol variation display may be The first effect may be continuously executed other than until at least a part of the execution period has elapsed.

In addition, only when the first effect is started in the second mode while the first symbol variation display is being executed, at least a part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed has elapsed. The first effect may continue to be executed until The first performance may be continuously performed until at least a part of the period during which the symbol variation display is performed has elapsed.

In addition, if the first effect is started in the second mode only while the first symbol variation display is being executed, at least a part of the period in which the second symbol variation display is executed has elapsed. The first effect may continue to be executed until the first symbol variation display is executed, or if the first effect is started in the second mode other than during the execution of the first symbol variation display, the second symbol variation display may be continued. The first effect may be continuously executed until at least a part of the period during which the display is executed has elapsed.

Further, while the second symbol variation display is being executed, the first performance being executed in the second mode may change only from the second mode to the third mode, or the second symbol variation display may change only from the second mode to the third mode. During execution, the first effect being executed in the second mode may change from the second mode to a mode other than the third mode. Also, while the second symbol variation display is being executed, the first performance that is being executed in the second mode may always change from the second mode to the third mode, or the second symbol variation display may change from the second mode to the third mode. There may be cases where the first effect being executed in the second mode does not change from the second mode to the third mode during execution.

Also, while the second symbol variation display is being executed, only the first performance that is being executed in the second mode may change from the second mode to the third mode, or the second symbol variation display may change from the second mode to the third mode. During execution, the effects other than the first effect being executed in the second mode may change from the second mode to the third mode.

Also, while the second symbol variation display is being executed, the first performance that is being executed only in the second mode may change from the second mode to the third mode, or the second symbol variation display may change from the second mode to the third mode. During execution, the first performance being executed in a mode other than the second mode may change from the second mode to the third mode.

Further, only while the second symbol variation display is being executed, the first performance that is being executed in the second mode may change from the second mode to the third mode, or the second symbol variation display may change from the second mode to the third mode. In addition to the execution of , the first performance being executed in the second mode may change from the second mode to the third mode.

Note that the second aspect and the third aspect may be partially or entirely different.

In addition, ``If the second symbol variation display includes multiple symbol variation displays that result in a small hit whose start is suspended, the symbol variation display that results in a small win in the second symbol variation display is executed. [For example, as shown in Figures 36 (12) to 37 (21), the mode of the first effect changes each time ``You can get one!'' display changes every time a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small win is executed after the symbol fluctuation display, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, if the second symbol fluctuation display includes multiple symbol fluctuation displays that result in a small hit whose start is deferred, each time the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the second symbol fluctuation display is executed. may change only the aspect of the first effect, or if the second symbol variation display includes multiple symbol variation displays that result in small wins whose start is pending, the second symbol variation display may change. Aspects other than the first presentation aspect may change each time the symbol variation display that results in a small hit is executed. In addition, if the second symbol fluctuation display includes multiple symbol fluctuation displays that result in a small hit and whose start is deferred, each time the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the second symbol fluctuation display is executed. The mode of the first performance may always change, and if the second symbol fluctuation display includes multiple symbol fluctuation displays that result in small wins whose start is pending, the second symbol fluctuation display may change. There may be a case where the mode of the first performance does not change each time the symbol variation display that results in a small hit is executed.

In addition, if the second symbol fluctuation display includes multiple symbol fluctuation displays that result in a small hit and whose start is deferred, each time the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the second symbol fluctuation display is executed. The mode of only the first effect may change, or if the second symbol variation display includes multiple symbol variation displays that result in a small hit whose start is pending, the second symbol variation display may change. The mode of presentation other than the first presentation may change every time the symbol variation display that results in a small hit is executed.

In addition, if the second symbol fluctuation display includes multiple symbol fluctuation displays that result in a small hit and whose start is deferred, each time the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the second symbol fluctuation display is executed. Only the mode of the first performance may change, and if the second symbol fluctuation display includes multiple symbol fluctuation displays that result in a small hit whose start is pending, the second symbol fluctuation display may change. The mode of the first performance may change other than every time the symbol variation display that results in a small hit is executed.

In addition, if the second symbol fluctuation display includes multiple symbol fluctuation displays that result in a small hit whose start is pending, each time only the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the second symbol fluctuation display is executed. The mode of the first performance may change, and if the second symbol fluctuation display includes multiple symbol fluctuation displays that result in small wins whose start is pending, the second symbol fluctuation display may change. The mode of the first performance may change every time a symbol variation display other than a symbol variation display resulting in a small hit is executed.

In addition, the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the second symbol fluctuation display is executed only when the second symbol fluctuation display includes multiple symbol fluctuation displays that result in a small hit and whose start is deferred. The mode of the first performance may change each time, and even in cases other than the case where the second symbol fluctuation display includes multiple symbol fluctuation displays that result in a small hit whose start is deferred, the second symbol fluctuation display may change. The aspect of the first performance may change every time the symbol variation display that results in a small win in the second symbol variation display is executed.

In addition, if the second symbol fluctuation display includes multiple symbol fluctuation displays that result in a small hit whose start is pending, each time the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the second symbol fluctuation display is executed. The mode of the first performance may change, and if the second symbol fluctuation display includes multiple symbol fluctuation displays other than the symbol fluctuation display that will result in a small hit whose start is pending, the second symbol fluctuation display may change. The aspect of the first performance may change every time the symbol variation display that results in a small win in the symbol variation display is executed.

In addition, if there are multiple symbol fluctuation displays that result in a small hit whose start is deferred only in the second symbol fluctuation display, each time the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the second symbol fluctuation display is executed. The mode of the first performance may change, and if a symbol fluctuation display other than the second symbol fluctuation display includes multiple symbol fluctuation displays that result in a small hit whose start is deferred, the second symbol fluctuation display may change. The aspect of the first performance may change every time the symbol variation display that results in a small win in the symbol variation display is executed.

Further, "the pre-read notice means is a means capable of executing a second pre-read notice [for example, the suspended notice shown in FIG. 32(f), etc.],
The second pre-read notice is a pre-read notice that may be started when the symbol change display that will result in a jackpot is suspended [for example, as shown in FIG. 32(f), the symbol change display that will result in a jackpot is When a hold is placed on hold, the hold icon corresponding to the hold is displayed in rainbow colors, etc.]
The second lookahead notice is a lookahead notice different from the first lookahead notice,
The second look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that is not a continuous notice;
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the pre-read notice means may be capable of executing only the second pre-read notice, or may be capable of executing pre-read notices other than the second pre-read notice. Further, the pre-read notification means may always execute the second pre-read notification, or may not execute the second pre-read notification.

Further, the second pre-read notice may be started only when the symbol change display that will result in a jackpot is suspended, or in cases other than when the symbol fluctuation display that will result in a jackpot is suspended. It may also be initiated. Further, the second pre-read notice may always be started when the symbol change display that results in a jackpot is suspended, or it may not be started when the symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot is suspended. It may be something.

In addition, a "holding means [for example, the main control unit 300, etc.] capable of holding off the start of the symbol variation display,"
Pre-reading notice means [for example, decorative pattern display device 208 etc.] and
A game machine comprising:
The first look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that is started after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first look-ahead notice (hereinafter referred to as "first symbol change display") is suspended [e.g. , As shown in FIGS. 36(2) to 36(3), the pre-reading notice is started after the symbol change display related to the fourth pending icon h24 of the special drawing 2, which is the target of the pre-reading notice, is suspended. etc],
The first look-ahead notice is provided when the first effect [for example, when the effect button 136 shown in FIGS. 35(j) to 35(l) is operated while the first symbol variation display is being executed. , an effect display in which a speech bubble with the words "Get a small hit!" is displayed, and as shown in FIGS. 36(10) to 36(12), when the effect button 136 is operated, the bancho As the character TDR becomes larger, the display changes to a display with torn clothes, and a speech bubble with the words "Get 3 small wins!" is displayed. It is a notice,
When the result of the first symbol variation display is a result in which a privilege is granted (hereinafter referred to as "a certain result [e.g., small hit, jackpot, etc.]"), the first pre-read notice is started. For example, as shown in Figures 35(c) to 35(m) and Figures 36(3) to 36(13), if the symbol fluctuation display that is the target of the look-ahead notice results in a small hit, continuous notice is issued. started, etc.],
The certain result is not included in the result of the symbol variation display from the start of the first pre-read notice to the start of the first symbol variation display [for example, when the certain result is not included] As shown in Figure (m) and Figures 36 (3) to 36 (13), the results of the symbol variation display from the start of the continuous notice until the start of the symbol variation display that is the target of the pre-read notice are ],
The first performance includes the above-mentioned one in the symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "second symbol variation display") whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended. This is an effect that starts in the first mode when the resulting symbol fluctuation display is not included [For example, as shown in FIGS. If the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the fluctuation display is suspended does not include a symbol fluctuation display that will result in a small hit, when the production button 136 is operated, the display mode of the bancho character TDR changes. Instead, a speech bubble with the words "Get a small hit!" is displayed in a manner that is displayed],
The first effect is performed in the second mode when the second symbol variation display includes a first number [for example, two, etc.] of symbol variation displays that result in a certain result. [For example, as shown in Figures 36 (10) to (12), a small hit occurs on the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the symbol fluctuation display that is the subject of the pre-read notice is suspended. In the case that two symbol fluctuation displays are included, when the production button 136 is operated, the Bancho character TDR becomes gigantic and changes to a display with torn clothes, and the message "Get 3 small wins" is displayed. It is displayed in a manner that a speech bubble with the words "Daze!" is displayed],
The first effect is in the fourth aspect when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a second number [for example, one, etc.] of the certain result. [For example, as shown in Figures 59 (10a) to (12a), a small hit occurs on a symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the symbol fluctuation display that is the subject of the pre-read notice is suspended. In the case that one symbol variation display is included, when the production button 136 is operated, the Bancho character TDR becomes gigantic and changes to a display with torn clothes, and the message "Get 2 small wins" is displayed. It is displayed in a manner that a speech bubble with the words "Daze!" is displayed],
The first aspect and the second aspect are different aspects,
The second aspect and the fourth aspect are different aspects,
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

According to the conventional game machine, there was room for improvement in the advance notice means, but according to this game machine, it is possible to provide a game machine having features in the advance notice means.

Further, according to this game machine, when the first pre-read notice is started, it may be possible to make the player look forward to the first performance as a notice including the subsequent increase in reservations.

Here, the holding means may be capable of holding only the start of the symbol variation display, or may be capable of holding other than the start of the symbol variation display. Further, the holding means may always hold the start of the symbol variation display, or may not hold the start of the symbol variation display in some cases.

Further, the pre-read notice means may be capable of executing only the first pre-read notice, or may be capable of executing pre-read notices other than the first pre-read notice. Further, the pre-read notification means may always execute the first pre-read notification, or may not execute the first pre-read notification.

Further, the first pre-read notice may be started only after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first pre-read notice is suspended, or the first pre-read notice may be started only after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first pre-read notice is suspended. The display may be started even after the display has been suspended. Further, the first pre-read notice may always be started after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first pre-read notice has been suspended, or the first pre-read notice may always start after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first pre-read notice. The display may not be started after the display is suspended.

Further, the first pre-read notice may be started after only the symbol change display that is the target of the first pre-read notice has been suspended, or the first pre-read notice may be started after the symbol change display that is the target of the first pre-read notice is suspended. It may be started after the symbol variation display other than the display is suspended.

Further, the first pre-read notice may start only the first effect while the first symbol variation display is being executed, or may be such that only the first effect is started while the first symbol variation display is being executed. Performances other than the first performance may also be started. Further, the first look-ahead notice may always start the first effect while the first symbol variation display is being executed, or the first effect may be started while the first symbol variation display is being executed. It may also be something that may not start.

Further, the first pre-read notice may start the first effect only while the first symbol variation display is being executed, or may be a symbol variation display other than the first symbol variation display. The first performance may be started even during the execution of the first performance.

In addition, only the first pre-read notice may be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is a result in which a privilege is awarded, or the result of the first symbol variation display is a result in which a privilege is awarded. In this case, a look-ahead notice other than the first look-ahead notice may also be started. In addition, the first pre-read notice may always be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is the result that a privilege is awarded, or the result of the first symbol variation display is the result that a privilege is awarded. In this case, the first pre-read notice may not be started.

Further, the first pre-read notice may be started only when the result of the first symbol variation display is a result in which a privilege is awarded, or the first pre-read notice may be started only when the result of the first symbol variation display is a result in which a privilege is awarded. The first look-ahead notice may also be started in cases other than the case where .

In addition, the first look-ahead notice may also be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is a jackpot, or when the result of the first symbol variation display is that the number of hits will be the ceiling number. The first pre-read notice may be started when the first symbol variation display results in a special small hit.

In addition, only a certain result may not be included in the result of the symbol variation display from the start of the first pre-read notice to the start of the first symbol change display, and The results of the symbol variation display from the start of the advance notice to the start of the first symbol variation display may not include anything other than a certain result. In addition, a certain result may not necessarily be included in the result of the symbol variation display from the start of the first pre-read notice to the start of the first symbol change display, and A certain result may be included in the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display where the advance notice is started until the first symbol variation display is started.

In addition, a certain result may not be included only in the result of the symbol variation display from the start of the first pre-read notice to the start of the first symbol change display, or the first pre-read notice may not include a certain result. A certain result may not be included in the results other than the results of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display where the advance notice is started until the first symbol variation display is started.

In addition, the first effect is performed when a symbol variation display that results in a certain result is not included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended. It may be an effect that starts only in this manner, or a symbol fluctuation display that results in a certain result is included in the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol fluctuation display is suspended. The effect may also be started in a mode other than the first mode when the first mode is not set. In addition, the first effect is performed when a symbol variation display that results in a certain result is not included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended. It may be a production that is always started in this manner, or a symbol variation display that results in a certain result is included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended. It may be an effect that may not start in the first mode if the first mode is not set.

In addition, the first effect is performed only when a symbol variation display that results in a certain result is not included in the symbol variation display whose start is postponed after the start of the first symbol variation display is postponed. It may be a production that starts in one mode, or a symbol variation display that results in a certain result is included in the symbol variation display whose start is deferred after the start of the first symbol variation display is deferred. The performance may be started in the first mode even in cases other than the case where the first mode is not set.

In addition, the first effect is a first effect when only a symbol variation display that results in a certain result is not included in the symbol variation display whose start has been postponed after the start of the first symbol variation display has been postponed. It may be a production that is started in one manner, or a production other than a symbol variation display that results in a certain result in the symbol variation display whose start is deferred after the start of the first symbol variation display is deferred. Even when the symbol variation display is not included, the performance may be started in the first mode.

In addition, the first effect is the first effect when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include a symbol variation display that results in a certain result. It may be a performance that is started in one manner. Symbol fluctuation displays that result in a certain result are included in addition to the symbol fluctuation displays whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol fluctuation display is suspended. The performance may be started in the first mode when the first mode is not set.

In addition, the first effect is performed only after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended, when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended does not include a symbol variation display that results in a certain result. It may be an effect that starts in one mode, or a symbol fluctuation display that results in a certain result may be included in a symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended other than after the start of the first symbol fluctuation display is suspended. Even if it is not included, the performance may be started in the first mode.

Further, the first performance is a performance that is started only in the second mode when the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a certain result of the first number. Alternatively, it may be an effect that starts in a mode other than the second mode when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a certain number of first numbers. . Further, the first performance is a performance that is always started in the second mode when the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a certain result of the first number. Alternatively, it may be an effect that may not be started in the second mode when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that has a certain result of the first number.

Further, the first performance is a performance that is started in the second mode when only a symbol variation display that results in a certain result of the first number is included in the second symbol variation display. Alternatively, if the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display that results in a certain number of the first number, the production may be started in the second mode. It's okay.

Further, the first performance is a performance that is started in the second mode when a symbol variation display that results in a certain result of the first number is included only in the second symbol variation display. Alternatively, it may be an effect that is started in the second mode when a symbol variation display that results in a certain result of the first number is included in addition to the second symbol variation display.

Note that the first performance may be a performance that is started in the second mode when the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot, or The performance may be started in a manner different from the second manner when the fluctuating display includes a symbol fluctuating display that results in a jackpot.

Further, the first performance is a performance that is started only in the fourth mode when the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a certain result of the second number. Alternatively, it may be an effect that is started in a mode other than the fourth mode when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a certain result of the second number. . Further, the first performance is a performance that is always started in the fourth mode when the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a certain result of the second number. Alternatively, it may be an effect that may not be started in the fourth mode when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a certain result of the second number.

Further, the first performance is a performance that is started in the fourth mode when only a symbol variation display that results in a certain result of the second number is included in the second symbol variation display. Alternatively, the production may be started in the fourth mode even if the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display that results in a certain result of the second number. It's okay.

Further, the first performance is a performance that is started in the fourth mode when a symbol variation display that results in a certain result of the second number is included only in the second symbol variation display. Alternatively, the performance may be started in the fourth mode when a symbol variation display that results in a certain result of the second number is included in addition to the second symbol variation display.

Note that the first performance may be a performance that is started in the fourth mode when the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot, or The performance may be started in a manner different from the fourth manner when the fluctuating display includes a symbol fluctuating display that results in a jackpot.

Further, the first aspect and the second aspect may be partially or completely different.

Further, the second aspect and the fourth aspect may be partially or completely different.

Further, "the game machine is a pachinko machine [for example, the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG. 1],"
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Also, in the above description,
“Game control means [for example, main control unit 300, etc.] capable of executing control to shift to one of a plurality of game states,
A holding means (for example, main control unit 300, etc.) capable of holding off the start of symbol variation display;
Pre-reading notice means [for example, decorative pattern display device 208 etc.] and
A game machine comprising:
One of the plurality of gaming states is a first gaming state [for example, a normal gaming state (a special pattern low probability normal pattern low probability state), etc.],
One of the gaming states of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state [for example, small hit rush (special pattern high probability normal pattern low probability state), etc.],
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the first gaming state,
The third gaming state is a small winning rush state in which prize balls are easily obtained through small winning games,
The first pre-read notice is a pre-read notice that may be started in the third gaming state,
The first look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that is started after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first look-ahead notice (hereinafter referred to as "first symbol change display") is suspended [e.g. , As shown in FIGS. 36(2) to 36(3), the pre-reading notice is started after the symbol change display related to the fourth pending icon h24 of the special drawing 2, which is the target of the pre-reading notice, is suspended. etc],
The first look-ahead notice is provided when the first effect [for example, when the effect button 136 shown in FIGS. 35(j) to 35(l) is operated while the first symbol variation display is being executed. , an effect display in which a speech bubble with the words "Get a small hit!" is displayed, and as shown in FIGS. 36(10) to 36(12), when the effect button 136 is operated, the bancho As the character TDR becomes larger, the display changes to a display with torn clothes, and a speech bubble with the words "Get 3 small wins!" is displayed. It is a notice,
When the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit, the first pre-read notice is started [for example, in FIGS. 35(c) to 35(m), and in FIGS. As shown in 13), continuous notice is started when the symbol fluctuation display that is the subject of advance notice becomes a small hit],
The result of the symbol variation display from the start of the first pre-read notice to the start of the first symbol variation display does not include a jackpot [for example, FIGS. 35(c) to 35(m) ), and as shown in Figures 36 (3) to (13), the result of the symbol fluctuation display from the start of the continuous notice until the start of the symbol fluctuation display that is the target of the pre-read notice is a failure. ],
The first effect includes a small hit in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "second symbol variation display"). This is an effect that starts in the first mode when a symbol variation display that is If the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the start is suspended does not include a symbol fluctuation display that will result in a small hit, when the production button 136 is operated, the display mode of the bancho character TDR will not change. , A speech bubble with the words "Get a small hit!" is displayed, etc.]
The first performance is a performance that is started in the second mode when the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit [for example, FIG. 36 (10) ~As shown in (12) in the same figure, for example, two symbol variation displays that result in a small hit are included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the symbol variation display that is the target of the pre-read notice is suspended. If so, when the production button 136 is operated, the Bancho character TDR becomes gigantic and changes to a display with torn clothes, and a speech bubble with the words "You get 3 small wins!" appears. ],
The first aspect and the second aspect are different aspects,
When the first pre-read notice is started, the third gaming state continues at least until the first symbol variation display ends [for example, as shown in FIGS. 36(3) to 36(13) When the continuous countdown notice starts, the jackpot will not be hit (it will be a miss or a small hit) until the symbol change display that is the target of the advance notice is executed, so the small hit rush will continue],
A game machine characterized by: ”
explained.

According to the conventional game machine, there was room for improvement in the game control means, but according to this game machine, it is possible to provide a game machine with characteristics in the game control means.

Further, according to this game machine, when the first pre-read notice is started, it may be possible to make the player look forward to the first performance as a notice including the subsequent increase in reservations.

Here, the game control means may be capable of executing only a control for shifting to one of a plurality of gaming states, or may be capable of executing control for shifting to one of a plurality of gaming states. Control other than control may also be executable. Further, the game control means may always execute control to transition to one of a plurality of gaming states, or may execute control to transition to one of a plurality of gaming states. It may be something that may not be executed.

Further, the holding means may be capable of holding only the start of the symbol variation display, or may be capable of holding other than the start of the symbol variation display. Further, the holding means may always hold the start of the symbol variation display, or may not hold the start of the symbol variation display in some cases.

Further, the pre-read notice means may be capable of executing only the first pre-read notice, or may be capable of executing pre-read notices other than the first pre-read notice. Further, the pre-read notification means may always execute the first pre-read notification, or may not execute the first pre-read notification.

Further, the third gaming state may be more advantageous than only the first gaming state, or may be more advantageous than any gaming state other than the first gaming state. Furthermore, the third gaming state may be always more advantageous than the first gaming state, or may be less advantageous than the first gaming state.

Further, the first pre-read notice may be started only in the third gaming state, or may be started in gaming states other than the third gaming state. It's okay. Further, the first pre-read notice may be something that is always started in the third gaming state, or may be something that may not be started in the third gaming state.

Further, the first pre-read notice may be started only after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first pre-read notice is suspended, or the first pre-read notice may be started only after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first pre-read notice is suspended. The display may be started even after the display has been suspended. Further, the first pre-read notice may always be started after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first pre-read notice has been suspended, or the first pre-read notice may always start after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first pre-read notice. The display may not be started after the display is suspended.

Further, the first pre-read notice may be started after only the symbol change display that is the target of the first pre-read notice has been suspended, or the first pre-read notice may be started after the symbol change display that is the target of the first pre-read notice is suspended. It may be started after the symbol variation display other than the display is suspended.

Further, the first pre-read notice may start only the first effect while the first symbol variation display is being executed, or may be such that only the first effect is started while the first symbol variation display is being executed. Performances other than the first performance may also be started. Further, the first look-ahead notice may always start the first effect while the first symbol variation display is being executed, or the first effect may be started while the first symbol variation display is being executed. It may also be something that may not start.

Further, the first pre-read notice may start the first effect only while the first symbol variation display is being executed, or may be a symbol variation display other than the first symbol variation display. The first performance may be started even during the execution of the first performance.

Further, only the first pre-reading notice may be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit, or the first pre-reading notice may be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit. A look-ahead notice other than a notice may also be started. In addition, the first pre-reading notice may always be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit, or the first pre-reading notice may be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit. There may be cases where the advance notice is not started.

Also, the first pre-read notice may be started only when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit, or even in cases other than when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit. A first look-ahead notice may be started.

In addition, the first look-ahead notice may also be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is a jackpot, or when the result of the first symbol variation display is that the number of hits will be the ceiling number. The first look-ahead notice may be started.

In addition, the results of the symbol variation display from the start of the first pre-read notice to the start of the first symbol change display may not include only the jackpot, and the first pre-read notice may not include only the jackpot. The results of the symbol variation display from the started symbol variation display to the start of the first symbol variation display do not need to include anything other than a jackpot. In addition, the results of the symbol variation display from the start of the first pre-read notice to the start of the first symbol change display do not necessarily have to include a jackpot, and the first pre-read notice does not necessarily have to include a jackpot. A jackpot may be included in the result of the symbol variation display from the started symbol variation display to the start of the first symbol variation display.

Also, the jackpot may not be included only in the result of the symbol variation display from the start of the first pre-read notice to the start of the first symbol change display, or the first pre-read notice may Results other than the results of the symbol variation display from the started symbol variation display to the start of the first symbol variation display may not include a jackpot.

In addition, the first effect is when the start of the first symbol variation display is postponed and the symbol variation display whose start is postponed does not include a symbol variation display that results in a small hit. It may be an effect that is started only in this manner, or a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small win may be included in the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol fluctuation display is suspended. If there is no such effect, the performance may be started in a mode other than the first mode. In addition, the first effect is when the start of the first symbol variation display is postponed and the symbol variation display whose start is postponed does not include a symbol variation display that results in a small hit. It may be a production that is always started depending on the pattern, or a symbol variation display that results in a small hit may be included in the symbol variation display whose start is deferred after the start of the first symbol variation display is deferred. It may be an effect that may not start in the first mode if there is no such effect.

In addition, the first effect is performed only when the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol fluctuation display is suspended does not include a symbol fluctuation display that will result in a small hit. The effect may be started in this manner, or the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small win may be included in the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol fluctuation display is suspended. The performance may be started in the first mode even in cases other than the case where there is no.

In addition, the first effect is performed when only the symbol variation display that results in a small hit is not included in the symbol variation display whose start is postponed after the start of the first symbol variation display is postponed. It may be an effect that is started in this manner, or a symbol variation other than a symbol variation display that results in a small hit in a symbol variation display whose start is deferred after the start of the first symbol variation display is deferred. Even when no display is included, the presentation may be started in the first mode.

In addition, the first effect is performed when the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit is not included in the symbol fluctuation display whose start was suspended after the start of the first symbol fluctuation display was suspended. It may be a performance that is started in the manner of .The symbol fluctuation display that results in a small win may be included in the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol fluctuation display is suspended. The performance may be started in the first mode when there is no such effect.

In addition, the first effect is performed only after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended, when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended does not include a symbol variation display that results in a small hit. The effect may be started in this manner, or the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit may be included in the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended other than after the start of the first symbol fluctuation display is suspended. The performance may be started in the first mode even when the first mode is not set.

Further, the first performance may be a performance that is started only in the second mode when the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit, or The performance may be started in a mode other than the second mode when a symbol variation display that results in a small hit is included in the symbol variation display. Further, the first performance may be a performance that is always started in the second mode when the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit, or If the symbol variation display that results in a small hit is included in the symbol variation display, the performance may not be started in the second mode.

Further, the first performance may be a performance that is started in the second mode when only the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit is included in the second symbol fluctuation display; Even when the symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display that results in a small hit, the performance may be started in the second mode.

Further, the first performance may be a performance that is started in the second mode when a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit is included only in the second symbol fluctuation display, or may be a performance that is started in the second mode. The performance may be started in the second mode when a symbol variation display that results in a small hit is included in addition to the symbol variation display.

Note that the first performance may be a performance that is started in the second mode when the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot, or The performance may be started in a manner different from the second manner when the fluctuating display includes a symbol fluctuating display that results in a jackpot.

Further, the first aspect and the second aspect may be partially or completely different.

Further, when the first pre-reading notice is started, only the third gaming state may continue until at least the first symbol variation display is finished, and when the first pre-reading notice is started, Game states other than the third game state may also be continued until at least the first symbol variation display ends. In addition, when the first pre-reading notice is started, the third gaming state may always continue until at least the first symbol variation display is finished, and when the first pre-reading notice is started, The third gaming state may not continue until at least the first symbol variation display ends.

In addition, when the first pre-reading notice is started, the third gaming state may continue until only the first symbol variation display ends, and when the first pre-reading notice is started, the third gaming state may continue until only the first symbol change display ends. The third gaming state may continue until the symbol variation display other than the first symbol variation display ends.

Further, only when the first pre-reading notice has started, the third gaming state may continue until at least the first symbol variation display is finished, or when the first pre-reading notice has started. In other cases, the third gaming state may continue until at least the first symbol variation display ends.

In addition, ``The first aspect and the second aspect differ in the manner of notification regarding the number of small hits [for example, as shown in FIGS. 35(j) to 35(l), If a symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after a certain symbol fluctuation display is suspended does not include a symbol fluctuation display that will result in a small hit, a speech bubble with the words "Get a small hit!" will appear. By displaying this, it is announced that only one small win is included in the symbol variation display, and as shown in Figure 36 (10) to (12), it is notified that the symbol change display is subject to advance notice. For example, if the symbol fluctuation display whose start was suspended after a certain symbol fluctuation display was suspended includes two symbol fluctuation displays that become small hits, the message "You get 3 small hits!" By displaying a speech bubble with text, it is announced that a total of 3 small wins are included: the small win in the symbol variation display and the 2 pending small wins in the symbol variation display. ],
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the first aspect and the second aspect may differ only in the notification mode related to the number of small hits, or the first aspect and the second aspect may differ in the notification mode other than the notification mode related to the number of small wins. The aspects of may also be different. Also, the first aspect and the second aspect may necessarily differ in the notification mode regarding the number of small hits, and the first aspect and the second aspect may differ in the notification mode regarding the number of small wins. There may be cases where this is not the case.

Note that the first aspect and the second aspect may each directly notify the number of small hits, or may implicitly suggest the number of small wins. .

In addition, ``In the third gaming state, at least during the period from the start of the first performance to the end of all small winning games related to the execution of the first performance, the third [For example, as shown in FIG. 36 (3) to FIG. 37 (25), the game state does not end [For example, as shown in FIG. 36 (3) to FIG. The symbol fluctuation display during the period until all the small winning games related to 3 small winnings are completed is a loss or a small hit, but not a jackpot, so the game state has not changed],
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, in the third gaming state, at least during the period from the start of the first performance to the end of all the small winning games related to the small winnings related to the execution of the first performance, only the third gaming state does not have to end, and in the third gaming state, at least during the period from the start of the first performance until all the small winning games related to the small winnings related to the execution of the first performance end. Game states other than the third game state do not have to end. In addition, in the third gaming state, at least during the period from the start of the first production to the end of all small winning games related to the execution of the first production, the third gaming state is always In the third gaming state, at least during the period from the start of the first performance to the end of all small winning games related to the small winnings related to the execution of the first performance. The third gaming state may end.

In addition, in the third gaming state, the third gaming state is limited to at least a period from the start of the first production until all small winning games related to small winnings related to the execution of the first production are completed. In the third gaming state, at least a period other than the period from the start of the first performance to the end of all the small winning games related to the small winnings related to the execution of the first performance. The third game state does not have to end even during the period.

In addition, in the third gaming state, at least during the period from the start of the first performance until all small winning games related to small winnings related only to the execution of the first performance are completed, the third gaming state is It does not have to end, and in the third game state, at least from the start of the first performance until all the small winning games related to the small winnings related to the execution of performances other than the first performance are completed. The third gaming state does not have to end during the period.

In addition, in the third gaming state, at least during the period from the start of only the first performance to the end of all small winning games related to the small winnings related to the execution of the first performance, the third gaming state is It does not have to end, and in the third game state, at least from the start of performances other than the first performance until all the small winning games related to the small winnings related to the execution of the first performance are completed. The third gaming state does not have to end during the period.

In addition, only in the third gaming state, at least during the period from the start of the first performance until all the small winning games related to the small winnings related to the execution of the first performance are completed, the third gaming state is It does not have to end, and even in game states other than the third game state, all small winning games related to small winnings related to the execution of the first performance are ended at least after the first performance is started. The third gaming state does not have to end during the period up to.

Further, "one of the plurality of gaming states is a second gaming state [for example, battle mode (special pattern high probability regular pattern high probability state), etc."
The first gaming state is a normal gaming state,
The second gaming state is a gaming state including a variable probability state and an electric support state [for example, a special pattern high probability general pattern high probability state, etc.],
The third gaming state is a gaming state including a variable probability state and a non-electric support state [for example, a special pattern high probability general pattern low probability state, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the second gaming state may include only the variable probability state and the electric support state, or may include states other than the variable probability state and the electric support state. Further, the second gaming state may always include a variable probability state and an electric support state, or may not include a variable probability state and an electric support state.

Further, the third gaming state may include only the variable probability state and the non-electric support state, or may include states other than the variable probability state and the non-electric support state. Further, the third gaming state may always include a variable probability state and a non-electric support state, or may not include a variable probability state and a non-electric support state.

In addition, it is equipped with a hold display means [for example, decorative pattern display device 208, etc.] that notifies the number of symbol fluctuation displays whose start is pending by the number of displayed hold icons,
The hold display means is a means that can display the hold icon in one display mode among a plurality of display modes,
The display mode of the pending icon corresponding to the second symbol variation display is the default display mode [For example, as shown in FIG. 36 (3) to FIG. The display mode of the pending icon indicating the symbol variation display whose start has been suspended after the display has been suspended is the default display mode, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

According to this gaming machine, it may be possible to prevent players from having excessive expectations. That is, at the time when the first pre-read notice is started, it is unclear whether the symbol variation display whose start has been suspended thereafter can be expected, and it may be preferable to display it in the default display mode.

Here, the suspension display means may notify the number of symbol variation displays whose start is pending only by the number of display pending icons, or may notify the number of symbol variation displays whose start is pending. Something other than the number of displayed icons may also be reported. Further, the suspension display means may always notify the number of symbol fluctuation displays whose start is suspended by the number of displayed symbol fluctuations, or the number of symbol fluctuation displays whose start is suspended by the number of symbol fluctuation displays whose start is suspended. It may also be a case where the number of displayed items may not be left unattended.

Further, the hold display means may be capable of displaying only the hold icon in one of the plurality of display forms, or may be capable of displaying only the hold icon in one of the plurality of display forms. It may be something that can display things. Further, the hold display means may always display the hold icon in one of the plurality of display modes, or may not display the hold icon in one of the plurality of display modes. It may be something that may occur.

In addition, if the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot, before the symbol variation display that results in a jackpot among the second symbol variation displays is suspended. The first effect is executed in a manner according to the presence or absence of a symbol variation display that results in a small hit in the reserved symbol variation display [for example, as shown in FIGS. 59(10a) to 59(25a), If the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the symbol fluctuation display that is the subject of the notice includes a symbol fluctuation display that will result in a jackpot, as shown in FIG. 59 (12a), the symbol fluctuation A performance is performed by the bancho character TDR in a manner corresponding to the number (for example, one) of symbol fluctuation displays that result in a small win in the symbol fluctuation displays that were suspended before the display was suspended. A game machine. ”
Also explained.

According to this game machine, since the third game state may end due to a jackpot, the first performance is not performed in the direction of lowering expectations, thereby preventing a decrease in the interest of the game. There are cases where it is possible.

Note that depending on the type of jackpot, the first performance may include information about the jackpot.

Here, if the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot, the symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot among the second symbol fluctuation displays is suspended before the symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot is suspended. Only the first performance may be executed in a manner depending on whether or not there is a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the symbol fluctuation display, or the second symbol fluctuation display may include a symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot. If the symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot among the second symbol fluctuation displays is held, the first performance is performed in a manner according to the presence or absence of a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the symbol fluctuation display that was held before the symbol fluctuation display that resulted in a jackpot among the second symbol fluctuation displays. Other effects may also be performed. In addition, if the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot, the symbol that was suspended before the symbol variation display that resulted in a jackpot among the second symbol variation displays is suspended. The first performance may always be executed in a manner depending on whether or not there is a symbol variation display that results in a small hit in the variation display, or the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot. In this case, the first performance is performed in a manner according to the presence or absence of a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the symbol fluctuation display that was held before the symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot among the second symbol fluctuation display. There may be cases where it is not executed.

In addition, if the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot, the symbol that was suspended before the symbol variation display that resulted in a jackpot among the second symbol variation displays is suspended. The first performance may be executed only in a manner according to the presence or absence of a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the fluctuation display, or the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot. In this case, even in a mode other than the mode according to the presence or absence of a symbol variation display resulting in a small hit in the symbol variation display that was suspended before the symbol variation display resulting in a jackpot in the second symbol variation display is suspended. may be performed.

In addition, if the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot, the symbol that was suspended before the symbol variation display that resulted in a jackpot among the second symbol variation displays is suspended. The first performance may be executed in a manner depending only on the presence or absence of a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the fluctuation display, or the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot. In this case, in addition to the presence or absence of a symbol fluctuation display resulting in a small hit in the symbol fluctuation display that was held before the symbol fluctuation display resulting in a jackpot among the second symbol fluctuation display, the first A performance may also be performed.

In addition, if the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot, the symbol that was suspended before the symbol variation display that resulted in a jackpot among the second symbol variation displays is suspended. The first performance may be executed in a manner depending on whether or not there is a symbol variation display that results in a small hit only in the variation display, or the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot. In this case, in a manner according to the presence or absence of a symbol variation display resulting in a small hit in a symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display that was suspended before the symbol variation display resulting in a jackpot among the second symbol variation display. The first performance may be performed.

In addition, if the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot, only the symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot among the second symbol variation displays will be held before being held. The first performance may be executed in a manner depending on whether or not there is a symbol variation display that results in a small hit in the symbol variation display, or the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot. In this case, in a manner according to the presence or absence of a symbol variation display resulting in a small hit in the symbol variation display that was held before the symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display resulting in a jackpot among the second symbol variation display is suspended. The first performance may be performed.

In addition, only when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot, the symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot among the second symbol variation displays will be suspended before the symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot. The first performance may be executed in a manner depending on whether or not there is a symbol variation display that results in a small hit in the symbol variation display, or the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot. In other cases, the second symbol variation display may also be executed in a manner according to the presence or absence of a symbol variation display resulting in a small hit in the symbol variation display held before the symbol variation display resulting in a jackpot among the second symbol variation display is suspended. One performance may be performed.

In addition, if the second symbol variation display includes only a symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot, the symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot among the second symbol variation displays will be suspended before the symbol variation display that will result in a jackpot. The first performance may be executed in a manner depending on whether or not there is a symbol variation display that results in a small hit in the symbol variation display, or a symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display that results in a jackpot in the second symbol variation display. Even in the case where a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit is included in the symbol fluctuation display that was held before the symbol fluctuation display that resulted in a jackpot in the second symbol fluctuation display is held, the mode depends on the presence or absence of a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit. The first performance may be performed.

In addition, if only the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot, the symbol variation display that results in a jackpot among the second symbol variation displays is suspended before the symbol variation display that results in a jackpot is suspended. The first performance may be executed in a manner depending on the presence or absence of a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit in the symbol fluctuation display, or a symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot in a symbol fluctuation display other than the second symbol fluctuation display. is included, in a manner according to the presence or absence of a symbol fluctuation display resulting in a small hit in the symbol fluctuation display that was held before the symbol fluctuation display resulting in a jackpot in the second symbol fluctuation display is suspended. The first performance may be performed.

Further, "the pre-read notice means is a means capable of executing a second pre-read notice [for example, the suspended notice shown in FIG. 32(f), etc.],
The second pre-read notice is a pre-read notice that may be started when the symbol change display that will result in a jackpot is suspended [for example, as shown in FIG. 32(f), the symbol change display that will result in a jackpot is When a hold is placed on hold, the hold icon corresponding to the hold is displayed in rainbow colors, etc.]
The second lookahead notice is a lookahead notice different from the first lookahead notice,
The second look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that is not a continuous notice;
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, the pre-read notice means may be capable of executing only the second pre-read notice, or may be capable of executing pre-read notices other than the second pre-read notice. Further, the pre-read notification means may always execute the second pre-read notification, or may not execute the second pre-read notification.

Further, the second pre-read notice may be started only when the symbol change display that will result in a jackpot is suspended, or in cases other than when the symbol fluctuation display that will result in a jackpot is suspended. It may also be initiated. Further, the second pre-read notice may always be started when the symbol change display that results in a jackpot is suspended, or it may not be started when the symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot is suspended. It may be something.

In addition, "a game control means [for example, the main control unit 300, etc.] that can execute control to shift to one game state among a plurality of game states,
A holding means (for example, main control unit 300, etc.) capable of holding off the start of symbol variation display;
Pre-reading notice means [for example, decorative pattern display device 208 etc.] and
A game machine comprising:
One of the plurality of gaming states is a first gaming state [for example, a normal gaming state (a special pattern low probability normal pattern low probability state), etc.],
One of the gaming states of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state [for example, small hit rush (special pattern high probability normal pattern low probability state), etc.],
The third gaming state is a gaming state more advantageous than the first gaming state,
The third gaming state is a small winning rush state in which prize balls are easily obtained through small winning games,
The first pre-read notice is a pre-read notice that may be started in the third gaming state,
The first look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that is started after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first look-ahead notice (hereinafter referred to as "first symbol change display") is suspended [e.g. , As shown in FIGS. 36(2) to 36(3), the pre-reading notice is started after the symbol change display related to the fourth pending icon h24 of the special drawing 2, which is the target of the pre-reading notice, is suspended. etc],
The first look-ahead notice is provided when the first effect [for example, when the effect button 136 shown in FIGS. 35(j) to 35(l) is operated while the first symbol variation display is being executed. , an effect display in which a speech bubble with the words "Get a small hit!" is displayed, and as shown in FIGS. 36(10) to 36(12), when the effect button 136 is operated, the bancho As the character TDR becomes larger, the display changes to a display with torn clothes, and a speech bubble with the words "Get 3 small wins!" is displayed. It is a notice,
When the result of the first symbol variation display is a result in which a privilege is granted (hereinafter referred to as "a certain result [e.g., small hit, jackpot, etc.]"), the first pre-read notice is started. For example, as shown in Figures 35(c) to 35(m) and Figures 36(3) to 36(13), if the symbol fluctuation display that is the target of the look-ahead notice results in a small hit, continuous notice is issued. started, etc.],
The certain result is not included in the result of the symbol variation display from the start of the first pre-read notice to the start of the first symbol variation display [for example, when the certain result is not included] As shown in Figure (m) and Figures 36 (3) to 36 (13), the results of the symbol variation display from the start of the continuous notice until the start of the symbol variation display that is the target of the pre-read notice are ],
The first performance includes the above-mentioned one in the symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "second symbol variation display") whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended. This is an effect that starts in the first mode when the resulting symbol fluctuation display is not included [For example, as shown in FIGS. If the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the fluctuation display is suspended does not include a symbol fluctuation display that will result in a small hit, when the production button 136 is operated, the display mode of the bancho character TDR changes. Instead, a speech bubble with the words ``Get a small win!'' is displayed.]
The first performance is a performance that is started in the second mode when the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a certain result [for example, FIG. 36 ( 10) - As shown in (12) of the same figure, for example, two symbol variation displays that result in a small hit are included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the symbol variation display that is the subject of the pre-read notice is suspended. In this case, when the production button 136 is operated, the character TDR of the bancho becomes gigantic and changes to a display with torn clothes, and the words "Get 3 small wins!" are attached. [e.g., the effect is displayed in such a way that a speech bubble is displayed],
The first aspect and the second aspect are different aspects,
When the first pre-read notice is started, the third gaming state continues at least until the first symbol variation display ends [for example, as shown in FIGS. 36(3) to 36(13) When the continuous countdown notice starts, the jackpot will not be hit (it will be a miss or a small hit) until the symbol change display that is the target of the advance notice is executed, so the small hit rush will continue],
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

According to the conventional game machine, there was room for improvement in the game control means, but according to this game machine, it is possible to provide a game machine with characteristics in the game control means.

Further, according to this game machine, when the first pre-read notice is started, it may be possible to make the player look forward to the first performance as a notice including the subsequent increase in reservations.

Here, the game control means may be capable of executing only a control for shifting to one of a plurality of gaming states, or may be capable of executing control for shifting to one of a plurality of gaming states. Control other than control may also be executable. Further, the game control means may always execute control to transition to one of a plurality of gaming states, or may execute control to transition to one of a plurality of gaming states. It may be something that may not be executed.

Further, the holding means may be capable of holding only the start of the symbol variation display, or may be capable of holding other than the start of the symbol variation display. Further, the holding means may always hold the start of the symbol variation display, or may not hold the start of the symbol variation display in some cases.

Further, the pre-read notice means may be capable of executing only the first pre-read notice, or may be capable of executing pre-read notices other than the first pre-read notice. Further, the pre-read notification means may always execute the first pre-read notification, or may not execute the first pre-read notification.

Further, the third gaming state may be more advantageous than only the first gaming state, or may be more advantageous than any gaming state other than the first gaming state. Furthermore, the third gaming state may be always more advantageous than the first gaming state, or may be less advantageous than the first gaming state.

Further, the first pre-read notice may be started only in the third gaming state, or may be started in gaming states other than the third gaming state. It's okay. Further, the first pre-read notice may be something that is always started in the third gaming state, or may be something that may not be started in the third gaming state.

Further, the first pre-read notice may be started only after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first pre-read notice is suspended, or the first pre-read notice may be started only after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first pre-read notice is suspended. The display may be started even after the display has been suspended. Further, the first pre-read notice may always be started after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first pre-read notice has been suspended, or the first pre-read notice may always start after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first pre-read notice. The display may not be started after the display is suspended.

Further, the first pre-read notice may be started after only the symbol change display that is the target of the first pre-read notice has been suspended, or the first pre-read notice may be started after the symbol change display that is the target of the first pre-read notice is suspended. It may be started after the symbol variation display other than the display is suspended.

Further, the first pre-read notice may start only the first effect while the first symbol variation display is being executed, or may be such that only the first effect is started while the first symbol variation display is being executed. Performances other than the first performance may also be started. Further, the first look-ahead notice may always start the first effect while the first symbol variation display is being executed, or the first effect may be started while the first symbol variation display is being executed. It may also be something that may not start.

Further, the first pre-read notice may start the first effect only while the first symbol variation display is being executed, or may be a symbol variation display other than the first symbol variation display. The first performance may be started even during the execution of the first performance.

In addition, only the first pre-read notice may be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is a result in which a privilege is awarded, or the result of the first symbol variation display is a result in which a privilege is awarded. In this case, a look-ahead notice other than the first look-ahead notice may also be started. In addition, the first pre-read notice may always be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is the result that a privilege is awarded, or the result of the first symbol variation display is the result that a privilege is awarded. In this case, the first pre-read notice may not be started.

Further, the first pre-read notice may be started only when the result of the first symbol variation display is a result in which a privilege is awarded, or the first pre-read notice may be started only when the result of the first symbol variation display is a result in which a privilege is awarded. The first look-ahead notice may also be started in cases other than the case where .

In addition, the first look-ahead notice may also be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is a jackpot, or when the result of the first symbol variation display is that the number of hits will be the ceiling number. The first pre-read notice may be started when the first symbol variation display results in a special small hit.

In addition, only a certain result may not be included in the result of the symbol variation display from the start of the first pre-read notice to the start of the first symbol change display, and The results of the symbol variation display from the start of the advance notice to the start of the first symbol variation display may not include anything other than a certain result. In addition, a certain result may not necessarily be included in the result of the symbol variation display from the start of the first pre-read notice to the start of the first symbol change display, and A certain result may be included in the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display where the advance notice is started until the first symbol variation display is started.

In addition, a certain result may not be included only in the result of the symbol variation display from the start of the first pre-read notice to the start of the first symbol change display, or the first pre-read notice may not include a certain result. A certain result may not be included in the results other than the results of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display where the advance notice is started until the first symbol variation display is started.

In addition, the first effect is performed when a symbol variation display that results in a certain result is not included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended. It may be an effect that starts only in this manner, or a symbol fluctuation display that results in a certain result is included in the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol fluctuation display is suspended. The effect may also be started in a mode other than the first mode when the first mode is not set. In addition, the first effect is performed when a symbol variation display that results in a certain result is not included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended. It may be a production that is always started in this manner, or a symbol variation display that results in a certain result is included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended. It may be an effect that may not start in the first mode if the first mode is not set.

In addition, the first effect is performed only when a symbol variation display that results in a certain result is not included in the symbol variation display whose start is postponed after the start of the first symbol variation display is postponed. It may be a production that starts in one mode, or a symbol variation display that results in a certain result is included in the symbol variation display whose start is deferred after the start of the first symbol variation display is deferred. The performance may be started in the first mode even in cases other than the case where the first mode is not set.

In addition, the first effect is a first effect when only a symbol variation display that results in a certain result is not included in the symbol variation display whose start has been postponed after the start of the first symbol variation display has been postponed. It may be a production that is started in one manner, or a production other than a symbol variation display that results in a certain result in the symbol variation display whose start is deferred after the start of the first symbol variation display is deferred. Even when the symbol variation display is not included, the performance may be started in the first mode.

In addition, the first effect is the first effect when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include a symbol variation display that results in a certain result. It may be a performance that is started in one manner. Symbol fluctuation displays that result in a certain result are included in addition to the symbol fluctuation displays whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol fluctuation display is suspended. The performance may be started in the first mode when the first mode is not set.

In addition, the first effect is performed only after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended, when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended does not include a symbol variation display that results in a certain result. It may be an effect that starts in one mode, or a symbol fluctuation display that results in a certain result may be included in a symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended other than after the start of the first symbol fluctuation display is suspended. Even if it is not included, the performance may be started in the first mode.

Further, the first performance may be a performance that is started only in the second mode when a symbol variation display that results in a certain result is included in the second symbol variation display, or may be a production that starts only in the second mode. If the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a certain result, the performance may be started in a mode other than the second mode. Further, the first performance may be a performance that is always started in the second mode when a symbol variation display that results in a certain result is included in the second symbol variation display, or may be a production that is always started in the second mode. If the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a certain result, the performance may not be started in the second mode.

Furthermore, the first performance may be a performance that is started in the second mode when only a symbol variation display that results in a certain result is included in the second symbol variation display; Even when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display that results in a certain result, the performance may be started in the second mode.

Further, the first performance may be a performance that is started in the second mode when only the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a certain result, or The performance may be started in the second mode when a symbol variation display that results in a certain result is included in addition to the second symbol variation display.

Note that the first performance may be a performance that is started in the second mode when the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a jackpot, or The performance may be started in a manner different from the second manner when the fluctuating display includes a symbol fluctuating display that results in a jackpot.

Further, the first aspect and the second aspect may be partially or completely different.

Further, when the first pre-reading notice is started, only the third gaming state may continue until at least the first symbol variation display is finished, and when the first pre-reading notice is started, Game states other than the third game state may also be continued until at least the first symbol variation display ends. In addition, when the first pre-reading notice is started, the third gaming state may always continue until at least the first symbol variation display is finished, and when the first pre-reading notice is started, The third gaming state may not continue until at least the first symbol variation display ends.

In addition, when the first pre-reading notice is started, the third gaming state may continue until only the first symbol variation display ends, and when the first pre-reading notice is started, the third gaming state may continue until only the first symbol change display ends. The third gaming state may continue until the symbol variation display other than the first symbol variation display ends.

Further, only when the first pre-reading notice has started, the third gaming state may continue until at least the first symbol variation display is finished, or when the first pre-reading notice has started. In other cases, the third gaming state may continue until at least the first symbol variation display ends.

Further, "the gaming machine is a pachinko machine [for example, the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG. 1],"
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Also, in the above description,
“Game control means [for example, main control unit 300, etc.] capable of executing control to shift to one of a plurality of game states,
A holding means (for example, main control unit 300, etc.) capable of holding off the start of symbol variation display;
A production means [for example, a decorative pattern display device] capable of executing the first production [for example, continuous notices shown in FIGS. 35(c) to 35(n) and FIGS. 36(3) to 37(25)] 208 etc.] and
A game machine comprising:
One of the plurality of gaming states is a first gaming state [for example, a normal gaming state (a special pattern low probability normal pattern low probability state), etc.],
One of the gaming states of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state [for example, small hit rush (special pattern high probability normal pattern low probability state), etc.],
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the first gaming state,
The third gaming state is a small winning rush state in which prize balls are easily obtained through small winning games,
The first performance is a performance that may be executed in a certain symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "first symbol variation display") in the third gaming state [for example, FIG. )~As shown in (12) of the same figure, continuous notice is being executed in the symbol change display related to the fourth pending icon h24 of special drawing 2 which is the target of pre-reading],
The first effect includes a small hit in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "second symbol variation display"). This is an effect that is executed in the first mode when the symbol fluctuation display that is the target of pre-reading is not included. If the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after being put on hold does not include a symbol variation display that results in a small hit, when the production button 136 is operated, the display mode of the bancho character TDR does not change, A speech bubble with the words “Get a small hit!” is displayed, etc.]
The first performance is a performance that is executed in the second mode when the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit [for example, FIG. 36 (10) ~As shown in (12) in the same figure, for example, two symbol variation displays that result in a small hit are included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the symbol variation display that is the target of the pre-read notice is suspended. If so, when the production button 136 is operated, the Bancho character TDR becomes gigantic and changes to a display with torn clothes, and a speech bubble with the words "You get 3 small wins!" appears. ],
The first aspect and the second aspect are at least partially different aspects,
A game machine characterized by: ”
explained.

In addition, ``The first performance is a performance that includes a preview preview,
When the first effect is started in a symbol variation display that is started before the first symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "first case [for example, FIG. 35(c) to FIG. 35(c) to FIG. 36(3) to 37(25)]).
In the first case, the third gaming state continues at least until the first symbol variation display ends [for example, as shown in FIGS. 36(3) to 36(13), the countdown Once the continuous notice starts, until the symbol change display that is the subject of the advance notice is executed, it will not become a jackpot (it will be a miss or a small hit), so the small hit rush will continue],
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

In addition, in the first case, the first performance is executed in each symbol variation display from the symbol variation display where the first production is started until the first symbol variation display is executed. [For example, as shown in FIGS. 35(c) to 35(n) and FIGS. 36(3) to 37(25), a continuous countdown notice is executed every time the symbol fluctuation display is executed. ],
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

In addition, in the first case, each symbol variation display from the start of the first performance to the start of the first symbol variation display does not include a jackpot result. For example, as shown in FIGS. 36(3) to 36(13), when a continuous countdown notice starts, a jackpot will not occur (miss or small hit) until the symbol fluctuation display that is the target of the pre-read notice is executed. ), etc.],
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

In addition, "the first effect is the second mode when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a small hit of the first number [for example, 2, etc.] [For example, as shown in Figures 36 (10) to (12), after the symbol fluctuation display that is the target of the pre-read notice is suspended, a small symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended is If there are two winning symbol fluctuation displays, when the production button 136 is operated, the Banchou character TDR becomes huge and changes to a display with torn clothes, indicating "3 small wins". A speech bubble with the words “Get it!” is displayed],
The first performance is executed in the fourth mode when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a small hit of a second number [for example, one, etc.]. [For example, as shown in FIGS. 59 (10a) to (12a), a small hit occurs on a symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the symbol fluctuation display that is the subject of the pre-read notice is suspended. When one symbol variation display is included, when the production button 136 is operated, the bank chief character TDR becomes gigantic and changes to a display with torn clothes, saying, ``You got two small wins!'' !” is displayed in a manner that a speech bubble is displayed],
The second aspect and the fourth aspect are at least partially different aspects,
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

In addition, ``The first aspect and the second aspect differ in the manner of notification regarding the number of small hits [for example, as shown in FIGS. 35(j) to 35(l), If a symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after a certain symbol fluctuation display is suspended does not include a symbol fluctuation display that will result in a small hit, a speech bubble with the words "Get a small hit!" will appear. By displaying this, it is announced that only one small win is included in the symbol variation display, and as shown in Figure 36 (10) to (12), it is notified that the symbol change display is subject to advance notice. For example, if the symbol fluctuation display whose start was suspended after a certain symbol fluctuation display was suspended includes two symbol fluctuation displays that become small hits, the message "You get 3 small hits!" By displaying a speech bubble with text, it is announced that a total of 3 small wins are included: the small win in the symbol variation display and the 2 pending small wins in the symbol variation display. ],
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Further, "one of the plurality of gaming states is a second gaming state [for example, battle mode (special pattern high probability regular pattern high probability state), etc."
The first gaming state is a normal gaming state,
The second gaming state is a gaming state including a variable probability state and an electric support state [for example, a special pattern high probability general pattern high probability state, etc.],
The third gaming state is a gaming state including a variable probability state and a non-electric support state [for example, a special pattern high probability general pattern low probability state, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

In addition, it includes a hold display means [for example, decorative pattern display device 208, etc.] that notifies the number of symbol fluctuation displays whose start is suspended by the number of displayed hold icons,
The hold display means is a means that can display the hold icon in one display mode among a plurality of display modes,
The display mode of the pending icon corresponding to the second symbol variation display is the default display mode [For example, as shown in FIG. 36 (3) to FIG. The display mode of the pending icon indicating the symbol variation display whose start has been suspended after the display has been suspended is the default display mode, etc.]
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

In addition, if the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a jackpot, before the symbol variation display that results in a jackpot among the second symbol variation displays is suspended. The first effect is executed in a manner according to the presence or absence of a symbol variation display that results in a small hit in the reserved symbol variation display [for example, as shown in FIGS. 59(10a) to 59(25a), If the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the symbol fluctuation display that is the subject of the notice includes a symbol fluctuation display that will result in a jackpot, as shown in FIG. 59 (12a), the symbol fluctuation A performance is performed by the bancho character TDR in a manner corresponding to the number (for example, one) of symbol fluctuation displays that result in a small hit in the symbol fluctuation displays that were suspended before the display was suspended],
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Further, "the game machine is a pachinko machine [for example, the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG. 1],"
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.
Also, in the above description,
“Game control means [for example, main control unit 300, etc.] capable of executing control to shift to one of a plurality of game states,
A holding means (for example, main control unit 300, etc.) capable of holding off the start of symbol variation display;
A production means that can execute the first production [for example, the notice and small hit start production shown in FIGS. 35(j) to 35(m) and FIGS. 36(10) to 37(25)]; , decorative pattern display device 208, etc.] and
A game machine comprising:
One of the plurality of gaming states is a first gaming state [for example, a normal gaming state (a special pattern low probability normal pattern low probability state), etc.],
One of the gaming states of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state [for example, small hit rush (special pattern high probability normal pattern low probability state), etc.],
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the first gaming state,
The third gaming state is a gaming state in which prize balls are likely to be obtained in connection with a small winning game,
The first performance is a performance that may be started in a certain symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "first symbol variation display") in the third gaming state [for example, FIG. ) ~ As shown in (m) of the same figure, the notice and small hit start effect have started in the symbol change display related to the fourth pending icon h24 of the special drawing 2 that is the target of pre-reading],
The first effect includes a small hit in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "second symbol variation display"). This is an effect that can be executed in the first mode when the symbol fluctuation display that is the target of pre-reading is not included. If the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended after the display is suspended does not include a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit, when the production button 136 is operated in the symbol fluctuation display that is the target of pre-reading, the bancho The display mode of the character TDR does not change, and a speech bubble with the words "Get a small hit!" is displayed. After that, when a small win occurs, a speech bubble with the words "Okay!" is displayed. ],
The first performance is a performance that can be executed in the second mode when the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit [for example, Fig. 36 ( 10) - As shown in FIG. 37 (25), for example, two symbol variation displays that result in a small hit are included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the symbol variation display that is the target of pre-reading is suspended. In this case, when the production button 136 is operated in the symbol fluctuation display that is the target of pre-reading, the character TDR of the bancho becomes huge and changes to a display with torn clothes, and the message "Get 3 small hits! A speech bubble with the words "Let's do it!" will be displayed. After that, if you win a small hit, a speech bubble with the words "Okay! First one!" will be displayed, and furthermore, the Bancho character TDR will win the third time. The enlarged display mode continues until the small winning game ends],
While the first performance according to the second aspect is being executed, the start of the symbol variation is further postponed until the second symbol variation display that is the target of the first production ends. When the display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit, the first performance according to the third aspect is configured to be executable [for example, FIGS. 36(10) to 37 As shown in (22) and Figures 38 (23a) to (34a), after the symbol fluctuation display that is the target of pre-reading is suspended, the symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit is displayed on the symbol fluctuation display whose start is suspended. For example, when two characters are included, when the production button 136 is operated in the pattern variation display that is the target of pre-reading, the Bancho character TDR becomes huge and changes to a display mode with torn clothes, A speech bubble with the words "You'll get 3 small wins!" will be displayed, and then, when a small win is achieved, a speech bubble with the words "Okay! First one!" will be displayed, and then the Bancho The character TDR continues in an enlarged display mode, and furthermore, after the symbol variation display that becomes the third small hit is suspended, the symbol variation display that becomes the small hit is displayed on the symbol variation display whose start was postponed. For example, if there are two small wins, if there is a third small win, a speech bubble with the words "Okay! Third one!" will be displayed, followed by a message saying "There are two more!" Speech bubbles with letters are also displayed, and the Bancho character TDR continues to be displayed in an enlarged manner until the fifth small winning game is completed.]
The first aspect and the second aspect are at least partially different aspects,
The first aspect and the third aspect are at least partially different aspects,
The second aspect and the third aspect are at least partially different aspects,
A game machine characterized by: ”
explained.
Further, ``the presentation means is a means capable of executing a certain advance notice [for example, the continuous notice shown in FIGS. 35(c) to 35(g)],
The certain look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that may be executed in connection with the first symbol variation display [for example, as shown in FIGS. 35(i) to 35(g), Continuous notice is being executed in connection with the symbol change display related to the fourth hold icon h24 of special drawing 2],
When the certain look-ahead notice is started in the third gaming state, the third gaming state continues at least until the first symbol variation display ends [for example, as shown in FIGS. As shown in Figure (13), once the continuous notice starts, the small hit rush continues because the jackpot will not occur (it will be a miss or a small hit) until the symbol change display that is the target of the pre-read notice is executed. etc],
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.
In addition, "In the third gaming state, each symbol variation display from the symbol variation display where the certain look-ahead notice is started until the first symbol variation display starts does not include a jackpot result." For example, as shown in FIGS. 36(3) to 36(13), when a continuous countdown notice starts, a jackpot will not occur (miss or small hit) until the symbol fluctuation display that is the target of the pre-read notice is executed. ), etc.],
A game machine characterized by: ”
Also explained.

The above, including what has been explained so far, will be added here.

(Additional note 1)
A first starting prize winning means,
A second starting prize winning means,
A first variable winning means,
a second variable winning means;
A game control means capable of executing control to shift to one game state among a plurality of game states;
a symbol display means capable of displaying symbol variations;
A game machine comprising:
One of the plurality of gaming states is a first gaming state,
One of the plurality of gaming states is a second gaming state,
One of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state,
The second gaming state is a gaming state more advantageous than the first gaming state,
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the second gaming state,
When a jackpot game is started in the first gaming state, there is a case where the jackpot game shifts to the second gaming state after the jackpot game ends (hereinafter referred to as the "first case"),
In the first case, there is a case where the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state due to the execution of the symbol variation display that results in a loss (hereinafter referred to as the "second case"). can be,
When a jackpot game is started in the second gaming state, there is a case where the jackpot game shifts to the second gaming state after the jackpot game ends (hereinafter referred to as the "third case"),
In the third case, there is a case where the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state due to the execution of the symbol variation display that results in a loss (hereinafter referred to as the "fourth case"). can be,
In the fourth case, it is easier to transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state with a smaller number of executions of the symbol variation display that results in a loss than in the second case,
The symbol display means includes a first symbol display means and a second symbol display means,
The first symbol display means is capable of executing the symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "first symbol variation display") when a game ball enters the first starting prize winning means. It is a symbol display means,
The second symbol display means is capable of executing the symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "second symbol variation display") when a game ball enters the second starting prize winning means. It is a symbol display means,
The second gaming state is a gaming state including a definite variable state and an electric support state,
The third gaming state is a gaming state that includes the variable probability state and the non-electric support state,
As a result of executing the second symbol variation display, when a small winning symbol is displayed, a second small winning game is started,
In the third gaming state, the second symbol variation display is more likely to result in a jackpot than the first symbol variation display,
When a small winning symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means, the first variable prize winning means is in an open state;
When the small winning symbol is displayed on the second symbol display means, the second variable prize winning means is in an open state;
Compared to a case where a small winning symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means and the first variable winning means is in an open state, a small winning symbol is displayed on the second symbol display means and the second variable prize winning means is in an open state. The prize balls are more likely to be paid out when the variable prize winning means is in the open state.
A game machine characterized by:

(Additional note 2)
The gaming machine described in Appendix 1,
The game control means is means that can select one type of number of times of winning from a plurality of types of number of times of winning when transitioning to the second gaming state after the end of the jackpot game,
The number of hits is the number of times the symbol variation display is executed without starting a jackpot game, and
The average number of times the locks will be selected in the third case is smaller than the average number of locks selected in the first case.
A game machine characterized by:

(Appendix 3)
The gaming machine described in Appendix 2,
As a result of executing the symbol variation display, a jackpot game is started when one type of jackpot symbol among the plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed,
The plurality of types of jackpot symbols are each associated with the number of winnings,
One type of jackpot pattern among the plurality of types of jackpot patterns is a first jackpot pattern,
One type of jackpot pattern among the plurality of types of jackpot patterns is a second jackpot pattern,
The number of winnings associated with the first jackpot symbol is the first number of times,
The number of winnings associated with the second jackpot symbol is a second number,
The first number of times is greater than the second number of times,
The probability that the first jackpot symbol will be displayed when a jackpot occurs in the first gaming state is the same as the probability that the second jackpot symbol will be displayed when a jackpot occurs in the second gaming state. is,
A game machine characterized by:

(Additional note 4)
The game machine described in any one of Supplementary Notes 1 to 3,
When a jackpot game is started in the third gaming state, the game may shift to the third gaming state after the jackpot game ends.
A game machine characterized by:

(Appendix 5)
The game machine described in any one of Supplementary Notes 1 to 4,
When a jackpot game is started in the first gaming state, the game may shift to the third gaming state after the jackpot game ends.
A game machine characterized by:

(Appendix 6)
The gaming machine described in any one of Supplementary Notes 1 to 5,
The first starting winning means is a starting winning means that can change between a first state and a second state,
The second state is a state in which the game ball enters the first starting winning means more easily than the first state,
In the electric support state, the first start winning means is more likely to enter the second state than in the non-electric support state,
In the second gaming state, the first symbol variation display is more likely to result in a jackpot than the second symbol variation display;
A game machine characterized by:

(Appendix 7)
The gaming machine described in appendix 6,
There is a case where both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are being executed,
In the second gaming state, it is a gaming state in which it is more advantageous to hit the ball to the right than to the left,
The third gaming state is a gaming state in which the right-handed game is more advantageous than the left-handed game,
The first symbol fluctuation display can be executed at one fluctuation time selected from among the plurality of types of fluctuation time,
The second symbol fluctuation display can be executed at one fluctuation time selected from among the plurality of types of fluctuation time,
In the second gaming state, the variation time of the second symbol variation display is longer than the variation time of the first symbol variation display that can be selected;
As a result of executing the first symbol variation display, when a small winning symbol is displayed, a first small winning game is started,
At least in the probability variation state, when the result of the first symbol variation display is displayed, either a jackpot symbol or a small win symbol is displayed;
If either a jackpot symbol or a small win symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means during execution of the second symbol variation display, the second symbol variation display being executed is discarded. a missed symbol is displayed on the second symbol display means;
A game machine characterized by:

(Appendix 8)
The gaming machine described in any one of Supplementary Notes 1 to 7,
The game machine is a pachinko machine,
A game machine characterized by:

(Appendix 9)
a holding means capable of holding off the start of symbol variation display;
A game control means capable of executing control to shift to one game state among a plurality of game states;
A look-ahead notice means capable of executing multiple types of look-ahead notice;
A game machine comprising:
One of the plurality of types of advance notice is a first advance notice,
The first pre-read notice is a pre-read notice that is started after the symbol change display that is the subject of the first pre-read notice (hereinafter referred to as "first symbol change display") is suspended,
The first look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that may start the first performance while the first symbol variation display is being executed,
The first performance includes information regarding the symbol variation display that was suspended after the first symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "second symbol variation display") and the first symbol variation. It refers to the production of content based on information that includes at least information related to display.
The first pre-read notice is a pre-read notice that may be executed when the first symbol variation display is a specific symbol variation display,
The specific symbol variation display is a symbol variation display in which a certain benefit is granted,
The first pre-read notice is a pre-read notice that may execute the first performance when the second symbol variation display in which the certain benefit is granted is pending;
The first pre-read notice is provided during execution of the first symbol variation display when the second symbol variation display in which the certain privilege is granted is not pending. This is a pre-read notice that starts a second production that is different from the production.
The second performance is a preview performance that foretells that the certain benefit will be granted as a result of the first symbol variation display being executed,
One of the plurality of gaming states is a first gaming state,
One of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state,
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the first gaming state,
The certain benefit includes a small prize,
The third gaming state is a gaming state in which a small winning game in which prize balls are likely to be paid out is likely to be started,
When the first pre-read notice is started in the third gaming state, the symbol variation display until the first symbol variation display is started is off;
A game machine characterized by:

(Appendix 10)
The gaming machine described in appendix 9,
The symbol variation display that has been suspended after the first performance has started includes a symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as the "third symbol variation display") in which the certain benefit is granted. If there is, the first performance may continue until the provision of the certain benefit related to the third symbol variation display starts.
A game machine characterized by:

(Appendix 11)
The game machine according to appendix 9 or 10,
The certain benefit includes at least a first jackpot and a second jackpot,
The first jackpot is a jackpot in which the game state changes before and after the jackpot game after the jackpot game related to the first jackpot ends,
The second jackpot is a jackpot in which the game state does not change before and after the jackpot game after the jackpot game related to the second jackpot ends,
The first look-ahead notice is to start the first performance while the first symbol variation display is being executed, when the second symbol variation display that will result in the second jackpot is pending. There is a look-ahead notice,
The first look-ahead notice is a look-ahead that starts the second performance while the first symbol change display is being executed, when the second symbol change display that results in the first jackpot is pending. It is a notice,
A game machine characterized by:

(Appendix 12)
The gaming machine described in any one of Supplementary Notes 9 to 11,
One of the plurality of types of advance notice is a second advance notice,
The second pre-read notice is a pre-read notice that may be started when the second symbol change display in which the certain benefit is granted is suspended,
The second lookahead notice is a lookahead notice different from the first lookahead notice,
The second look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that is not a continuous notice;
A game machine characterized by:

(Appendix 13)
The gaming machine according to any one of Supplementary Notes 9 to 12,
The game machine is a pachinko machine,
A game machine characterized by:

(Appendix 14)
A game control means capable of executing control to shift to one game state among a plurality of game states;
a symbol display means capable of displaying symbol variations;
A production means capable of performing multiple productions,
A look-ahead notice means capable of executing multiple types of look-ahead notice;
A game machine comprising:
One of the plurality of gaming states is a second gaming state,
One of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state,
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the second gaming state,
The third gaming state is a gaming state in which prize balls are more likely to be paid out in a small winning game than in the second gaming state,
One of the plurality of performances is a first performance,
One of the plurality of performances is a second performance,
The first performance is a performance that may be started in the second gaming state,
The first performance is a mission-based performance,
The second performance is a performance that starts when the mission is accomplished,
When the second performance is started, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state without a jackpot game being executed,
After the second gaming state has started, if the symbol variation display is executed a certain number of times (hereinafter referred to as "a certain number of winnings") without starting the jackpot game (hereinafter, (referred to as the "fifth case"), the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state,
In the fifth case, the mission is accomplished and the second performance is started,
One of the plurality of types of advance notice is a first advance notice,
The first look-ahead notice is a continuous notice in which a performance is executed in a direction in which the mission is achieved each time the symbol variation display is executed,
The first pre-read notice is a pre-read notice that may be started in the second gaming state when any of the plurality of pending symbol variation displays has a result different from a jackpot.
A game machine characterized by:

(Appendix 15)
The gaming machine according to appendix 14,
The game control means is a means that can select one type of the number of times of getting stuck as the certain number of times of getting stuck after transitioning to the second gaming state.
A game machine characterized by:

(Appendix 16)
The game machine according to appendix 14 or 15,
One of the plurality of types of advance notice is a second advance notice,
The second lookahead notice is a lookahead notice different from the first lookahead notice,
When the second pre-read notice is started in the second gaming state, the game enters the third gaming state in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process,
The first gaming process is a gaming process in which a jackpot game is executed in the second gaming state and shifts to the third gaming state after the jackpot game ends,
The second gaming process is a gaming process that transitions from the second gaming state to the third gaming state in the fifth case.
A game machine characterized by:

(Appendix 17)
A game control means capable of executing control to shift to one game state among a plurality of game states;
A production means capable of performing multiple productions,
A look-ahead notice means capable of executing multiple types of look-ahead notice;
A game machine comprising:
One of the plurality of gaming states is a second gaming state,
One of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state,
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the second gaming state,
One of the plurality of performances is a first performance,
One of the multiple performances is a second performance, and the first performance is a performance that may be started in the second gaming state,
The first performance is a mission-based performance,
The second performance is a performance that starts when the mission is accomplished,
When the second performance is started, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state without a jackpot game being executed,
One of the plurality of types of advance notice is a second advance notice,
When the second pre-read notice is started in the second gaming state, the game enters the third gaming state in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process,
The first gaming process is a gaming process in which a jackpot game is executed in the second gaming state and shifts to the third gaming state after the jackpot game ends,
The second gaming process is a gaming process in which the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state without starting a jackpot game in the second gaming state.
A game machine characterized by:

(Appendix 18)
The gaming machine according to any one of Supplementary Notes 14 to 17,
The first performance may be started when the second gaming state starts, and the second performance may be started in connection with the end of the second gaming state.
A game machine characterized by:

(Appendix 19)
The game machine according to any one of Supplementary Notes 14 to 18,
One of the plurality of performances is a third performance,
The third performance is a performance that informs that the mission has failed,
When the third performance starts, there will be a certain jackpot,
After the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot ends, transitioning to a gaming state different from the third gaming state;
A game machine characterized by:

(Additional note 20)
The gaming machine according to any one of Supplementary Notes 14 to 19,
One of the plurality of gaming states is a first gaming state,
The second gaming state is a gaming state more advantageous than the first gaming state,
The third gaming state is a gaming state more advantageous than the first gaming state,
When a jackpot game is started in the first gaming state, the case where the first performance is started by transitioning to the second gaming state after the end of the jackpot game (hereinafter referred to as "first case") ).
When a jackpot game is started in the second gaming state, the case where the first performance is started by transitioning to the second gaming state after the jackpot game ends (hereinafter referred to as the "third case") ).
The mission is more easily accomplished in the third case than in the first case.
A game machine characterized by:

(Additional note 21)
The gaming machine according to any one of Supplementary Notes 14 to 20,
The game machine is a pachinko machine,
A game machine characterized by:

(Appendix R1-1)
A game control means capable of executing control to shift to one game state among a plurality of game states;
A production means capable of performing multiple productions,
A look-ahead notice means capable of executing multiple types of look-ahead notice;
A game machine comprising:
One of the plurality of gaming states is a second gaming state,
One of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state,
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the second gaming state,
One of the plurality of performances is a first performance,
One of the plurality of performances is a second performance,
The first performance is a performance that may be started during at least a part of the period in the second gaming state,
The first performance is a mission-based performance,
The second performance is a performance that is started in connection with the achievement of the mission,
When the second performance is started, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state without a jackpot game being executed,
One of the plurality of types of advance notice is a certain advance notice,
When the certain pre-read notice is started in the second gaming state, the game progresses to the third gaming state in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process,
The first gaming process is a gaming process in which a jackpot game is executed in the second gaming state and shifts to the third gaming state after the jackpot game ends,
The second gaming process is a gaming process in which the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state without starting a jackpot game in the second gaming state,
When transitioning from the second gaming state to the third gaming state by the first gaming process, the second performance is not executed;
When transitioning from the second gaming state to the third gaming state by the second gaming process, the second performance is executed;
A game machine characterized by:

(Appendix R1-2)
The game machine described in appendix R1-1,
The first performance is a performance that may be executed across multiple consecutive symbol fluctuation displays (hereinafter referred to as the "second case"),
In the second case, even if a jackpot is included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended during execution of the first production, the symbol variation display scheduled to end the first production is executed. The first performance continues until
A game machine characterized by:

(Appendix R1-3)
The gaming machine described in appendix R1-1 or R1-2,
comprising a notification means for reporting the progress until the mission is achieved;
A game machine characterized by:

(Appendix R1-4)
The gaming machine described in any one of Supplementary Notes R1-1 to R1-3,
Transitioning from the second gaming state to the third gaming state in response to a certain small winning symbol being displayed in the second gaming state;
A game machine characterized by:

(Appendix R1-5)
The gaming machine described in appendix R1-4,
During execution of the first performance, the mission is accomplished in connection with the display of the certain small winning symbol, and the second performance is started.
A game machine characterized by:

(Appendix R1-6)
The gaming machine described in any one of Supplementary Notes R1-1 to R1-5,
When the number of times of getting stuck in the second gaming state becomes the first number of times, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state,
In the second gaming state, when the number of times the game gets stuck becomes a second number, the second gaming state may transition to the third gaming state,
The number of hits is the number of times the symbol fluctuation display consecutively misses without hitting the jackpot.
the first number of times and the second number of times are different numbers;
A game machine characterized by:

(Appendix R1-7)
The game machine described in appendix R1-6,
The game control means is a means that can select the number of times the game gets stuck after shifting to the second game state from among a plurality of types of times the game gets stuck.
A game machine characterized by:

(Appendix R1-8)
The game machine described in any one of Supplementary Notes R1-1 to R1-7,
The second gaming state is a gaming state including a definite variable state and an electric support state,
The third gaming state is a gaming state including a fixed variable state and a non-electric support state,
A game machine characterized by:

(Appendix R1-9)
The gaming machine described in any one of Supplementary Notes R1-1 to R1-8,
One of the plurality of gaming states is a first gaming state,
The first gaming state is a normal gaming state,
A game machine characterized by:

(Appendix R1-10)
The gaming machine described in any one of Supplementary Notes R1-1 to R1-9,
The third gaming state is a small win rush state in which it is easy to obtain a prize ball by playing a small win game.
A game machine characterized by:

(Appendix R1-11)
The gaming machine described in any one of Supplementary Notes R1-1 to R1-10,
One of the plurality of performances is a third performance,
The third performance is a performance that informs that the mission has failed,
Shifting to a gaming state different from the third gaming state in connection with the start of the third performance;
A game machine characterized by:

(Appendix R1-12)
The gaming machine described in any one of Supplementary Notes R1-1 to R1-11,
The game machine is a pachinko machine,
A game machine characterized by:

FIG. 60 is a front view of an enclosed type pachinko machine to which the present invention can be applied.

In the enclosed pachinko machine 900 shown in FIG. 60, a predetermined number of game media (eg, game balls) are circulated inside the game machine. That is, the game media ejected from the ejection means 901 to the game area 902 can be ejected from the game area 902 and supplied to the ejection means 901 again. Further, a display means 903 for displaying information on the number of game media (prize balls, rental balls, total number of balls held, etc.) and other information is arranged below the game area 902 on the front of the game machine. The upper plate 126 and lower plate 128 shown in 1 are not provided.

Note that an embodiment may be adopted in which the above-described display means 903 is further provided on the upper plate 126 of the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG. You can. That is, the touch panel provided on the display means 903 can function as an operation means. Then, the effect related to the operation of the effect button 136 may be executed by a single touch operation, a continuous press operation, or a long press operation on the touch panel, and if the long press auto continuous press function is enabled, the touch panel It may be configured such that a pseudo continuous tapping operation is performed on the touch panel while the touch panel continues to be touched. Further, the configuration may be such that the long-press auto-repeat function is not enabled. Further, in some performances, the long-press auto-repeat function may be enabled. In other words, the long-press auto-repeat function may be activated or not activated on the touch panel, or may be configured to activate more or fewer effects. . In addition, there are multiple performances based on repeated tap operations on the touch panel, and when performed on the touch panel, the configuration may be such that the long-press auto repeated tap function is often not enabled, or may be configured to be configured to be less effective. .

As explained above, the pachinko machine 900 shown in FIG. 60 is used by enclosing balls and circulating the enclosed balls within the pachinko machine. may be performed by credit.

Next, a slot machine (spinning machine) as a gaming machine applicable to the present invention will be explained using FIG. 61. Here, FIG. 61 is an external perspective view of a slot machine 1000 applicable to the present invention viewed from the front side (player side).

The slot machine 1000 shown in FIG. 61 includes a main body 1001 and a front door 1002 that is attached to the front of the main body 1001 and can be opened and closed with respect to the main body 1001. Inside the center of the main body 1001 (not shown in FIG. 61), three reels (left reel 1010, middle reel 1011, right reel 1012) each having a plurality of types of symbols arranged on the outer circumferential surface are stored. It is configured so that it can rotate internally. These reels 1010 to 1012 are rotationally driven by a driving means such as a stepping motor.

In this embodiment, a suitable number of each pattern is printed on a band-like member at equal intervals, and this band-like member is attached to a predetermined circular cylindrical frame member to constitute each reel 1010 to 1012. When viewed from the player, approximately three symbols on the reels 1010 to 1012 are displayed vertically from the symbol display window 1013, making a total of nine symbols visible. By rotating each reel 1010 to 1012, the combination of symbols visible to the player changes. In other words, each reel 1010 to 1012 functions as a display means for variably displaying a plurality of types of symbol combinations. In addition to the reel, an electronic image display device such as a liquid crystal display device can also be used as such a display means. Further, in this embodiment, three reels are provided inside the center of the slot machine 1000, but the number of reels and the installation positions of the reels are not limited to this.

A reel backlight (not shown) is arranged on the back side of each reel 1010 to 1012 to illuminate each symbol displayed in the symbol display window 1013. It is desirable that the reel backlight be shielded for each symbol so that each symbol can be illuminated evenly. Note that inside the slot machine 1000, an optical sensor (not shown) consisting of a light emitting part and a light receiving part is provided near each reel 1010 to 1012. A light shielding piece of a certain length provided on the reel is configured to pass between the two. The position of the symbol on the reel in the rotational direction is determined based on the detection result of this sensor, and the reels 1010 to 1012 are stopped so that the desired symbol is displayed on the winning line.

The winning line display lamp 1020 is a lamp that indicates the winning line 1014 that becomes valid. The valid winning line is determined in advance by the number of medals bet as game media. There are five winning lines 1014. For example, when one medal is bet, the middle horizontal winning line becomes valid, and when two medals are bet, an upper horizontal winning line and a lower horizontal winning line are added. If 3 lines are valid and 3 medals are bet, 5 lines including the downward right winning line and the upward right winning line will become valid as winning lines. Note that the number of winning lines 1014 is not limited to 5 lines, and for example, when one medal is bet, the middle horizontal winning line, the upper horizontal winning line, the lower horizontal winning line, the right horizontal winning line, Five lines, including the down winning line and the right up winning line, may be valid as winning lines. Hereinafter, the winning line that becomes valid may be referred to as the valid line.

The notification lamp 1023 is, for example, a lamp that informs the player that he has internally won a specific winning combination (specifically, a bonus) in an internal lottery to be described later, or that he is playing a bonus game. The game medal insertion possible lamp 1024 is a lamp for informing the player that game medals can be inserted. The replay lamp 1022 notifies the player that the current game can be replayed (no need to insert medals) when the player wins a replay that is one of the winning combinations in the previous game. It's a lamp. The reel panel lamp 1028 is a lamp for presentation.

The medal insertion buttons 1030 to 1032 are buttons for inserting a predetermined number of medals (referred to as credits) electronically stored in the slot machine 1000. In this embodiment, one coin is inserted each time the medal input button 1030 is pressed, up to a maximum of three coins, two coins are input when the medal input button 1031 is pressed, and three coins are input when the medal input button 1032 is pressed. It is now ready to be loaded. Hereinafter, the medal insertion button 1032 will also be referred to as the MAX medal insertion button. In addition, the game medal insertion lamp 1029 lights up a number of lamps according to the number of inserted medals, and when a specified number of medals have been inserted, a game start signal indicating that the game start operation is possible. Lamp 1021 lights up.

The medal slot 1041 is an slot into which the player inserts medals when starting a game. That is, medals can be inserted electronically using the medal insertion buttons 1030 to 1032, or actual medals can be inserted (insertion operation) from the medal insertion slot 1041, and the term "insertion" includes both. It is. The stored medal number display 1025 is a display device for displaying the number of medals electronically stored in the slot machine 1000. The game information display 126 is a display for numerically displaying various internal information (for example, the number of medals paid out during a bonus game). The payout number display 1027 is a display for displaying the number of medals paid out to the player as a result of winning some winning combination. In this embodiment, the stored token number display 1025, the game information display 1026, and the payout token number display 1027 are composed of seven segment (SEG) displays.

The start lever 1035 is a lever-type switch for starting the rotation of the reels 1010 to 1012. That is, when a desired number of medals is inserted into the medal slot 1041 or when the medal input buttons 1030 to 1032 are operated and the start lever 1035 is operated, the reels 1010 to 1012 start rotating. The operation on the start lever 1035 is called a game start operation.

The stop button unit 1036 is provided with stop buttons 1037 to 1039 as an example of operating means. The stop buttons 1037 to 1039 are button-shaped switches for individually stopping the reels 1010 to 1012 that have started rotating by operating the start lever 1035, and are associated with each reel 1010 to 1012. Hereinafter, the operations on the stop buttons 1037 to 1039 will be referred to as a stop operation, the first stop operation will be referred to as a first stop operation, the next stop operation will be referred to as a second stop operation, and the last stop operation will be referred to as a third stop operation. Further, the reel that is the target of the first stop operation is called the first stop reel, the reel that is the target of the second stop operation is called the second stop reel, and the reel that is the target of the third stop operation is called the third stop reel. Note that a light emitting body may be provided inside each of the stop buttons 1037 to 1039, and when the stop buttons 1037 to 1039 can be operated, the light emitting body can be turned on to notify the player.

The medal return button 1033 is a button that is pressed to remove the inserted medals when the medals are jammed. The settlement button 1034 is a button for settling the medals electronically stored in the slot machine 1000 and bet medals, and discharging them from the medal payout port 1055. The door key hole 1040 is a hole into which a key is inserted to unlock the front door 1002 of the slot machine 1000. The medal payout port 1055 is a payout port for paying out medals.

On the right side of the medal insertion button 1032, a chance button 1100 is provided as an example of an operation means. The chance button 1100 can perform operations related to the operation of the reels 1010 to 1012, or can perform operations related to the display on the liquid crystal display device 1057. Further, the chance button 1100 can take on a plurality of states similarly to the pachinko machine 100 according to the above embodiment, and the state may be changeable during the valid operation period of the chance button 1100.

The information display button unit 1050 is provided with an information display button 1046. The information display button 1046 is, for example, an operation button for calling a user menu (for example, a menu for setting personal game history information of a player), and is composed of a plurality of buttons. In this embodiment, the information display button 1046 corresponds to operation means.

A title panel 1062 is provided at the bottom of the stop button unit 1036 for displaying the model name and pasting various certificate stamps, and a title panel lamp 1064 is a lamp that lights up the title panel 1062. At the bottom of the title panel 1062, a medal payout port 1055 and a medal receiving tray 1061 are provided.

The sound hole 1081 is a hole for outputting sound from a speaker provided inside the slot machine 1000 to the outside. Side lamps 1044 provided on the left and right sides of the front door 1002 are decorative lamps to enliven the game. A presentation device 1060 is disposed at the top of the front door 1002, and a sound hole 1043 is provided at the top of the presentation device 1060. This production device 1060 includes a shutter (shielding device) 1063 consisting of two right shutters 1063a and a left shutter 1063b that can be opened and closed in the horizontal direction, and a liquid crystal display device 1057 (not shown) disposed on the back side of this shutter 1063. When the right shutter 1063a and the left shutter 1063b are opened horizontally outward in front of the liquid crystal display device 1057, the display screen of the liquid crystal display device 1057 (not shown) appears in front of the slot machine 1000 (game display device). The structure is such that it appears on the person's side).

Note that it does not need to be a liquid crystal display device, as long as it is configured to be able to display various performance images and various game information, such as a multi-segment display (7 segment display), a dot matrix display, an organic EL display, a plasma display, etc. , a reel (drum), or a display device consisting of a projector and a screen. Further, the display screen has a rectangular shape, and is configured so that the entirety can be visually recognized by the player. In the case of this embodiment, the display screen is rectangular, but may be square. Furthermore, a decoration (not shown) may be provided around the periphery of the display screen so that a part of the periphery of the display screen is hidden by the decoration, making the display screen appear oddly shaped. Although the display screen is a flat surface in this embodiment, it may be a curved surface.

According to the slot machine 1000 as described above, for example, it is possible to correspond to the first game state (for example, the normal game state) in the pachinko machine 100 for a normal game, and also for AT (assist time) and ART. It is possible to correspond to the second gaming state (for example, a variable probability state) in the pachinko machine 100 with a CZ (chance zone) and a precursor effect that are a precursor to transition to (assist replay time). It is possible to correspond to a third gaming state (for example, small hit rush) in the pachinko machine 100, and also to correspond to a jackpot game in the pachinko machine 100 with bonuses such as BB (big bonus) and RB (regular bonus). By making these correspond to the above embodiments, it is possible to realize the present invention in the slot machine 1000 as well.

The gaming machine according to the present invention is shown in FIG. However, when winning, the number of bonus coins is added to the number of remaining credits, and if Cash Out 2009 is selected, the casino machine 2000 issues a receipt containing a code corresponding to the number of remaining credits from the receipt issuing machine 2010. It may be.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 3(b), a mobile phone 3000 is equipped with a storage unit for storing electronic data that realizes the present invention, and as shown in FIG. The present invention may be applied to a portable game machine 4000 that includes a storage unit that stores electronic data that implements the present invention, and a home video game machine 5000 that includes a storage unit that stores electronic data that implements the present invention.

More specifically, the mobile phone 3000 shown in FIG. The game controller includes a storage section that stores electronic data for implementing the invention, and a control section that controls the game based on the data stored in the storage section and operations of the operation section.

The portable game machine 4000 in FIG. The game controller includes a storage section that stores electronic data (electronic data that realizes the above), and a control section that controls the game based on the data stored in the storage section and operations on the operation section. The home video game machine 5000 shown in FIG. 2(d) includes an operation unit operated by a player, a data acquisition unit that acquires game-related data from a predetermined storage medium (such as a DVD), and a data acquisition unit that acquires game-related data (such as a DVD). The game controller includes a storage section that stores electronic data (electronic data that implements the present invention), and a control section that controls the game based on the data stored in the storage section and operations on the operation section.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 6(e), the present invention may be applied to a data server 6000 that stores electronic data that implements the present invention. There is a case where electronic data for implementing the present invention is downloaded from this data server 6000 to a home video game machine 5000 shown in FIG. 4(d) via an Internet line.

Furthermore, the present invention can be applied to a game program that simulates the operations of a real machine such as a pachinko machine for a home game machine. In this case, the recording medium for recording the game program may be a DVD-ROM, CD-ROM, FD (flexible disk), or any other recording medium.

Further, although the present invention has been exemplified as a pachinko machine and a slot machine as a game machine, the present invention is not limited thereto, and may be applied to an arrangement ball game machine, a junk ball game machine, a smart ball, etc.

Further, the functions and effects described in the embodiments of the present invention are merely a list of the most preferable functions and effects resulting from the present invention, and the functions and effects according to the present invention are described in the embodiments of the present invention. It is not limited to what has been done. Furthermore, even if the constituent elements are included only in the embodiments, examples, modifications, various examples, supplementary notes, etc. described above, those constituent elements may not be included in other embodiments, examples, modifications, etc. It may be applied to modified examples, various examples, supplementary notes, etc. In other words, unless there is a factor that prevents the application, the constituent elements contained only in the embodiments, examples, modifications, various examples, supplementary notes, etc. may not be applied to other embodiments, examples, modifications, etc. Even when applied to examples, various examples, supplementary notes, etc., it stands as a cohesive technical idea.

100 Pachinko machine 208 Decorative pattern display device 212 First special pattern display device 214 Second special pattern display device 231 First special pattern starting port (variable)
232 2nd special figure starting opening 234 1st variable winning opening 2341 Shutter member 235 2nd variable winning opening 2351 Shutter member 23r1 Rear side first rib 23r2 Rear side horizontal rib 23r3 Rear side second rib 23r4 Winning prevention rib 23f1 Front side first Rib 23f2 Front horizontal rib 23f3 Second front rib 23f6 to 23f8 Ball guide rib 300 Main control unit 304 CPU
306 ROM
308 RAM

Claims (1)

A game control means capable of executing control to shift to one game state among a plurality of game states;
a holding means capable of holding off the start of symbol variation display;
A production means capable of performing the first production;
A game machine comprising:
One of the plurality of gaming states is a first gaming state,
One of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state,
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the first gaming state,
The third gaming state is a gaming state in which prize balls are likely to be obtained in connection with a small winning game,
The first performance is a performance that may be started in a certain symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "first symbol variation display") in the third gaming state,
The first effect includes a small hit in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "second symbol variation display"). This is a production that can be executed in the first mode when the symbol fluctuation display is not included.
The first performance is a performance that can be executed in the second mode when the second symbol fluctuation display includes a symbol fluctuation display that results in a small hit,
A symbol variation whose start is further suspended while the first production according to the second aspect is being executed until the second symbol variation display that is the target of the first production ends. When the display includes a symbol variation display that results in a small hit, the first performance according to the third aspect is configured to be executable,
The first aspect and the second aspect are at least partially different aspects,
The first aspect and the third aspect are at least partially different aspects,
The second aspect and the third aspect are at least partially different aspects,
A game machine characterized by:

Images